DERR-2024-006609

Cover Page
QUALITY ASSURANCE
PROJECT PLAN
Lonestar Properties LLC – Former Anderson
Auto Wrecking Site, 2890 South State
Street, Spanish Fork, Utah County, Utah
Voluntary Cleanup Program Site #C127
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Prepared for:
Utah Department of Environmental
Quality /
Division of Environmental Response
and Remediation Voluntary Cleanup
Program (VCP)
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 1
Group A Project Management
A1 Title and Approval Sheet
Project Title:
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Lonestar Properties LLC – Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site
Spanish Fork, Utah County, Utah
Terracon Consultant Project Manager
Signature Date
Daniel Dean, PG
Printed Name
Terracon Consultant Authorized Project Reviewer
Signature Date
Amy Austin
Terracon Consultant QA/QC Officer
Signature Date
Andrew S. Turner, PG
Printed Name
03/28/2024
'P\'XVWLQ 03/28/2024
03/28/2024
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 2
A2 Table of Contents
GROUP A PROJECT MANAGEMENT ........................................................ 1
A1 Title and Approval Sheet ............................................................................. 1
A2 Table of Contents ...................................................................................... 2
A3 Distribution List......................................................................................... 6
A4 Project/Task Organization ............................................................................ 7
A5 Problem Definition/Background ..................................................................... 9
A6 Project Task/Description and Schedule .......................................................... 10
A7 Quality Objectives and Criteria for Measurement Data ........................................ 10
A8 Special Training Requirements.................................................................... 13
A9 Documentation and Records ...................................................................... 13
GROUP B MEASUREMENT/DATA ACQUISITION ....................................... 15
B1 Sampling Process Design .......................................................................... 15
B2 Sampling Methods Requirements ................................................................ 15
B3 Sample Handling, Preservation and Custody Requirements ................................. 15
B4 Analytical Methods Requirements ................................................................ 16
B5 Quality Control Requirements ..................................................................... 16
B6 Equipment Testing, Inspection, and Maintenance Requirements ........................... 20
B7 Instrument/Equipment Calibration and Frequency ............................................. 20
B8 Inspection/Acceptance Requirements for Supplies and Consumables ..................... 20
B9 Data Acquisition of Non-direct Measurements .................................................. 21
B10 Data Management ................................................................................... 21
GROUP C ASSESSMENT/OVERSIGHT ................................................... 22
C1 Assessment Activities ............................................................................... 22
C2 Reports to Management ............................................................................ 23
GROUP D DATA VALIDATION AND USABILITY ......................................... 23
D1 Data Review .......................................................................................... 23
D2 Validation and Verification Methods .............................................................. 23
D3 Reconciliation with User Requirements .......................................................... 24
GROUP E REFERENCES .................................................................... 25
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 3
Tables
Table 1:Measurement Performance Criteria in Terms of Data Quality Indicators
Table 2:Data Validation and Verification Methods
Exhibits
Exhibit 1:Project Organizational Chart
Appendices
Appendix A: Pace Analytical and Chemtech-Ford Quality Assurance Manuals
Appendix B: Standard Operating Procedures and Field Forms
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 4
A2.1 Acronym List
Term/Acronym Description
DERR Division of Environmental Response and Remediation
DQI Data Quality Indicators
DQO Data Quality Objectives
EDD Electronic Data Deliverable
ELCP Environmental Laboratory Certification Program
ESA Environmental Site Assessment
HASP Health and Safety Plan
LCS Laboratory Control Sample
LCSD Laboratory Control Sample Duplicate
LIMS Laboratory Information Management System
MCL Maximum Contaminant Level
MDL Laboratory Method Detection Limit
mg/kg milligrams per kilogram (or parts per million)
mg/L milligrams per liter (or parts per million)
µg/kg micrograms per kilogram (or parts per billion)
µg/L micrograms per liter (or parts per billion)
MMP Materials Management Plan
MS Matrix Spike
MSD Matrix Spike Duplicate
NELAP National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act
PCBs Polychlorinated Biphenyls
PARCCS Precision, Accuracy, Representativeness, Completeness,
Comparability, and Sensitivity
ppb parts per billion (in µg/kg or µg/L)
ppm parts per million (in mg/kg or mg/L)
PR Percent Recovery
PS Performance Standard
QA Quality Assurance
QAM Quality Assurance Manual
QAPP Quality Assurance Project Plan
QC Quality Control
RDL Laboratory Reported Detection Limit (a.k.a. practicable
quantification limit)
RSL EPA’s Regional Screening Levels
SCWP Site Characterization Work Plan
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 5
Term/Acronym Description
TPH-DRO Total Petroleum Hydrocarbon Diesel Range Organics
TOC Table of Contents
UDEQ Utah Department of Environmental Quality
UGWQS Utah Groundwater Quality Standards
US EPA United States Environmental Protection Agency
VCP Voluntary Cleanup Program
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 6
A3 Distribution List
Daniel Dean, PG
Consultant Project Manager
Terracon Consultants, Inc.
6952 South High Tech Drive, Suite B
Midvale, UT 84047
[phone]
[e-mail]
Andrew Turner, P.G.
Consultant QA/QC Officer
Terracon Consultants, Inc.
6952 South High Tech Drive, Suite B
Midvale, UT 84047
[phone]
[e-mail]
Lincoln Grevengoed
Utah Department of Environmental Quality /
Division of Environmental Response and
Remediation Project Manager
195 North 1950 West
Salt Lake City, UT 84116
[phone]
[e-mail]
Joseph Earnest – VP of Real Estate Development
Lone Star Builders, LLC
2208 West 700 South
Springville, UT 84663
[phone]
[e-mail]
Nikki Humphries – Real Estate Entitlements
Lone Star Builders, LLC
2208 West 700 South
Springville, UT 84663
[phone]
[e-mail]
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 7
A4 Project/Task Organization
This Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) provides guidelines for the acquisition, analysis,
and validation of data collected as part of redevelopment activities conducted at 2890 South
State Street, Spanish Fork, Utah (Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site), by Lonestar
Properties, LLC (Lonestar) as part of the Utah Department of Environmental Quality (UDEQ)
/ Division of Environmental Response and Remediation (DERR) Voluntary Cleanup Program
(VCP). The following is a brief description and identification of key personnel involved in
implementing this project under the VCP. An organizational chart indicating the roles of
these individuals is included as Exhibit 1.
Consultant Project Manager
The Consultant Project Manager will have responsibility for overseeing the sampling
activities associated with the redevelopment work. This person will be responsible for the
preparation and maintenance of the QAPP, for distribution of the most current version of the
QAPP to the individuals identified in A3, preparing and/or overseeing preparation of any
Material Management Plan (MMP) and any Site Characterization Work Plan (SCWP), and for
overall management of the field investigation portion of the project. The Consultant Project
Manager will coordinate closely with the Consultant Quality Assurance/Quality Control
(QA/QC) Officer and provide oversight during the field activities with routine visits to the
jobsite(s). The Consultant Project Manager will be the primary technical point of contact for
communication with Lonestar and their general contractor (GC). Additional responsibilities
include scheduling, subcontractor procurement, cost accounting and reporting, identification
of potential problems and development of contingency plans to respond to the identified
problems. The Consultant Project Manager for this project is:
Daniel Dean
Consultant Project Manager
Terracon Consultants, Inc.
6952 South High Tech Drive, Suite B
Midvale, UT 84047
[phone]
[e-mail]
Consultant QA/QC Officer
The Consultant QA/QC Officer for this project will act as an independent advisor to the
Consultant Project Manager and will oversee project activities, as necessary. This role will
include providing surveillance level oversight, laboratory performance evaluation, and data
quality validation with QA/QC reviews of all data included in final reports for properties that
are assessed as part of this project.
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 8
In most cases, the Consultant QA/QC Officer will not take part in data collection activities. If
the Consultant QA/QC Officer takes part in any such collection activities, another trained
Terracon QA/QC Officer will conduct the review of QA/QC data evaluations presented in the
final report. The Consultant QA/QC Officer for this project is:
Andrew S. Turner, PG
Consultant QA/QC Officer
Terracon Consultants, Inc.
6952 South High Tech Drive, Suite B
Midvale, UT 84047
[phone]
[e-mail]
UDEQ / DERR Project Manager
The UDEQ/DERR Project Manager will review the QAPP, SCWPs, and other reports generated
under this project through the VCP. The UDEQ/DERR will remain a technical resource for the
field activities and reporting throughout the course of the project. The UDEQ/DERR Project
Manager for this project is:
Lincoln Grevengoed
Utah Department of Environmental Quality /
Division of Environmental Response and Remediation Project Manager
195 North 1950 West
Salt Lake City, UT 84116
[phone]
[e-mail]
Environmental Laboratory: Pace Analytical
It is expected that the majority samples of environmental media that are collected during
the course of the redevelopment activities will be analyzed by Pace Analytical. Pace
Analytical is an environmental analytical firm providing technical and support services to
customers nationwide, with a diverse accreditation/certification program which represents
over 48 separate state and national accreditations. Pace Analytical is responsible for
providing reliable and high-quality analytical data, using the quality systems detailed in its
Quality Assurance Manual (Appendix A). The Quality Assurance Director for Pace Analytical
is responsible for managing the implementation, monitoring, and development of the
laboratory’s Quality Assurance Systems as well as overseeing laboratory safety, waste
management, internal and external audits, and new method implementation. The
Environmental Laboratory and Quality Assurance Director is:
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 9
Pace Analytical
Rebecca King
Laboratory Quality Assurance Director
12065 Lebanon Road
Mt. Juliet, Tennessee 37207
[phone]
[e-mail]
DERR Split Sample Laboratory: Chemtech-Ford Analytical Laboratories
DERR split samples will be analyzed by Chemtech-Ford Analytical Laboratories (Chemtech-
Ford). Located in Sandy, Utah, Chemtech-Ford holds the required national licenses and
accreditations to conduct the required analytical work. A copy of their Quality Manual is
included in Appendix A. The Environmental Laboratory and Quality Assurance Manager is:
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories
Ron Fuller
Laboratory Quality Manager
9632 South 500 West
Sandy, UT 84070
[phone]
[e-mail]
If additional laboratories are required or utilized in order to complete the needed analytical
assessment, the Consultant QA/QC Officer will ensure those laboratories possess the
required certifications prior to them being utilized and the UDEQ/DERR Project Manager will
be notified prior to sending samples. A copy of their Quality Manual will be available for
review as needed.
A5 Problem Definition/Background
A5.1 Purpose /Background
Lonestar is in the process of redeveloping the property located at 2890 South State Street,
Spanish Fork, Utah. Heavy metals and petroleum hydrocarbons have been documented at
the site above applicable regulatory screening levels (IHI 2007a; IHI 2007b; DERR, 2021;
Terracon 2023). Limited additional surface soil sampling is required to further define these
impacts.
This QAPP details quality assurance procedures that are applicable to all investigations at
this site that will be conducted under the VCP. In addition to this QAPP, a separate site-
specific SCWP will be developed for the required sampling event(s). The site-specific
problem definition and decisions to be resolved will be detailed in each SCWP, and will
depend upon conditions at each site including:
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 10
Site physical characteristics
Proposed future use and/or redevelopment plan
Historical and current uses
Findings of previous investigations
Known or anticipated contaminants
Each SCWP will identify the specific investigation approach, sampling locations and
rationale, and laboratory analyses that are applicable to each individual site and will be
developed and approved by the UDEQ DERR prior to conducting additional site assessment
work.
A6 Project Task/Description and Schedule
The results of the previous investigations will be used as a basis for planning subsequent
sampling events and remedial actions. A SCWP will be developed for the ESAs to be
conducted on the selected property. The SCWP will detail the contaminants of concern,
sampling locations, sampling rationale, work schedules, detailed geographical locations, and
resource and time constraints. Potential contaminants of concern may include, but are not
limited to, petroleum hydrocarbons, oil and grease, and heavy metals including hexavalent
chromium. The SCWP will only be implemented after the SCWP has been approved by
UDEQ/DERR.
A7 Quality Objectives and Criteria for Measurement Data
A7.1 Data Quality Objectives
Data Quality Objectives (DQOs) are quantitative and qualitative statements that specify the
quality of data required to support the objectives of an investigation. DQOs are generated
through the DQO Process, as shown in Guidance on Systematic Planning Using the Data
Quality Objectives Process (QA/G-4) (EPA; February 2006).
A7.2 Measurement Performance Criteria
Table 1 provides measurement performance criteria, which are Data Quality Indicators
(DQIs) expressed in terms of precision, bias, accuracy, representativeness, comparability,
completeness, and sensitivity (PARCCS). The DQIs provide verifiable measurement criteria
to assess data quality. Following is a brief definition of the PARCCS parameters, including
bias.
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 11
PARCCS Parameters
Precision The measure of agreement among repeated measurements of
the same property under identical or substantially similar
conditions, calculated as either the range or as the standard
deviation. Precision may also be expressed as a percentage of
the mean of the measurements, such as relative range or
relative standard deviation (coefficient of variation).
Bias The systematic or persistent distortion of a measurement
process that causes errors in one direction. Use reference
materials or analyze spiked matrix samples.
Accuracy A measure of the overall agreement of a measurement to a
known value; includes a combination of random error
(precision) and systematic error (bias) components of both
sampling and analytical operations.
Representativeness A qualitative term that expresses “the degree to which data
accurately and precisely represent a characteristic of a
population, parameter variations at a sampling point, a process
condition, or an environmental condition.” (ANSI/ASQC 1995)
Comparability A qualitative term that expresses the measure of confidence
that one data set can be compared to another and can be
combined for the decision(s) to be made.
Completeness A measure of the amount of valid data needed to be obtained
from a measurement system.
Sensitivity The capability of a method or instrument to discriminate
between measurement responses representing different levels
of the variable of interest.
The Consultant QA/QC Officer will evaluate the PARCCS parameters in terms of the DQIs
presented in Table 1.
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 12
Precision will be evaluated on the basis of relative percent difference (RPD) as a
measure of reproducibility between LCS/LCSD pairs and MS/MSD pairs (analytical
precision), and between field samples and field duplicate samples (field precision).
Bias and Accuracy will be evaluated through a review of the method blanks,
equipment blanks, trip blanks, LCS/LCSD, and MS/MSD summaries provided by the
laboratory. Method blank and Equipment Blank analyte concentrations are expected
to be below the laboratory’s Reported Detection Limits (RDLs), while the percent
recoveries for LCS/LCSD and MS/MSD pairs are expected to be within the
laboratory/method standards.
Representativeness will be ensured by use of appropriate sampling locations,
collection and preservation methods (including sample holding times), and analytical
procedures according to the approved SCWPs.
Comparability will be ensured through the use of standardized sampling procedures
in accordance with the approved SCWP and QAPP, use of standardized and approved
laboratory analytical methods, and reporting the analytical results in appropriate and
consistent units.
Completeness is the ratio of valid measurements to the number of planned
measurements (valid measurements conducted by the laboratory from the collected
field data divided by the planned measurements indicated in the SCWP), expressed
as a percentage, and the completeness goal for each individual Phase II ESA is 90%.
Sensitivity must be such that the laboratory reporting limits are sufficiently low as to
allow identification of analyzed constituent concentrations that are above applicable
regulatory screening levels.
Soil samples submitted for laboratory analyses will be considered definitive, consistent with
EPA Superfund Data Categories (EPA; September 1993). Analytical results will be evaluated
using the following:
US EPA’s current Regional Screening Levels (RSLs).
UDEQ / DERR Leaking Underground Storage Tank Program Initial Screening Levels.
The analytical methodologies used to generate data will be sensitive enough to result in
laboratory RDLs (practical quantitation limits or PQLs) that are below the regulatory
screening levels listed above or noted when this does not occur.
Certification and validation requirements apply to the laboratory. Regularly scheduled
analyses of known duplicates, standards, and spiked samples are a routine aspect of data
reduction, validation, and reporting procedures for the laboratory. The laboratory, which is
associated with the National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program (NELAP), will
verify the reliability and credibility of the analytical results. All analytical providers used will
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 13
be NELAP certified unless no other option is available. Additionally, when possible, the
laboratory reporting limits need to be lower than the screening levels for each of the
analytes analyzed. A copy of the Pace Analytical and Chemtech-Ford Quality Assurance
Manuals (QAM) are provided in Appendix A.
A8 Special Training Requirements
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 40-hour Hazardous Waste
Operations and Emergency Response (HAZWOPER) training, including an up-to-date 8-hour
refresher course as required by OSHA, is required for field personnel. Initial 40-hour
HAZWOPER “live” training is provided by reputable training providers in the local
community, and annual refreshers are provided either by “live” training or via online
courses approved by Terracon’s Corporate Safety and Health Manager. The Consultant
Project Manager will ensure that training/certification requirements are satisfied for all field
personnel prior to their entry to any project site where sampling activities are conducted.
Documentation (training certificates) of HAZWOPER and refresher training is maintained by
Terracon’s Corporate Safety and Health Manager in employees’ confidential medical
surveillance/environmental training files. In addition, Terracon’s environmental project
managers (or designees) are responsible for conducting site-specific safety briefings prior to
beginning all Terracon hazardous waste site projects. Terracon will also ensure that that a
certified underground storage tank (UST) Groundwater and Soil Sampler will collect on-site
samples when sampling is related to petroleum releases at a state-regulated site.
Terracon will prepare a site-specific Health and Safety Plan (HASP) prior to mobilizing to the
site to identify specific hazards that may be encountered during all phases of the field work.
Terracon will also require any onsite subcontractors (e.g., drillers) to provide documentation
of current HAZWOPER certification prior to mobilization, when required.
A9 Documentation and Records
The data collected during any sampling and site investigation activities will be summarized
in the final reports documenting the investigation procedures and results, along with
supporting maps, figures, and data summary tables. Appendices will include appended data
for analyses, including laboratory QA/QC evaluation, chain of custody documentation, and
field forms. They will include discussion and general recommendations for identified
conditions that must be considered in planning for any future redevelopment or site
planning, as applicable. These may include, for example, impacted environmental media
and/or building-related conditions that require further investigation, cleanup, or proper
management as part of site redevelopment. Development of a Remedial Action Plan (RAP) is
also anticipated and this QAPP will apply to any future RAP developed.
Field personnel will maintain a field log to record pertinent activities associated with
sampling activities. Photographic documentation will also be recorded, as will documentation
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 14
of field problems and corrective measures taken. Additional field documents may include
sketch maps, field forms, borehole logs, and chain-of-custody records.
Appropriate labels will be affixed to sample containers and completed by field personnel.
The labels will identify sample numbers, dates and times collected, and requested analyses.
Chain of custody records will be maintained for all samples from the time of collection
through the time of submittal to the laboratory for analysis.
Electronic project documents (including but not limited to word processing files,
spreadsheets, laboratory analytical reports, project photographs, and CAD/GIS files) will be
stored for a minimum of five years in an electronic project folder on a local server hard
drive in the Terracon office that is backed up automatically on a daily basis to a separate file
server hard drive. In addition, analytical reports and chain-of-custody records will be
maintained indefinitely on the analytical laboratory’s LIMS (or similar) database, and made
available via the laboratory’s secured online data access system.
Samples will be submitted to State of Utah certified laboratories, using standard turnaround
times unless alternate turnaround times are requested on chain-of-custody records for
individual sample sets. It is anticipated that Pace Analytical will be used for most analyses;
however, Chemtech-Ford may also be utilized for environmental sampling where deemed
necessary. If another laboratory performs analyses, it must meet the following criteria and
submit QA/QC documentation to the UDEQ for approval as described above:
Demonstrated ability to achieve the required detection limits
Certified by the State of Utah for the specific analyses
Ability to meet the project’s analytical QC requirements, which typically includes a
laboratory method blank, laboratory control sample, matrix spike and matrix spike
duplicate, and narrative report of QC results and any corrective actions required; and
Follows an internal QA/QC Program
Data provided by the laboratory will be made available using similar methods (i.e.
electronic deliverables).
Details of Pace Analytical’s and Chemtech-Ford’s QA/QC Programs are presented in
Appendix A.
The QAPP will be reviewed, recertified, or updated on an as needed basis. The UDEQ/DERR
will be notified once a year of any updates to the QAPP since it was initially published.
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 15
Group B Measurement/Data Acquisition
B1 Sampling Process Design
Site-specific SCWPs will be developed to for all required sampling. Regulatory and historical
data collected during the previous investigations, a visual inspection of the property, any
identified Recognized Environmental Conditions (RECs), and any previous site assessments
or investigations will be used to develop the SCWPs. Each SCWP will be reviewed and
approved by UDEQ/DERR prior to implementation and will include the following information:
Justification of design strategy and rationale for sampling locations (area, volume, or
time period to be represented by a sample).
Type and total number of sample times/matrix or test runs expected and needed.
Where samples are to be taken and how sites will be identified and located.
Discussion regarding procedures if sampling sites become inaccessible.
Project activity schedules such as each sampling event, when samples should be sent
to the laboratory, etc.
Sources of variability and how this variability will be reconciled.
B2 Sampling Methods Requirements
Samples will be collected following applicable Terracon Standard Operating Procedures
(SOPs) included in Appendix B. The SOPs include lists of equipment needed for each SOP
and were developed in general accordance with Guidance for Preparing Standard Operating
Procedures (SOPs) (QA/G-6) (U.S. EPA, April 2007). If problems develop in the field during
implementation of an SOP, field personnel will contact the Consultant Project Manager and
Consultant QA/QC Officer for information on appropriate corrective action, and the problem
and corrective action will be documented in the field log book.
B3 Sample Handling, Preservation and Custody Requirements
Samples will be identified, labeled, preserved, and handled following SOP 20, which includes
chain of custody and documentation procedures. An example sample label and chain of
custody form are included as attachments to SOP 20.
Required sample containers, sample volumes, sample holding times, and sample
preservation methods for a variety of analytical parameters including those that are likely to
be used in the assessments are summarized in the individual laboratory’s QAM, detailed in
Appendix A of this QAPP and will be provided in the individual SCWPs. The primary
analytical parameters anticipated for the assessments include, but are not limited to, the
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 16
following: volatile organic compounds (VOCs; EPA Method 8260); total petroleum
hydrocarbons – gasoline range organics (TPH-GRO; EPA Method 8260); total petroleum
hydrocarbons-diesel range organics (TPH-DRO; EPA Method 8015 with possible silica gel
treatment); oil & grease/total recoverable petroleum hydrocarbons (TRPH; EPA Methods
1664/9071 with silica gel treatment); total metals (EPA Methods 6010/6020/7470/7471),
hexavalent chromium (EPA Methods 3060A/7199), and PCBs (EPA Method 8082).
Samples will be placed into the appropriate laboratory-provided container immediately after
collection. The container will remain in the sight of the sampler or will be locked in a
secured area until the samples are transported under chain of custody protocols for delivery
to the laboratory. Samples will be prepared, packaged, and shipped in a manner to ensure
they arrive at the laboratory intact and at an acceptable temperature.
The SCWPs developed will provide specific details as to the analytes being sampled,
laboratory methods being utilized, QA/QC information, and additional analyte-specific
information as appropriate.
B4 Analytical Methods Requirements
All analytical methods will follow standard EPA procedures as outlined in Test Methods for
Evaluating Solid Wastes - Physical/Chemical Methods (SW-846) as updated. Please refer to
SW-846 and the individual laboratory’s QAM (Appendix A) for analytical SOPs and
information regarding analytical equipment, instrumentation, performance criteria,
corrective action procedures and documentation, sample disposal, and method validation
information and procedures for nonstandard methods. Laboratory turnaround times needed
will be specified on chain of custody records for each sample set but will typically be the
standard laboratory turnaround time of 7 to 10 working days.
B5 Quality Control Requirements
B5.1 Definitive Data
To ensure that high quality, reliable data are consistently collected, and that data are
comparable to previous investigations, QA procedures will be followed throughout the
investigation. Quality assurance procedures include using the data quality objectives,
following SOPs, and collecting and analyzing field and laboratory QC samples.
QC samples collected in the field will be preserved, handled, and transported in an identical
manner as the environmental samples. QC samples will include the following:
Field duplicates (if applicable)
Field/Equipment blanks (if applicable)
Trip blanks (if applicable)
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 17
Matrix spikes and matrix spike duplicates (MS/MSDs)
Laboratory method blanks
Laboratory control samples and laboratory control sample duplicates (LCS/LCSDs)
Laboratory quality control samples (method blanks, MS/MSD, LCS/LCSD) will be analyzed at
a frequency of no less than one per twenty samples or analytical batch. Quality control
samples are briefly described below.
Field Duplicate Samples.To evaluate sampling and laboratory precision, field duplicate
samples may be collected, as specified in the SCWP. One sample set will be labeled with the
correct sample identification, while the other will be labeled with a false or “blind” sample
identification. If the detected analytes in the field sample and its duplicate are less than 5
times the laboratory RDL and the difference between the reported concentration in the
sample and the reported concentration in the duplicate is less than or equal to the RDL
value (for aqueous samples) or less than twice the RDL (for soil/solid samples), the samples
will be considered within control. If the difference falls outside of this range, the data will be
flagged and evaluated by the Consultant QA/QC Officer.
The relative percent difference (RPD) between detected analytes in the field sample and its
duplicate are calculated when the reported concentrations for the sample and duplicate are
greater than or equal to 5 times the RDL. The RPD is calculated to evaluate precision using
the following equation.
RPD=𝑋1−𝑋2
ቀ𝑋1+𝑋2
2 ቁ
𝑥100 Where X1 and X2 are the reported concentrations of the
samples being evaluated.
The target RPD values for samples and their duplicates will be ±25% (for aqueous samples)
and ±50% (for solid samples, due to greater sample heterogeneity). If samples exceed the
target RPD values, the data will be flagged and evaluated by the Consultant QA/QC Officer
to determine whether this affects the usability of the data.
Field/Equipment Blank. Field equipment blanks may be collected, as specified in the
SCWP. Acceptance criteria will be analyte concentrations less than the RDLs. If above the
RDLs, the data will be flagged and evaluated by the Consultant QA/QC Officer. The
Consultant QA/QC Officer will review the sampling procedures and equipment to determine
if contaminants could have been introduced by the sampling methodology. When necessary,
the results will be discussed with the Agencies, laboratory personnel, and/or appropriate
regulatory officials to determine if the data are acceptable or should be rejected.
Trip Blanks. Trip blanks will apply only when a SCWP includes collection of samples to be
analyzed for volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and will be used to evaluate whether
external VOCs from sample container handling and analytical processes, independent of the
field sampling processes, are contaminating the samples. Trip blanks will be prepared by the
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 18
laboratory with analyte-free water prior to the sampling event, kept with the investigative
samples throughout the sampling event, and returned to the laboratory with the other
samples for analysis. One trip blank will typically be used and analyzed per VOC sample
shipment where sample analyses will include VOCs. Acceptance criteria will be analyte
concentrations less than the RDLs. If above the RDLs, the data will be flagged and
evaluated by the Consultant QA/QC Officer. The Consultant QA/QC Officer will review the
shipping procedures to determine if contaminants could have been introduced by the
shipping methodology. When necessary, the results will be discussed with the UDEQ,
laboratory personnel, and/or appropriate regulatory officials to determine if the data are
acceptable or should be rejected.
Matrix Spike (MS) and Matrix Spike Duplicate (MSD) Samples. Samples for MS/MSD
analyses will be selected by the laboratory from field samples collected from the site being
investigated whenever possible. The MS/MSD samples will be spiked in the laboratory with
target analytes prior to extraction or analysis, according to the laboratory’s SOPs, and then
analyzed for the same compounds as the environmental samples. Each MS/MSD will be
evaluated for Percent Recovery (PR). If the data meets the PR criteria, the MS/MSD will be
evaluated for RPD according to the equation presented above
Percent Recovery=𝑋𝑠−𝑋𝑖
𝑆𝐶𝑥100 Where Xs = concentration measured in spiked sample
Xi = concentration measured prior to spiking
SC = spike concentration
The PR acceptance criteria for MS/MSD samples will vary by sample medium, analyte, and
analytical method, and may be either method defaults or laboratory-derived. Laboratory
RPD acceptance criteria also vary by sample medium, analyte, and analytical method, and
are specified in the laboratory’s QAM (Appendix A). Each laboratory report will include
quality control summaries with PR results and comparison against PR acceptance criteria for
each sample medium, analyte, and analytical method for that sample set. Additionally,
specific control limits will be included in the individual data report packages. If data fail to
meet the acceptance criteria, the Consultant QA/QC Officer will evaluate the data with the
laboratory to determine potential causes of failure, such as matrix interference or sample
heterogeneity. Data may be flagged or invalidated based on discussions with the laboratory.
Laboratory Method Blanks. Method blank samples will be prepared by the laboratory and
analyzed with each analytical batch for each method. A method blank consists of laboratory-
grade deionized water or solid that is processed through all of the analytical steps required
by a method, including sample extraction, preparation, and analysis. Laboratory method
blank samples are used to identify contamination originating in the laboratory, such as
laboratory water, reagents, sample preparation steps, and instrument contamination.
Method blank samples aid in distinguishing low-level field contamination from laboratory
contamination. Method blank samples will be run with each batch of samples (20 or fewer
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 19
samples per batch). If analytes are detected in the method blank, the laboratory will correct
problems as per their SOPs. The Consultant QA/QC Officer will evaluate the data to
determine whether a detection in the corresponding Method Blank has an effect on the
usability of the data.
Laboratory Control Samples (LCS) and Laboratory Control Sample Duplicates
(LCSDs). Laboratory control samples are used to evaluate laboratory accuracy in the
absence of matrix interference. A laboratory control sample is composed of laboratory-grade
deionized water or clean solid that is spiked with target analytes according to the
laboratory’s SOPs prior to extraction or analysis. The PR of the spiked compounds is
calculated and compared to established QC limits using the following formula.
Percent Recovery=𝑋𝑠
𝑆𝐶𝑥100 Where Xs = concentration measured in spiked sample
SC = spike concentration
Acceptance criteria for the LCS will vary by sample medium, analyte, and analytical method;
may be either method defaults or laboratory-derived; and are compared against PR results
in the laboratory quality control summaries provided as part of each laboratory report. If the
LCS is out of control, the laboratory will correct problems in accordance with its standard
operating procedures. If the data meets the PR criteria, the LCS/LCSD will be evaluated for
RPD according to the RPD equation presented previously. The Consultant QA/QC Officer will
evaluate the LCS/LCSD data to determine whether any issues or variations have an effect
on the usability of the data.
Holding Times. Holding times are used to evaluate the representativeness of the
environmental samples. Holding time is the period following sample collection when a
sample is considered representative of the environmental conditions. The holding time for
each analysis will be compared to the method-specific holding times. Samples held beyond
their holding time prior to analysis will be evaluated by the Consultant QA/QC Officer and
the laboratory to determine whether the data can still be utilized to some capacity or must
be rejected.
B5.2 Non-definitive data
Non-definitive data utilized to support decisions may include field soil screening
measurements and observations, physical observations, and groundwater field parameter
measurements. Non-definitive data will be collected following Terracon SOPs (Appendix B).
The QC documentation for non-definitive data is not as rigorous as requirements for
definitive data.
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 20
B6 Equipment Testing, Inspection, and Maintenance Requirements
Testing, inspection, and maintenance of sampling equipment and field instrumentation will
be performed by Terracon field personnel prior to each day’s field use and in accordance
with the procedures and schedules in the manufacturers’ specifications. A supply of
appropriate spare parts and batteries will be maintained with each instrument in its
transport case, along with instrument calibration supplies. Any identified deficiencies will be
documented in the field log book, along with any corrective actions (e.g., spare parts
replacement and instrument re-testing) and effectiveness of corrective actions.
Pace Analytical and Chemtech-Ford conduct their own equipment testing, inspections,
maintenance, and record keeping of the laboratory equipment as detailed in their QAMs
provided in Appendix A.
B7 Instrument/Equipment Calibration and Frequency
B7.1 Field Instruments
Field instruments will be calibrated daily or in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications
by Terracon field personnel, using National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)
standards or equivalent. Calibration deficiencies, if any, will be documented in the field log
book along with their resolution (e.g., spare parts replacement and re-calibration).
B7.2 Laboratory Instruments
All of the listed laboratories and SOPs meet all State of Utah, The NELAC Institute, and EPA
method protocols necessary to produce legally and defensible analytical data. Certification
also applies to instrument calibration, reference material, standards traceability, data
validation, and all other aspects of each laboratory’s QAM.
In the event of a negative audit finding or any other circumstance, which raises doubt
concerning the laboratory’s competence or compliance with required procedures, the
laboratory ensures that those areas of concern are quickly investigated. A resolution of the
situation is promptly sought and, where necessary, recalibration and retesting are
conducted. Records of events and corrective actions taken by the laboratory to resolve
issues and to prevent further occurrences are maintained. Additional information on
laboratory corrective actions is described in each laboratory’s QAM (Section 4.11 Pace
Analytical and Chemtech-Ford).
B8 Inspection/Acceptance Requirements for Supplies and
Consumables
Sample containers and other dedicated consumables will meet EPA criteria for cleaning
procedures required for low-level chemical analysis. Sample containers will have Level II
certification provided by the manufacturer, in accordance with pre-cleaning criteria
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 21
established by EPA in “Specifications and Guidelines for Obtaining Contaminant-Free Sample
Containers.” The certificates of cleanliness are maintained by the container suppliers, and
can be obtained upon request using the container batch and lot numbers. Sample containers
and sample preservatives (where applicable) will be provided by the laboratory. The
containers shall be pre-preserved, if possible, prior to the sampling event, if required. In
addition, the laboratory will supply the laboratory-grade deionized water for the field and
equipment blanks. The laboratory-grade deionized water may be prepared by the laboratory
in-house, but the laboratory must have a routine procedure in place to analyze the water to
ensure the deionized water’s quality. New disposable nitrile sampling gloves will be used
during collection of samples and will be discarded after collection of each sample. New
disposable water filters (if required), bailers, and/or tubing will be used to collect aqueous
samples and will be discarded after use. New disposable tubing and connections and a
dedicated flow controller will be used to collect each soil gas sample. Prior to use, the
materials provided by the laboratory or other suppliers will be inspected visually for signs of
tampering, contamination, or damage. No evidence of tampering, contamination, or damage
will be acceptable. The field team leader will be responsible for the inspection. Reserves of
field supplies and consumables are stored and maintained in Terracon’s secured storage
warehouse and used as needed by field personnel for each day’s field activities, and the
reserves of consumables are re-ordered/replenished as needed by Terracon staff.
B9 Data Acquisition of Non-direct Measurements
Additional data may be collected and used for site characterization following SOPs. QA
procedures will be followed throughout the investigation. External sources of existing data
may also be used (for example, computer databases or regulatory files of previously
investigated sites); such information will be used only for reference. This type of data will
be considered non-definitive for the purpose of assessing selected sites, unless the data was
collected following a UDEQ-approved sampling plan, evaluated following a QAPP that meets
or exceeds the requirements provided in this QAPP, validated, and deemed definitive.
B10 Data Management
The results of each investigation will be compiled and detailed in a report. Please refer to
Section A9 for information pertaining to documentation that will be generated during the
course of the project, and storage requirements for these records.
Data will be processed using commercially available word processing, spreadsheet, and/or
database programs. During transcription of field measurements, each entry will be double-
checked immediately after each transcription from field log books and forms. Example forms
for typical field data collection are included in Appendix B. To minimize potential errors in
laboratory data transcription, the use of electronic data deliverables (EDDs) will be
maximized during data entry to summary tables and databases. The control mechanism to
detect and correct possible errors in data transcription, reduction, reporting, and data entry
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 22
to forms, reports, and databases will be the senior peer review of documents by the
Consultant Project Manager and Consultant QA/QC Officer. Data will be stored electronically,
both on a local server hard drive (subject to daily backup on a separate file server) and on
the laboratory’s LIMS database system, and can be retrieved via the local server and via the
laboratory’s secured online data access system. Please refer to Appendix A (Laboratory’s
QAM) for information relating to procedures used and individuals responsible for laboratory
data processing, transmittal, storage/archival, and hardware/software configurations.
Group C Assessment/Oversight
C1 Assessment Activities
Assessment and oversight activities will be conducted by the Consultant QA/QC Officer.
There will be three primary activities conducted by the Consultant QA/QC Officer:
Surveillance Level Oversight:The Consultant Project Manager will coordinate the
investigation, with independent oversight by the Consultant QA/QC Officer. Both of
these individuals will have authority to stop work in the event of unsafe work
conditions or deviation from SOPs. In the event of unsafe work conditions, any field
personnel or on-site contractor will also have authority to stop work and will
immediately contact the Consultant Project Manager for resolution. Any deviations
from the QAPP will be addressed immediately to ensure the quality of the data.
Surveillance level oversight will be conducted throughout the duration of field
activities.
Performance Evaluations:The Consultant QA/QC Officer will verify that the
laboratory certifications and methods are current and approved by the NELAP, prior to
the initiation of field sampling.
Data Quality Validation Summary:After the receipt of analytical data sets from
the laboratory, the Consultant Project Manager will perform an initial review of the
data, followed by a data validation review by the Consultant QA/QC Officer to
determine whether DQOs were met and evaluate the overall usability of the data. The
results of these data validation reviews will be communicated to the Consultant
Project Manager, who will immediately notify the laboratory if any need for corrective
actions is identified. In this case, the laboratory will be required to perform and verify
any corrective actions taken, which will then be documented in an amended
laboratory report identifying the corrective actions taken and any resulting changes to
the analytical results. In addition, the data validation reviews will form the basis for
development of data validation summaries for inclusion with the final site
investigation reports.
UDEQ/DERR Review:Once the work has been completed, performance evaluations
have been conducted, and the data has been validated, a report including this data
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 23
will be submitted to UDEQ/DERR for review and further data assessment and
validation.
C2 Reports to Management
Data validation summaries will be included as part of the final reports detailing the
investigations. In the event that laboratory corrective actions are required, the Consultant
Project Manager will notify DERR, and final reports will include copies of both the original
and amended laboratory reports. In the event that field corrective actions are required, the
problem and corrective action will be recorded in the field log book and will also be
documented in the final report. Copies of the final reports detailing the investigations will be
sent to all parties listed in Section A3 Distribution List.
Group D Data Validation And Usability
D1 Data Review
Following receipt of the laboratory analytical results and initial review by the Consultant
Project Manager, the data will be forwarded to the Consultant QA/QC Officer for review
which will include initial screening to evaluate whether any of the data is flagged or if
laboratory control limits were not met. Upon acceptance of the data from the laboratory, the
data will be validated. The data validation process evaluates whether the specific
requirements for an intended use have been fulfilled and ensures that the results conform to
the users’ needs.
D2 Validation and Verification Methods
All laboratory data will be subject to internal reduction and validation by the laboratory prior
to external release of the data, as detailed in the laboratory’s QAM in Appendix A.
Following receipt of data released by the laboratory, additional data validation and
verification will be conducted by the Consultant QA/QC Officer, using the criteria described
in Section B5.1 and Table 2, and including review of chain of custody and laboratory log-in
records. Data will be reviewed as it is received throughout the project. Each laboratory data
set will be provided by the laboratory and will include the final analytical report with
qualifiers where necessary; case narratives, chain-of-custody records; and results for
method blanks, MS/MSD analyses with control limits; LCS/LCSD summary with control
limits; reporting limits listed on all reports; and surrogate recoveries
Laboratory QC issues will be addressed by communication between the Consultant QA/QC
Officer and laboratory personnel. Problems identified in sample collection, handling,
preservation, and documentation will be addressed with the Consultant Project Manager and
field staff.
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 24
Any deviations from the QA goals will be evaluated in terms of their effect on data usability.
The degree of sample deviation beyond the acceptance limit will be evaluated for its
potential effect on data usability, contribution to the quality of the reduced and analyzed
data, and on decision-making for the project. The final report to UDEQ/DERR will include a
discussion of any data usability effects due to deviations from the SCWP or QA goals
summarized by the Consultant QA/QC Officer.
D3 Reconciliation with User Requirements
Following the validation of field and laboratory data, all data and information will be
reconciled with the project objectives to assess the overall success of sampling activities.
Qualitative DQOs will be reviewed through a narrative discussion of the results to including
limitations, if any, on data use due to uncertainties posed by any flagged data or elevated
laboratory reporting limits. If such uncertainties result in significant hindrances to data
usability, practical follow-up actions (for example, limited resampling) may be
recommended as warranted.
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
Revised March 28, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials 25
Group E References
IHI Environmental (IHI) 2007a. PHASE II SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION REPORT, Anderson
Auto Wrecking, 2890 South State Street, Springville, Utah. July 31, 2007.
IHI Environmental (IHI) 2007b. PHASE II SUPPLEMENTAL SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION
REPORT, Anderson Auto Wrecking, 2890 South State Street, Springville, Utah.
October 24, 2007.
Terracon 2023. Phase II Environmental Site Assessment, Former Anderson Auto Wrecking,
2890 South State Street and 1215 North SR 51, Spanish Fork City, Utah County,
Utah.January 6, 2023.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, April, 2007,Guidance for Preparing Standard
Operating Procedures (SOPs) (QA/G-6). EPA/600/B-07/001.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, February, 2006,Data Quality Assessment: A
Reviewer’s Guide (QA/G-9R). EPA/240/B-06/003.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, February, 2006,Data Quality Assessment: Statistical
Tools for Practitioners (QA/G-9S). EPA/240/B-06/002.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, December, 2002,Guidance for Quality Assurance
Project Plans (QA/G-5). EPA/240/R-02/009.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. February, 2006 Guidance on Systematic Planning
Using the Data Quality Objectives Process (QA/G-4). EPA/240/B-06/001.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, September, 1993,Data Quality Objectives Process
for Superfund – Interim Final Guidance. Pub. No. 9355-9-01.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.Regional Screening Levels (RSLs).
www.epa.gov/risk/regional-screening-levels-rsls
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. National Primary Drinking Water Regulations.
www.epa.gov/ground-water-and-drinking-water/national-primary-drinking-water-
regulations
Utah Department of Environmental Quality.Standards: Utah Ground Water Quality
Protection Program.
www.deq.utah.gov/ProgramsServices/programs/water/groundwater/standards.htm
Utah Department of Environmental Quality.Summary of Groundwater and Soil Cleanup
Screening Levels.
www.deq.utah.gov/ProgramsServices/programs/tanks/lust/docs/2006/08Aug/cleanu
pLevels.pdf
Tables
Quality Assurance Project Plan Table 1 DQIs
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
February 13, 2024| Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials
Table 1 Data Quality Indicators (DQIs)
Parameter QC Program Evaluation Criteria Summary of QA/QC Goals
Precision
Laboratory Precision
LCS/LCSD Pairs
MS/MSD Pairs
Field Precision
Field Duplicate Pairs
RPD a
Laboratory Precision
LCS/LCSD RPDs and MS/MSD RPDs will be less than the laboratory-derived limits
Field Precision
Field Duplicate Pair RPDs will be less than ± 25% (aqueous samples) and ± 50% (solid samples) when
detected concentrations are ≥ 5x the RDL. When detected concentrations are <5x the RDL and the
difference between the reported concentrations is less than or equal to the RDL value (for aqueous
samples) or less than twice the RDL (for soil/solid samples), the samples will be considered within control
Bias
LCS/LCSD Percent Recovery b LCS/LCSD percent recoveries will vary by sample medium, analyte, and method, and control limits may be
either method defaults or laboratory-derived.
MS/MSD Percent Recovery b MS/MSD percent recoveries will vary by sample medium, analyte, and method, and control limits may be
either method defaults or laboratory-derived.
Accuracy c Method Blanks RDL Less than RDL
Equipment Blanks RDL Less than RDL
Representativeness
SCWPs and SOPs Qualitative determination of SCWP
and SOP adherence All samples collected following site-specific SCWPs and SOPs
Holding Times Holding Times All samples analyzed within holding times
Field/Equipment/Trip Blanks RDL Less than RDL
Comparability
Units of Measure Metric Units 100% of sample results reported in same units
Analytical Methods Approved Methods 100% of samples analyzed using approved methods
Standardized Sampling Qualitative determination of SCWP
and SOP adherence All samples collected following site-specific SCWPs and SOPs
QC Samples
10% Field Duplicates (per Site)
10% Field Blanks (or as described
in SSCWP)
Lab QA
Verify
Verify
Verify
100% compliance
100% compliance
100% compliance
Completeness Complete Sampling Percent Valid Data 90%or more of the planned measurements are valid
Sensitivity Sample analyses RDL 100% of RDLs are less than Performance Standards
a: RPD (Relative Percent Difference) =𝑋1−𝑋2
ቀ𝑋1+𝑋2
2 ቁ
𝑥100; where X1 and X2 are the reported concentrations of the samples being evaluated.
b: Percent Recovery =𝑋𝑠−𝑋𝑖
𝑆𝐶𝑥100; where Xs = concentration measured in spiked sample, Xi = concentration measured prior to spiking, and SC = spike concentration.
c: Instrument calibration, reference material, standards traceability, and data validation will follow Pace Analytical’s Standard Operating Procedures.
LCS/LCSD – Laboratory Control Sample/Laboratory Control Sample Duplicate
MS/MSD – Matrix Spike/Matrix Spike Duplicate
RDL – Laboratory Reported Detection Limit
RPD – Relative Percent Difference
SCWP – Site Characterization Work Plan
SOP – Standard Operating Procedure
Quality Assurance Project Plan Table 2 Data Validation
Former Anderson Auto Wrecking Site | Spanish Fork, Utah
February 13, 2024 | Terracon Project No. 61237032
Facilities | Environmental | Geotechnical | Materials
Table 2
Data Validation and Verification Methods
Data Validation and Verification
Requirements
Data Validation and Verification
Methods
Samples were collected as per scheduled
locations and frequency.Comparison with SCWPs.
Sample collection and handling followed
specific procedures (i.e., relevant SOPs
and chain-of-custody procedures).
Review of field notes, sampling logs and
COCs.
Surveillance-level oversight of field
procedures to maximize consistency in
field.
Appropriate analytical methods were used,
and internal laboratory calibration
checks were performed according to
the method-specified protocol.
Review of analytical methods and case
narratives provided with laboratory
reports.
Maintain documentation of communications
with laboratory regarding problems or
corrective actions.
Required holding times and laboratory
reporting limits were met.
Comparison with specified holding times
and RDLs.
Recovery acceptance limits for field and
laboratory QC samples (MS/MSD,
LCS/LCSD, and method blanks) were
met.
Comparison with specified acceptance
limits.
Comparison with Data Quality Indicators.
Appropriate steps were taken to ensure the
accuracy of data reduction, including
reducing data transfer errors in the
preparation of summary data tables
and maps.
Maintaining a permanent file of hard copies
of laboratory analytical reports.
Minimizing retyping of data.
Double-checking values entered into
database, tables, and maps against
laboratory reports.
Exhibits
6952 South High Tech Drive Midvale, Utah 84047
PH. [phone] FAX. [phone]
1
EXHIBITPROJECT ORGANIZATION CHART
Environmental Assessment
Lonestar Properties LLC – Former Anderson Auto Wrecking
Spanish Fork, Utah
Project Manager
Drawn By:
Checked By:
Approved By::
DD
AST
DD
DD
Project No.
Scale:
File Name:
Date:
NA
F1 Org Chart
01/2024
Pace Analytical
Laboratory
TERRACON FIELD
STAFF
UTAH DEPT. OF
ENVIRONMENTAL
QUALITY DERR
MANAGER
Lincoln Grevengoed
CONSULTANT
PROJECT MANAGER
Daniel Dean
(Terracon)
CONSULTANT QA/QC
OFFICER
Andrew S. Turner, PG
(Terracon)
61237032
Chemtech-Ford
Laboratory
Appendix A
Pace Analytical and Chemtech-Ford Quality
Assurance Manual
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Laurence Hayden Approved on 9/1/2022 1:01:26 PM
Robert Johnson Approved on 8/15/2022 4:06:20 PM
Elizabeth Turner Approved on 9/1/2022 7:55:17 PM
Rebecca King Approved on 9/2/2022 8:32:34 AM
Page 1 of 221
Title Page
Quality Manual
Pace Analytical Services, LLC
Prepared for:
ESC dba Pace® Analytical National Center for Testing and Innovation
12065 Lebanon Road
Mt. Juliet, TN 37122
Phone: [phone]
Parent Company: Pace® Analytical Services, LLC
Signatory Attestation: I attest the application of my electronic signature on this title page affirms my
management commitment and responsibility to uphold the requirements of the PAS Quality Management
System (QMS) described in this Quality Manual (manual) at each location for which this manual is prepared.
Refer to the Quality Manual Signatory Page to view the job title and physical address for each signatory.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 2 of 221
Quality Manual Approval Signatories
The following individuals represent the PAS corporate and local management team responsible for
implementing the PAS Quality Management System (QMS) and upholding the requirements of this
manual at the location(s) for which this manual was prepared, at the time this version of the manual
was made effective, and that correlate with the electronic signatures shown on the title page of this
manual.
If these persons(s) change positions, leave the company, or are on extended leave of absence, the
approval of this manual automatically transfers to the person replacing the signatory or to the
signatory’s primary or alternate deputy until the manager is replaced and/or the manager returns to
work. The individual replacing the signatory automatically accepts the responsibilities associated with
the original signatory’s attestation. Refer to Section 4.1.5.1.1 of this manual for the deputies assigned
to key personnel job titles.
The manual is not revised and released under an updated version for the sole purpose of updating
personnel change(s). Personnel information is updated when the next revision of the manual is
released. See manual Sections 1.2.1 and 1.2.2 for more information about how this manual is
maintained.
Name Job Title Address, City, State, ZIP Phone
Laurence Hayden Vice President of Operations Texas [phone]
Eric Johnson Director of Lab Operations 12065 Lebanon Rd.
Mt. Juliet, TN 37122
[phone]
Elizabeth Turner Quality Program Manager 400 West Bethany Drive, Suite 190
Allen, TX 75013
[phone]
Rebecca King Quality Manager 12065 Lebanon Rd.
Mt. Juliet, TN 37122
[phone]
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 3 of 221
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE 7
1.1 PURPOSE 7
1.2 SCOPE AND APPLICATION 7
1.2.1 QUALITY MANUAL TEMPLATE 8
1.2.2 QUALITY MANUAL 9
1.2.3 REFERENCES TO SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS 9
2.0 REFERENCES 9
3.0 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 10
4.0 MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS 11
4.1 ORGANIZATION 11
4.1.1 LEGAL IDENTITY 11
4.1.2 COMPLIANCE RESPONSIBILITY 11
4.1.3 SCOPE OF THE QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 11
4.1.4 ORGANIZATION HISTORY AND INFORMATION 11
4.1.5 MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS 12
4.2 QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 18
4.2.1 QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 18
4.2.2 QUALITY POLICY STATEMENT 20
4.2.3 MANAGEMENT COMMITMENT: QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 21
4.2.4 MANAGEMENT COMMITMENT: CUSTOMER SERVICE 21
4.2.5 SUPPORTING PROCEDURES 22
4.2.6 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 23
4.2.7 CHANGE MANAGEMENT 23
4.3 DOCUMENT CONTROL 23
4.3.1 GENERAL 23
4.3.2 DOCUMENT APPROVAL AND ISSUE 24
4.3.3 DOCUMENT REVIEW AND CHANGE 24
4.4 ANALYTICAL SERVICE REQUEST, TENDER, AND CONTRACT REVIEW 24
4.5 SUBCONTRACTING (INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL) 25
4.6 PURCHASING SERVICES AND SUPPLIES 26
4.7 CUSTOMER SERVICE 26
4.7.1 COMMITMENT TO MEET CUSTOMER EXPECTATIONS 26
4.7.2 CUSTOMER FEEDBACK 26
4.8 COMPLAINTS 27
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 4 of 221
4.9 NONCONFORMING WORK 27
4.9.1 DEFINITION OF NONCONFORMING WORK 27
4.10 CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT 29
4.11 CORRECTIVE ACTION 29
4.11.1 CAUSE ANALYSIS (AKA ROOT CAUSE ANALYSIS) 30
4.11.2 EFFECTIVENESS REVIEW 30
4.11.3 ADDITIONAL AUDITS 30
4.12 PREVENTIVE ACTION 31
4.12.1 CHANGE MANAGEMENT 31
4.13 CONTROL OF RECORDS 31
4.13.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 31
4.13.2 TECHNICAL RECORDS 33
4.14 AUDITS 34
4.14.1 INTERNAL AUDIT 34
4.15 MANAGEMENT REVIEW 35
4.16 DATA INTEGRITY 36
5.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 36
5.1 GENERAL 36
5.2 PERSONNEL 37
5.2.1 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS 37
5.2.2 TRAINING (REQUIRED) 38
5.2.3 PERSONNEL SUPERVISION 42
5.2.4 JOB DESCRIPTIONS 42
5.2.5 AUTHORIZATION OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL 43
5.3 ACCOMMODATIONS AND FACILITIES 43
5.3.1 FACILITIES 43
5.3.2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 43
5.3.3 SEPARATION OF INCOMPATIBLE ACTIVITIES 43
5.3.4 SECURITY 44
5.3.5 GOOD HOUSEKEEPING 44
5.4 TEST METHODS 44
5.4.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 44
5.4.2 METHOD SELECTION 44
5.4.3 PAS DEVELOPED METHODS 45
5.4.4 NON-STANDARD METHODS 45
5.4.5 METHOD VALIDATION 46
5.4.6 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY 48
5.4.7 CONTROL OF DATA 49
5.5 EQUIPMENT 50
5.5.1 AVAILABILITY OF EQUIPMENT 50
5.5.2 CALIBRATION 50
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 5 of 221
5.5.3 EQUIPMENT USE AND OPERATION 51
5.5.4 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION 51
5.5.5 EQUIPMENT LISTS AND RECORDS 51
5.5.6 OUT OF SERVICE PROTOCOL 52
5.5.7 CALIBRATION STATUS 52
5.5.8 RETURNED EQUIPMENT CHECKS 53
5.5.9 INTERMEDIATE EQUIPMENT CHECKS 53
5.5.10 SAFEGUARDING EQUIPMENT INTEGRITY 53
5.6 MEASUREMENT TRACEABILITY 53
5.6.1 GENERAL 53
5.6.2 EQUIPMENT CORRECTION FACTORS 54
5.6.3 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS 54
5.6.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND REFERENCE MATERIALS 54
5.7 SAMPLING 57
5.7.1 SAMPLING PLANS AND SOPS 57
5.7.2 CUSTOMER REQUESTED DEVIATIONS 57
5.7.3 RECORDKEEPING 57
5.8 SAMPLE MANAGEMENT & HANDLING 57
5.8.1 PROCEDURES 57
5.8.2 UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION 59
5.8.3 SAMPLE RECEIPT CHECKS AND SAMPLE ACCEPTANCE POLICY 59
5.8.4 SAMPLE CONTROL AND TRACKING 61
5.8.5 SAMPLE STORAGE, HANDLING, AND DISPOSAL 61
5.9 ASSURING THE QUALITY OF TEST RESULTS 62
5.9.1 QUALITY CONTROL (QC) PROCEDURES 62
5.9.2 QC CORRECTIVE ACTION 66
5.9.3 DATA REVIEW 67
5.9.4 CALIBRATION CERTIFICATES 68
5.9.5 OPINIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 68
5.9.6 SUBCONTRACTOR REPORTS 68
5.9.7 ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION OF RESULTS 69
5.9.8 FORMAT OF TEST REPORTS 69
5.9.9 AMENDMENTS TO TEST REPORTS 69
5.10 REPORTING 69
5.10.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 69
5.10.2 TEST REPORTS: REQUIRED ITEMS 69
5.10.3 TEST REPORTS: SUPPLEMENTAL ITEMS 70
6.0 REVISION HISTORY 71
7.0 APPENDICES 74
7.1 APPENDIX A: CERTIFICATION / ACCREDITATION LISTING 74
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 6 of 221
7.1.1 PAS-MT. JULIET 74
7.2 APPENDIX B: CAPABILITY LISTING 75
7.2.1 PAS-MT. JULIET 75
7.3 APPENDIX C: GLOSSARY 160
7.4 APPENDIX D: ORGANIZATION CHART(S) 175
7.4.1 PAS CORPORATE ORGANIZATION CHART(S) 175
7.4.2 PAS QUALITY SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION CHART 176
7.4.3 MT. JULIET – ORGANIZATION CHART 177
7.5 APPENDIX E: EQUIPMENT LISTING 182
7.5.1 PAS-MT. JULIET 182
8.0 ADDENDUM: PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 211
8.1 DOD/DOE 211
8.2 ADDENDUM: AIHA-LAP, LLC 214
8.3 ADDENDUM: SOP REVIEW 216
8.4 ADDENDUM: RADIOLOGICAL REQUIREMENTS 217
8.4.1 ESTIMATE OF ANALYTICAL UNCERTAINTY 217
8.4.2 RADIOLOGICAL EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION 217
8.4.3 MATRIX SPIKE/MATRIX SPIKE DUPLICATE (MS/MSD) 217
8.5 ADDENDUM: QUALITY CONTROL CALCULATIONS 218
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 7 of 221
1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
1.1 Purpose
This quality manual (manual) outlines the quality management system (QMS) and management
structure of Pace® Analytical Services, LLC. Pace® Analytical Services, LLC is referred to by brand
name Pace® Analytical Services and by the acronyms PAS or ENV. The acronyms PAS and ENV
are interchangeable.
The PAS QMS is also referred to as the quality program throughout this manual and other PAS
documents. The phrases “quality management system” and “quality program” are synonymous and
are referred to by the acronym QMS.
The QMS is the collection of policies and processes established by the senior leaders of PAS (top
management) to ensure the service and products provided by PAS consistently meet relevant
requirements and achieves the goal of Pace® to provide customers with high quality, cost-effective,
analytical measurements, and services.
The QMS is also planned to establish conformance1 and compliance with the current published
versions of the following international and national quality system standards:
ISO/IEC 17025: General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories
NELAC/TNI Standard Volume 1: Management and Technical Requirements for Laboratories Performing
Environmental Analysis
1The statement of conformity to these Standards pertains only to testing and sampling activities carried out by the laboratory
at its physical address, in temporary or mobile facilities, in-network, or by laboratory personnel at a customer’s facility.
In addition to the international and national standards, the QMS is planned to achieve regulatory
compliance with the various federal and state programs for which PAS locations provide compliance
testing and/or holds certification or accreditation. Federal or state requirements that do not apply to
all PAS locations, are provided in addendum to this manual or in other documents that supplement
the manual. Customer-specific project and program requirements are not included in the manual in
order to maintain client confidentiality.
A list of accreditation and certifications held by each location associated with this manual is
provided in Appendix A.
A list of analytical testing capabilities offered by each location associated with this manual is
provided in Appendix B.
1.2 Scope and Application
This manual applies to each location listed on the Title Page of this manual, including PAS
laboratories, satellite laboratories, service centers, and supporting business functions.
For purposes of the PAS QMS:
The term “location” used in this manual refers to laboratories and/or service centers.
The term “laboratory” refers to any PAS location, however named by Pace® that provides testing,
collects samples (sampling), or conducts field measurement services in a fixed building, mobile
unit, or in-situ (field).
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 8 of 221
The phrase “service center” refers to any PAS location, however named by Pace® that does not
perform any testing, sampling, or field measurements.
The phrase “satellite laboratory” refers to a limited-service laboratory affiliated to a larger business
unit or location. Some PAS business groups, such as accounting, may refer to a satellite laboratory
as a “service center.” Irrespective of internal jargon or reference by any group, any PAS location
that generates a test result for external use is a “laboratory” and must comply with the
requirements specified in this manual for all analytical testing services.
PAS locations are defined by physical address. Laboratories are defined by physical address and
certification/accreditation ID except mobile units which may be defined by the address of the location
to which they are assigned, by VIN (vehicle identification number), or by certification/accreditation
ID. Laboratories that provide sampling and field testing are defined by the physical address of the
PAS location to which they are affiliated and that manages these activities.
1.2.1 Quality Manual Template
This manual was prepared using the PAS Quality Manual Template (template) created by the
PAS Corporate Quality Director (CQD).
The template, known as document ID ENV-TMP-CORQ-0007, specifies the minimum
requirements that every PAS location must abide by, regardless of scope of services or number
of personnel, to maintain a quality program that achieves the objectives of the PAS Quality
Policy (See Section 4.2.2).
The template is the mechanism used by top management to communicate to PAS personnel
their commitment to continuously develop and improve the QMS for effectiveness, to meet
customer expectations, and to comply with any statutory and regulatory requirements. Their
signature of approval on this template is the mechanism used to document this responsibility.
“Top Management” is the phrase used by the TNI Standard to refer to the leaders of an
organization that develop and/or release the PAS Quality Policy Statement and QMS under
their authority
For PAS, these managers include the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Compliance
Officer (CCO) of Pace® and the President, CQD, Senior Vice President of Operations (Sr.
VPO), and the Chief Technical Officer (CTO) of PAS.
The template and instructions for use of the template are released by corporate quality
personnel to local quality managers responsible for each location (Local QM). The local QM
uses the template to prepare the location manual by following the instructions provided to
them. The local QM may not alter the font, structure, or content of the template, except where
specified by instruction to do so. As previously stated, program specific requirements unique
to each location are provided in addendum or in documents that supplement the manual.
The template is reviewed by corporate quality personnel annually and updated, if needed. More
frequent review and revision may occur to manage change, to maintain conformance and
compliance to relevant standards or to improve the QMS.
See standard operating procedure (SOP) ENV-SOP-CORQ-00015 Document Management and
Control for more information
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 9 of 221
1.2.2 Quality Manual
The quality manual is created from template ENV-TMP-CORQ-0007 by local quality
personnel, who are also responsible for maintenance and management of the document.
PAS locations are not permitted to alter content of the template when preparing their
manual, except where specified in the template. Control of content in the manual is
necessary to ensure consistency of implementation of the PAS quality program across the
network.
If additions or changes to the manual are needed to maintain regulatory compliance or
conformance to relevant standards and these changes cannot be covered by addendum to
the manual, the need for change must be raised to the PAS Corporate Quality Director,
who will decide how to resolve the need.
The manual is approved for release by the management team listed on the Quality Manual
Approval Signatory Page. The manager’s electronic signature on the Title Page of the manual
affirms their commitment to implement and uphold the requirements, processes, and
procedures of the PAS QMS at each location for which the manual was prepared.
The manual is reviewed annually and updated with each release of a new version of the
template, and as needed to update appendices and addendum. More frequent review and
revision may be necessary when there are significant changes to the capabilities, and resources
of the laboratory during the calendar year
See SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-00015 Document Management and Control for more information.
1.2.3 References to Supporting Documents
The template and the manual include references to other organization documents that support
the QMS such as policies and standard operating procedures (SOPs).
These references may include the document’s document control number (DC#) and the
document title. This information is subject to change at the discretion of PAS. The manual
and/or template are updated to reflect the editorial change during the manual’s next scheduled
review/revision cycle or the next time a version of the manual is released, whichever is sooner.
Each location maintains a current list of documents used by the location to support the QMS.
This list, known as the “Master List”, is readily available to personnel for their use and it
provides a cross reference to the legacy document ID, where applicable. Parties external to
PAS may contact the location of interest to obtain the most current version of the Master List
for their use as needed.
2.0 REFERENCES
References used to prepare this manual include:
“Guidelines Establishing Test Procedures for the Analysis of Pollutants Under the Clean Water Act.”
Federal Register, 40 CFR Part 136, most current version.
“Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Wastes: Physical/Chemical Methods.” SW-846.
“Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes,” EPA 600-4-79-020, 1979 Revised 1983, U.S.
EPA.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 10 of 221
U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Organic Analysis, current version.
U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Inorganic Analysis, current version.
“Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater.” Current Edition APHA-AWWA-
WPCF.
“Annual Book of ASTM Standards,” Section 4: Construction, Volume 04.04: Soil and Rock; Building
Stones, American Society of Testing and Materials.
“Annual Book of ASTM Standards,” Section 11: Water and Environmental Technology, American
Society of Testing and Materials.
“NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods,” U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, National
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, most current version.
“Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Finished Drinking Water and Raw Source
Water,” U.S. EPA, Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory – Cincinnati (Sep 1986).
Quality Assurance of Chemical Measurements, Taylor, John K.; Lewis Publishers, Inc. 1987.
Methods for Non-conventional Pesticides Chemicals Analysis of Industrial and Municipal Wastewater,
Test Methods, EPA-440/1-83/079C.
Environmental Measurements Laboratory (EML) Procedures Manual, HASL-300, US DOE, February
1992.
Requirements for Quality Control of Analytical Data, HAZWRAP, DOE/HWP-65/R1, July 1990.
Quality Assurance Manual for Industrial Hygiene Chemistry, AIHA, most current version.
National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Conference (NELAC) Standard- most current
version.
ISO/IEC 17025, General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories, 2nd
Edition 2005-05-15; 3rd Edition 2017-11
The following are implemented by normative reference to ISO/IEC 17025:
o ISO/IEC Guide 99, International vocabulary of metrology –Basic and general concepts and associated terms
o ISO/IEC 17000, Conformity assessment – Vocabulary and general principles
Department of Defense Quality Systems Manual (QSM), most current version.
TNI (The NELAC Institute) Standard, 2009 and 2016 versions.
UCMR Laboratory Approval Requirements and Information Document, most current version.
US EPA Drinking Water Manual, most current version.
3.0 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
Refer to Appendix C for terms, acronyms, and definitions used in this manual and in other documents
used by PAS to support the QMS.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 11 of 221
4.0 MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS
4.1 Organization
4.1.1 Legal Identity
Pace® Analytical Services, LLC (Pace® Analytical Services) is the responsible entity
authorized by the State of Minnesota to do business as a limited liability company, under the
parent company, PAS Parent, Inc.
4.1.1.1 Change of Ownership
If there is a change of ownership, if a location goes out of business, or if the entire
organization ceases to exist, PAS management is responsible to notify regulatory
authorities of the change within the timeframe required by each state agency for which
the location is certified or accredited.
Requirements for records and other business information are addressed in the
ownership transfer agreement or in accordance with appropriate regulatory
requirements, whichever takes precedence.
4.1.2 Compliance Responsibility
PAS management has the responsibility and authority to establish and implement procedures
and to maintain resources necessary to assure its activities are carried out in such a way to meet
the federal and statutory requirements in addition to the requirements of the PAS QMS. Also
See Section 1.1.
4.1.3 Scope of the Quality Management System
The QMS applies to work carried out at each location covered by this manual including
permanent facilities, at sites away from its permanent facilities, or in associated temporary or
mobile facilities.
The permanent and mobile facilities to which this manual applies are listed on the Title Page
of this manual.
4.1.4 Organization History and Information
Founded in 1978, Pace® Analytical Services, LLC (PAS) is a privately held scientific services
firm operating one of the largest full-service contract laboratory and service center networks
in the United States.
The business purpose of PAS is to deliver the highest standard of testing and scientific services
in the market. We offer the most advanced solutions in the industry, backed by transparent
data, a highly trained team, and the service and support that comes from over four decades of
experience.
4.1.4.1 Organization Structure
Each PAS location is led by a management team referred to as local management1.
Local management is responsible for making day-to-day decisions regarding the
operations of the facility and implementing, and sustaining the requirements, policies,
and procedures of the PAS quality program.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 12 of 221
The roles that make up the local management team include a Vice President of
Operations (VPO), a General Manager (GM) or Director of Laboratory Operations
(DLO), a Quality Program Manager (QPM), and the Quality Manager (QM).
1 The term “local management” does not mean “on-site” management. Some of the
roles that make up the local management team, work off site or from a different PAS
location. Refer to the Quality Manual Approval page at the beginning of this manual
for the physical address of each manager that comprises the local management team.
The local management team is supported by department specific supervisors and in
some PAS locations, a site supervisor or operations manager.
Local management and supervisors are supported by personnel from functional
groups that support the division, such as HR, IT, Sales & Marketing, Finance, and
EHS (Environmental Health & Safety).
Technical oversight for each location is provided by local personnel with support and
guidance from the PAS Chief Technical Officer (CTO), PAS corporate quality
personnel, and the Pace® compliance team. Locations that hold TNI accreditation,
also have personnel appointed to serve as the “acting technical manager for TNI,
however named” to perform the duties and responsibilities of this designation per the
TNI Standard. See Section 4.1.5.2.1 for more information on this TNI requirement.
The reporting relationships and responsibilities of quality personnel are independent
of operations in order to safeguard impartiality. See Section 4.1.5.2 for more
information.
Refer to the organization charts provided in Appendix D to view the organization
structure, reporting relationships, and the interrelationships between positions.
4.1.5 Management Requirements
4.1.5.1 Personnel
Each PAS location is staffed with administrative and/or technical personnel who
perform and verify work under the supervision of their direct line supervisor.
All personnel are expected to perform their duties in accordance with the policies and
processes outlined in this manual and in accordance with standard operating
procedures (SOPs) and other quality system documents. PAS policies and procedures
are designed for impartiality and integrity. When these procedures are fully
implemented, personnel remain free from undue pressure and other influences that
adversely impact the quality of their work or data.
4.1.5.1.1 Key Personnel
Key personnel are management positions that have the authority and
responsibility to plan, direct, and control activities related to the
QMS for the entire division (PAS Corporate), or for one or more
PAS locations (Local).
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 13 of 221
PAS Key Personnel Positions & Deputy Assignments by Role
Job Title Acronym Primary / Alternate Deputy
Chief Executive Officer CEO President
Chief Compliance Officer CCO CQD
President NA CEO / Sr. VPO
Corporate Quality Director CQD CCO
Quality Program Manager QPM CQD / Peer QPM
Chief Technical Officer CTO CQD / CCO
Sr. VP of Operations Sr. VPO President / VPO
Vice President of Operations VPO Sr. VPO / Peer VPO
Director of Lab Operations1 DLO VPO / Peer GM or Sr. VPO
Health and Safety Director NA CCO
IT Director NA CTO
Quality Manager QM Direct QPM / Peer QPM
General Manager1 GM VPO / Sr. VPO or Peer GM
Operations Manager1 OM GM / DL or VPO
Technical Manager1 TM CTO / Peer TM
TNI Approved TM2 TNI TM Another Qualified Employee
1:Position is not in place at all locations.
2: The TNI TM is not a PAS position. See Section 4.1.5.2.1 for more information.
Some certification and accreditation programs require notification
when there is a change in key personnel. Notification requirements
and timeframes by agency, are tracked and upheld by the local QM,
when these requirements apply.
4.1.5.2 Roles and Responsibilities
The qualifications, duties, and responsibilities for each position at Pace® are detailed
in job descriptions maintained by the Pace® Human Resource personnel (HR).
The following sections provide a general overview of various management and
supervisory roles and are presented in no particular order.
Chief Executive Officer (CEO): Provides leadership for overall operations;
oversight of regulatory and compliance standards; development of growth strategies;
and long-range capital and strategic planning for Pace®.
Chief Compliance Officer (CCO): Has overall responsibility for statutory and
regulatory compliance and the environmental health and safety programs (EHS) for
Pace®.
President: Provides leadership for overall operations; oversight of regulatory and
compliance standards; development of growth strategies; and long-range capital and
strategic planning for PAS.
Chief Technical Officer (CTO): Provides technical oversight and leadership to all
PAS locations. Responsible for innovation and standardization of technical activities.
Corporate Director of Quality (CQD): Responsible for developing the PAS quality
program and the policies and procedures that support the QMS. The CQD leads the
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 14 of 221
quality team, establishing functions, responsibilities, duties, and organization structure
for PAS.
Corporate Quality Program Manager (QPM): Responsible for helping local
management implement, monitor, maintain and improve the PAS quality program for
one or more locations in the network and for direct supervision of Quality
Manager(s).
Director of Information Technology: Oversees and delivers the systems and
processes of information technology used by PAS. These systems include Laboratory
Information Management Systems (LIMS); data acquisition, reduction, and reporting
software; virus-protection, communication tools, and ensuring the integrity, security
of electronic data, and associated policies and procedures.
Sr. Vice President of Operations (Sr VPO): Provides leadership, direction, and
insight necessary to achieve strategic initiatives. Develops and improves processes,
structure, and allocation of resources for operations for all of PAS.
Vice-President of Operations (VPO): Provides leadership, guidance, and
resources, including allocation of personnel, necessary to achieve the strategic goals
of the organization and the PAS quality program to one or more PAS locations.
Director of Laboratory Operations (DLO): See description for General Manager.
General Manager (GM): The GM is responsible for overall administration and
operation of one or more PAS locations and service centers. Although task duties
associated with this responsibility may be delegated, the GM is responsible for
ensuring all duties and activities of the locations they oversee comply with the PAS
QMS, the PAS EHS program, and with any applicable statutory, regulatory
requirements or program requirements.
Any GM of a NELAC/TNI Accredited laboratory is also responsible for the
designation of technical personnel to serve as acting technical managers for TNI for
the fields of accreditation held by the laboratory (See Section 4.1.5.2.1) and for
notifying the accreditation body (AB) of any extended absence or reassignment of
these designations.
Quality Manager (QM): The QM oversees and monitors the implementation,
compliance, and improvement of the QMS and communicates gaps, deviations, and
opportunities for improvement to local and corporate laboratory management. The
QM is independent of the operation and analytical activities for which they provide
oversight and has the authority to carry out the roles and responsibilities of their
position without outside influence.
The QM:
serves as the focal point for QA/QC protocol decisions and oversees review of
QC data for trend analysis;
evaluates data objectively and performs assessments without outside influence;
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 15 of 221
has documented training and experience in QA/QC procedures and the PAS
quality system;
has a general knowledge of the analytical methods offered by the laboratory;
coordinates and conducts internal systems and technical audits;
notifies laboratory management of deficiencies in the quality system;
monitors corrective actions;
provides support to technical personnel and may serve as the primary deputy for
the acting TNI Technical Manager(s).
Manager-Client Services (CSM): This position is responsible for the training and
supervision of project manager(s) and/or shipping, receiving and courier personnel.
The primary responsibility of the CSM is to ensure projects are successfully managed
to meet the expectations and needs of PAS customers.
Department Managers / Supervisors / Team Lead): These positions are
responsible for administrative and operations management and implementation of
the QMS in the work area he/she oversees. These responsibilities include but are not
limited to: training and supervision of personnel, monitoring work activity to maintain
compliance with this manual, SOPs, policies and other instructional documents that
support the QMS; method development, validation and the establishment and
implementation of SOPs to assure regulatory compliance and suitability for the
intended purpose; monitoring QA/QC performance, proper handling and reporting
of nonconforming work, purchasing of supplies and equipment adequate for use,
maintaining instrumentation and equipment in proper working order and calibration,
and general maintenance of administrative and technical processes and procedures
established by the laboratory.
Operations Manager (OM): The OM is responsible for management of production
and/or other duties assigned by the GM.
4.1.5.2.1 Approved Technical Manager (TNI Accreditation Only):
The requirements in this subsection apply to only to PAS locations
that are NELAC/TNI accredited.
The TNI Standard specifies requirements for the qualification and
duties of technical personnel. The TNI Standard lists these duties
under the reference “technical manager(s), however named.”
At PAS, these duties closely correlate with the responsibilities and
duties outlined in the PAS job descriptions for managers,
supervisors, team leads, and/or scientist. However, these duties do
not need to be associated with any specific job title and can be
assigned to any one or more PAS employees that meets the
qualifications specified in the TNI Standard.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 16 of 221
Refer to the applicable version of the TNI Standard to view the
required qualifications for each discipline.
PAS locations that are TNI accredited must designate one or more
employees to perform these duties and submit these qualifications
to the TNI accreditation body (AB) for approval.
Employees approved by the TNI AB, to perform these duties retain
their Pace® assigned job title.
When TNI Accreditation Bodies (AB) refer to these employees as
‘technical manager’ or ‘technical director’ on the official certificate
or the scope of accreditation, this reference is referring to their
approval to perform duties of the ‘technical manager, however
named’ as specified in the TNI Standard and not to a PAS job title.
The duties of any approved technical manager for TNI, however
named, can be completed in person or remotely. If an employee that
is an approved technical manager for TNI is completely absent from
work or on a leave of absence for more than 15 calendar days, the
duties and responsibilities specified in the TNI Standard are
temporarily reassigned to another employee that meets the
qualifications for the technology or field of accreditation. If the
employee’s absence exceeds 35 calendar days, the local QM must
formally notify the TNI primary AB of the absence and the details
of reassignment of duties in writing.
4.1.5.3 Conflict of Interest
A conflict of interest is a situation where a person has competing interests that may
affect impartiality. It is the policy of Pace® to ensure business relationships, decisions
and transactions do not place personal interest ahead of the organization, customers,
colleagues, job responsibilities or the public we serve. Conflict of interest is avoided
by making personnel aware of circumstances that conflict or appear to conflict with
impartiality and/or designing process and procedures to include checks and balances
to prevent conflict and ensure impartiality.
See the current version of policy COR-POL-0004 Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct
for more information.
4.1.5.4 Confidentiality
PAS management is committed to preserving the confidentiality of Pace® customers
and confidentiality of Pace® business information.
Client information obtained or created during work activities is considered
confidential and is protected from intentional release to any person or entity other
than the client or the client’s authorized representative, except when Pace® is
required by law to release confidential information to another party, such as a
regulatory agency or for litigation purposes. In which case, Pace® will notify the client
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 17 of 221
of the release of information and the information provided, unless notification is
prohibited by law.
When Pace® obtains information about the customer from a source other than the
customer, Pace® will keep the source of the information confidential unless
disclosure is agreed upon by the source.
The terms of client confidentiality are included in PAS Standard Terms and
Conditions (T&C). With the acceptance of the T&C and/or the implicit contract for
analytical services that occurs when the client sends samples to PAS for testing, the
client authorizes Pace® to release confidential information when required. Other
procedures used by PAS to maintain confidentiality include:
A Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct policy that covers this topic (COR-
POL-0004):
A Confidentiality Agreement which supervisory and sales personnel and other
positions are required to sign at the time of employment and abide by the
conditions of throughout employment;
Record retention and disposal procedures that assure confidentiality is
maintained;
Physical access controls and encryption of electronic data; and
See policy COR-POL-0004 Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct for more information.
4.1.5.5 Communication
Communication is defined as the imparting or exchanging of news and information.
Effective (good) communication occurs when the people included in the
communication gets the point and understands it.
4.1.5.5.1 Workplace Communication
Effective communication in the workplace is necessary to assure
work is performed correctly, efficiently, and in accordance with
client specifications.
Instructions for how to conduct testing and other work activities are
communicated to personnel via written policies, standard operating
procedures, and other work instructions.
Information about PAS performance (positive and negative) and
ideas for improvement are communicated to personnel using various
communication channels such as face to face meetings, video
conferencing, conference calls, email, memoranda, written reports,
and posters.
4.1.5.5.2 External Communication
Communication with external parties such as customers, vendors,
business partners, and regulatory agencies takes place every day.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 18 of 221
PAS management is responsible for training personnel to
communicate in professional and respectful ways to build strong
relationships and to avoid misunderstanding.
4.2 Quality Management System
4.2.1 Quality Management System Objectives
The objectives of the PAS QMS are to provide clients with consistent, exemplary professional
service, and objective work product that is of known and documented quality that meets their
requirements for data usability and regulatory compliance.
Objective work product is analytical services, data, test results, and information that is not
influenced by personal feeling or opinions. The quality of being objective is also known as
‘impartiality.’
4.2.1.1 Impartiality
PAS achieves and maintains impartiality by establishing an organizational structure
that safeguards impartiality (See 4.1.4.1) and implementing and adhering to the
policies and processes of the QMS outlined in this manual, which are based on
industry accepted standards and methodologies.
PAS procedures for handling nonconforming work (See 4.9), corrective and
preventive actions (See 4.11, 4.12) and management review (See 4.15) are the primary
mechanisms used to identify risk to impartiality and to prompt actions necessary to
eliminate or reduce the threat when risk to impartiality is suspected or confirmed.
4.2.1.2 Risk and Opportunity Assessment
Risks are variables that make achieving the goals and objectives of the QMS uncertain.
An opportunity is something that has potential positive consequences for the
organization.
PAS personnel manage risks and opportunities on a daily basis by following policies,
procedures and processes that support the QMS. Some ways in which the QMS is
designed to identify, minimize, or eliminate risk on a daily basis include but are not
limited to:
Capability and capacity reviews of each analytical service request to assure the
laboratory can meet the customer’s requirements;
Maintenance of accreditation and certification for test methods in multiple states
and programs to cover a broad range of jurisdiction for regulatory compliance;
SOPs and other controlled instructional documents are provided to personnel to
eliminate variability in the process. These documents include actions to counter
risk factors inherent in the process and are reviewed on a regular basis for on-
going suitability and relevancy;
Participation in proficiency testing programs and auditing activities to verify on-
going competency and comparability in performance;
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 19 of 221
Provision of on-the-job training and established protocol for quality control (QC)
corrective action for nonconforming events;
An established program for ethics, and data integrity;
Tiered data review process;
Culture of continuous improvement;
Monitoring activities to assess daily and long-term performance; and
Annual critical review of the effectiveness of the QMS.
PAS also promotes a continuous improvement culture based on the principles of lean
manufacturing. These principles include 3P (Process, Productivity, Performance) and
Kaizen. 3P is a platform used by PAS to share best practices and standardization
across the network to achieve operational excellence. Kaizen is a team-based process
used to implement tools and philosophies of lean to reduce waste and achieve flow
with the purpose of improving both external and internal customer satisfaction. The
PAS lean program and activities help to mitigate risk because they generate a collective
understanding of vulnerabilities and utilize group-effort to develop and implement
solutions at all levels.
Risk and opportunities may also be formally identified using specific risk and
opportunity assessment methods such as SWOT Analysis (Strength, Weakness,
Opportunity, Threats) and 3-Stage Impact/Probability Grids.
4.2.1.3 Communication of the Quality Management System
This manual is the primary mechanism used by PAS management to communicate
the QMS to personnel.
To assure personnel understand and implement the quality program outlined in the
manual:
PAS personnel are required to sign a Read and Acknowledgement Statement to
confirm the employee has:
1) been informed of the manual by management,
2) has access to the manual,
3) has read the manual
4) understands the content of the manual, and
5) agrees to abide by the requirements, policies, and procedures therein.
Personnel are informed that the manual provides the “what” of the QMS. The
“how to” implementation of the QMS is provided in policy, SOPs, standard work
instructions, and other instructional documents.
This manual and supporting policies and procedures are made readily accessible
to personnel in the area where the work activity is performed.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 20 of 221
4.2.2 Quality Policy Statement
The quality policy of PAS is to provide customers with data of known and
documented quality fit for their intended purpose. PAS achieves this policy by
implementing the QMS defined in this manual, by following industry accepted
protocol for analytical testing and quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC)
activities, by conformance with published and industry accepted testing
methodologies, and by compliance with international and national standards for the
competency and/or accreditation of testing laboratories.
Intrinsic to this policy statement is each of the following principles:
PAS will provide customers with reliable, consistent, and professional service.
This is accomplished by making sure each PAS location has the resources
necessary to maintain capability and capacity; that staff are trained and competent
to perform the tasks they are assigned; that client-facing staff are trained and
prepared to find solutions to problems and to assist customers with their needs
for analytical services. Customer feedback, both positive and negative, is shared
with personnel and used to identify opportunities for improvement.
PAS maintains a quality program that complies with applicable state, federal, and
industry standards for analytical testing and competency.
PAS management provides training to personnel so that all personnel are familiar
with the QMS outlined in this manual and that they understand that
implementation of the QMS is achieved by adherence to the Pace® and PAS
policies and procedures.
PAS management continuously evaluates and improves the effectiveness of the
QMS by responding to customer feedback, and other measures of performance,
such as but not limited to the results of internal/external audits, proficiency
testing, metrics, trend reports, and annual and periodic management reviews.
4.2.2.1 Ethics Policy / Data Integrity Program
Pace® has established a comprehensive ethics and data integrity program that is
communicated to all Pace® employees so that they understand what is expected of
them. The program is designed to promote a mindset of ethical behavior and
professional conduct that is applied to all work activities.
The key elements of the Pace® Ethics / Data Integrity Program include:
Ethics Policy (COR-POL-0004);
Ethics Officer (Chief Compliance Officer);
Standardized data integrity training course taken by all new employees on hire
and a yearly refresher data integrity training course for all existing employees;
Policy Acknowledgement Statements that all Pace® personnel, including contract
and temporary, are required to sign at the time of employment and again during
annual refresher training to document the employee’s commitment and
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 21 of 221
obligation to abide by the company’s standards for ethics, data integrity and
confidentiality;
SOPs that provide instructions for how to carry out a test method or process to
assure tasks are done correctly and consistently by each employee;
On the Job Training;
Data integrity monitoring activities which include, but are not limited to, primary,
secondary and completeness data reviews, internal technical and system audits,
data audits, data surveillance, and proficiency testing; and
Confidential reporting process for alleged ethics and data integrity issues.
All PAS managers and supervisors are expected to provide a work environment where
personnel feel safe and can report unethical or improper behavior in complete
confidence without fear of retaliation. Retaliation against any employee that reports a
concern is not tolerated.
Pace® has engaged Lighthouse Services, Inc. to provide personnel with an
anonymous reporting process available to them 24 hours a day/7 days per week. The
alert line may be used by any employee to report potential violations of the company’s
ethics and data integrity program. Reports are forwarded to the Pace® Ethics
Compliance Officer to investigate and resolve the matter. Investigations concerning
data integrity are kept confidential.
See COR-POL-0001 Compliance Alertline for more information.
Posters and flyers with the compliance alert line information must be prominently
posted in each PAS location for personnel reference.
Compliance Alert Line Information:
English Speaking US & Canada [phone]
Spanish Speaking North America [phone]
Internet www/lighthouse-services.com/pacelabs
Email [e-mail]
4.2.3 Management Commitment: Quality Management System
Evidence of management’s commitment for the development, maintenance, and on-going
improvement of the QMS is provided by the application of their signature of approval to the
template and/or manual. Their signature confirms they understand their responsibility to
implement the QMS outlined in this manual, to communicate the quality program to
personnel, and to uphold requirements of the program during work activities.
4.2.4 Management Commitment: Customer Service
Management communicates the importance of meeting customer and regulatory requirements
to personnel by training personnel on the QMS outlined in this manual, implementing the
QMS outlined in this manual, and upholding these requirements for all work activities.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 22 of 221
4.2.5 Supporting Procedures
References to processes and procedures that support the QMS are included throughout this
manual. The structure of the document management system is outlined in SOP ENV-SOP-
CORQ-0015 Document Management and Control and summarized in the following subsections.
4.2.5.1 Quality Management System Document Structure
Documents associated with the QMS are classified into document types that identify
the purpose of the document and establish how the document is managed and /or
controlled.
Examples: Types of PAS Internally Created Documents
Document Type Purpose
Quality Manual Outlines the PAS QMS and structure and how it works for a system
including policy, goals, objectives and detailed explanation of the system and
the requirements for implementation of system. Includes roles and
responsibilities, relationships, procedures, systems, and other information
necessary to meet the objectives of the system described.
Policy Provide requirements and rules for a process and is used to set course of
actions and to guide and influence decisions. Policy describes the “what,”
not the “how”.
Standard Operating
Procedure
Provide written and consistent set of instructions or steps for execution of a
routine process, method, or set of tasks performed. Assures that activities
are performed properly in accordance with applicable requirements.
Standard Work
Instruction
Provide step by step visual and/or written instruction to perform a specific
task to improve competency, minimize variability, reduce work injury and
strain, or to boost efficiency and quality of work (performance). SWI are
associated with an SOP unless the task described is unrelated to generation
of or contribution to environmental data or analytical results.
Template Pre-formatted document that serves as a starting point for a new document.
Guide Assists users in using a particular product; or a technical interpretation of a
method or process by which PAS locations must abide.
Form Used for a variety of purposes such as to provide a standardized format to
record observations, to provide information to supplement an SOP.
Guidance Non-binding advice used to explain internal policies, procedures, or
practices.
Example: Types of External Documents used by PAS
Certificate Lists parameters, methods, and matrices for which the location is
certified/accredited to perform within the jurisdiction of the issuing
regulatory agency or accreditation body.
Reference
Document
Provide information, protocol, instructions, and/or requirements. Issued by
the specifier. Examples include ISO/IEC, TNI, DoD and published
referenced methods such as Standard Methods, ASTM, SW846, EPA, and
federal and state regulatory bodies.
Project Document Provides requirements necessary to meet individual client expectations for
intended use of data. Examples include project quality assurance plans
(QAPP), client-program technical specifications, contracts, and other
agreements.
These document types are ranked to establish which documents takes precedence
when there is an actual or perceived conflict between documents and to establish the
hierarchal relationships between documents. The ranking system also provides
information to document writers and reviewers to assure downline documents agree
with documents of higher rank.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 23 of 221
PAS Document Hierarchy
Rank Document
1 Corporate Manual
2 Corporate Policy
3 Corporate SOP
4 Corporate SWI, Templates, Guides, Forms, Guidance
5 Local Manual
6 Local SOP
7 Local SWI, Templates, Guide, Forms, Guidance
Information and requirements from project documents are not incorporated into PAS
policy or SOPs in order to maintain client confidentiality. These documents are
managed as external documents and any requirements for work specified is followed
when work for the project is performed. Project Documents are reviewed and
maintained as part of the contract/incoming work review process (See Section 4.4).
If the project document is less stringent than the PAS QMS, policies, or SOPs, and/or
is less stringent than applicable federal or state requirements, PAS locations are still
required to meet the minimum requirements of the PAS QMS and any applicable
statutory or federal requirements in addition to the requirements specified in the
project document.
Reference documents are not ranked because all PAS created documents, processes
and procedures must be consistent with the applicable reference document(s) in
addition to higher-ranking PAS documents.
See SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0015 Document Management and Control for more
information.
4.2.6 Roles and Responsibilities
The roles and responsibilities for technical management and the quality manager is provided
in section 4.1.5.2.
4.2.7 Change Management
When significant changes to the PAS QMS are planned, these changes are managed by
corporate quality personnel to assure that the integrity of the QMS is maintained.
4.3 Document Control
4.3.1 General
PAS procedures for document control are provided in SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0015 Document
Management and Control.
PAS locations use electronic document management software (eDMS) to perform the
document control procedures of the SOP. This system provides centralized access to all
documents used by PAS locations across the network. All PAS locations are required to use
the eDMS system established for PAS (presently Qualtrax) unless an exemption has been
granted by the PAS Corporate Quality Director.
eDMS automates the process for unique document identification, version control, approval,
access, and archival and restricts access to archived documents except to authorized users to
prevent the use of obsolete documents.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 24 of 221
The local QM maintains a master list of controlled documents used at each location. The
master list minimally includes the document control number, document title, and current
revision status and is made available to personnel for their reference.
See SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0015 Document Management and Control for more information.
4.3.2 Document Approval and Issue
Documents that support the QMS are reviewed by qualified personnel and approved by
management prior to release for use.
Only the approved versions of documents are available to personnel for use unless use of a
draft document is authorized by management.
The managers responsible for authorization of each document is situation specific.
See SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0015 Document Management and Control for more information.
4.3.3 Document Review and Change
Unless a more frequent review is required by regulatory, certification or accreditation program
documents are reviewed at least every two years to ensure the documents remains current,
appropriate, and relevant.
Documents are also informally reviewed every time the document is used. Personnel are
expected to refer to and follow instructions in controlled documents when they conduct their
work activities. Consequently, any concerns or problems with the document should be caught
and brought to the attention of management on an on-going basis.
Documents are revised whenever necessary to ensure the document remains usable and
correct. Older document versions and documents no longer needed are made obsolete and
archived for historical purposes.
PAS does not allow hand-edits to documents. If an interim change is needed pending re-issue
of the document, the interim change is communicated to those that use the document using a
formal communication channel, such as change in progress form, email, or memorandum.
The document review, revision, and archival process is managed by quality personnel at the
location from which the document was released using the procedures established in SOP
ENV-SOP-CORQ-0015 Document Management and Control.
4.4 Analytical Service Request, Tender, and Contract Review
PAS management and/or client service personnel perform thorough reviews of requests and contracts
for analytical services to verify the location(s) performing the work has the capability, capacity, and
resources necessary to successfully meet the customer’s needs. These review procedures are described
in SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0009, Contract Review.
The procedures in this SOP(s) are established to ensure that:
The PAS locations performing the work understand the purpose of data collection in order to
ensure the test methods requested are appropriate for the intended use of the data and capable
of meeting the client’s data quality objectives;
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 25 of 221
 PAS locations and any external subcontractor(s) have the capability, capacity, and resources to
meet the project requirements and expectations within the requested time frame for delivery of
work product;
Any concerns that arise from review are discussed and resolved with the client;
Any discrepancies between the PAS QMS, statutory or regulatory requirements and the client
request are resolved; and
The results of review and any correspondence with the client related to this process and/or any
changes made to the contract are recorded and retained for historical purposes.
Capability review confirms that the PAS locations contracted to perform the work and any internal
or external subcontractors hold required certification/accreditation for the test method, matrix, and
analyte and verifies the location can achieve the client’s target compound list and data quality
objectives (DQOs) for analytical sensitivity and reporting limits, QA/QC protocol, and hardcopy test
report and electronic data deliverable (EDD) formats.
Capacity review verifies that the in-network locations and any potential subcontractors are able to
manage the sample load and deliver work production within the delivery timeframe requested.
Resource review verifies that the location and any potential subcontractors have adequate qualified
personnel with the skills and competency to perform the test methods and services requested and
sufficient and proper equipment and instrumentation needed to perform the services requested.
4.5 Subcontracting (Internal and External)
The terms ‘subcontract’ and “subcontracting” refers to analytical work done by an organization
external to Pace® (External Subcontracting) or by a Pace® location with an address different than
the address listed on the cover page of the test report (Internal Subcontracting).
The PAS network offers comprehensive analytical capability and capacity to ensure Pace® can meet
a diverse range of client needs for any type of project. If a PAS laboratory receives a request for
analytical services and it cannot fulfill the project specifications, the location’s client services team will
collaborate with the client to place the work within the PAS network.
When it is not possible to place the work within network, the location will, with documented client
approval, subcontract the work to a subcontractor that has the capabilities to meet the project
specifications and can meet the same commitment agreed on between the location and the client.
Whenever work is subcontracted, the PAS location responsible for management of the project verifies
each of these qualifications:
The internal or external subcontractor has the proper accreditation/certifications required for the
project and these are current; and
The use of the internal or external subcontractor is approved by the client and/or regulatory
agency when such approval is required by the customer. Record of customer approval is retained
in the project record.
External subcontractors selected by Pace® must be pre-qualified by quality personnel to verify their
QMS is similar to Pace® and complies with all relevant Standards such, as ISO/IEC 17025 and the
TNI Standard(s) and/or federal and state regulatory requirements. The list of approved
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 26 of 221
subcontractors for each location is maintained by local quality personnel. Pre-qualification of a
subcontractor does not eliminate the requirement for the PAS location placing work to verify the
subcontractor has the certifications, capability, capacity, and resources to perform work on behalf of
Pace® on a project-specific basis.
For all subcontracted work, the PAS location placing the work internally or externally is responsible
to ensure project specifications are always communicated to and understood by the subcontractor.
4.6 Purchasing Services and Supplies
Vendors that provide services and supplies to PAS are qualified to meet the needs of Pace®. These
needs include but are not limited to competitive pricing, capacity to fill purchase orders, quality of
product, customer service, and business reputation and stability. Evidence of this qualification is the
availability to purchase services and supplies from the vendor in the corporate purchasing system.
PAS locations may purchase goods and services from any supplier in the purchasing system.
The specifications (type, class, grade, tolerance, purity, etc.) of supplies, equipment, reagents, standard
reference materials and other consumables used in the testing process are specified in SOPs. The SOP
specifications are based on the governing requirements of the approved reference methods and any
additional program driven regulatory specification, such as drinking water compliance.
All requisitions for materials and consumables are approved by local management who is responsible
to ensure the services and supplies procured and received are fit for intended use.
4.7 Customer Service
Project details and management is managed by PAS client services personnel.
4.7.1 Commitment to Meet Customer Expectations
PAS personnel collaborate closely with our customers to ensure their needs are met and to
establish their confidence in the capability of PAS to meet their needs for analytical services
and expectations for service.
The project manager (PM) is the customer’s primary point of contact for each analytical service
request (work order). The PM gathers information from the customer to ensure the details of
their request are understood. After samples are received, the PM monitors the progress of the
project and alerts the customer of any delays or excursions that may adversely impact data
usability. Supervisors are expected to keep the PM informed of project status and any delays
or key issues, so that the PM can keep the client informed.
PAS encourages customers to visit our locations to learn more about the capabilities, observe
performance and to meet personnel.
PAS customers expect confidentiality. Personnel will not divulge or release information to a
third party without proper authorization unless the information is required for litigation
purposes. See Section 4.1.5.4 of this manual and policy COR-POL-0004 Code of Ethics and
Professional Conduct for more information on the policy for client confidentiality.
4.7.2 Customer Feedback
PAS actively seeks positive and negative feedback from customers through surveys and direct
communication. Information from the client about their experience working with PAS and
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 27 of 221
their satisfaction with work product is used to enhance processes and practices and to improve
decision making. Customer feedback is reviewed to identify risk and opportunity. Corrective,
preventive, or continuous improvement actions are taken based on nature of and/or feedback
trends.
Also see sections 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.14, and 4.15 for more information about how customer
feedback is managed by PAS and used to enhance the QMS.
4.8 Complaints
A complaint is a formal expression of dissatisfaction with the performance of a service or product
originating from a party external to Pace®. Complaints provide opportunities to improve processes
and/or build stronger working relationships with clients.
The PAS complaint resolution process depends on the situation and the nature of the complaint.
Each complaint received is reviewed to determine if it is valid. If the complaint is valid, it is either
addressed immediately by the person receiving the complaint or the nature of the complaint is further
reviewed and investigated prior to resolution and follow up with the customer.
Complaints (and compliments) are recorded and reviewed during Annual Management Review (See
Section 4.15).
4.9 Nonconforming Work
4.9.1 Definition of Nonconforming Work
Nonconforming work is work that does not conform to customer requirements, standard
specifications, policies, and procedures, or that does not meet acceptance criteria.
The discovery of non-conforming work comes from various sources which include, but are
not limited to:
results of quality control samples and instrument calibrations;
quality checks on consumables and materials;
general observations of personnel;
data review;
proficiency testing;
internal and external audits;
complaints and feedback;
management review and reports; and
regulatory and certification and accreditation actions.
The way in which the laboratory or service center manages nonconforming work depends on
the significance and impact (risk) of the issue. Some issues may simply require correction,
others may require investigation, corrective action (See 4.11) and/or data recall (See 4.16).
When the location releases data and test results associated with nonconforming QC and
acceptance criteria, test results are qualified, or non-conformances are noted in the final
analytical report to apprise the data user of the situation. (See 5.10)
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 28 of 221
Nonconforming work also includes unauthorized departure from l policies, procedures, and
test methods. Authorized departures are explained in the following subsections. Situations that
do not conform to these conditions are considered unauthorized departure(s).
4.9.1.1 Authorized Departure from SOPs
Departures from an SOP may sometimes be necessary to correct for an error in an
SOP or to resolve a complex problem. For example, to mitigate a complex matrix
interference.
An authorized departure from a test method SOP is one that has been reviewed and
approved by the department leader, however named, of the work area in which the
test method is performed. The leader, when authorizing a departure from an SOP,
accepts full responsibility to ensure the departure does not conflict with Pace® or
PAS policy or procedure, does not affect statutory, regulatory or program compliance
and does not adversely affect data integrity or usability.
Departure from administrative or process-oriented SOPs must be approved by the
local QM.
Documentation of the reason for the SOP departures must be retained with
management approval. Approved departures from test method SOPs should be noted
in the final test report to advise the data user.
See SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0016 SOP for SOPs and SWI, for more information.
4.9.1.2 Authorized Departure from Test Methods (Method Modifications)
When test results are associated to a published reference test method, the location’s
test method SOP must be consistent with the test method. If the test method is
mandated for use by a specific regulatory program such as drinking water, wastewater
or a certification or accreditation program, such as TNI/NELAC, the SOP must
comply with or include these requirements, or the resulting data and test results
cannot be used for regulatory compliance purposes.
If the procedures in the SOP are modified from the test method, these modifications
must be clearly identified in the SOP. The conditions under which the location may
establish an SOP that is modified from these reference method or regulatory program
and what is considered a modification are specified in ENV-SOP-CORQ-0011 Method
Validation and Instrument Verification.
Client requests to deviate from the test method are managed as client requests to
depart from the test method SOP since it is the SOP that the location follows when
performing work.
4.9.1.3 Stop Work Authority
Stop Work Authority provides PAS personnel with capability to stop work when there
is a perceived unsafe condition or behavior that may result in an unwanted event.
All personnel have the authority to request a stop work order when necessary to
preserve data integrity or safety of workers.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 29 of 221
The need for the stop work order and resolution of the problem must be confirmed
by subject matter experts and resumption of work must be approved as follows:
For stop work orders related to environmental health and safety (EHS) and/or
waste management, the decision to stop work may be made by any employee.
These decisions must often be made in real-time to protect the safety of the
worker. The decision to correct the problem, how, and/or to resume work after
stop work has been initiated may be made by the Chief Compliance Officer or
the EHS Director, or the deputies assigned to these positions.
Any employee may recommend a stop work order for concerns related to data
integrity. The need to stop work must be reviewed and affirmed by quality
personnel to confirm the concern is valid. The decision to uphold the stop work
order must minimally include the local QM, the QPM, and the Corporate Quality
Director. The President, the Sr. VPO, the VPO, the Chief Compliance Officer
and Chief Technical Officer may also be included in the decision making and
resolution process depending on the situation and/or needs for correction to
ensure protocols for investigation are followed. Resumption of work after
correction may be made by the Corporate Quality Director, or the Quality
Program Manager assigned to the location for which the stop work order was
issued or by the deputies assigned to these positions.
4.10 Continuous Improvement
The PAS QMS is designed to achieve continuous improvement through the implementation of the
quality policy and objectives outlined in this manual. Information about laboratory and service center
activities and performance is gained from sources such as customer feedback, audits, QC, trend
analysis, business analytics, management reports, proficiency testing, and management systems review.
This information is subsequently used during the corrective action (see section 4.11) and preventive
action (see section 4.12) processes and during annual review of the management system (see section
4.15) to establish goals and objectives for improvement.
PAS also promotes a continuous improvement culture based on the principles of lean manufacturing.
These principles include 3P (Process, Productivity, Performance) and Kaizen. 3P is a platform used
by Pace to share best practices and standardization across the network to achieve operational
excellence. Kaizen is a team-based process used to implement tools and philosophies of lean to reduce
waste and achieve flow with the purpose of improving both external and internal customer
satisfaction. All activities of 3P and Lean must conform with the requirements of this quality manual
and supporting policies and procedures.
4.11 Corrective Action
Corrective action is a process used to eliminate the cause of a detected nonconformity. It is different
from a correction. A correction is an action taken to fix an immediate problem but that does not
resolve the underlying cause of why the problem occurred. The objective of corrective action is to
find the underlying cause(s) of the problem and to put in place fixes to prevent the problem from
happening again. The corrective action process, referred to as CAPA, is one of the most effective
tools used by PAS to prevent nonconforming work, identify risk and opportunity, and improve service
to our customers.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 30 of 221
PAS has two general processes for corrective action, the application of which process is used depends
on the type of nonconformity:
Quality control (QC) exceptions (nonconformance) that occur during routine testing is investigated
through troubleshooting and required actions for correction is specified in policies and SOPs. When
action is not taken, cannot be taken, or is not successful, test results associated with the
nonconforming work are qualified in the final test report. Documentation of the nonconformance
and corrective action taken is documented in the analytical record.
A 7-stage corrective action process is used when there is a recurring problem. These problems are
identified through various activities such as but not limited to quality control trends, internal and
external audits, management review, customer feedback, and general observation.
The 7 Stage CAPA Process for PAS includes:
1) Identification and Containment
2) Evaluation
3) Investigation
4) Cause Analysis
5) Action Plan
6) Implementation
7) Follow Up and Effectiveness Review
PAS procedures for corrective action, are specified in corporate SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0018
Procedure for Corrective and Preventive Action. Some key concepts and activities related to the PAS
corrective action process is provided in the next three subsections.
4.11.1 Cause Analysis (AKA Root Cause Analysis)
Cause analysis is the process of investigation used to identify the underlying cause(s) of the
problem. After causal factors are identified, ways to mitigate the causal factors are identified
and action(s) most likely to eliminate these factors are taken.
PAS uses different methods to conduct cause analysis. The most common approach is 5-Why,
4M, Fishbone Diagrams, or brainstorming may be appropriate depending on the situation.
The method used is case specific and is documented in the CAPA record.
4.11.2 Effectiveness Review
Monitoring corrective actions taken for effectiveness is an essential part of the corrective
action process. Effectiveness means the actions taken were appropriate and sustainable.
Appropriate means the action(s) taken prevented recurrence of the problem since the time
corrective action was taken and sustainable means the actions taken are still in place.
The data from CAPA records are used by PAS to identify opportunities for preventive action
or to gain lessons learned when actions taken were not adequate to solve the problem. See
Section 4.12 (Preventive Action) and 4.15 (Management Review) for more information.
4.11.3 Additional Audits
When cause analysis and investigation of a problem casts doubt on compliance with PAS
policies, procedures, or to regulatory requirements; a special audit of the area of activity may
be performed as part of the corrective action process. These special audits are used to
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 31 of 221
determine the scope of the problem and to provide information for the CAPA process.
Additional full-scale audits are done when a grave issue or risk to the business is identified.
4.12 Preventive Action
Preventive action(s) are actions taken to eliminate the cause of a potential nonconformity before it
happens.
Some examples of preventative action include, but are not limited to:
Routine instrument maintenance (Preventative maintenance)
Addition of Staff and Equipment
Professional Development Activities
Implementation of New Technology
PAS looks for opportunities for preventive action from a variety of sources including employee idea’s,
customer feedback, business partners input, trend analysis, business analytics, management reviews,
proficiency testing results, and risk-benefit analysis.
PAS management evaluates the success of preventive actions taken in any given year during annual
management review. See Section 4.15 for more information.
4.12.1 Change Management
Preventive actions may sometimes result in significant changes to processes and procedures
used by PAS locations. PAS management evaluates the risks and benefits of change and
includes in its implementation of change process, actions to minimize or eliminate any risk.
The types of changes for which risk are considered and managed include infrastructure change,
change in analytical service offerings, certification or accreditation status, instrumentation,
LIMS changes, and changes in key personnel.
4.13 Control of Records
A record is a piece of evidence about the past, especially an account of an act or occurrence kept in
writing or another permanent form. PAS records document activities and provide evidence of
conformity to the requirements established in the QMS. These records may be hardcopy or electronic
on any form of media.
4.13.1 General Requirements
4.13.1.1 Procedure
PAS requirements for control of records are specified in corporate policy ENV-POL-
CORQ-0013 Record Management.
The policy is established to assure quality and technical records are identified, retained,
indexed, and filed to allow for retrieval during the entire retention timeframe. During
storage, records are kept secure and protected from deterioration. At the end of the
retention time, the records are disposed of properly in order to maintain client
confidentiality and to protect the interests of the company.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 32 of 221
In general, records fall into three categories: quality, technical, and administrative.
Examples of each are provided in the following table:
Record Type Includes Records of:
Quality Document Types listed in SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0015
Audits: Internal and External
Certificates and Scopes of Accreditation
Corrective & Preventive Action
Management Review
Data Investigations
Method Validation
Instrument Verification
Training Records
Technical Raw Data
Logbooks
Certificates of Traceability
Analytical Record
Test Reports & Project Information
Technical Training Records & Demonstration of Capability
Administrative Personnel Records
Finance/Business
4.13.1.2 Record Legibility and Storage
Records are designed to be legible and to clearly identify the information recorded.
Manual entries are made in indelible ink; automated entries are in a typeface and of
sufficient resolution to be read. The records identify personnel that performed the
activity or entered the information. Records are archived and stored in a way that they
are retrievable. Access to archived records is controlled and managed.
For records stored electronically, the capability to restore or retrieve the electronic
record is maintained for the entire retention period. Hardcopy records are filed and
stored in a suitable environment to protect from damage, deterioration, or loss.
Hardcopy records may be scanned to PDF for retention. Scanned records must be
checked against the hardcopy to verify the scan is complete and legible.
Administrative records are kept for a minimum of 5 years and technical and quality
records are kept for 10 years unless otherwise specified by the client or regulatory
program.
The date from which retention time is calculated depends on the record. In general,
the retention time of technical records of original observation and measurement is
calculated from the date the record is created. If the technical record is kept in a
chronological logbook, the date of retention may be calculated from the date the
logbook is archived. The retention time of test reports and project records, which are
considered technical records, is calculated from the date the test report was issued.
The retention time of quality records is usually calculated from the date the record is
archived.
Refer to the record management policy and the location specific SOP for more
information.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 33 of 221
4.13.1.3 Security
PAS locations are secure facilities and access to records is restricted to authorized
personnel.
4.13.1.4 Electronic Records
The data systems used to store electronic records is backed up in accordance with
SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0058, Information Technology Processes and ENV-SOP-MTJL-
0010, Protection and Transfer of Laboratory Records.. Access to archived records stored
electronically is maintained by personnel responsible for management of the
electronic system.
4.13.1.5 Electronic Signature Policy
Work done by PAS locations include activities that require the application of a
signature. Some work product is in electronic format and signatures are applied
electronically.
The Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act (E-Sign Act)
clarifies that electronic signatures are legally valid and enforceable under United States
law.
The PAS policy for use and application of electronic signatures is specified in
corporate policy ENV-POL-CORQ-0014 Electronic Signature Policy.
All employees of PAS including temporary and contract personnel, must sign an
Electronic Signature Agreement to acknowledge that they understand and accept that
work activities performed by them may be authenticated with application of an
electronic signature and that electronic signature has the same validity as a
handwritten signature. Their signed agreement also confirms the individual has read
and understands the policy and agrees to abide by the requirements for use of
electronic signature stated in the policy.
4.13.2 Technical Records
In addition to the requirements specified in subsections 4.13.1.1 through 4.13.1.5, the
requirements in the following subsections also apply to technical records.
4.13.2.1 Description
Technical records are the accumulation of data and information generated from the
analytical process. These records may include forms, worksheets, workbooks,
checklists, notes, raw data, calibration records, final test reports, and project record.
The accumulated record needs to provide adequate detail to historically reconstruct
the process and identify the personnel that performed the tasks associated with a test
result.
4.13.2.2 Real Time Recordkeeping
Personnel are instructed and expected to always record observations, data, and
calculations at the time they are made. PAS managers are responsible to assure that
data entries, whether made electronically or on hardcopy, are identifiable to the task.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 34 of 221
4.13.2.3 Error Correction
Errors in records must never be erased, deleted, or made illegible. Use of correction
fluid, such as white-out is prohibited. In hardcopy records, the error is corrected by a
single strike through the original entry and the new entry recorded alongside or
footnoted to allow for readability. Corrections are initialed and dated by the person
making the correction. If the correction is not self-explanatory, a reason for the
correction is recorded.
For electronic records, equivalent measures of error correction or traceability of
changes made is kept. For example, audit trails provide records of change.
Maintenance of proper practices for error correction is monitored through the tiered
data review process described in Section 5.9.3. Records are reviewed throughout the
data review process. Individuals performing these reviews flag errors that are not
properly corrected and bring these to the attention of the department manager or
supervisor of the work area in which the record was generated so that the problem
may be addressed and corrected with the individual(s) that did not make the
correction properly.
4.14 Audits
Quality personnel, or their designees, perform internal systems and technical audits to assess
implementation of the QMS, compliance to this manual, policy, and procedures that make up the
QMS. Since the processes in this manual are based on the requirements from relevant and applicable
Standards for the operation and management of laboratories when operations are assessed against the
PAS QMS, compliance with regulatory program requirements and accreditation/certification program
requirements are also assessed.
PAS locations are also audited by external parties such as regulatory agencies, customers, consultants,
and non-government assessment bodies (NGAB).
Information from internal and external audits is used by local and corporate management to address
deficiencies and to identify opportunities to improve customer service and quality of work, including
reliability and usability of data and test results.
Deficiencies, observations, and recommendations from audits are managed by the local QM using the
CAPA process. See Section 4.11 for more information.
4.14.1 Internal Audit
The PAS internal audits are conducted to ensure practice matches what we say we do and what
we say we do is compliant with the PAS QMS and relevant standards and requirements.
The internal audit program is managed by the local QM who prepares an audit plan at the
beginning of each calendar year. The schedule is prepared to assure that all work areas are
reviewed over the course of the year and test methods are audited every two years, unless a
more frequent test method audit is required by program. Conformance to the schedule is
monitored on a monthly basis.
PAS management is responsible to ensure the audit schedule is maintained. PAS supervisors
are expected to cooperate with the quality personnel to provide them with complete access to
the work area, personnel, and records needed to conduct the audit.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 35 of 221
Internal audits may be performed by non-quality personnel when the auditor is approved by
the local QM. Non-quality personnel may not audit their own work activities unless it can be
demonstrated that an effective and objective audit will be conducted. The person conducting
the audit should be trained, qualified, and familiar enough with the objectives and policies of
the PAS QMS and knowledgeable with process and test method SOPs related to the activities
audited. The auditors should be trained in auditing practices in order to perform a thorough
and effective evaluation.
Test method audits include reviews of test reports to verify the product is consistent with
customer/project requirements, the work was conducted in accordance with policy and SOPs,
the SOP complies with the cited reference method, test results are accurate, and of known and
documented quality and properly qualified, when necessary.
Special audits are performed as needed to follow up on a specific issue such as a client
complaint, negative feedback, concerns of data integrity or ethics, or a problem identified
through other audits. Special audits may be scheduled or unscheduled. Unscheduled internal
audits are conducted whenever doubts are cast on compliance with regulatory requirements
or its own policies and procedures. These unscheduled internal audits may be conducted at
any time and may be performed without an announcement to the location or work area
audited.
When observations and findings from any audit (internal or external) cast doubt on the validity
of testing results, the location takes immediate action to investigate the problem and take
corrective action. (Also see 4.11 and 4.16)
4.14.1.1 Corporate Compliance Audit
PAS locations may also be audited by corporate personnel at discretion. The purpose
of the corporate compliance audit is to assess whether the location’s practices,
processes and procedures conform with the PAS QMS and to identify risk and
opportunity.
4.15 Management Review
Local management conducts an annual business review of each location under their purview to assess
performance and to establish goals, objectives, and action plans for the upcoming year.
The procedure used to conduct this review is specified in corporate SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0005
Management Review.
At a minimum, the following topics are reviewed and discussed during annual management review:
Changes in internal and external issues relevant to the location;
Fulfillment of objectives and initiatives;
suitability of policies and procedures, including EHS and waste management;
status of actions from previous performance reviews;
The outcome of recent internal audits;
Corrective and preventive actions;
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 36 of 221
Assessments by external bodies;
The results of interlaboratory comparisons or proficiency tests;
Changes in the volume and type of the work;
Customer and personnel feedback, including complaints;
Effectiveness of improvements / preventive actions made since last review;
Adequacy of resources;
results of risk identification;
Proficiency testing performance and other measures related to the assurance of validity of test
results; other relevant factors, such as QC trends and training status.
The discussion and results of this review are documented in a report prepared by local management.
This report includes a determination of the effectiveness of the management system and its processes,
goals, and objectives for improvements in the coming year with timelines and responsibilities, and any
other need for change.
Goals and action items from annual management systems review are shared with local employees and
with corporate management to highlight focus areas for improvement in addition to areas in which
the location has excelled.
4.16 Data Integrity
PAS procedures for the investigation and response to events that may affect data integrity are
described in the corporate SOPs for data inquiries and data recall and corrective and preventive action,
however named.
Customers whose data are affected by these events are notified in a timely manner, usually within 30
days after the impact of the problem is understood. Some accreditation programs also require
notification to the accreditation body (AB) within a certain timeframe from date of discovery when
the underlying cause of the issue impacts accreditation. PAS locations must follow any program or
project specific client notification requirements for notification, when applicable.
5.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
5.1 General
Multiple factors contribute to the correctness and reliability of the technical work performed by PAS.
These factors fall under these broad categories:
Human Performance
Facility and Environmental Conditions
Test Method Performance and Validation
Measurement Traceability
Handling of Samples
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 37 of 221
The impact of each of these factors varies based on the type of work performed. To minimize negative
effects from each of these factors, PAS accounts for the contribution from each of these categories
when developing test method and process (administrative) SOPs, evaluating personnel qualifications
and competence, and in the selection of equipment and supplies used.
5.2 Personnel
5.2.1 Personnel Qualifications
The PAS program for personnel management is structured to ensure personnel are selected,
qualified, and competent to perform the roles and responsibilities of their position based on
education, experience, and training.
Qualifications, duties, responsibilities, and authorities of each position are specified in job
descriptions maintained by corporate HR (See Section 5.2.4). These job descriptions provide
the general basis for the selection of personnel for hire and are used by the location to
communicate to personnel the duties, responsibilities, and authorities of their position.
Qualification records may include but are not limited to diploma, transcripts, and curriculum
vitae (CV).
The term “personnel” refers to individuals employed by PAS directly as full-time, part-time,
or temporary, and individuals employed by PAS by contract, such as through an employment
agency. The term “personnel” is used interchangeably with the term “employee” throughout
this manual. For purposes of this manual, these terms are equivalent.
The personnel management program is structured to establish and maintain records for each
of the following:
Selection of personnel;
Training of personnel;
Supervision of personnel;
Authorization of personnel; and
Monitoring Competence of personnel.
5.2.1.1 Competence
Competence is the ability to apply a skill or series of skills to complete a task or series
of tasks correctly within defined expectations.
Competence for technical personnel authorized by PAS to provide opinion and
interpretation of data to customers also includes the demonstrated ability to:
Apply knowledge, experience, and skills needed to safely and properly use
equipment, instrumentation, and materials required to carry out testing and other
work activities in accordance with manufacturer specifications and location
SOPs;
Understand and apply knowledge of general regulatory requirements necessary to
achieve regulatory compliance in work product; and
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 38 of 221
Understand the significance of departures and deviations from procedure that
may occur during the analytical testing process and the capability and initiative to
troubleshoot and correct the problem, document the situation and decision-
making process, and to properly qualify the data and analytical results.
PAS requirements for the competence of personnel (education, qualification, work
experience, technical skills, and responsibilities) are specified in job descriptions
created by management and kept by human resources (HR). The job description
provides the basis for the selection of personnel for each position.
An employee is considered competent when he/she has completed the required
training specified in Section 5.2.2 and documentation of training is complete.
5.2.2 Training (Required)
Pace® training requirements are outlined in Pace® policies COR-POL-0023 Mandatory
Training Policy and COR-POL-0004 Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct.
5.2.2.1 Required Training Requirements
The PAS training program includes these elements:
Scheduling
Execution
Documentation and Tracking
Evaluation of Effectiveness
Required training is scheduled by corporate training personnel, local quality
personnel, and the employee’s direct supervisor.
Training on required topics, processes and procedure is delivered using various
methods that incorporate techniques that appeal to the main learning styles: visual,
aural, linguistic, and kinesthetic. Techniques include, on-the-job, instructor-led, self-
study, eLearning, and blended.
The employee’s direct supervisor is responsible for oversight of completion of the
employee’s required training and for providing adequate time to the employee to
complete training assignments. The supervisor and employee are responsible to make
sure the employee’s training status and training records for all required training is
current, complete, and documentation of training is available.
Training status is tracked by the local QM, who provides the status to local
management at least monthly or more frequently, as necessary, to ensure required
training for personnel is complete and up to date.
The following subsections further describe the required PAS training program for
new hire training and on-going training.
5.2.2.1.1 New Hire Required Training
New hire training requirements apply to new personnel and to
existing employees starting in a new position or different work area.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 39 of 221
Required new hire training includes training on each of the
following:
Ethics and Data Integrity (See 5.2.2.1.3)
Quality Manual / Quality Management System (See 5.2.2.1.4)
Safety Manual and any training requirements specified in the
manual.
Policies & SOPs relevant to their job tasks
Technical personnel that prepare and test samples must also
successfully complete an initial demonstration of capability
(IDOC) for the test methods performed before independently
testing customer samples. (See 5.2.2.1.5). Independent testing
means without direct supervision of the work activity by the
supervisor or a qualified trainer.
All required training must be documented and verified complete by
the local QM before the employee is authorized to work
independently on client samples. Until then, the employee’s direct
supervisor is responsible for all work produced by the new employee
under their supervision.
5.2.2.1.2 On-Going Required Training
Personnel receive on-going training in each of the following topics:
Ethics and Data Integrity (See 5.2.2.1.3)
Quality Manual / Quality Management System (See 5.2.2.1.4)
Safety
Changes to Policies & SOPs, relevant to their job activities.
New Policies & SOPS, relevant to their job activities.
Technical personnel must also successfully complete on-going
demonstration of capability (CDOC) for all test methods
performed on an annual basis. (See 5.2.2.1.5)
All required training must be documented and verified complete by
the local QM with training records readily accessible in accordance
with the corporate policy for Record Management (ENV-POL-
CORQ-0013).
5.2.2.1.3 Ethics and Data Integrity Training
Data integrity training is provided to all new personnel and refresher
data integrity training is provided to all employees on an annual basis.
Personnel are required to acknowledge they understand that any
infractions of the PAS data integrity procedures will result in a
detailed investigation that could lead to profound consequences
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 40 of 221
including immediate termination, debarment, or civil/criminal
prosecution.
Completion of data integrity training is documented using the
mechanism established by Pace® to provide evidence that the
employee has participated in training on this topic and understand
their obligations related to data integrity.
The following topics and activities are covered:
Policy for honesty and full disclosure in all analytical reporting;
Prohibited Practices;
How and when to report data integrity issues;
Record keeping. The training emphasizes the importance of
proper written documentation on the part of the analyst with
respect to those cases where analytical data may be useful, but
are in one sense or another partially nonconforming;
Training Program, including discussion regarding all data
integrity procedures;
Data integrity training documentation;
In-depth procedures for data monitoring; and
Specific examples of breaches of ethical behavior such as
improper data manipulations, adjustments of instrument time
clocks, and inappropriate changes in concentrations of
standards.
All PAS personnel, including contract and temporary, are required
to sign an “Attestation of Ethics and Confidentiality” at the time of
hire and/or during annual refresher training or as specified in the
ethics policy. This document clearly identifies inappropriate and
questionable behavior. Violations of this document result in
profound consequences, including prosecution and termination, if
necessary.
Also see SOP-ENV-COR-POL-0004 Code of Ethics and Professional
Conduct for more information.
5.2.2.1.4 Management System Documents Training
The Quality Manual policies, and SOPs are the documents used by
regulatory bodies and Pace® customers to verify capability,
competency, and compliance with their requirements and
expectations.
In addition to on-the-job training, employees must have a signed
Read and Acknowledgement Statement (R&A) on record for the
quality manual, and the policies and SOPs relating to his/her job
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 41 of 221
responsibilities. This statement, whether signed by the employee
electronically or by wet signature, confirms that the employee has
received, read, and understands the content of the document, that
the employee agrees to follow the document when carrying out their
work tasks; and the employee understands that unauthorized change
to procedures in an SOP is not allowed except in accordance with
the SOP departure policy (See 4. 9.1).
See SOP ENV-CORQ-0016 Standard Operating Procedures and Standard
Work Instructions for more information.
5.2.2.1.5 Demonstration of Capability (DOC) Requirements
An initial demonstration of capability (IDOC) must be completed
and validated prior to authorization for the employee to work
independently on client samples for the test method. After
successful IDOC, the employee must demonstrate continued
proficiency (CDOC) for the test method on an annual basis. If more
than a year has passed since the employee last performed the
method; then capability must be re-established with an IDOC.
Successful DOC is one where the DOC replicate data has been
compiled, reviewed, and verified by the employee’s supervisor
and/or manager to be complete and to have met acceptance criteria
and the DOC record has been validated by quality personnel for
completeness and compliance, and placed in the employee’s training
file for accessibility and reference.
Demonstration of capability (DOC) procedures and requirements
vary by technology.
For example, a DOC for chemistry test methods where spiking is
appropriate, is based on the employee’s capability to achieve
acceptable precision and accuracy for each analyte reported by the
laboratory for the test method using the laboratory’s test method
SOP.
DOC procedures and requirements must be specified in the
laboratory’s test method SOP or a stand-alone SOP. Refer to these
SOPs for more information.
5.2.2.1.6 Effectiveness of Training
Effectiveness of individual employee training is measured by their
demonstrated ability to comprehend the training material and apply
knowledge and skills gained to their job task. Measurements include
but are not limited to:
Testing of the employee’s knowledge of the QMS, policies, and
technical and administrative procedures through various
mechanisms, such as quizzes, observation, and interviews.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 42 of 221
Demonstrated ability to convey information correctly and
factually in written and verbal communication to internal and
external parties.
Demonstrated ability to carry out tasks in accordance with SOPs
and other work instructions.
Demonstrated ability to make sound decisions based on
guidance and information available.
Demonstrated initiative to seek help or guidance when the
employee is unsure of how to proceed.
5.2.2.2 Supplemental Learning
Supplemental learning objectives may be established for newly hired personnel to aid
in their development of administrative and technical skills. These learning objectives
and materials, referred to as Learning Plans (LP), are created and maintained by the
PAS 3P program and managed by the employee’s direct supervisor.
Pace® also offers a wide variety of supplemental learning courses that are made
available to all employees for professional development. These learning materials,
maintained by Pace® corporate training personnel, are accessed via the company’s
employee portal, PaceConnect. The learning may be self-initiated based on an
employee’s interest or may be assigned to the employee at the discretion of
management as professional development as part of an employee’s annual goals.
Supplemental learning courses and learning plan activities are not prerequisites for
competency (Section 5.2.1.1) and are not considered part of the required PAS QMS
training program.
5.2.3 Personnel Supervision
Every employee is assigned a direct supervisor, however named, who is responsible for their
supervision.
General supervisory responsibilities may include but are not limited to:
Hiring Employees
Training Employees
Performance Management
Development, oversight, and execution of personnel training plans
Monitoring personnel work product to assure the work is conducted in accordance with
this quality manual, policies, SOPs, and other documents that support the QMS.
5.2.4 Job Descriptions
Job Descriptions that define the required education, qualifications, experience, skills, roles and
responsibilities, and reporting relationships for each Pace® position are established by top
management and kept by corporate HR. The job descriptions apply to employees who are
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 43 of 221
directly employed by Pace®, part-time, temporary, technical, and administrative and by those
that are under contract with Pace® through other means.
The job descriptions include the education, expertise, and experience required for the position
and the responsibilities and duties, including any supervisory or managerial duties assigned to
the position.
5.2.5 Authorization of Technical Personnel
Technical personnel are authorized by local quality personnel to perform the technical aspects
of their position after quality personnel have verified that the employee meets the
qualifications for the position, has successfully completed required training (Section 5.2.2.1),
and the employee has completed initial demonstrated capability (Section 5.2.2.1.5). After initial
authorization, technical personnel are expected to maintain a current and complete training
record, demonstrate on-going capability at least annually for each test method performed, and
produce reliable results through accurate analysis of certified reference materials, proficiency
testing samples, and/or routine quality control samples in order to remain authorized to
continue to perform their duties.
Records to support authorization including, education, experience, training, and other
evaluations are kept by the location where the employee works.
5.3 Accommodations and Facilities
5.3.1 Facilities
PAS laboratories and service centers are designed to support the correct performance of
procedures and to not adversely affect measurement integrity or safety. Access to PAS facilities
is controlled by various measures, such as card access, locked doors, staffed main entry.
5.3.2 Environmental Conditions
Each location is equipped with energy sources, lighting, heating, and ventilation necessary to
facilitate proper performance of calibrations and tests. The location ensures that
housekeeping, electromagnetic interference, humidity, line voltage, temperature, sound, and
vibration levels are appropriately controlled to ensure the integrity of specific measurement
results and to prevent adverse effects on accuracy or increases in the uncertainty of each
measurement.
Environmental conditions are monitored, controlled, and recorded as required by the relevant
specifications, methods, and procedures. Operations are stopped if it is discovered that the
environmental conditions would jeopardize the integrity of analytical results or other work
product.
5.3.3 Separation of Incompatible Activities
The layout and infrastructure of each work area including air handling systems, power supplies,
and gas supplies of each work area is specifically designed for the type of analytical activity
performed. Effective separation between incompatible work activities is maintained. For
example, sample storage, preparation, and chemical handling for volatile organic analysis
(VOA) is kept separate from semi-volatile organic (SVOA).
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 44 of 221
Samples known or suspected to contain high concentration of analytes are separated from
other samples to avoid the possibility for cross-contamination. If contamination is found, the
source of contamination is investigated and resolved in accordance with applicable SOPs.
5.3.4 Security
Security is maintained by controlled access to the building and by surveillance of work areas
by authorized personnel. Access is controlled to each area depending on the required
personnel, the sensitivity of the operations performed, and potential safety concerns.
5.3.5 Good Housekeeping
PAS locations must maintain good housekeeping practices in work areas to maintain a
standard of cleanliness necessary for analytical integrity and personnel health and safety.
5.4 Test Methods
5.4.1 General Requirements
The laboratory uses test methods and procedures that are appropriate for the scope of
analytical services the laboratory offers.
Instructions on the use and operation of equipment and sample handling, preparation, and
analysis of samples are provided in SOPs. The instructions in SOPs may be supplemented
with other documents including, but not limited to, standard work instructions (SWI),
manuals, guides, project documents and reference documents.
These documents are managed using the procedures described in SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-
0015 Document Management and Control and SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0016 Standard Operating
Procedures and Standard Work Instructions.
5.4.2 Method Selection
The test methods and protocols used by the laboratory are selected to meet the needs of the
customer, are appropriate for the items tested, for the intended use of the data, and to conform
with applicable federal, statutory, or program requirements.
The test methods offered by PAS are industry accepted methods published by international,
regional, or national standards. Each PAS laboratory bases its procedure on the latest approved
edition of a method unless it is not appropriate or possible to do so, or unless regulatory
requirements specify otherwise.
The laboratory confirms that it can perform the test method and achieve desired outcome
before analyzing samples (see section 5.4.5). If there is a change in the published analytical
method, then the confirmation is repeated.
When a customer does not specify the test method(s) to be used, the laboratory may suggest
test methods that are appropriate for the intended use of the data and the type of samples to
be tested. The laboratory will also inform customers when test methods requested are
considered inappropriate for their purpose and/or out of date. This discourse takes place
during review of analytical service requests (See Section 4.4).
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 45 of 221
5.4.3 PAS Developed Methods
A PAS developed method is a method developed from scratch (no published source method),
a procedure that modifies the chemistry from the source method, or a procedure that exceeds
the scope and application of the source method.
PAS developed methods must be validated prior to use (see section 5.4.5) and the procedure
documented in a test method SOP.
The requirements for non-standard methods (Section 5.4.4) also apply to PAS developed
methods.
5.4.4 Non-standard Methods
A non-standard method is a method that is not published or approved for use by conventional
industry standards for the intended purpose of the data. Non-standard methods must be
validated prior to use (see section 5.4.5) and the procedure developed and documented in a
test method SOP.
At a minimum, the following information must be included in the procedure:
Title / Identification of Method;
Scope and Application;
Description of the type of item to be analyzed;
Parameters or quantities and ranges to be determined;
Apparatus and equipment, including technical performance requirements;
Reference standards and reference materials required;
Environmental conditions required and any stabilization period needed; and
Description of the procedure, including:
o Affixing identification marks, handling, transporting, storing, and preparing of
items;
o Checks to be made before the work is started;
o Verifying equipment function and, where required, calibrating and/or adjusting
the equipment before each use;
o Method of recording the observations and results;
o Any safety measures to be observed;
o Criteria and/or requirements for approval/rejection;
o Data to be recorded and method of analysis and presentation; and
o Uncertainty or procedure for estimating uncertainty.
Use of a non-standard method for testing must be agreed upon with the customer. The
agreement, which is retained by the laboratory in the project record, must include the
specifications of the client’s requirements, the purpose of testing, and their authorization for
use of the non-standard method.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 46 of 221
5.4.5 Method Validation
5.4.5.1 Validation Description
Validation is the process of confirmation and the provision of objective evidence that
the stated requirements for a specific method/procedure are fulfilled.
The laboratory’s requirements and procedures for method validation are outlined in
SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0011 Method Validation and Instrument Verification.
5.4.5.2 Validation Summary
All test methods offered by the laboratory are validated before use to confirm the
procedure works and the data and results achieved meet the goals for the method and
repeated when there are major changes to the laboratory procedure.
Results of validation are retained are kept in accordance with method validation SOP
and the corporate policy ENV-CORQ-POL-0013 Record Management.
5.4.5.3 Validation of Customer Need
The validation process includes review of accuracy, precision, sensitivity, selectivity,
linearity, repeatability, reproducibility, robustness, and cross-sensitivity of the
procedure against general customer needs to ensure the laboratory’s procedure will
meet those needs.
The following subsections explain some concepts as they are applied to chemistry.
The applications of these same concepts may differ for other technologies such as
microbiology, radiochemistry, whole effluent toxicity (WET), and asbestos or other
validation concepts may apply to these disciplines. Refer to the laboratory’s test
method SOPs for more information.
5.4.5.3.1 Accuracy
Accuracy is the degree to which the result of a measurement,
calculation, or specification conforms to the correct value or a
standard. When the result recovers within a range from the known
value (control limit); the result generated using the laboratory’s test
method SOP is considered accurate.
5.4.5.3.2 Precision
Precision refers to the closeness of two or more measurements to
each other. It is measured by calculating the relative percent
difference (RPD) or relative standard deviation (RSD) from results
of separate analysis of the same sample. Precision provides
information about repeatability, reproducibility, and robustness of
the laboratory’s procedure.
5.4.5.3.3 Limits of Detection (LOD) (Chemistry)
The LOD is the minimum result which can be reliably discriminated
from a blank with a predetermined confidence level. The LOD
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 47 of 221
establishes the limit of method sensitivity and is also known as the
detection limit (DL) or the method detection limit (MDL).
Values below the LOD cannot be reliably measured and are not
reported by the laboratory unless otherwise specified by regulatory
program or test method.
The LOD is established during method validation and after major
changes to the analytical system or procedure that affect sensitivity
are made.
The laboratory’s procedure for LOD determination is specified in
SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0016, Method Detection Limits (MDL), Limits
of Detection (LOD) and Limits of Quantitation (LOQ) and ENV-SOP-
MTJL-0340, Radiochemistry Method Performance Criteria.
For chemistry methodology, the local SOP must comply with the
current version of each of the following documents:
EPA document EPA-821-R-16-006 Definition and Procedure for the
Determination of the Method Detection Limit;
2016 TNI Standard V1M4; and
TNI GUID-3-109-Rev. 0, V1M4 2016 Standard Update Guidance
on Detection and Quantitation.
5.4.5.3.4 Limits of Quantitation (LOQ) and Reporting Limit (RL)
This section describes these concepts for chemistry. For non-
chemistry technologies, such as microbiology, refer to laboratory
SOPs.
The LOQ is the minimum level, concentration, or quantity of a
target analyte that can be reported with a specified degree of
confidence.
The LLOQ is the value of the lowest calibration standard included
in the calibration curve. The LLOQ establishes the lower limit of
quantitation; it is not the same concept as the LOQ, however, the
LOQ and LLOQ may be the same value.
The LOQ and LLOQ represent quantitative sensitivity of the test
method.
The LOQ must always be equal to or greater than the LLOQ
and the LLOQ must always be greater than the LOD.
Any reported value (detect or non-detect) less than the LLOQ
is a qualitative value.
The RL is the value to which the presence of a target analyte is
reported as detected or not detected. The RL is project-defined
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 48 of 221
based on project data quality objectives (DQO). In the absence of
project specific requirements, the RL is usually set to the LOQ or
the LLOQ.
The laboratory’s procedures for LOQ determination must be
specified in the same SOP for LOD determination, (See Section
5.4.5.3.3) The LLOQ for each method must be specified in the test
method SOP.
Linearity is a mathematical concept applied to calibration models
that employ multiple points to establish a calibration range used for
quantitative analysis. Linearity is measured differently based on the
calibration model. In general, if linearity is demonstrated then the
slope of the response of standards are sufficiently close to one
another. The accuracy of the linear regression and non-linear curves
is verified by checking percent error or relative standard error (RSE),
which is the process of refitting calibration data back to the model
to determine if the results are accurate. For linear curves that use
average calibration or response factor, error is measured by relative
standard difference (RSD).
Linearity also establishes the range of quantitation for the test
method used which directly impacts the sensitivity of the test
method and uncertainty in measurement results. As previously
noted, the LLOQ establishes the lower limit of quantitation.
Similarly, the upper range of linearity establishes the upper limit of
quantitation. In general, results outside of this range are considered
qualitative values. However, inorganic test methods sometimes allow
for extension of the linear range above the upper limit of
quantitation when accuracy at this value is verified.
Linearity can also be used to establish repeatability, reproducibility,
and robustness of the laboratory’s test method. When linearity is
demonstrated using a specific calibration model during method
validation, then use of this same calibration model to achieve
linearity on a day-to-day basis confirms the laboratory’s method is
repeatable, reproducible, and robust.
5.4.5.3.5 Demonstration of Capability (DOC)
The DOC performed during method validation confirms that the
procedure demonstrated acceptable precision and accuracy.
5.4.6 Measurement Uncertainty
The location provides an estimate of uncertainty in testing measurements with analytical
results on request, or when required. For example, for radiochemistry uncertainty is always
reported with the test result
For chemistry methodologies, the uncertainty of the test method is reflected in the control
limits used to evaluate QC performance for the test method. (See 5.9.1.1.9). ISO/IEC states
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 49 of 221
that when a well-recognized test method specifies limits to the values of the major source of
uncertainty of measurement and specifies the form of presentation of calculated results, the
laboratory has satisfied the requirements on analytical uncertainty by following the test method
and reporting instructions.
When measurement uncertainty cannot be satisfied through control limits, the location will
provide a reasonable estimation of uncertainty. A reasonable estimation is based on knowledge
of method performance and previous experience. When estimating the analytical uncertainty,
all uncertainty components which are of importance in the given situation are considered.
5.4.7 Control of Data
PAS has policies and processes in place to assure that reported data is free from calculation
and transcription errors, that quality control is reviewed and evaluated before data is reported,
and to address manual calculation and integration.
5.4.7.1 Calculations, Data Transfer, Reduction and Review
Whenever possible, calculations, transfer of data, and data reduction are performed
using validated software programs (See 5.4.7.2).
If manual calculations are performed, the results of these calculations are verified
during the data review process outlined in section 5.9.3.
5.4.7.1.1 Manual Integration
The PAS policy and procedures for manual integration are provided
in corporate SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0006 Manual Integration.
This SOP includes the conditions under which manual integration is
allowed and the requirements for documentation.
Required documentation of manual integration includes:
complete audit trail to permit reconstruction of before and after
results;
identification of the analyst that performed the integration and
the reason the integration was performed; and
identification of the individual(s) that reviewed the integration
and verified the integration was done and documented in
compliance with the SOP.
5.4.7.2 Use of Computers and Automated Acquisition
Whenever possible, PAS uses software and automation for the acquisition,
processing, recording, reporting, storage, and/or retrieval of data.
Software applications developed by PAS are validated by corporate IT for adequacy
before release for routine use. Commercial off the shelf software is considered
sufficiently validated when the location follows the manufacturer or vendor’s manual
for set-up and use. Records of validation are kept by the corporate information
technology (IT) group or by the group that performed the validation.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 50 of 221
The PAS process for the protection of data stored in electronic systems includes:
Individual usernames and passwords for Laboratory Information Management
Systems (LIMS) and auxiliary systems used to store or process data.
Employee Training in Computer Security Awareness
Validation of spreadsheets used for calculations to verify formulas and logic yield
correct results and protection of these cells to prevent unauthorized change.
Operating system and file access safeguards
Protection from Computer Viruses
Regular system backup; and testing of retrieved data
Verification the software application works as expected and is adequate for use
and fulfills compliance requirements, such as the need to record date/time of data
generation.
Change control to assure requests for changes are reviewed and approved by
management before the change is made.
Communication channels to assure all staff are aware of changes made.
Version Control and maintenance of historical records.
5.5 Equipment
5.5.1 Availability of Equipment
Each PAS location is furnished with all equipment and instrumentation necessary to correctly
perform the tests offered in compliance with the specifications of the test method and to
achieve the accuracy and sensitivity required.
When a regulation, program, or reference test method requires Class A glassware for
quantitative measurements, only Class A glassware may be used. Plastic graduated cylinders,
even if marketed by the vendor as comparable to Class A glassware, may not be used when
Class A glassware is specified because ASTM’s definition and tolerances for Class A glass
cannot be applied to other materials.
5.5.2 Calibration
Equipment and instrumentation are checked prior to use to verify it performs within tolerance
for its intended application.
5.5.2.1 Support Equipment
The location confirms support equipment is in proper working order, uniquely
identified, and meets the specifications for use prior to placement in service. Periodic
checks are performed to verify tolerance and accuracy are performed thereafter in
accordance with a support equipment maintenance scheduled maintained by local
quality personnel. Equipment that does not meet specifications is removed from
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 51 of 221
service until repaired or replaced. Records of repair and maintenance activities are
maintained.
Procedures used to conduct and record these checks are outlined in SOP ENV-SOP-
MTJL-0374, Support Equipment, ENV-SOP-MTJL-0047 Lockout/Tagout as well as
ENV-SOP-MTJL-0056 Instrument Transport.
5.5.2.2 Analytical Instruments
Analytical instruments are checked prior to placement in service in accordance with
SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0011 Method Validation and Instrument Verification. After the
initial service date, the calibration of instruments and verification calibration is
performed in accordance with local test method SOPs.
The calibration procedures in the test method SOPs comply with the requirements
for acceptable calibration practices outlined in corporate policy ENV-POL-CORQ-
0005 Acceptable Calibration Practices, the reference methods, and any applicable
regulatory or program requirements.
5.5.3 Equipment Use and Operation
Equipment is operated and maintained by personnel that are trained on the test method SOP.
Up-to-date instructions and procedures for the use and maintenance of analytical equipment
are included in SOPs and/or supplemental documents such as standard work instructions
(SWI) or instrument manuals which are made readily accessible in the work area to all
laboratory personnel.
5.5.4 Equipment Identification
Each piece of equipment must be uniquely identified by serial number or any other unique ID
system. The identifier is included in the equipment list maintained by the quality department
and may not be reused or used interchangeably. New equipment and replacement equipment
must be assigned a new unique ID.
5.5.5 Equipment Lists and Records
5.5.5.1 Equipment List
Each PAS location maintains a list of equipment that includes information about the
equipment including a description, manufacturer, serial number, date placed in
service, condition when received, identity, and the work area where the equipment is
used. The date of purchase is tracked by the procurement record. The equipment
list(s) for each location covered by this manual is provided in Appendix E.
5.5.5.2 Equipment Records
In addition to the equipment list, the location maintains records of equipment that
include:
Verification that equipment conforms with specifications.
Calibration records including dates, results, acceptance criteria, and next
calibration dates.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 52 of 221
Maintenance plan and records
Records of damage, malfunction, or repair
The laboratory follows an equipment maintenance program designed to optimize
performance and to prevent instrument failure which is described in SOP ENV-SOP-
MTJL-0373 Instrument Maintenance, ENV-SOP-MTJL-0374 Support Equipment, Env-
SOP-MTJL-0047 Lockout/Tagout as well as ENV-SOP-MTJL-0056 Instrument
Transport and/or in individual test method SOPs.
The maintenance program includes routine maintenance activities which are
performed as recommended by the manufacturer at the frequency recommended and
non-routine maintenance, which is performed to resolve a specific problem such as
degradation of peak resolution, shift in calibration relationship, loss of sensitivity, or
repeat failure of instrument performance checks and quality control samples.
Maintenance is performed by PAS personnel or by outside service providers.
All maintenance activities performed by PAS personnel are recorded by the
individual(s) that performed the activity at the time the maintenance was performed
in an instrument maintenance log.
The maintenance record minimally includes the date of maintenance, the initials of
the person(s) performing maintenance, a description of the activity performed, why
(when the maintenance is non-routine), and the return to analytical control. When
maintenance is performed by an external vendor, the service must be maintained and
accessible for easy retrieval. The location must provide personnel with unrestricted
access to instrument maintenance logs in order to promote good instrument
maintenance and recordkeeping practices.
If an instrument must be moved, the location will use safe practices for handling and
transport to minimize damage and contamination.
5.5.6 Out of Service Protocol
Equipment that has been subjected to overloading, mishandling, gives suspect results, has
been shown to be defective, or is performing outside of specified limits is taken out of service
and either removed from the work area or labeled to prevent accidental use until it has been
repaired and verified to perform correctly.
When analytical equipment is taken out of service because it no longer meets tolerance
specifications, the potential effect of the nonconformance may have had on previously
reported analytical results should be evaluated. (See section 4.9).
5.5.7 Calibration Status
The location labels support equipment to indicate calibration status, whenever practicable or
otherwise maintains the calibration status in a visible location in the work area. These
procedures are described in SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0373 Instrument Maintenance, ENV-
SOP-MTJL-0374 Support Equipment, Env-SOP-MTJL-0047 Lockout/Tagout as well as ENV-
SOP-MTJL-0056 Instrument Transport.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 53 of 221
The calibration status of analytical instruments is documented in the analytical record. Analysts
verify on-going acceptability of calibration status prior to use and with instrument
performance check standards. These procedures are described in test method SOPs.
5.5.8 Returned Equipment Checks
When equipment or an instrument is sent out for service, the location using the equipment
ensures that the function and calibration status of the equipment is checked and shown to be
satisfactory before the equipment is returned to service.
5.5.9 Intermediate Equipment Checks
The location performs intermediate checks on equipment to verify the on-going calibration
status. For example, most test methods require some form of continuing calibration
verification check, and these procedures are included in the test method SOP. Periodic checks
of support equipment are also performed; see ENV-SOP-MTJL-0373 Instrument Maintenance,
ENV-SOP-MTJL-0374 Support Equipment, Env-SOP-MTJL-0047 Lockout/Tagout as well as
ENV-SOP-MTJL-0056 Instrument Transport for more information.
5.5.10 Safeguarding Equipment Integrity
The location safeguards equipment integrity using a variety of mechanisms that include but
are not limited to:
Adherence to manufacturer’s specification for instrument use so that settings do not
exceed manufacturer’s recommendation or stress the performance of the equipment.
Established maintenance programs.
Transparent maintenance records and unrestricted access to maintenance logs.
Validation and approval of software before use.
Audits to confirm instrument settings are consistent with SOPs.
On-the-job training for safe and proper use of laboratory equipment.
5.6 Measurement Traceability
5.6.1 General
Measurement traceability refers to a property of a measurement result whereby the result can
be related to a reference through an unbroken chain of calibration, each contributing to the
measurement uncertainty. Traceability requires an established calibration hierarchy of
equipment (instruments) used during testing including equipment used for subsidiary
measurements. The location assures this equipment is calibrated prior to being put into service
and that the reference standard and materials used for calibration are traceable to the
international standard of units (SI) or national measurement standard.
When strict traceability to SI units cannot be made, the location establishes traceability with
the use of reference standards and equipment obtained from competent suppliers that provide
calibration certificates and/or certificates of analysis (COA).
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 54 of 221
5.6.2 Equipment Correction Factors
When correction factors are used to adjust results the PAS personnel will assure that results
in computer software are also updated.
5.6.3 Specific Requirements
5.6.3.1 Requirements for Calibration Laboratories
The laboratory does not offer calibration services to customers; therefore, ISO/IEC
and TNI requirements for calibration laboratories do not apply.
5.6.3.2 Requirements for Testing Laboratories
The laboratory has procedures in place to verify equipment is calibrated prior to being
put into service (See 5.5.2) and ensures the reference standard and materials used for
calibration are traceable to the international standard of units (SI) or national
measurement standard. When strict traceability to SI units cannot be made, the
laboratory establishes traceability with the use of reference standards and equipment
obtained from competent suppliers that provide calibration certificates and/or
certificates of analysis (COA).
5.6.4 Reference Standards and Reference Materials
5.6.4.1 Reference Standards
The laboratory uses reference standards of measurement to verify adequacy of
working weights and thermometers. The working weights are the weight(s) used for
daily balance calibration checks and the working thermometers are used for daily
temperature measurements.
Working weights and thermometers must be periodically checked to verify on-going
adequacy for use between calibrations performed by an external calibration laboratory
using reference standards traceable to SI or a national standard and that are used solely
for verification purposes.
For example:
An acceptable reference standard to check working thermometers against include
a NIST Certified Thermometer or a NIST Traceable Thermometer that is not
used for any other purpose than to check the adequacy of the working
thermometer.
An acceptable reference standard for the working weights is a set of Class S
weights that is not used for any other purpose than to verify the weights used
daily.
The working weights must be checked against the reference standard annually and all
weight sets must be recertified by an ISO accredited calibration body every 5 years.
In this application, “annually” means within thirteen (13) months from the date of
the last check.
Working thermometers must be checked against the reference thermometer prior to
placement in service to establish a correction factor (CF)1 and then re-checked
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 55 of 221
annually (±13 months from date of last check) or if battery operated, every three (3)
months (±100 days from date of last check).
Exceptions to the 3-month recheck for battery operated sensors are allowed when
the sensor is embedded in a unit and the manufacturer/vendor has evidence to show
that the accuracy of the sensor is not affected by battery life.
Liquid in Glass NIST Certified reference thermometers must be recertified by an
ISO/IEC accredited calibration laboratory every 5 years. If the reference
thermometer is NIST Traceable or is a digital NIST Certified thermometer, the
reference thermometer must be recertified annually by an ISO/IEC 17025 accredited
calibration laboratory or service provider that provides traceability to a national
standard.
If criteria for the intermediate checks or recertification is not acceptable, the impact
on previously reported results is evaluated using the process for evaluation of
nonconforming work (See 4.9).
See SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0373 Instrument Maintenance, ENV-SOP-MTJL-0374,
Support Equipment, Env-SOP-MTJL-0047 Lockout/Tagout as well as ENV-SOP-MTJL-
0056 Instrument Transport for more information.
5.6.4.2 Reference Materials
The location purchases chemical reference materials (also known as stock standards)
from vendors that are accredited to ISO 17034 or Guide 34. Purchased reference
materials must be received with a Certificate of Analysis (COA) where available. If a
reference material cannot be purchased with a COA, it must be verified by analysis
and comparison to a certified reference material and/or there must be a
demonstration of capability for characterization. COA are reviewed for adequacy and
retained by the laboratory for future reference.
All prepared standards, reference materials, and reagents are verified to meet the
requirements of the test method through routine analyses of quality control samples.
The laboratory procedure for traceability and use of these materials is provided in
SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0041 Standards Logger-Tree Operation, ENV-SOP-MTJL-0023
Storage of Consumables, and ENV-SOP-MTJL-0042 Standards Recertification.
This SOP includes each of the following requirements:
Procedures for documentation of receipt and tracking. The record of entry
includes name of the material, the lot number, receipt date, and expiration date.
Storage conditions and requirements. Reference materials must be stored
separately from samples, extracts, and digestates.
Requirements to assure that preparations of intermediate or working solutions
are recorded and assigned a unique identification number for tracking. Records
of preparation include the lot number of the stock standard(s) used, the type and
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 56 of 221
lot number of the solvent, the formulation, date, expiration date, and the
preparer’s initials. The lot number of the working standards is recorded in the
analytical record to provide traceability to the standard preparation record. The
preparation record provides traceability to the COA, which is traceable to SI or
the national measurement standard.
A requirement that the expiration dates of prepared standards may not exceed
the expiration date of the parent standard. Standards, reference materials, and
reagents are not used after their expiration dates unless it is not possible to
procure a new standard and the reliability of the expired material is verified and
documented by the location using a procedure approved by corporate quality
personnel. Otherwise, the expired material is promptly removed from the work
area or clearly labeled as acceptable for qualitative/troubleshooting purposes
only.
The second source materials used for verification of instrument calibration are
obtained from a different manufacturer or may be a different lot from the same
manufacturer.
Procedures to check reference materials for degradation and replacement of
material if degradation or evaporation is suspected.
Procedures for labeling. At a minimum, the container must identify the material,
the ID of the material and the expiration date. Original containers should also be
labeled with date opened.
5.6.4.3 Intermediate Checks
Checks to confirm the calibration status of reference standards and materials must be
included in test method SOPs. These checks include use of second source standards
and reference materials reserved only for the purpose of calibration checks.
5.6.4.4 Transport and Storage
The location handles and transports reference standards and materials in a manner
that protects the integrity of the materials. Reference standard and material integrity
is protected by separation from incompatible materials and/or minimizing exposure
to degrading environments or materials. Standards and reference materials are stored
separately from samples, extracts, and digestates. All standards are stored according
to the manufacturer’s recommended conditions. Temperatures colder than the
manufacturer’s recommendation are acceptable if it does not compromise the
integrity of the material (e.g., remains in liquid state and does not freeze solid). In the
event a standard is made from more than a single source with different storage
conditions, the standard will be stored according to the conditions specified in the
analytical method.
See the applicable analytical SOPs for specific reference material storage and transport
protocols.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 57 of 221
5.7 Sampling
Sampling refers to the field collection of samples and to subsamples taken by the laboratory for
analysis from the field collected sample.
Subsampling procedures are included in each test method SOP or a stand-alone SOP to assure the
aliquot used for testing is representative of the field collected sample.
The requirements in the following subsections apply when field sampling is performed by PAS.
5.7.1 Sampling Plans and SOPs
When PAS performs field collection of samples, sampling is carried out in accordance with a
written sampling plan and sampling SOPs. These documents are made readily accessible at
the sampling location. Sampling plans and SOPs are, whenever reasonable, based on
appropriate governing methods and address the factors to be controlled to ensure the validity
of the analytical results.
5.7.2 Customer Requested Deviations
When the customer requires deviations, additions, or exclusions from the documented
sampling plan and/or procedure, the laboratory records the client’s change request in detail
with the sampling record, communicates the change to sampling personnel, and includes this
information in the final test report.
5.7.3 Recordkeeping
PAS assures the sampling record includes the sampling procedure used, any deviations from
the procedure, the date and time of sampling, the identification of the sampler, environmental
conditions (if relevant), and the sampling location.
5.8 Sample Management & Handling
5.8.1 Procedures
The location’s procedures for sample management and handling are outlined in SOP
ENV-SOP-MTJL-0045 Sample Dilution Policy, ENV-SOP-MTJL-0060 Sample Receiving,
ENV-SOP-MTJL-0061 Sample Storage, Disposal and Sample Control Technicians, ENV-SOP-
MTJL-0064 Sample Shipping, and ENV-SOP-MTJL-0066 Cold Storage Management.
The procedures in these SOPs are established to maintain the safe handling and integrity of
samples from transport, storage, to disposal and during all processing steps to maintain client
confidentiality, and to protect the interests of PAS and its customers.
5.8.1.1 Chain of Custody
All samples received by the location must be accompanied with a Chain of Custody
(COC) record. The COC provides information about the samples collected and
submitted for testing and documents the possession of samples from time of
collection to receipt by the location.
The COC record must minimally include the following information:
Client name, address, phone number;
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 58 of 221
Project Reference;
Client Sample Identification (Client ID);
Date, Time, and Location of Sampling;
Sampler’s Name or Initials;
Matrix;
Type of container, and total number collected for each sample;
Preservatives;
Analyses Requested;
Mode of collection;
Any special instructions; and
The date and time and signature of each sample transfer from time of collection
to receipt in the location. When the signature field on CoC includes company.
Personnel relinquishing and/or receiving samples are expected to record this
information. When the COC is transported inside the cooler, independent
couriers do not sign the COC and the shipping manifests and/or air bills are the
records of possession during transport. The shipping manifest must be retained
as part of the COC record and included in the test report when required (See
Section 5.10.3).
A complete and legible COC is required. If the location observes that the COC is
incomplete or illegible, the client is contacted for resolution. The COC must be filled
out in indelible ink. Personnel correct errors by drawing a single line through the initial
entry, so the entry is not obscured, entering the correct information, and initialing,
and dating the change.
5.8.1.2 Legal Chain of Custody
Legal chain of custody is a chain of custody protocol used for evidentiary or legal
purposes. The protocol is followed by the location when requested by customer or
when mandated by a regulatory program.
Legal chain of custody (COC) protocol establishes an intact, continuous record of the
physical possession*, storage, and disposal of “samples” which includes sample
aliquots, and sample extracts/digestates/distillates.
Legal COC records account for all time periods associated with the samples and
identifies all individuals who physically handled individual samples. Legal COC begins
at the point established by legal authority, which is usually at the time the sample
containers are provided by the location for sample collect or when sample collection
begins.
*A sample is in someone’s custody if:
It is in one’s physical possession;
It is in one’s view after being in one’s physical possession;
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 59 of 221
It has been in one’s physical possession and then locked or sealed so that no one
can tamper with it; and/or
It is kept in a secure area, restricted to authorized personnel only.
Refer to SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0060 Sample Receiving for more information.
5.8.2 Unique Identification
Each sample is assigned a unique identification number (Lab ID) after the sample has been
checked and accepted by PAS in accordance with the PAS sample acceptance policy (See
5.8.3). The Lab ID is affixed to the sample container using a durable label.
The unique identification of samples also applies to subsamples, and prepared samples.
The lab ID is linked to the field ID (client ID) in the receipt and log-in record. Both IDs are
linked to the testing activities performed on the sample and the documentation records of the
test.
Also see 5.8.4.
5.8.3 Sample Receipt Checks and Sample Acceptance Policy
The location checks the condition and integrity of samples on receipt and compares the labels
on the sample containers to the COC record. Any problem or discrepancy is recorded. If the
problem impacts the suitability of the sample for analysis or if the documentation is
incomplete, the client is notified for resolution. Decisions and instructions from the client are
maintained in the project record.
5.8.3.1 Sample Receipt Checks
The following checks are performed:
Verification that the COC is complete and legible.
Verification that each sample’s container label includes the client sample ID, the
date and time of collection and the preservative in indelible ink.
The container type and preservative are appropriate for each test requested.
Adequate volume is received for each test requested.
Visual inspection for damage or evidence of tampering.
Visual inspection for presence of headspace in VOA vials. (VOA = volatile
organic analysis).
Thermal Preservation: For chemical testing methods for which thermal
preservation is required, temperature on receipt is typically considered acceptable
if the measurement is above freezing but <6°C unless otherwise specified by
federal, statutory, program or test method requirements. Refer to the location’s
SOP for sample receipt for specific thermal preservation requirements.
For samples that are hand-delivered to the location immediately after sample
collection, there must be evidence that the chilling process began immediately
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 60 of 221
after sample collection and prior to delivery of the samples to the laboratory or
service center, such as arrival of the samples on ice.
Chemical Preservation
Holding Time: Sample receiving personnel are trained to recognize tests where
the holding time is 48 hours or less and to expedite the log-in of these samples.
Except for tests with immediate holding times (15 minutes from time of
collection or less), when samples are received out of hold, the location will notify
the client and request instruction. If the decision is made to proceed with analysis,
the final test report will include notation of this instruction.
5.8.3.2 Sample Acceptance Policy
PAS maintains a sample acceptance policy in accordance with regulatory guidelines to
clearly establish the circumstances in which sample receipt is accepted or rejected.
When receipt does not meet criteria for any one of these conditions, the location must
document the noncompliance, contact the customer, and either reject the samples or
fully document any decisions to proceed with testing. In accordance with regulatory
specifications, test results associated with receipt conditions that do not meet criteria
are qualified in the final test report.
All samples received must meet each of the following criteria:
Be listed on a complete and legible COC;
Be received in properly labeled sample containers;
Be received in appropriate containers that identify preservative;
The COC must include the date and time of collection for each sample;
The COC must include the test method requested for each sample;
Be in appropriate sample containers with clear documentation of the
preservatives used;
Be received within holding time. Any samples received beyond the holding time
will not be processed without prior customer approval;
Have sufficient sample volume to proceed with the analytical testing. If
insufficient sample volume is received, analysis will not proceed without customer
approval; and
Be received within appropriate temperature ranges unless program requirements
or customer contractual obligations mandate otherwise.
Samples that are delivered to the location immediately after collection are
considered acceptable if there is evidence that the chilling process has been
started. For example, by the arrival of the samples on ice. If samples arrive that
are not compliant with these temperature requirements, the customer will be
notified. The analysis will NOT proceed unless otherwise directed by the
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 61 of 221
customer. If less than 72 hours remain in the hold time for the analysis, the
analysis may be started while the customer is contacted to avoid missing the hold
time. Data associated with any deviations from the above sample acceptance
policy requirements will be appropriately qualified.
5.8.4 Sample Control and Tracking
The samples are controlled and tracked using the Laboratory Information Management
System (LIMS). The LIMS stores information about the samples and project. The process of
entering information into the LIMS is called log-in and these procedures are described in SOP
ENV-SOP-MTJL-0060 Sample Receiving. After log-in, a label is generated and affixed to
each sample container. Information on this label, such as the lab ID, links the sample container
to the information in LIMS.
At a minimum, the following information is entered during log-in:
Client Name and Contact Information;
The laboratory ID linked to the client ID;
Date and time of sample collection;
Date and time of sample receipt;
Matrix; and
Tests Requested.
5.8.5 Sample Storage, Handling, and Disposal
The location procedures for sample storage, handling and disposal are detailed in SOPs
ENV-SOP-MTJL-0061 Sample Storage, Disposal and Sample Control Technicians and ENVSOP-
MTJL-0066 Cold Storage Management as well as test method SOPs.
5.8.5.1 Sample Storage
The samples are stored according to method and regulatory requirements as per test
method SOPs. Samples are stored away from all standards, reagents, or other potential
sources of contamination and stored in a manner that prevents cross contamination.
Volatile samples are stored separately from other samples. All sample fractions,
extracts, leachates, and other sample preparation products are stored in the same
manner as actual samples or as specified by the analytical method.
Refrigerated storage areas are maintained at ≤6°C (but not frozen) and freezer storage
areas are maintained at <-10°C, unless otherwise required per method or program.
The temperature of each storage area is checked and documented at least once for
each day of use. If the temperature falls outside the acceptable limits, then corrective
actions are taken and appropriately documented.
The location is operated under controlled access protocols to ensure sample and data
integrity. Visitors must register at the front desk and be properly escorted while on-
site. Samples are taken to the appropriate storage location immediately after sample
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 62 of 221
receipt and log-in procedures are completed. All sample storage areas have limited
access. Samples are removed from storage areas by designated personnel and returned
to the storage areas as soon as possible after the required sample quantity has been
taken.
5.8.5.2 Sample Retention and Disposal
The procedures used by the location for sample retention and disposal are detailed in
SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0061 Sample Storage, Disposal and Sample Control Technicians and
ENV-SOP-MTJL-0066 Cold Storage Management.
In general, unused sample volume and prepared samples such as extracts, digestates,
distillates and leachates (samples) are retained by the location for the timeframe
necessary to protect the interests of the location and the customer.
Samples may be stored at ambient temperature when all analyses are complete, the
hold time is expired, the report has been delivered, and/or when allowed by the
customer or program. Samples requiring storage beyond the minimum sample
retention time due to special requests or contractual obligations may be stored at
ambient temperature unless the location has a capacity, and their presence does not
compromise the integrity of other samples.
After this period expires, non-hazardous samples are properly disposed of as non-
hazardous waste. The preferred method for disposition of hazardous samples is to
return the excess sample to the customer.
5.9 Assuring the Quality of Test Results
5.9.1 Quality Control (QC) Procedures
The location monitors the validity and reliability of test results using quality control (QC)
samples that are prepared and analyzed concurrently with field samples in the same manner as
field samples. QC results are always associated to and reported with the field samples they
were prepared and analyzed with from the same preparation or analytical batch. See the
glossary for definition of preparation and analytical batch.
The results of QC performed during the testing process are used by the location to assure the
results of analysis are consistent, comparable, accurate, and/or precise within a specified limit.
When the results are not within acceptance criteria or expectations for method performance,
correction and corrective action(s) are taken. These actions may include retesting or reporting
of data with qualification to alert the end user of the situation.
Other QC measures performed include the use of certified reference materials (see 5.6.4),
participation in interlaboratory proficiency testing (see 5.9.1.2), verification that formulae used
for reduction of data and calculation of results is accurate (see 5.9.3), on-going monitoring of
environmental conditions that could impact test results (see 5.3.2), and evaluation and
verification of method selectivity and sensitivity (see 5.4.5).
QC results are also used by the location to monitor performance statistical trends over time
and to establish acceptance criteria when no method or regulatory criteria exist. (See 5.9.1.1.9)).
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 63 of 221
5.9.1.1 Essential QC
Although the general principles of QC for the testing process apply to all testing, the
QC protocol used for each test depends on the type of test performed.
QC protocol used by the location to monitor the validity of the test are specified in
test method SOPs. The SOP includes QC type, frequency, acceptance criteria,
corrective actions, and procedures for reporting of nonconforming work.
These requirements in the SOP conform to the reference method and any applicable
regulations or certification and accreditation program requirement for which results
of the test are used. When a project requires more stringent QC protocol than
specified in the SOP, project specification is followed. When the project requires less
stringent QC protocol, the project specification may be followed as an authorized
departure from the SOP when the project specifications meet the requirements in the
mandated method and any regulatory compliance requirements for which the data
will be used.
The following are examples of essential QC for chemistry. These concepts may not
apply to other technologies and disciplines such as microbiology, radiochemistry,
whole effluent toxicity, and/or asbestos. For essential QC for these disciplines, refer
to test method SOPs.
5.9.1.1.1 Second Source Standard (ICV/QCS)
The second source standard is a standard obtained from a different
vendor than the vendor of the standards used for calibration, or
from a different lot from the same vendor, when only one vendor is
available. It is a positive control used to verify the accuracy of
instrument calibration relative to the purity of the standards used for
calibration. This check may be referred to in published test methods
and quality system standards as the initial calibration verification
(ICV) or a quality control sample (QCS). The second source
standard is analyzed immediately after the calibration and before
analysis of any samples. When the ICV is not within acceptance
criteria, a problem with the purity or preparation of the standards
may be indicated. The source of the problem should be investigated
and corrected prior to further use of the calibration/instrument for
sample analysis.
5.9.1.1.2 Continuing Calibration Verification (CCV)
The CCV is used to determine if the analytical response has
significantly changed since calibration. If the response of the CCV is
within criteria, the calibration is considered valid. If not, there is a
problem that requires further investigation and correction. Actions
taken are technology and method specific.
5.9.1.1.3 Method Blank (MB) / Other Blanks
The MB is a negative control used to assess for contamination during
the prep/analysis process. The MB consists of a clean matrix, similar
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 64 of 221
to the associated samples that is known to be free of analytes of
interest. The MB, unless otherwise specified by the test method, is
processed with, and carried through all preparation and analytical
steps as the associated samples.
The criteria used to assess for contamination depends on the
intended use of data. In general, detections in the MB above the RL
or ½ the RL indicate contamination. When contamination is evident,
the source is investigated, and corrections are taken to reduce or
eliminate it. Analytical results associated with MB that does not meet
criteria are qualified in the final test report.
Other types of blanks that serve as negative controls in the process
may include:
Trip Blanks (VOA)
Storage Blanks
Equipment Blanks
Field Blanks
Calibration Blanks
Cleanup Blanks
Instrument Blanks
5.9.1.1.4 Laboratory Control Sample (LCS)
The LCS is a positive control used to measure the accuracy of
process in a blank matrix. The LCS is spiked by the laboratory with
a known amount of analyte. The spike is a standard solution that is
pre-made or prepared from a certified reference standard. Like the
MB, unless otherwise specified in the test method, the LCS is
processed with and carried through all preparation and analytical
steps as the associated samples.
When the percent recovery (%R) of the LCS is within the established
control limit, sufficient accuracy has been achieved. If not, the
source of the problem is investigated and corrected, and the
procedure may be repeated. Analytical results associated with LCS
that does not meet criteria are qualified in the final test report.
5.9.1.1.5 Matrix Spike (MS) and Matrix Spike Duplicate (MSD)
The MS and MSD are replicates of a client sample that is spiked with
known amount of target analyte. Matrix spikes measure the effect
the sample matrix has on precision and accuracy of test results.
Matrix spike results mostly provide information on the effect of the
matrix to the client whose sample was used and on samples of the
same matrix from the same sampling site, during the same sampling
event. Consequently, matrix spikes should be client designated.
When there is not a client-specified MS for any sample in the batch,
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 65 of 221
the location randomly selects a sample from the batch; the sample
selected at random is called a “batch” matrix spike.
The MS/MSD results for percent recovery and relative percent
difference are checked against control limits. However, because the
performance of matrix spikes is matrix-dependent and specific to the
customer whose sample was used as the MS/MSD, the results of
matrix spikes are not used for quality control on the batch.
5.9.1.1.6 Sample Duplicate (SD)
A sample duplicate is a second replicate of sample that is used to
measure precision.
The relative percent difference between replicates are evaluated
against the established acceptance criteria for relative percent
difference (RPD) when this criterion is applicable. If RPD is not met,
associated test results are reported with qualification.
5.9.1.1.7 Surrogates
Surrogates are compounds that mimic the chemistry of target
analytes but are not expected to occur naturally in real world
samples. Surrogates are added to each sample and matrix QC
samples (MS, MSD, SD) at known concentration to measure the
impact of the matrix on the accuracy of method performance.
Surrogates are also added to the positive and negative control
samples (MB, LCS) to evaluate performance in a clean matrix, and
included in the calibration standards and calibration check standards.
The percent recovery of surrogates is evaluated against method-
specified limits or statistically derived in-house limits. Project-
specific limits and/or program-specific limits are used when
required. Results with surrogate recovery out of limits in samples are
reported with qualification. Samples with surrogate failures can also
be re-extracted and/or re-analyzed to confirm that the out-of-
control value was caused by the matrix of the sample and not by
some other systematic error.
5.9.1.1.8 Internal Standards
Internal Standards are compounds not expected to occur naturally
in field samples. They are added to every standard and sample at a
known concentration prior to analysis for the purpose of adjusting
the response factor used in quantifying target analytes. The location
follows specific guidelines for the treatment of internal standard
recoveries and further information can be found in the applicable
test method SOP.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 66 of 221
5.9.1.1.9 QC Acceptance Criteria and Control Limits
The QC acceptance criteria are specified in test method SOPs. The
criteria in the SOP are based on the requirements in the published
test method or regulatory program. When there are no established
acceptance criteria, the location develops acceptance criteria in
accordance with recognized industry standards.
Some methods and programs require the location to establish
control limits for LCS, MS/MSD, and surrogate evaluation using
historical data. PAS developed limits are referred to as “in-house”
control limits. In-house control limits represent ± 3 Standard
Deviations (99% confidence level) from the average recovery of at
least 20 data points generated using the same preparation and
analytical procedure in a similar matrix.
See SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0017 Generation of Control Limits for more
information about the procedures used to establish in-house control
limits.
5.9.1.2 Proficiency Testing (PT)
PAS locations participate in interlaboratory proficiency testing (PT) studies to
measure performance of the test method and to identify or solve analytical problems.
PT samples measure location performance through the analysis of unknown samples
provided by an external source.
The frequency of PT participation is based on the certification and accreditation
requirements held by the laboratory. The PT samples are obtained from accredited
proficiency testing providers (PTP) and treated as field samples which means they are
included in the location’s normal analytical processes and do not receive extraordinary
attention due to their nature.
PAS locations do not share PT samples with other PAS locations, does not
communicate with other PAS locations regarding current PT sample results during
the duration of the study, and does not attempt to obtain the assigned value of any
PT sample from the PT provider.
PT results scored unacceptable are investigated and correction action taken, when
necessary.
Refer to corporate policy ENV-POL-CORQ-0002 PT Policy for more information.
5.9.2 QC Corrective Action
When the results of QC are not within acceptance criteria or expectations for method
performance, correction and corrective action(s) are taken per the specifications in the test
method SOP. These actions may include retesting or reporting of data with qualification to
alert the end user of the situation.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 67 of 221
5.9.3 Data Review
PAS locations use a tiered system for data review. The tiered process provides sequential
checks to verify data transfer is complete; manual calculations, if performed, are correct,
manual integrations are appropriate and documented, calibration and QC requirements are
met, appropriate corrective action was taken when required, test results are properly qualified,
process and test method SOPs were followed, project specific requirements were met, when
applicable, and the test report is complete.
The sequential process includes three tiers referred to as primary review, secondary review,
and administrative/completeness review.
Detailed procedures for the data review process are described in SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0038
Data Review. The general expectations for the tiered review process are described in the
following sections:
5.9.3.1 Primary Review
Primary review is performed by the individual that performed the task. All PAS
personnel are responsible for review of their work product to assure it is complete,
accurate, documented, and consistent with policy and SOPs.
Checks performed during primary review include but are not limited to:
Verification that data transfer and acquisition is complete
Manual calculations, if performed, are documented and accurate
Manual integrations, if performed, are documented, and comply with SOP ENV-
SOP-CORQ-006 Manual Integration
Calibration and QC criteria were met, and/or proper correction and corrective
actions were taken, and data and test results associated with QC and criteria
exceptions are properly qualified
Work is consistent with SOPs and any other relevant instructional document such
as SWI, program requirements, or project QAPP
5.9.3.2 Secondary Review
Secondary review is performed by a qualified peer or supervisor. Secondary review is
a repeat of the checks performed during primary review by another person. In
addition to the checks of primary review, secondary review includes chromatography
review to check the accuracy of quantitative analyte identification.
5.9.3.3 Completeness Review
Completeness review is an administrative review performed prior to release of the test
report to the customer. Completeness review verifies that the final test report is
complete and meets project specification. This review also assures that information
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 68 of 221
necessary for the client’s interpretation of results are explained in the case narrative
or footnoted in the test report.
5.9.3.4 Data Audits
Test reports may be audited by local quality personnel to verify compliance with SOPs
and to check for data integrity, technical accuracy, and compliance with the PAS QMS
and any applicable federal, statutory, and program requirements. The reports chosen
for the data audits are selected at random and these audits are not usually done prior
to issuance of the test report to the customer.
If any problems with the data or test results are found during the data audit, the impact
of the nonconforming work is evaluated using the process described in Section 4.9.
Also see Section 4.14 for internal audits.
5.9.4 Calibration Certificates
PAS does not perform calibration activities for its customers and calibration certificates are
not offered or issued.
5.9.5 Opinions and Interpretations
The location provides objective data and information to its customers of sufficient detail for
their interpretation and decision making. Objective data and information are based solely on
fact and does not attempt to explain the meaning (interpret) or offer a view or judgement
(opinion). Sometimes the customer may request the location provide opinion or interpretation
to assist them with their decisions about the data.
When opinions and interpretations are included in the test report, the location will document
the basis upon which the opinions and interpretations have been made and clearly identify this
content as opinion or interpretation in the test report.
Examples of opinion and interpretation include but are not limited to:
A viewpoint on how a nonconformance impacts the quality of the data or usability of
results.
Recommendations for how the customer should use the test results and information.
Suggestions or guidance to the customer for improvement.
5.9.6 Subcontractor Reports
When analytical work has been subcontracted to an organization external to PAS, the test
report from the subcontractor is included in its entirety as an amendment to the final test
report.
Test results performed by multiple locations within the PAS network (internal subcontracting)
may be merged into a single test report so long as the test report issued clearly identifies the
location and address of each network location that performed testing, and which tests each
PAS location performed. (See 5.10.2)
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 69 of 221
5.9.7 Electronic Transmission of Results
When test results and/or reports are submitted to the customer through electronic
transmission, the procedures established in this manual for confidentiality and protection of
data apply.
5.9.8 Format of Test Reports
The test formats offered by PAS are designed to accommodate each type of analytical test
method performed and to minimize the possibility of misunderstanding or misuse of analytical
results. The format of electronic data deliverables (EDD) follows the specifications for the
EDD.
5.9.9 Amendments to Test Reports
Test reports that are revised or amended by the location after date of release of the original
final test report to the customer are issued as a new test report that is clearly identified as an
amendment or revision and that includes a reference to the originally issued final test report.
The customer is the organization doing business with PAS external to PAS.
Changes made to test results and data before the final test report is issued to the customer are
not amendments or revisions, these are corrections to errors found during the location’s data
verification and review process.
The procedure for report amendments and revision are outlined in SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-
0014 Data Handling and Reporting and ENV-SOP-MTJL-0033 Report Revision.
5.10 Reporting
5.10.1 General Requirements
PAS offers a wide variety of test report formats to meet project needs of Pace® customers
and that comply with federal and state regulatory programs.
The type and level of deliverable, including the electronic data deliverable (EDD) format are
established between PAS and the customer during the contracting process. The report
specifications include the test report format, protocol for the reporting limit (RL), conventions
for the reporting of results less than the limit of quantitation (LOQ), and specification for the
use of project or program specific data qualifiers. Information about review of analytical
service requests is provided in Section 4.4.
5.10.2 Test Reports: Required Items
Regardless of deliverable or report requested, every test report issued by the location includes
each of the following items:
a) A Title
b) The name and address of the location issuing the test report and for each location where
testing was performed if different than address of the location issuing the report. When
testing is done at multiple PAS locations, the report must clearly identify which PAS
location performed each test method;
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 70 of 221
c) Unique identification of the test report and on each page an identification number to link
each page to the test report, and clear identification of the end of the report.
d) The name and address of the customer
e) Identification of test methods used
f) Cross reference between client sample identification number (Sample ID) and the
identification number for the sample (Lab ID) to provide unambiguous identification of
samples.
g) The date of receipt of samples, condition of samples on receipt, and identification of any
instance where receipt of the samples did not meet sample acceptance criteria.
h) Date and times of sample collection, receipt, preparation, and analysis.
i) Test results and units of measurement, and qualification of results associated with QC
criteria exceptions, and identification of reported results outside of the calibration range.
j) All chains of custody (COC) including records of internal transfer between locations
within PAS,
k) Name, title, signature of the person(s) authorizing release of the test report and date of
release.
l) A statement that the results in the test report relate only to the items tested.
m) Statement that the test report may not be reproduced except in full without written
approval from PAS.
5.10.3 Test Reports: Supplemental Items
5.10.3.1 Supplemental Requirements
The following items are included in the test report when required or relevant:
a) Shipping manifests / bill of ladings as applicable when common couriers are
utilized for shipment of samples,
b) Explanation of departure from test method SOPs including, what the departure
was and why it was necessary.
c) Statistical methods used. (Required for Whole Effluent Toxicity)
d) For solid samples, specification that results are reported on a dry weight or wet
weight basis.
e) Signed Affidavit, when required by client or regulatory agency.
f) A statement of compliance / non-compliance with requirements or specifications
(client, program, or standard) that includes identification of test results that did
not meet acceptance criteria.
g) When requested by the client, statement of estimated measurement uncertainty.
In general, for environmental testing, estimated uncertainty of measurement is
extrapolated from LCS control limits. Control limits incorporate the expected
variation of the data derived from the laboratory’s procedure. When the control
limits are specified by the test method or regulatory program, the control limits
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 71 of 221
represent the expected variation of the test method and/or matrices for which
the test method was designed.
h) Opinions and Interpretations
i) If a claim of accreditation/certification is included in the test report, identification
of any test methods or analytes for which accreditation/certification is not held
by the location if the accrediting body offers accreditation/certification for the
test method/analyte. The fields of accreditation/certification vary between
agencies, and it cannot be presumed that because accreditation/certification is
not held that it is offered or required.
j) Certification Information, including certificate number and issuing body.
For PAS locations accredited to ISO/IEC 17025:2017:
Data included in the test report provided by a customer should be clearly
identified. The test report should also include a statement that the test results
apply only to the samples as received.
5.10.3.2 Test Reports: Sampling Information
The following items are included in the test report when samples are collected by PAS
or when this information is necessary for the interpretation of test results:
a) Date of Sampling.
b) Unambiguous identification of material samples.
c) Location of sampling including diagrams, sketches, or photographs.
d) Reference to the sampling plan and procedures used.
e) Details of environmental conditions at time of sample that may impact test
results.
f) Any standard or other specification for the sampling method or procedure, and
deviations, additions to or exclusions from the specification concerned.
6.0 REVISION HISTORY
This Version (Version 2):
Section Description of Change
Header / All Added registered trademark after Pace as required by branding guidelines
Header Updated the years associated with the copyright.
Signature Page Removed Cover Page applied by MasterControl eDMS
Approval Signatory Changed name of this page to “Management Personnel” and updated Job Titles.
All Changed references to “laboratory” with PAS or location, where appropriate.
All Replaced stand-alone acronym “ENV” with “PAS” except where “ENV” is
embedded in document control numbers.
All Corrected spelling, typographical, and format errors.
Various
Added language to clarify the examples in the manual are provided for chemistry,
these examples may not apply in the same way to other disciplines such as
radiochemistry, microbiology, asbestos, or whole effluent toxicity (WET).
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 72 of 221
1.0 Corrected Parent Company Information.
1.2 Added definitions for “location,” “laboratory” and “service center” for QMS and
compliance purposes.
1.2.1 Updated job titles to match current structure.
1.2.2 Revised language for clarity.
1.2.3 Removed specificity to allow for more options
4.1.4 Updated to describe current scope of organization
4.1.4.1 Updated to describe current organization structure
4.1.5.1.1 Updated to match new organization structure and job titles
4.1.5.2 Updated to match new organization structure and job titles
4.1.5.2.1 Updated to clarify qualifications and meaning of “absent”
4.1.5.3 Updated to clarify impartiality
4.1.5.4 Reorganized section for clarity
4.2.1.1 Added statement that the organization structure is designed to safeguard impartiality
4.2.2.1 Added requirement to post compliance alertline posters in work area.
4.2.1.3 Added requirement for policies and procedures to be available in work area
(previously implied but not explicitly stated)
4.2.5.1 Clarified hierarchy and application of project documents
4.5 Updated requirements for internal and external subcontracting
4.8 Updated complaint handling requirements to clarify that only valid complaints are
acted on with corrective action.
4.9.1.3 Added roles responsible for authorizing return to work after stop work order.
4.11 Main and subsections updated for clarity
4.14 Main and subsections updated for clarity
5.2.2 Subsections
Content reorganized and language related to documentation of training and
authorization of personnel revised to clarify expectations. Requirements of DOCs
modified to clarify procedure described in manual pertains to chemistry
methodology; other approaches to DOC acceptable for other disciplines such as
microbiology, radiochemistry, asbestos, whole effluent toxicity.
5.4.5.3.3 Added reference documents for which the local SOP for LOD must comply with.
5.5 Added language to clarify existing requirements.
5.6.4
Clarified requirements for reference standards for working weights and
thermometers and defined meaning of terms “annual” and “quarterly.” Included
examples of acceptable reference standards for adequacy checks.
5.8.1
Added recommendation for Pace® personnel to add “Pace®” next to their
signature on the CoC when receiving samples since the CoC form has
signature/company, implying the company affiliation must be added.
5.10.3.1 Included ISO/IEC 17025:2017 to add disclaimer to test reports (applies to
laboratories accredited to ISO/IEC 17025:2017 only).
Addendum Added AIHA, Radiological and Calculation addendums
This document supersedes the following documents:
Document Number Title Version
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 Quality Manual 02
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 73 of 221
7.0 APPENDICES
7.1 Appendix A: Certification / Accreditation Listing
Disclaimer: The certifications / accreditation lists provided in this Appendix are those that were held by the
PAS location on the effective date of this manual. This information is subject to change without notice and
must not be considered valid proof of certification or accreditation status. This manual is not updated with each
change made. Current certificates are accessible via the eDMS Portal for PAS employees. External parties should
contact the location for the most current information.
7.1.1 PAS-Mt. Juliet
Authority ID Authority ID
Alabama 40660 North Carolina Env375
Alaska UST-080 North Dakota R-140
Arizona AZ0612 Ohio EPA/VAP CL0069
Arkansas 88-0469 Oklahoma 9915
California 2932 Oregon TN200002
Colorado None Pennsylvania 68-02979
Connecticut PH-0197 Rhode Island 221
Florida E87487 South Carolina 84004
Georgia DW 923 South Dakota Pending
Georgia None Tennessee DW 2006
Idaho TN00003 Tennessee DW Micro 2006
Illinois 200008 Texas-Env.T 104704245-07-TX
Indiana C-TN-01 Texas-Mold LAB0152
Iowa 364 Utah TN000032019-9
Kansas E-10277 Vermont VT2006
Kentucky DW 90010 Virginia VELAP 460132
Kentucky UST 16 Washington C1915
Kentucky WW 90010 West Virginia 233
Louisiana Agency ID 30792 West Virginia Crypto 9966 M
Louisiana DW LA150002 Wisconsin 998093910
Maine TN0002 Wyoming A2LA
Maryland 324 A2LA 1461.01
Massachusetts M-TN003 AIHA-LAP 100789
Michigan 9958 DOD 1461.01
Minnesota 047-999-395 EPA TN00003
Mississippi None EPA Region 8
Missouri 340 USDA S-67674
Montana CERT0086
Nebraska NA
Nevada TN-03-2002-34
New Hampshire 2975
New Jersey-NELAP TN002
New Mexico None
New York 11742
North Carolina
Aquatic Tox.
41
North Carolina DW DW21704
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 74 of 221
7.2 Appendix B: Capability Listing
The capabilities listed in this Appendix were held by the location referenced on the effective date of
this manual. This information is subject to change without notice. External parties should contact the
location for the most current information.
Table Legend:
Air = Air
DW = Drinking Water
NPW = Non-Potable Water
SCM = Solid and Chemical Materials
Waste = Non-Aqueous Phase Liquid (NAPL), Oil
Tissue = Biota and Tissue
7.2.1 PAS-Mt. Juliet
MatricesParameterMethod
Air DW NPW SCM Waste Tissue
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 5030 X
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 624.1 X
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 8260B X X
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 8260C X X
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 8260D X X
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 524.2 X
1,1,1-Trichloroethane EPA 624.1 X
1,1,1-Trichloroethane EPA 8260B X X
1,1,1-Trichloroethane EPA 8260C X X
1,1,1-Trichloroethane EPA 8260D X X
1,1,1-Trichloroethane EPA TO-15 X
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
1,1,1-Trichloroethane SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,1,1-Trichloroethane EPA 524.2 X
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 624.1 X
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 8260B X X
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 8260C X X
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 8260D X X
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA TO-15 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 75 of 221
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 524.2 X
1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-
trifluoroethane (Freon 113)EPA 624.1 X
1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-
trifluoroethane (Freon 113)EPA 8260B X X
1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-
trifluoroethane (Freon 113)EPA 8260C X X
1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-
trifluoroethane (Freon 113)EPA 8260D X X
1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-
trifluoroethane (Freon 113)EPA TO-15 X
1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-
trifluoroethane (Freon 113)SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,1,2-Trichloroethane EPA 624.1 X
1,1,2-Trichloroethane EPA 8260B X X
1,1,2-Trichloroethane EPA 8260C X X
1,1,2-Trichloroethane EPA 8260D X X
1,1,2-Trichloroethane EPA TO-15 X
1,1,2-Trichloroethane
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
1,1,2-Trichloroethane SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,1,2-Trichloroethane EPA 524.2 X
1,1'-Biphenyl (BZ-0) (Biphenyl)EPA 8270C X X
1,1'-Biphenyl (BZ-0) (Biphenyl)EPA 8270D X
1,1-Dichloroethane EPA 624.1 X
1,1-Dichloroethane EPA 8260B X X
1,1-Dichloroethane EPA 8260C X X
1,1-Dichloroethane EPA 8260D X X
1,1-Dichloroethane EPA TO-15 X
1,1-Dichloroethane
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
1,1-Dichloroethane SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,1-Dichloroethane EPA 524.2 X
1,1-Dichloroethene EPA 524.2 X
1,1-Dichloroethylene EPA 624.1 X
1,1-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260B X X
1,1-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260C X X
1,1-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 76 of 221
1,1-Dichloroethylene EPA TO-15 X
1,1-Dichloroethylene
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
1,1-Dichloroethylene SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,1-Dichloropropene EPA 524.2 X
1,1-Dichloropropene EPA 624 (extended) X
1,1-Dichloropropene EPA 624.1 X
1,1-Dichloropropene EPA 8260B X X
1,1-Dichloropropene EPA 8260C X X
1,1-Dichloropropene EPA 8260D X X
1,1-Dichloropropene SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,1-dimethylethyl ester (tert-
Butyl Formate)EPA 8260B X X
1,1-dimethylethyl ester (tert-
Butyl Formate)EPA 8260C X
1,1-dimethylethyl ester (tert-
Butyl Formate)EPA 8260D X
1,2,3,4-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 8270C X X
1,2,3,4-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 8270D X X
1,2,3,4-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 8270E X X
1,2,3,5-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 625.1 X
1,2,3,5-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 8270C X X
1,2,3,5-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 8270D X X
1,2,3,5-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 8270E X X
1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene EPA 524.2 X
1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene EPA 624 (extended) X
1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene EPA 624.1 X
1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene EPA 8260B X X
1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene EPA 8260C X X
1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene EPA 8260D X X
1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,2,3-Trichloropropane EPA 504.1 X
1,2,3-Trichloropropane EPA 624.1 X
1,2,3-Trichloropropane EPA 8260B X X
1,2,3-Trichloropropane EPA 8260C X X
1,2,3-Trichloropropane EPA 8260D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 77 of 221
1,2,3-Trichloropropane SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,2,3-Trichloropropane EPA 524.2 X
1,2,3-Trimethylbenzene EPA 624.1 X
1,2,3-Trimethylbenzene EPA 8260B X X
1,2,3-Trimethylbenzene EPA 8260C X X
1,2,3-Trimethylbenzene EPA 8260D X X
1,2,3-Trimethylbenzene EPA TO-15 X
1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 625.1 X
1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 8270C X X
1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 8270D X X
1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 8270E X X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA 624.1 X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA 625.1 X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA 8260B X X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA 8260C X X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA 8260D X X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA 8270C X X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA 8270D X X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA 8270E X X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA TO-15 X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA 524.2 X
1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene EPA 624.1 X
1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene EPA 8260B X X
1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene EPA 8260C X X
1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene EPA 8260D X X
1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene EPA TO-15 X
1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene EPA 524.2 X
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane EPA 504.1 X
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane EPA 524.2 X
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
(DBCP)EPA 624.1 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 78 of 221
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
(DBCP)EPA 8011 X X
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
(DBCP)EPA 8260B X X
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
(DBCP)EPA 8260C X X
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
(DBCP)EPA 8260D X X
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
(DBCP)SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,2-Dibromoethane EPA 504.1 X
1,2-Dibromoethane EPA 524.2 X
1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB,
Ethylene dibromide)EPA 624.1 X
1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB,
Ethylene dibromide)EPA 8011 X X
1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB,
Ethylene dibromide)EPA 8260B X X
1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB,
Ethylene dibromide)EPA 8260C X X
1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB,
Ethylene dibromide)EPA 8260D X X
1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB,
Ethylene dibromide)EPA TO-15 X
1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB,
Ethylene dibromide)
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB,
Ethylene dibromide)SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,2-Dichloro-1,1,2,2-
tetrafluoroethane (Freon-114)EPA TO-15 X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene EPA 624.1 X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene EPA 625.1 X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8260B X X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8260C X X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8260D X X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270C X X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270D X X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270E X X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene EPA TO-15 X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene EPA 524.2 X
1,2-Dichloroethane EPA 524.2 X
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene
dichloride)EPA 624.1 X
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene
dichloride)EPA 8260B X X
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene
dichloride)EPA 8260C X X
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene
dichloride)EPA 8260D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 79 of 221
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene
dichloride)EPA TO-15 X
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene
dichloride)
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene
dichloride)SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,2-Dichloropropane EPA 624.1 X
1,2-Dichloropropane EPA 8260B X X
1,2-Dichloropropane EPA 8260C X X
1,2-Dichloropropane EPA 8260D X X
1,2-Dichloropropane EPA TO-15 X
1,2-Dichloropropane
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
1,2-Dichloropropane SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,2-Dichloropropane EPA 524.2 X
1,2-Diphenylhydrazine EPA 625.1 X
1,2-Diphenylhydrazine EPA 8270C X X
1,2-Diphenylhydrazine EPA 8270D X X
1,2-Diphenylhydrazine EPA 8270E X X
1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene EPA 524.2 X
1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene EPA 624.1 X
1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene EPA 8260B X X
1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene EPA 8260C X X
1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene EPA 8260D X X
1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene EPA TO-15 X
1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-
TNB)EPA 625.1 X
1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-
TNB)EPA 8270C X X
1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-
TNB)EPA 8270D X X
1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-
TNB)EPA 8270E X X
1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-
TNB)EPA 8330 X X
1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-
TNB)EPA 8330A X X
1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-
TNB)EPA 8330B X X
1,3-Butadiene EPA 624.1 X
1,3-Butadiene EPA 8260B X
1,3-Butadiene EPA 8260C X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 80 of 221
1,3-Butadiene EPA 8260D X
1,3-Butadiene EPA TO-15 X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene EPA 624.1 X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene EPA 625.1 X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8260B X X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8260C X X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8260D X X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270C X X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270D X X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270E X X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene EPA TO-15 X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene EPA 524.2 X
1,3-Dichloropropane EPA 624 (extended) X
1,3-Dichloropropane EPA 624.1 X
1,3-Dichloropropane EPA 8260B X X
1,3-Dichloropropane EPA 8260C X X
1,3-Dichloropropane EPA 8260D X X
1,3-Dichloropropane SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,3-Dichloropropane EPA 524.2 X
1,3-Dichloropropene EPA 624 (extended) X
1,3-Dinitrobenzene (1,3-DNB)EPA 625.1 X
1,3-Dinitrobenzene (1,3-DNB)EPA 8270C X X
1,3-Dinitrobenzene (1,3-DNB)EPA 8270D X X
1,3-Dinitrobenzene (1,3-DNB)EPA 8270E X X
1,3-Dinitrobenzene (1,3-DNB)EPA 8330 X X
1,3-Dinitrobenzene (1,3-DNB)EPA 8330A X X
1,3-Dinitrobenzene (1,3-DNB)EPA 8330B X X
1,3-Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8260B X
1,3-Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8260C X
1,3-Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8260D X
1,3-Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8270D X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 81 of 221
1,3-Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8270E X
1,3-Hexachlorobutadiene EPA TO-15 X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene EPA 624.1 X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene EPA 625.1 X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8260B X X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8260C X X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8260D X X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270C X X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270D X X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270E X X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene EPA TO-15 X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene EPA 524.2 X
1,4-Dinitrobenzene EPA 625.1 X
1,4-Dinitrobenzene EPA 8270C X X
1,4-Dinitrobenzene EPA 8270D X X
1,4-Dinitrobenzene EPA 8270E X X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 624.1 X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 625.1 SIM X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8260B X X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8260B SIM X X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8260C X X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8260C SIM X X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8260D X X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8260D SIM X X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8270C X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8270C SIM X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8270D X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8270D SIM X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8270E X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA TO-15 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 82 of 221
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,4-Naphthoquinone EPA 625.1 X
1,4-Naphthoquinone EPA 8270C X X
1,4-Naphthoquinone EPA 8270D X X
1,4-Naphthoquinone EPA 8270E X X
1,4-Phenylenediamine EPA 625.1 X
1,4-Phenylenediamine EPA 8270C X X
1,4-Phenylenediamine EPA 8270D X X
1,4-Phenylenediamine EPA 8270E X X
1-Chloronaphthalene EPA 625.1 X
1-Chloronaphthalene EPA 8270C X X
1-Chloronaphthalene EPA 8270D X X
1-Chloronaphthalene EPA 8270E X X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 625.1 SIM X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8260B X X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8260C X X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8260D X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270C X X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270C SIM X X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270D X X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270D SIM X X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270E X X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270E SIM X X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8310 X X
1-Methylnaphthalene SM 6200 B-2011 X
1-Naphthylamine EPA 625.1 X
1-Naphthylamine EPA 8270C X X
1-Naphthylamine EPA 8270D X X
1-Naphthylamine EPA 8270E X X
2,2,4-Trimethylpentane
(Isooctane)EPA 624.1 X
2,2,4-Trimethylpentane
(Isooctane)EPA 8260B X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 83 of 221
2,2,4-Trimethylpentane
(Isooctane)EPA 8260C X X
2,2,4-Trimethylpentane
(Isooctane)EPA 8260D X X
2,2,4-Trimethylpentane
(Isooctane)EPA TO-15 X
2,2,4-Trimethylpentane
(Isooctane)SM 6200 B-2011 X
2,2-Dichloropropane EPA 524.2 X
2,2-Dichloropropane EPA 624 (extended) X
2,2-Dichloropropane EPA 624.1 X
2,2-Dichloropropane EPA 8260B X X
2,2-Dichloropropane EPA 8260C X X
2,2-Dichloropropane EPA 8260D X X
2,2-Dichloropropane SM 6200 B-2011 X
2,2'-Oxybis(1-chloropropane),
bis(2-Chloro-1-
methylethyl)ether (bis(2-
chloroisopropyl)ether)
EPA 625.1 X
2,2'-Oxybis(1-chloropropane),
bis(2-Chloro-1-
methylethyl)ether (bis(2-
chloroisopropyl)ether)
EPA 8270C X X
2,2'-Oxybis(1-chloropropane),
bis(2-Chloro-1-
methylethyl)ether (bis(2-
chloroisopropyl)ether)
EPA 8270D X X
2,2'-Oxybis(1-chloropropane),
bis(2-Chloro-1-
methylethyl)ether (bis(2-
chloroisopropyl)ether)
EPA 8270E X X
2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol EPA 625.1 X
2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol EPA 8270C X X
2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol EPA 8270D X X
2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol EPA 8270E X X
2,3-Dichloroaniline EPA 625.1 X
2,4,5-T EPA 8151A X X
2,4,5-T SM 6640 B-2001 X
2,4,5-T SM 6640 B-2006 X
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol EPA 625.1 X
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol EPA 8270C X X
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol EPA 8270D X X
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol EPA 8270E X X
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol EPA 625.1 X
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol EPA 8270C X X
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol EPA 8270D X X
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol EPA 8270E X X
2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene (2,4,6-
TNT)EPA 8330 X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 84 of 221
2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene (2,4,6-
TNT)EPA 8330A X X
2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene (2,4,6-
TNT)EPA 8330B X X
2,4-D EPA 8151A X X
2,4-D SM 6640 B-2001 X
2,4-D SM 6640 B-2006 X
2,4-DB EPA 8151A X X
2,4-Dichlorophenol EPA 625.1 X
2,4-Dichlorophenol EPA 8270C X X
2,4-Dichlorophenol EPA 8270D X X
2,4-Dichlorophenol EPA 8270E X X
2,4-Dimethylphenol EPA 625.1 X
2,4-Dimethylphenol EPA 8270C X X
2,4-Dimethylphenol EPA 8270D X X
2,4-Dimethylphenol EPA 8270E X X
2,4-Dinitrophenol EPA 625.1 X
2,4-Dinitrophenol EPA 8270C X X
2,4-Dinitrophenol EPA 8270D X X
2,4-Dinitrophenol EPA 8270E X X
2,4-Dinitrotoluene (2,4-DNT)EPA 625.1 X
2,4-Dinitrotoluene (2,4-DNT)EPA 8270C X X
2,4-Dinitrotoluene (2,4-DNT)EPA 8270D X X
2,4-Dinitrotoluene (2,4-DNT)EPA 8270E X X
2,4-Dinitrotoluene (2,4-DNT)EPA 8330 X X
2,4-Dinitrotoluene (2,4-DNT)EPA 8330A X X
2,4-Dinitrotoluene (2,4-DNT)EPA 8330B X X
2,6-Dichlorophenol EPA 625.1 X
2,6-Dichlorophenol EPA 8270C X X
2,6-Dichlorophenol EPA 8270D X X
2,6-Dichlorophenol EPA 8270E X X
2,6-Dinitrotoluene (2,6-DNT)EPA 625.1 X
2,6-Dinitrotoluene (2,6-DNT)EPA 8270C X X
2,6-Dinitrotoluene (2,6-DNT)EPA 8270D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 85 of 221
2,6-Dinitrotoluene (2,6-DNT)EPA 8270E X X
2,6-Dinitrotoluene (2,6-DNT)EPA 8330 X X
2,6-Dinitrotoluene (2,6-DNT)EPA 8330A X X
2,6-Dinitrotoluene (2,6-DNT)EPA 8330B X X
2,6-Toluenediisocyanate EPA 8270C X
2,6-Toluenediisocyanate EPA 8270D X
2,6-Toluenediisocyanate EPA 8270E X
2-Acetylaminofluorene EPA 625.1 X
2-Acetylaminofluorene EPA 8270C X X
2-Acetylaminofluorene EPA 8270D X X
2-Acetylaminofluorene EPA 8270E X X
2-Amino-4,6-dinitrotoluene (2-
am-dnt)EPA 8330 X X
2-Amino-4,6-dinitrotoluene (2-
am-dnt)EPA 8330A X X
2-Amino-4,6-dinitrotoluene (2-
am-dnt)EPA 8330B X X
2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl
ketone, MEK)EPA 624.1 X
2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl
ketone, MEK)EPA 8260B X X
2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl
ketone, MEK)EPA 8260C X X
2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl
ketone, MEK)EPA 8260D X X
2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl
ketone, MEK)EPA TO-15 X
2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl
ketone, MEK)SM 6200 B-2011 X
2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether EPA 624.1 X
2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether EPA 8260B X X
2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether EPA 8260C X X
2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether EPA 8260D X X
2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether SM 6200 B-2011 X
2-Chloronaphthalene EPA 625.1 X
2-Chloronaphthalene EPA 8270C X X
2-Chloronaphthalene EPA 8270C SIM X
2-Chloronaphthalene EPA 8270D X X
2-Chloronaphthalene EPA 8270D SIM X
2-Chloronaphthalene EPA 8270E X X
2-Chloronaphthalene EPA 8270E SIM X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 86 of 221
2-Chlorophenol EPA 625.1 X
2-Chlorophenol EPA 8270C X X
2-Chlorophenol EPA 8270D X X
2-Chlorophenol EPA 8270E X X
2-Chlorotoluene EPA 524.2 X
2-Chlorotoluene EPA 624 (extended) X
2-Chlorotoluene EPA 624.1 X
2-Chlorotoluene EPA 8260B X X
2-Chlorotoluene EPA 8260C X X
2-Chlorotoluene EPA 8260D X X
2-Chlorotoluene EPA TO-15 X
2-Chlorotoluene SM 6200 B-2011 X
2-Hexanone EPA 524.2 X
2-Hexanone EPA 624.1 X
2-Hexanone EPA 8260B X X
2-Hexanone EPA 8260C X X
2-Hexanone EPA 8260D X X
2-Hexanone EPA TO-15 X
2-Hexanone SM 6200 B-2011 X
2-methyl-2-butanol (tert-Amyl
alcohol)EPA 624.1 X
2-methyl-2-butanol (tert-Amyl
alcohol)EPA 8260B X X
2-methyl-2-butanol (tert-Amyl
alcohol)EPA 8260C X X
2-methyl-2-butanol (tert-Amyl
alcohol)EPA 8260D X X
2-methyl-2-butanol (tert-Amyl
alcohol)SM 6200 B-2011 X
2-Methyl-2-pentanol EPA 8260B X X
2-Methyl-2-pentanol EPA 8260C X X
2-Methyl-2-pentanol EPA 8260D X
2-methyl-2-pentanol (ethyl tert-
butyl alcohol)EPA 8260B X X
2-methyl-2-pentanol (ethyl tert-
butyl alcohol)EPA 8260D X
2-methyl-2-pentanol (ethyl tert-
butyl alcohol)SM 6200 B-2011 X
2-Methyl-4,6-dinitrophenol
(4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol)EPA 625.1 X
2-Methyl-4,6-dinitrophenol
(4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol)EPA 8270C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 87 of 221
2-Methyl-4,6-dinitrophenol
(4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol)EPA 8270D X X
2-Methyl-4,6-dinitrophenol
(4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol)EPA 8270E X X
2-Methylaniline (o-Toluidine)EPA 625.1 X
2-Methylaniline (o-Toluidine)EPA 8270C X X
2-Methylaniline (o-Toluidine)EPA 8270D X X
2-Methylaniline (o-Toluidine)EPA 8270E X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 625.1 X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 625.1 SIM X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8260B X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8260C X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8260D X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270C X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270C SIM X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270D X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270D SIM X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270E X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270E SIM X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8310 X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA TO-15 X
2-Methylnaphthalene MADEP EPH X X
2-Methylnaphthalene SM 6200 B-2011 X
2-Methylphenol (o-Cresol)EPA 625.1 X
2-Methylphenol (o-Cresol)EPA 8270C X X
2-Methylphenol (o-Cresol)EPA 8270D X X
2-Methylphenol (o-Cresol)EPA 8270E X X
2-Naphthylamine EPA 625.1 X
2-Naphthylamine EPA 8270C X X
2-Naphthylamine EPA 8270D X X
2-Naphthylamine EPA 8270E X X
2-Nitroaniline EPA 625.1 X
2-Nitroaniline EPA 8270C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 88 of 221
2-Nitroaniline EPA 8270D X X
2-Nitroaniline EPA 8270E X X
2-Nitrodiphenylamine EPA 8270C X X
2-Nitrodiphenylamine EPA 8270D X X
2-Nitrodiphenylamine EPA 8270E X X
2-Nitroguanidine
(Nitroguanidine)
EPA 8330A
(extended) X X
2-Nitroguanidine
(Nitroguanidine)
EPA 8330B
(extended) X X
2-Nitrophenol EPA 625.1 X
2-Nitrophenol EPA 8270C X X
2-Nitrophenol EPA 8270D X X
2-Nitrophenol EPA 8270E X X
2-Nitropropane EPA 624.1 X
2-Nitropropane EPA 8260B X X
2-Nitropropane EPA 8260C X X
2-Nitropropane EPA 8260D X X
2-Nitropropane SM 6200 B-2011 X
2-Nitrotoluene EPA 8330 X X
2-Nitrotoluene EPA 8330A X X
2-Nitrotoluene EPA 8330B X X
2-Picoline (2-Methylpyridine)EPA 625.1 X
2-Picoline (2-Methylpyridine)EPA 8270C X X
2-Picoline (2-Methylpyridine)EPA 8270D X X
2-Picoline (2-Methylpyridine)EPA 8270E X X
2-Sec-butyl-4,6-dinitrophenol
(DNBP, Dinoseb)EPA 8151A X
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine EPA 625.1 X
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine EPA 8270C X X
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine EPA 8270D X X
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine EPA 8270E X X
3,3-dimethyl-1-butanol EPA 624.1 X
3,3-dimethyl-1-butanol EPA 8260B X X
3,3-dimethyl-1-butanol EPA 8260C X X
3,3-dimethyl-1-butanol EPA 8260D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 89 of 221
3,3-dimethyl-1-butanol SM 6200 B-2011 X
3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine EPA 625.1 X
3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine EPA 8270C X X
3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine EPA 8270D X X
3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine EPA 8270E X X
3+4 Methylphenol EPA 625.1 X
3+4 Methylphenol EPA 8270C X X
3+4 Methylphenol EPA 8270D X X
3+4 Methylphenol EPA 8270E X
3-Methylcholanthrene EPA 625.1 X
3-Methylcholanthrene EPA 8270C X X
3-Methylcholanthrene EPA 8270D X X
3-Methylcholanthrene EPA 8270E X X
3-Methylphenol (m-Cresol)EPA 625.1 X
3-Nitroaniline EPA 625.1 X
3-Nitroaniline EPA 8270C X X
3-Nitroaniline EPA 8270D X X
3-Nitroaniline EPA 8270E X X
3-Nitrotoluene EPA 8330 X X
3-Nitrotoluene EPA 8330A X X
3-Nitrotoluene EPA 8330B X X
4,4'-DDD EPA 608.3 X
4,4'-DDD EPA 8081A X X
4,4'-DDD EPA 8081B X X
4,4'-DDE EPA 608.3 X
4,4'-DDE EPA 8081A X X
4,4'-DDE EPA 8081B X X
4,4'-DDT EPA 608.3 X
4,4'-DDT EPA 8081A X X
4,4'-DDT EPA 8081B X X
4,4'-Methylenebis(2-
chloroaniline)EPA 8270C X X
4,4'-Methylenebis(2-
chloroaniline)EPA 8270D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 90 of 221
4,4'-Methylenebis(2-
chloroaniline)EPA 8270E X
4-Amino-2,6-dinitrotoluene (4-
am-dnt)EPA 8330 X X
4-Amino-2,6-dinitrotoluene (4-
am-dnt)EPA 8330A X X
4-Amino-2,6-dinitrotoluene (4-
am-dnt)EPA 8330B X X
4-Aminobiphenyl EPA 625.1 X
4-Aminobiphenyl EPA 8270C X X
4-Aminobiphenyl EPA 8270D X X
4-Aminobiphenyl EPA 8270E X X
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether EPA 625.1 X
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether EPA 625.1 SIM X
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether EPA 8270C X X
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether EPA 8270D X X
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether EPA 8270E X X
4-Chloro-3-methylphenol EPA 625.1 X
4-Chloro-3-methylphenol EPA 8270C X X
4-Chloro-3-methylphenol EPA 8270D X X
4-Chloro-3-methylphenol EPA 8270E X X
4-Chloroaniline EPA 625.1 X
4-Chloroaniline EPA 8270C X X
4-Chloroaniline EPA 8270D X X
4-Chloroaniline EPA 8270E X X
4-Chlorophenyl phenylether EPA 625.1 X
4-Chlorophenyl phenylether EPA 8270C X X
4-Chlorophenyl phenylether EPA 8270D X X
4-Chlorophenyl phenylether EPA 8270E X X
4-Chlorotoluene EPA 524.2 X
4-Chlorotoluene EPA 624 (extended) X
4-Chlorotoluene EPA 624.1 X
4-Chlorotoluene EPA 8260B X X
4-Chlorotoluene EPA 8260C X X
4-Chlorotoluene EPA 8260D X X
4-Chlorotoluene SM 6200 B-2011 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 91 of 221
4-Dimethyl aminoazobenzene EPA 8270C X
4-Dimethyl aminoazobenzene EPA 8270D X
4-Dimethyl aminoazobenzene EPA 8270E X
4-Ethyltoluene EPA 8260B X
4-Ethyltoluene EPA TO-15 X
4-Isopropyltoluene EPA 524.2 X
4-Isopropyltoluene (p-Cymene)EPA 624 (extended) X
4-Isopropyltoluene (p-Cymene)EPA 624.1 X
4-Isopropyltoluene (p-Cymene)EPA 8260B X X
4-Isopropyltoluene (p-Cymene)EPA 8260C X X
4-Isopropyltoluene (p-Cymene)EPA 8260D X X
4-Isopropyltoluene (p-Cymene)SM 6200 B-2011 X
4-Methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK)EPA 624.1 X
4-Methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK)EPA 8260B X X
4-Methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK)EPA 8260C X X
4-Methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK)EPA 8260D X X
4-Methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK)EPA TO-15 X
4-Methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK)SM 6200 B-2011 X
4-Methylphenol (p-Cresol)EPA 625.1 X
4-Methylphenol (p-Cresol)EPA 8270C X X
4-Methylphenol (p-Cresol)EPA 8270D X X
4-Methylphenol (p-Cresol)EPA 8270E X X
4-Nitroaniline EPA 625.1 X
4-Nitroaniline EPA 8270C X X
4-Nitroaniline EPA 8270D X X
4-Nitroaniline EPA 8270E X X
4-Nitrophenol EPA 625.1 X
4-Nitrophenol EPA 8270C X X
4-Nitrophenol EPA 8270D X X
4-Nitrophenol EPA 8270E X X
4-Nitroquinoline 1-oxide EPA 625.1 X
4-Nitroquinoline 1-oxide EPA 8270C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 92 of 221
4-Nitroquinoline 1-oxide EPA 8270D X X
4-Nitroquinoline 1-oxide EPA 8270E X X
4-Nitrotoluene EPA 8330 X X
4-Nitrotoluene EPA 8330A X X
4-Nitrotoluene EPA 8330B X X
5-Nitro-o-toluidine EPA 625.1 X
5-Nitro-o-toluidine EPA 8270C X X
5-Nitro-o-toluidine EPA 8270D X X
5-Nitro-o-toluidine EPA 8270E X X
7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)
anthracene EPA 625.1 X
7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)
anthracene EPA 8270C X X
7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)
anthracene EPA 8270D X X
7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)
anthracene EPA 8270E X X
7h-Dibenzo(c,g) carbazole EPA 8270C X X
7h-Dibenzo(c,g) carbazole EPA 8270D X X
7h-Dibenzo(c,g) carbazole EPA 8270E X X
96-hour LC50 EPA 2000 X
a-a-Dimethylphenethylamine EPA 625.1 X
a-a-Dimethylphenethylamine EPA 8270C X X
a-a-Dimethylphenethylamine EPA 8270D X X
a-a-Dimethylphenethylamine EPA 8270E X X
Acenaphthene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Acenaphthene EPA 625.1 X
Acenaphthene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Acenaphthene EPA 8270C X X
Acenaphthene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Acenaphthene EPA 8270D X X
Acenaphthene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Acenaphthene EPA 8270E X X
Acenaphthene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Acenaphthene EPA 8310 X X
Acenaphthene MADEP EPH X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 93 of 221
Acenaphthylene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Acenaphthylene EPA 625.1 X
Acenaphthylene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Acenaphthylene EPA 8270C X X
Acenaphthylene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Acenaphthylene EPA 8270D X X
Acenaphthylene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Acenaphthylene EPA 8270E X X
Acenaphthylene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Acenaphthylene EPA 8310 X X
Acenaphthylene MADEP EPH X X
Acetaldehyde EPA TO-15 X
Acetone EPA 624.1 X
Acetone EPA 8260B X X
Acetone EPA 8260C X X
Acetone EPA 8260D X X
Acetone EPA TO-15 X
Acetone SM 6200 B-2011 X
Acetone EPA 524.2 X
Acetonitrile EPA 624.1 X
Acetonitrile EPA 8260B X X
Acetonitrile EPA 8260C X X
Acetonitrile EPA 8260D X X
Acetonitrile EPA TO-15 X
Acetonitrile SM 6200 B-2011 X
Acetophenone EPA 625.1 X
Acetophenone EPA 8270C X X
Acetophenone EPA 8270D X X
Acetophenone EPA 8270E X X
Acetylene
EPA RSK-175
(GC/FID)X X
Acid Digestion of Aqueous
samples and Extracts for Total
Metals (HNO3 + HCl)
EPA 3010A X
Acid Digestion of Oils for
Metals Analysis or ICP
Spectrometry
EPA 3031 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 94 of 221
Acid Digestion of Sediments,
Sludges, and soils EPA 3050B X
Acid Digestion of waters for
Total Recoverable or Dissolved
Metals
EPA 3005A X
Acidity, as CaCO3 SM 2310 B-2011 X
Acrolein (Propenal)EPA 624.1 X
Acrolein (Propenal)EPA 8260B X X
Acrolein (Propenal)EPA 8260C X X
Acrolein (Propenal)EPA 8260D X X
Acrolein (Propenal)EPA TO-15 X
Acrolein (Propenal)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Acrylonitrile EPA 624.1 X
Acrylonitrile EPA 8260B X X
Acrylonitrile EPA 8260C X X
Acrylonitrile EPA 8260D X X
Acrylonitrile EPA TO-15 X
Acrylonitrile SM 6200 B-2011 X
Acute toxicity
EPA 2002
Ceriodaphnia dubia
Acute MHSF 25ºC
X
Alachlor EPA 507 X X
Aldrin EPA 608.3 X
Aldrin EPA 8081A X X
Aldrin EPA 8081B X X
Alkalinity as CaCO3 EPA 310.2 X
Alkalinity as CaCO3 SM 2320 B-2011 X X
Allyl chloride (3-
Chloropropene)EPA 624.1 X
Allyl chloride (3-
Chloropropene)EPA 8260B X X
Allyl chloride (3-
Chloropropene)EPA 8260C X X
Allyl chloride (3-
Chloropropene)EPA 8260D X X
Allyl chloride (3-
Chloropropene)EPA TO-15 X
Allyl chloride (3-
Chloropropene)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Alpha Emitting Radium
Isotopes EPA 9315 X X
alpha-BHC (alpha-
Hexachlorocyclohexane)EPA 608.3 X
alpha-BHC (alpha-
Hexachlorocyclohexane)EPA 8081A X X
alpha-BHC (alpha-
Hexachlorocyclohexane)EPA 8081B X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 95 of 221
alpha-Chlordane EPA 608.3 X
alpha-Chlordane EPA 8081A X X
alpha-Chlordane EPA 8081B X X
alpha-Terpineol EPA 625.1 X
alpha-Terpineol EPA 8270C X X
alpha-Terpineol EPA 8270D X X
alpha-Terpineol EPA 8270E X
Alumina Clean-Up EPA 3610B X
Alumina Clean-Up EPA 3611B X
Aluminum EPA 200.7 X X
Aluminum EPA 200.8 X X
Aluminum EPA 6010B X X
Aluminum EPA 6010C X X
Aluminum EPA 6010D X X
Aluminum EPA 6020 X X
Aluminum EPA 6020A X X
Aluminum EPA 6020B X X
Amenable cyanide EPA 9010B X
Amenable cyanide EPA 9010C X X
Amenable cyanide EPA 9012B X X
Amenable cyanide EPA 9014 X X
Amenable cyanide
SM 4500-CN¯ B-
2011 X
Amenable cyanide
SM 4500-CN¯ G-
2011 X
Americium-241
EPA 907 Modified
(ENV-SOP-MTJL-
0332)
X X X X
Ammonia
SM 4500-NH3 B-
2011 X
Ammonia as N EPA 350.1 X X X
Ammonia as N
SM 4500-NH3 B-
2011 X
Ammonia as N
SM 4500-NH3 G-
2011 X
Aniline EPA 625.1 X
Aniline EPA 8270C X X
Aniline EPA 8270D X X
Aniline EPA 8270E X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 96 of 221
Anthracene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Anthracene EPA 625.1 X
Anthracene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Anthracene EPA 8270C X X
Anthracene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Anthracene EPA 8270D X X
Anthracene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Anthracene EPA 8270E X X
Anthracene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Anthracene EPA 8310 X X
Anthracene MADEP EPH X X
Antimony EPA 200.7 X X
Antimony EPA 200.8 X X
Antimony EPA 6010B X X
Antimony EPA 6010C X X
Antimony EPA 6010D X X
Antimony EPA 6020 X X
Antimony EPA 6020A X X
Antimony EPA 6020B X X
Aramite EPA 625.1 X
Aramite EPA 8270C X X
Aramite EPA 8270D X X
Aramite EPA 8270E X X
Aroclor-1016 (PCB-1016)EPA 600/4-81-045 X
Aroclor-1016 (PCB-1016)EPA 608.3 X
Aroclor-1016 (PCB-1016)EPA 8082 X X
Aroclor-1016 (PCB-1016)EPA 8082A X X
Aroclor-1016 (PCB-1016) in
Oil EPA 8082A X
Aroclor-1221 (PCB-1221)EPA 600/4-81-045 X
Aroclor-1221 (PCB-1221)EPA 608.3 X
Aroclor-1221 (PCB-1221)EPA 8082 X X
Aroclor-1221 (PCB-1221)EPA 8082A X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 97 of 221
Aroclor-1221 (PCB-1221) in
Oil EPA 8082A X
Aroclor-1232 (PCB-1232)EPA 600/4-81-045 X
Aroclor-1232 (PCB-1232)EPA 608.3 X
Aroclor-1232 (PCB-1232)EPA 8082 X X
Aroclor-1232 (PCB-1232)EPA 8082A X X
Aroclor-1232 (PCB-1232) in
Oil EPA 8082A X
Aroclor-1242 (PCB-1242)EPA 600/4-81-045 X
Aroclor-1242 (PCB-1242)EPA 608.3 X
Aroclor-1242 (PCB-1242)EPA 8082 X X
Aroclor-1242 (PCB-1242)EPA 8082A X X
Aroclor-1242 (PCB-1242) in
Oil EPA 8082A X
Aroclor-1248 (PCB-1248)EPA 600/4-81-045 X
Aroclor-1248 (PCB-1248)EPA 608.3 X
Aroclor-1248 (PCB-1248)EPA 8082 X X
Aroclor-1248 (PCB-1248)EPA 8082A X X
Aroclor-1248 (PCB-1248) in
Oil EPA 8082A X
Aroclor-1254 (PCB-1254)EPA 600/4-81-045 X
Aroclor-1254 (PCB-1254)EPA 608.3 X
Aroclor-1254 (PCB-1254)EPA 8082 X X
Aroclor-1254 (PCB-1254)EPA 8082A X X
Aroclor-1254 (PCB-1254) in
Oil EPA 8082A X
Aroclor-1260 (PCB-1260)EPA 600/4-81-045 X
Aroclor-1260 (PCB-1260)EPA 608.3 X
Aroclor-1260 (PCB-1260)EPA 8082 X X
Aroclor-1260 (PCB-1260)EPA 8082A X X
Aroclor-1260 (PCB-1260) in
Oil EPA 8082A X
Aroclor-1262 (PCB-1262)EPA 600/4-81-045 X
Aroclor-1262 (PCB-1262)EPA 8082 X X
Aroclor-1262 (PCB-1262)EPA 8082A X X
Aroclor-1262 (PCB-1262) in
Oil EPA 8082A X
Aroclor-1268 (PCB-1268)EPA 600/4-81-045 X
Aroclor-1268 (PCB-1268)EPA 8082 X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 98 of 221
Aroclor-1268 (PCB-1268)EPA 8082A X X
Aroclor-1268 (PCB-1268) in
Oil EPA 8082A X
Arsenic EPA 200.7 X X
Arsenic EPA 200.8 X X
Arsenic EPA 6010B X X
Arsenic EPA 6010C X X
Arsenic EPA 6010D X X
Arsenic EPA 6020 X X
Arsenic EPA 6020A X X
Arsenic EPA 6020B X X
Atrazine EPA 507 X X
Atrazine EPA 625.1 X
Atrazine EPA 8141A X
Atrazine EPA 8141B X
Atrazine EPA 8270C X X
Atrazine EPA 8270D X X
Atrazine EPA 8270E X X
Azinphos-methyl (Guthion)EPA 1657 X
Azinphos-methyl (Guthion)EPA 8141A X X
Azinphos-methyl (Guthion)EPA 8141B X X
Barium EPA 200.7 X X
Barium EPA 200.8 X X
Barium EPA 6010B X X
Barium EPA 6010C X X
Barium EPA 6010D X X
Barium EPA 6020 X X
Barium EPA 6020A X X
Barium EPA 6020B X X
Barium-133 DOE 4.5.2.3 X
Barium-133 EPA 901.1 X
Barium-133 HASL 300 Ga-01-R X
Benzal chloride EPA 8270C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 99 of 221
Benzal chloride EPA 8270D X X
Benzal chloride EPA 8270E X X
Benzaldehyde EPA 625.1 X
Benzaldehyde EPA 8270C X X
Benzaldehyde EPA 8270D X X
Benzaldehyde EPA 8270E X X
Benzene EPA 602 X
Benzene EPA 624.1 X
Benzene EPA 8021B X X
Benzene EPA 8260B X X
Benzene EPA 8260C X X
Benzene EPA 8260D X X
Benzene EPA TO-15 X
Benzene
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
Benzene IDNR OA-1 X X
Benzene LUFT GCMS X X
Benzene MADEP VPH X X
Benzene OK DEQ GRO X X
Benzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Benzene EPA 524.2 X
Benzenethiol EPA 625.1 X
Benzenethiol EPA 8270C X X
Benzenethiol EPA 8270D X X
Benzenethiol EPA 8270E X
Benzidine EPA 625.1 X
Benzidine EPA 8270C X X
Benzidine EPA 8270D X X
Benzidine EPA 8270E X X
Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 625.1 X
Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 8270C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 100 of 221
Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 8270D X X
Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 8270E X X
Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 8310 X X
Benzo(a)anthracene MADEP EPH X X
Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 625.1 X
Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 8270C X X
Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 8270D X X
Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 8270E X X
Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 8310 X X
Benzo(a)pyrene MADEP EPH X X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene EPA 625.1 X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene EPA 8270C X X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene EPA 8270D X X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene EPA 8270E X X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene EPA 8310 X X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene MADEP EPH X X
Benzo(e)pyrene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Benzo(e)pyrene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 101 of 221
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 625.1 X
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 8270C X X
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 8270D X X
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 8270E X X
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 8310 X X
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene MADEP EPH X X
Benzo(j)fluoranthene EPA 8270C X X
Benzo(j)fluoranthene EPA 8270D X X
Benzo(j)fluoranthene EPA 8270E X X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 625.1 X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 8270C X X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 8270D X X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 8270E X X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 8310 X X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene MADEP EPH X X
Benzoic acid EPA 625.1 X
Benzoic acid EPA 8270C X X
Benzoic acid EPA 8270D X X
Benzoic acid EPA 8270E X X
Benzotrichloride EPA 8270C X X
Benzotrichloride EPA 8270D X X
Benzotrichloride EPA 8270E X X
Benzyl alcohol EPA 625.1 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 102 of 221
Benzyl alcohol EPA 8270C X X
Benzyl alcohol EPA 8270D X X
Benzyl alcohol EPA 8270E X X
Benzyl chloride EPA 8270C X X
Benzyl chloride EPA 8270D X X
Benzyl chloride EPA 8270E X X
Benzyl chloride EPA TO-15 X
Beryllium EPA 200.7 X X
Beryllium EPA 200.8 X X
Beryllium EPA 6010B X X
Beryllium EPA 6010C X X
Beryllium EPA 6010D X X
Beryllium EPA 6020 X X
Beryllium EPA 6020A X X
Beryllium EPA 6020B X X
beta-BHC (beta-
Hexachlorocyclohexane)EPA 608.3 X
beta-BHC (beta-
Hexachlorocyclohexane)EPA 8081A X X
beta-BHC (beta-
Hexachlorocyclohexane)EPA 8081B X X
Biochemical oxygen demand SM 5210 B-2011 X
Biphenyl (1,1'-Biphenyl)EPA 625.1 X
Biphenyl (1,1'-Biphenyl)EPA 8270C X X
Biphenyl (1,1'-Biphenyl)EPA 8270D X X
Biphenyl (1,1'-Biphenyl)EPA 8270E X X
bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane EPA 625.1 X
bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane EPA 8270C X X
bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane EPA 8270D X X
bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane EPA 8270E X X
bis(2-Chloroethyl) ether EPA 625.1 X
bis(2-Chloroethyl) ether EPA 8270C X X
bis(2-Chloroethyl) ether EPA 8270D X X
bis(2-Chloroethyl) ether EPA 8270E X X
Bis(2-Chloroisopropyl) ether EPA 625.1 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 103 of 221
Bis(2-Chloroisopropyl) ether EPA 8270E X X
Bis(2-Chloroisopropyl) ether
(2,2-oxybis(1-chloropropane))EPA 8270C X X
Bis(2-Chloroisopropyl) ether
(2,2-oxybis(1-chloropropane))EPA 8270D X X
bis(2-Ethylhexyl)adipate EPA 625.1 X
bis(2-Ethylhexyl)adipate EPA 625.1 SIM X
Bolstar (Sulprofos)EPA 1657 X
Bolstar (Sulprofos)EPA 8141A X X
Bolstar (Sulprofos)EPA 8141B X X
Boron EPA 200.7 X X
Boron EPA 200.8 X
Boron EPA 6010B X X
Boron EPA 6010C X X
Boron EPA 6010D X X
Boron EPA 6020 X X
Boron EPA 6020A X X
Boron EPA 6020B X X
Bromide EPA 300.0 X X X
Bromide EPA 9056 X X
Bromide EPA 9056A X X
Bromide SM 4110 B-2011 X X
Bromoacetic acid EPA 552.2 X
Bromobenzene EPA 524.2 X
Bromobenzene EPA 624 (extended) X
Bromobenzene EPA 624.1 X
Bromobenzene EPA 8260B X X
Bromobenzene EPA 8260C X X
Bromobenzene EPA 8260D X X
Bromobenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Bromochloromethane EPA 524.2 X
Bromochloromethane EPA 624.1 X
Bromochloromethane EPA 8260B X X
Bromochloromethane EPA 8260C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 104 of 221
Bromochloromethane EPA 8260D X X
Bromochloromethane SM 6200 B-2011 X
Bromodichloromethane EPA 624.1 X
Bromodichloromethane EPA 8260B X X
Bromodichloromethane EPA 8260C X X
Bromodichloromethane EPA 8260D X X
Bromodichloromethane EPA TO-15 X
Bromodichloromethane SM 6200 B-2011 X
Bromoethane (Ethyl Bromide)EPA 624.1 X
Bromoethane (Ethyl Bromide)EPA TO-15 X
Bromoform EPA 624.1 X
Bromoform EPA 8260B X X
Bromoform EPA 8260C X X
Bromoform EPA 8260D X X
Bromoform EPA TO-15 X
Bromoform SM 6200 B-2011 X
Bromoform EPA 524.2 X
Butachlor EPA 507 X X
Butyl benzyl phthalate EPA 625.1 X
Butyl benzyl phthalate EPA 8270C X X
Butyl benzyl phthalate EPA 8270D X X
Butyl benzyl phthalate EPA 8270E X X
Cadmium EPA 200.7 X X
Cadmium EPA 200.8 X X
Cadmium EPA 6010B X X
Cadmium EPA 6010C X X
Cadmium EPA 6010D X X
Cadmium EPA 6020 X X
Cadmium EPA 6020A X X
Cadmium EPA 6020B X X
Calcium EPA 200.7 X X
Calcium EPA 200.8 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 105 of 221
Calcium EPA 6010B X X
Calcium EPA 6010C X X
Calcium EPA 6010D X X
Calcium EPA 6020 X X
Calcium EPA 6020A X X
Calcium EPA 6020B X X
Calcium hardness as CaCO3 EPA 200.7 X
Calcium hardness as CaCO3 EPA 200.8 X
Calcium hardness as CaCO3 EPA 6010B X
Calcium hardness as CaCO3 EPA 6010C X X
Calcium hardness as CaCO3 EPA 6010D X
Calcium hardness as CaCO3 SM 2340 B-2011 X
California Waste Extraction
Test
CCR Chapter 11,
Article 5 Appendix II X
Caprolactam EPA 625.1 X
Caprolactam EPA 8270C X X
Caprolactam EPA 8270D X X
Caprolactam EPA 8270E X X
Carbazole EPA 625.1 X
Carbazole EPA 8270C X X
Carbazole EPA 8270D X X
Carbazole EPA 8270E X X
Carbon dioxide ASTM D1946-90 X
Carbon dioxide
SM 4500-CO2 D-
2011 X X
Carbon disulfide EPA 624.1 X
Carbon disulfide EPA 8260B X X
Carbon disulfide EPA 8260C X X
Carbon disulfide EPA 8260D X X
Carbon disulfide EPA TO-15 X
Carbon disulfide SM 6200 B-2011 X
Carbon disulfide EPA 524.2 X
Carbon monoxide ASTM D1946-90 X
Carbon tetrachloride EPA 624.1 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 106 of 221
Carbon tetrachloride EPA 8260B X X
Carbon tetrachloride EPA 8260C X X
Carbon tetrachloride EPA 8260D X X
Carbon tetrachloride EPA TO-15 X
Carbon tetrachloride
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
Carbon tetrachloride SM 6200 B-2011 X
Carbon tetrachloride EPA 524.2 X
Carbon-14
EPA EERF Method
C-01 X X X X
Carbonaceous BOD, CBOD SM 5210 B-2011 X
Carbophenothion EPA 8141A X
Carbophenothion EPA 8141B X
Ceriodaphnia dubia EPA 1002 X
Ceriodaphnia dubia
EPA 2002
Ceriodaphnia dubia
Acute MHSF 25ºC
X
Ceriodaphnia dubia EPA 2002.0 X
Cesium-134 DOE 4.5.2.3 X
Cesium-134 EPA 901.1 X X
Cesium-134 HASL 300 Ga-01-R X
Cesium-137 DOE 4.5.2.3 X
Cesium-137 EPA 901.1 X X
Cesium-137 HASL 300 Ga-01-R X
Chemical oxygen demand EPA 410.4 X
Chemical oxygen demand SM 5220 D-2011 X
Chlorate EPA 300.0 X
Chlordane (tech.)EPA 608.3 X
Chlordane (tech.)EPA 8081A X X
Chlordane (tech.)EPA 8081B X X
Chloride EPA 300.0 X X X
Chloride EPA 9056 X X
Chloride EPA 9056A X X
Chloride SM 4110 B-2011 X X
Chlorine EPA 9076 X
Chlorine SM 4500-Cl G-2011 X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 107 of 221
Chloroacetic acid EPA 552.2 X
Chlorobenzene EPA 624.1 X
Chlorobenzene EPA 8260B X X
Chlorobenzene EPA 8260C X X
Chlorobenzene EPA 8260D X X
Chlorobenzene EPA TO-15 X
Chlorobenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Chlorobenzene EPA 524.2 X
Chlorobenzilate EPA 625.1 X
Chlorobenzilate EPA 8270C X X
Chlorobenzilate EPA 8270D X X
Chlorobenzilate EPA 8270E X X
Chlorodibromomethane EPA 524.2 X
Chlorodibromomethane
(dibromochloromethane)EPA 624.1 X
Chlorodibromomethane
(dibromochloromethane)EPA 8260B X X
Chlorodibromomethane
(dibromochloromethane)EPA 8260C X X
Chlorodibromomethane
(dibromochloromethane)EPA 8260D X X
Chlorodibromomethane
(dibromochloromethane)EPA TO-15 X
Chlorodibromomethane
(dibromochloromethane)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Chloroethane EPA 524.2 X
Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride)EPA 624.1 X
Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride)EPA 8260B X X
Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride)EPA 8260C X X
Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride)EPA 8260D X X
Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride)EPA TO-15 X
Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride)
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Chloroform EPA 624.1 X
Chloroform EPA 8260B X X
Chloroform EPA 8260C X X
Chloroform EPA 8260D X X
Chloroform EPA TO-15 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 108 of 221
Chloroform
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
Chloroform SM 6200 B-2011 X
Chloroform EPA 524.2 X
Chloromethane EPA 524.2 X
Chloroprene (2-Chloro-1,3-
butadiene)EPA 624.1 X
Chloroprene (2-Chloro-1,3-
butadiene)EPA 8260B X X
Chloroprene (2-Chloro-1,3-
butadiene)EPA 8260C X X
Chloroprene (2-Chloro-1,3-
butadiene)EPA 8260D X X
Chloroprene (2-Chloro-1,3-
butadiene)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Chlorpyrifos EPA 1657 X
Chlorpyrifos EPA 8141A X X
Chlorpyrifos EPA 8141B X X
Chromium EPA 200.7 X X
Chromium EPA 200.8 X X
Chromium EPA 6010B X X
Chromium EPA 6010C X X
Chromium EPA 6010D X X
Chromium EPA 6020 X X
Chromium EPA 6020A X X
Chromium EPA 6020B X X
Chromium VI EPA 218.6 X X
Chromium VI EPA 3060A X
Chromium VI EPA 7196A X X
Chromium VI EPA 7199 X X
Chromium VI SM 3500-Cr B-2011 X X
Chromium VI SM 3500-Cr C-2011 X X
Chromium VI Digestion EPA 3060A X
Chrysene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Chrysene EPA 625.1 X
Chrysene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Chrysene EPA 8270C X X
Chrysene EPA 8270C SIM X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 109 of 221
Chrysene EPA 8270D X X
Chrysene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Chrysene EPA 8270E X X
Chrysene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Chrysene EPA 8310 X X
Chrysene MADEP EPH X X
cis-1,2-Dichloroethene EPA 524.2 X
cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA 624.1 X
cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260B X X
cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260C X X
cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260D X X
cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA TO-15 X
cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene SM 6200 B-2011 X
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene EPA 524.2 X
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene EPA 624.1 X
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene EPA 8260B X X
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene EPA 8260C X X
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene EPA 8260D X X
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene EPA TO-15 X
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene SM 6200 B-2011 X
cis-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene EPA 624.1 X
cis-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene EPA 8260B X X
cis-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene EPA 8260C X X
cis-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene EPA 8260D X X
cis-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene SM 6200 B-2011 X
cis-Diallate EPA 8270C X
cis-Isosafrole EPA 8270C X
Closed-System Purge-and-Trap
and Extraction for Volatile
Organics in Soil and Waste
Samples
EPA 5035A X
Cobalt EPA 200.7 X X
Cobalt EPA 200.8 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 110 of 221
Cobalt EPA 6010B X X
Cobalt EPA 6010C X X
Cobalt EPA 6010D X X
Cobalt EPA 6020 X X
Cobalt EPA 6020A X X
Cobalt EPA 6020B X X
Cobalt-60 DOE 4.5.2.3 X
Cobalt-60 EPA 901.1 X X
Cobalt-60 HASL 300 Ga-01-R X
Color SM 2120 B-2011 X X
Conductivity EPA 120.1 X X
Conductivity EPA 9050A X X
Conductivity SM 2510 B-2011 X X
Copper EPA 200.7 X X
Copper EPA 200.8 X X
Copper EPA 6010B X X
Copper EPA 6010C X X
Copper EPA 6010D X X
Copper EPA 6020 X X
Copper EPA 6020A X X
Copper EPA 6020B X X
Corrosivity (langlier index)SM 2320 B-2011 X X
Corrosivity (pH)EPA 9040B X
Corrosivity (pH)EPA 9040C X
Corrosivity (pH)EPA 9045D X
Coumaphos EPA 1657 X
Coumaphos EPA 8141A X X
Coumaphos EPA 8141B X X
Cyanazine EPA 8141A X X
Cyanazine EPA 8141B X X
Cyanide EPA 335.4 X X
Cyanide EPA 9010B X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 111 of 221
Cyanide EPA 9010C X X
Cyanide EPA 9012A X
Cyanide EPA 9012B X X
Cyanide EPA 9013 X
Cyanide EPA 9013A X
Cyanide EPA 9014 X X
Cyanide
SM 4500-CN¯ B-
2011 X X
Cyanide
SM 4500-CN¯ C-
2011 X X
Cyanide
SM 4500-CN¯ E-
2011 X X
Cyanide
SM 4500-CN¯ G-
2011 X
Cyclohexane EPA 624.1 X
Cyclohexane EPA 8260B X X
Cyclohexane EPA 8260C X X
Cyclohexane EPA 8260D X X
Cyclohexane EPA TO-15 X
Cyclohexane SM 6200 B-2011 X
Cyclohexanone EPA 624.1 X
Cyclohexanone EPA 8260B X X
Cyclohexanone EPA 8260C X X
Cyclohexanone EPA 8260D X X
Cyclohexanone SM 6200 B-2011 X
Dalapon EPA 8151A X X
Dalapon SM 6640 B-2001 X
delta-BHC EPA 608.3 X
delta-BHC EPA 8081A X X
delta-BHC EPA 8081B X X
Demeton EPA 1657 X
Demeton EPA 8141A X X
Demeton EPA 8141B X X
Demeton-o EPA 8141A X X
Demeton-o EPA 8141B X X
Demeton-s EPA 8141A X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 112 of 221
Demeton-s EPA 8141B X X
Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
(bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate,
DEHP)
EPA 625.1 X
Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
(bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate,
DEHP)
EPA 8270C X X
Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
(bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate,
DEHP)
EPA 8270D X X
Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
(bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate,
DEHP)
EPA 8270E X X
Diallate EPA 625.1 X
Diallate EPA 8270C X X
Diallate EPA 8270D X X
Diallate EPA 8270E X X
Diazinon EPA 1657 X
Diazinon EPA 8141A X X
Diazinon EPA 8141B X X
Dibenz(a, h) acridine EPA 625.1 X
Dibenz(a, h) acridine EPA 8270C X X
Dibenz(a, h) acridine EPA 8270D X X
Dibenz(a, h) acridine EPA 8270E X X
Dibenz(a, j)acridine EPA 625.1 X
Dibenz(a, j)acridine EPA 8270C X X
Dibenz(a, j)acridine EPA 8270D X X
Dibenz(a, j)acridine EPA 8270E X X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene EPA 625.1 X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene EPA 8270C X X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene EPA 8270D X X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene EPA 8270E X X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene EPA 8310 X X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene MADEP EPH X X
Dibenzo(a,e)pyrene EPA 8270C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 113 of 221
Dibenzo(a,e)pyrene EPA 8270D X X
Dibenzo(a,e)pyrene EPA 8270E X X
Dibenzo(a,h) pyrene EPA 8270C X X
Dibenzo(a,h) pyrene EPA 8270D X X
Dibenzo(a,h) pyrene EPA 8270E X X
Dibenzo(a,i) pyrene EPA 8270C X X
Dibenzo(a,i) pyrene EPA 8270D X X
Dibenzo(a,i) pyrene EPA 8270E X X
Dibenzofuran EPA 625.1 X
Dibenzofuran EPA 8270C X X
Dibenzofuran EPA 8270D X X
Dibenzofuran EPA 8270E X X
Dibromoacetic acid EPA 552.2 X
Dibromomethane EPA 524.2 X
Dibromomethane (Methylene
bromide)EPA 624.1 X
Dibromomethane (Methylene
bromide)EPA 8260B X X
Dibromomethane (Methylene
bromide)EPA 8260C X X
Dibromomethane (Methylene
bromide)EPA 8260D X X
Dibromomethane (Methylene
bromide)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Dicamba EPA 8151A X X
Dicamba SM 6640 B-2001 X
Dichlorobromomethane EPA 524.2 X
Dichlorodifluoromethane EPA 524.2 X
Dichlorodifluoromethane
(Freon-12)EPA 624.1 X
Dichlorodifluoromethane
(Freon-12)EPA 8260B X X
Dichlorodifluoromethane
(Freon-12)EPA 8260C X X
Dichlorodifluoromethane
(Freon-12)EPA 8260D X X
Dichlorodifluoromethane
(Freon-12)EPA TO-15 X
Dichlorodifluoromethane
(Freon-12)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Dichloroeacetic acid EPA 552.2 X
Dichloroprop (Dichlorprop)EPA 8151A X X
Dichlorovos (DDVP,
Dichlorvos)EPA 1657 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 114 of 221
Dichlorovos (DDVP,
Dichlorvos)EPA 8141A X X
Dichlorovos (DDVP,
Dichlorvos)EPA 8141B X X
Dichlorvos EPA 507 X
Dicyclopentadiene EPA 8260B X
Dicyclopentadiene EPA 8260C X
Dicyclopentadiene EPA 8260D X
Dicyclopentadiene EPA TO-15 X
Dieldrin EPA 608.3 X
Dieldrin EPA 8081A X X
Dieldrin EPA 8081B X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)CA LUFT GCMS X
Diesel range organics (DRO)EPA 8015B X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)EPA 8015C X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)EPA 8015D X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)EPA 8270C X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)EPA 8270D X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)EPA 8270E X
Diesel range organics (DRO)IDNR OA-2 X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)LUFT GC X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)LUFT GCMS X
Diesel range organics (DRO)MADEP EPH X
Diesel range organics (DRO)MO-DRO X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)NWTPH-Dx X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)OA-2 X
Diesel range organics (DRO)OK DEQ DRO X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)OK DEQ GRO X
Diesel range organics (DRO)WI(95) DRO X X
Diethyl ether EPA 624.1 X
Diethyl ether EPA 8260B X X
Diethyl ether EPA 8260C X X
Diethyl ether EPA 8260D X X
Diethyl ether SM 6200 B-2011 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 115 of 221
Diethyl phthalate EPA 625.1 X
Diethyl phthalate EPA 8270C X X
Diethyl phthalate EPA 8270D X X
Diethyl phthalate EPA 8270E X X
Di-isopropylether (DIPE)
(Isopropyl ether)EPA 624.1 X
Di-isopropylether (DIPE)
(Isopropyl ether)EPA 8260B X X
Di-isopropylether (DIPE)
(Isopropyl ether)EPA 8260C X X
Di-isopropylether (DIPE)
(Isopropyl ether)EPA 8260D X X
Di-isopropylether (DIPE)
(Isopropyl ether)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Dimethoate EPA 1657 X
Dimethoate EPA 625.1 X
Dimethoate EPA 8141A X X
Dimethoate EPA 8141B X X
Dimethoate EPA 8270C X X
Dimethoate EPA 8270D X X
Dimethoate EPA 8270E X X
Dimethyl phthalate EPA 625.1 X
Dimethyl phthalate EPA 8270C X X
Dimethyl phthalate EPA 8270D X X
Dimethyl phthalate EPA 8270E X X
Di-n-butyl phthalate EPA 625.1 X
Di-n-butyl phthalate EPA 8270C X X
Di-n-butyl phthalate EPA 8270D X X
Di-n-butyl phthalate EPA 8270E X X
Di-n-octyl phthalate EPA 625.1 X
Di-n-octyl phthalate EPA 8270C X X
Di-n-octyl phthalate EPA 8270D X X
Di-n-octyl phthalate EPA 8270E X X
Dinoseb (2-sec-butyl-4,6-
dinitrophenol, DNBP)EPA 625.1 X
Dinoseb (2-sec-butyl-4,6-
dinitrophenol, DNBP)EPA 8151A X X
Dinoseb (2-sec-butyl-4,6-
dinitrophenol, DNBP)EPA 8270C X X
Dinoseb (2-sec-butyl-4,6-
dinitrophenol, DNBP)EPA 8270D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 116 of 221
Dinoseb (2-sec-butyl-4,6-
dinitrophenol, DNBP)EPA 8270E X X
Dinoseb (2-sec-butyl-4,6-
dinitrophenol, DNBP)SM 6640 B-2001 X
Diphenyl ether (Diphenyl
Oxide)EPA 625.1 X
Diphenyl ether (Diphenyl
Oxide)EPA 8270C X X
Diphenyl ether (Diphenyl
Oxide)EPA 8270D X X
Diphenyl ether (Diphenyl
Oxide)EPA 8270E X X
Diphenyl ketone
(Benzophenone)EPA 8270C X
Diphenyl ketone
(Benzophenone)EPA 8270D X
Diphenyl ketone
(Benzophenone)EPA 8270E X
Diphenylamine EPA 625.1 X
Diphenylamine EPA 8270C X X
Diphenylamine EPA 8270D X X
Diphenylamine EPA 8270E X X
Dissolved Carbon SM 5310 B-2011 X
Dissolved organic carbon
(DOC)EPA 9060 X
Dissolved organic carbon
(DOC)EPA 9060A X
Dissolved organic carbon
(DOC)SM 5310 B-2011 X
Dissolved organic carbon
(DOC)SM 5310 C-2011 X
Disulfoton EPA 1657 X
Disulfoton EPA 8141A X X
Disulfoton EPA 8141B X X
Disulfoton EPA 8270C X X
Disulfoton EPA 8270D X X
Disulfoton EPA 8270E X X
Endosulfan I EPA 608.3 X
Endosulfan I EPA 8081A X X
Endosulfan I EPA 8081B X X
Endosulfan II EPA 608.3 X
Endosulfan II EPA 8081A X X
Endosulfan II EPA 8081B X X
Endosulfan sulfate EPA 608.3 X
Endosulfan sulfate EPA 8081A X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 117 of 221
Endosulfan sulfate EPA 8081B X X
Endrin EPA 608.3 X
Endrin EPA 8081A X X
Endrin EPA 8081B X X
Endrin aldehyde EPA 608.3 X
Endrin aldehyde EPA 8081A X X
Endrin aldehyde EPA 8081B X X
Endrin ketone EPA 608.3 X
Endrin ketone EPA 8081A X X
Endrin ketone EPA 8081B X X
Enterococci ASTM D6503-99 X
Enterococci Enterolert® X
EPH Aliphatic >C10-C12 MADEP EPH X X
EPH Aliphatic >C12-C16 MADEP EPH X X
EPH Aliphatic >C16-C35 MADEP EPH X X
EPH Aliphatic C19-C36 MADEP EPH X X
EPH Aliphatic C9-C18 MADEP EPH X X
EPH Aromatic >C10-C12 MADEP EPH X X
EPH Aromatic >C12-C16 MADEP EPH X X
EPH Aromatic >C16-C21 MADEP EPH X X
EPH Aromatic >C21-C35 MADEP EPH X X
EPH Aromatic C11-C22 MADEP EPH X X
EPH Aromatic C11-C22
Unadjusted MADEP EPH X X
EPN EPA 1657 X
EPN EPA 8141A X X
EPN EPA 8141B X X
Escherichia coli SM 9223 B-2004 X X
Ethane
EPA RSK-175
(GC/FID)X X
Ethanol EPA 624.1 X
Ethanol EPA 8015 X
Ethanol EPA 8015B X X
Ethanol EPA 8015C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 118 of 221
Ethanol EPA 8015D X X
Ethanol EPA 8260B X X
Ethanol EPA 8260C X X
Ethanol EPA 8260D X X
Ethanol EPA TO-15 X
Ethanol SM 6200 B-2011 X
Ethene
EPA RSK-175
(GC/FID)X X
Ethion EPA 8141A X
Ethion EPA 8141B X
Ethoprop EPA 1657 X
Ethoprop EPA 507 X
Ethoprop EPA 8141A X X
Ethoprop EPA 8141B X X
Ethyl acetate EPA 624.1 X
Ethyl acetate EPA 8260B X X
Ethyl acetate EPA 8260C X X
Ethyl acetate EPA 8260D X X
Ethyl acetate EPA TO-15 X
Ethyl acetate SM 6200 B-2011 X
Ethyl methacrylate EPA 624.1 X
Ethyl methacrylate EPA 8260B X X
Ethyl methacrylate EPA 8260C X X
Ethyl methacrylate EPA 8260D X X
Ethyl methacrylate SM 6200 B-2011 X
Ethyl methanesulfonate EPA 625.1 X
Ethyl methanesulfonate EPA 8270C X X
Ethyl methanesulfonate EPA 8270D X X
Ethyl methanesulfonate EPA 8270E X X
Ethylbenzene CA LUFT GCMS X X
Ethylbenzene EPA 524.2 X
Ethylbenzene EPA 602 X
Ethylbenzene EPA 624.1 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 119 of 221
Ethylbenzene EPA 8021B X X
Ethylbenzene EPA 8260B X X
Ethylbenzene EPA 8260C X X
Ethylbenzene EPA 8260D X X
Ethylbenzene EPA TO-15 X
Ethylbenzene
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
Ethylbenzene IDNR OA-1 X X
Ethylbenzene MADEP VPH X X
Ethylbenzene OK DEQ GRO X X
Ethylbenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Ethylene glycol EPA 8015B X X
Ethylene glycol EPA 8015C X X
Ethylene glycol EPA 8015D X X
Ethyl-t-butyl ether (ETBE) (2-
Ethoxy-2-methylpropane)EPA 624.1 X
Ethyl-t-butyl ether (ETBE) (2-
Ethoxy-2-methylpropane)EPA 8260B X X
Ethyl-t-butyl ether (ETBE) (2-
Ethoxy-2-methylpropane)EPA 8260C X X
Ethyl-t-butyl ether (ETBE) (2-
Ethoxy-2-methylpropane)EPA 8260D X X
Ethyl-t-butyl ether (ETBE) (2-
Ethoxy-2-methylpropane)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Extractable organics halides
(EOX)EPA 9023 X
Extractable Petroleum
Hydrocarbons (EPH)CT ETPH X
Extractable Petroleum
Hydrocarbons (EPH)IDNR OA-2 X X
Extractable Petroleum
Hydrocarbons (EPH)MADEP EPH X X
Extractable Petroleum
Hydrocarbons (EPH)NJDEP EPH 10/08 X
Extractable Petroleum
Hydrocarbons (EPH)TN EPH X X
Extractable Total Petroleum
Hydrocarbons NJDEP EPH 10/08 X
Famphur EPA 625.1 X
Famphur EPA 8141A X
Famphur EPA 8141B X
Famphur EPA 8270C X X
Famphur EPA 8270D X X
Famphur EPA 8270E X X
Fecal coliforms EPA 1681 X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 120 of 221
Fecal coliforms SM 9223 B-2004 X
Fensulfothion EPA 1657 X
Fensulfothion EPA 8141A X X
Fensulfothion EPA 8141B X X
Fenthion EPA 1657 X
Fenthion EPA 8141A X X
Fenthion EPA 8141B X X
Flash Point ASTM D93 X X
Flash Point ASTM D93-07 X X
Florisil Clean-up EPA 3620 X
Florisil Clean-up EPA 3620C X
Fluoranthene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Fluoranthene EPA 625.1 X
Fluoranthene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Fluoranthene EPA 8270C X X
Fluoranthene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Fluoranthene EPA 8270D X X
Fluoranthene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Fluoranthene EPA 8270E X X
Fluoranthene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Fluoranthene EPA 8310 X X
Fluoranthene MADEP EPH X X
Fluorene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Fluorene EPA 625.1 X
Fluorene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Fluorene EPA 8270C X X
Fluorene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Fluorene EPA 8270D X X
Fluorene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Fluorene EPA 8270E X X
Fluorene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Fluorene EPA 8310 X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 121 of 221
Fluorene MADEP EPH X X
Fluoride EPA 300.0 X X X
Fluoride EPA 9056 X X
Fluoride EPA 9056A X X
Fluoride SM 4110 B-2011 X X
Fluoride SM 4500-F¯ B-2011 X
Fluoride SM 4500-F¯ C-2011 X
Fractional Organic Carbon
(FOC)ASTM D2974 X
Free cyanide EPA 9014 X
Free liquid EPA 9095A X
Free liquid EPA 9095B X X
Gamma Emitters DOE 4.5.2.3 X X
Gamma Emitters EPA 901.1 X X X
Gamma Emitters HASL 300 Ga-01-R X X X X
gamma-BHC (Lindane, gamma-
Hexachlorocyclohexane)EPA 608.3 X
gamma-BHC (Lindane, gamma-
Hexachlorocyclohexane)EPA 8081A X X
gamma-BHC (Lindane, gamma-
Hexachlorocyclohexane)EPA 8081B X X
gamma-Chlordane EPA 608.3 X
gamma-Chlordane EPA 8081A X X
gamma-Chlordane EPA 8081B X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)CA LUFT GCMS X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)EPA 8015B X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)EPA 8015C X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)EPA 8015D X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)EPA 8260B X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)EPA 8260C X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)EPA 8260D X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)EPA TO-15 X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)IDNR OA-1 X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)LUFT GC X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)LUFT GCMS X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)MADEP VPH X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 122 of 221
Gasoline range organics (GRO)MO-GRO X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)NWTPH-Gx X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)OK DEQ GRO X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)TN GRO X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)WI(95) GRO X X
Gross alpha-beta EPA 900 X
Gross alpha-beta EPA 9310 X X
Gross-alpha EPA 900 X
Gross-alpha EPA 900.0 (GPC) X X X
Gross-alpha EPA 9310 X X X
Gross-alpha Radium EPA 900.1 X
Gross-beta EPA 900 X
Gross-beta EPA 900.0 (GPC) X X X
Gross-beta EPA 9310 X X X
Guanidine Nitrate EPA 9056 X X
Guanidine Nitrate EPA 9056A X X
Hardness EPA 130.1 X X
Hardness SM 2340 B-2011 X X
Hardness (calc.)EPA 200.7 X X
Hardness (calc.)EPA 200.8 X
Hardness (calc.)SM 2340 B-2011 X X
Helium ASTM D1946-90 X
Heptachlor EPA 608.3 X
Heptachlor EPA 8081A X X
Heptachlor EPA 8081B X X
Heptachlor epoxide EPA 608.3 X
Heptachlor epoxide EPA 8081A X X
Heptachlor epoxide EPA 8081B X X
Heterotrophic plate count
SM 9215 B 2000
(PCA) X X
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 608.3 X
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 625.1 X
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 625.1 SIM X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 123 of 221
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 8081A X X
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 8081B X X
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 8270C X X
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 8270D X X
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 8270E X X
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 8270E SIM X
Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 624.1 X
Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 625.1 X
Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8260B X X
Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8260C X X
Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8260D X X
Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8270C X X
Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8270D X X
Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8270E X X
Hexachlorobutadiene EPA TO-15 X
Hexachlorobutadiene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 524.2 X
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene EPA 625.1 X
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene EPA 8270C X X
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene EPA 8270D X X
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene EPA 8270E X X
Hexachloroethane EPA 624.1 X
Hexachloroethane EPA 625.1 X
Hexachloroethane EPA 8260B X X
Hexachloroethane EPA 8260C X X
Hexachloroethane EPA 8260D X X
Hexachloroethane EPA 8270C X X
Hexachloroethane EPA 8270D X X
Hexachloroethane EPA 8270E X X
Hexachloroethane SM 6200 B-2011 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 124 of 221
Hexachlorophene EPA 625.1 X
Hexachlorophene EPA 8270C X X
Hexachlorophene EPA 8270D X X
Hexachlorophene EPA 8270E X X
Hexachloropropene EPA 625.1 X
Hexachloropropene EPA 8270C X X
Hexachloropropene EPA 8270D X X
Hexachloropropene EPA 8270E X X
Hydroquinone EPA 625.1 X
Hydroquinone EPA 8270C X
Hydroquinone EPA 8270D X
IC25 (ON) Growth
EPA 1000.0 - Fathead
minnow, 7-day
Chronic, daily
renewal, MHSF 25°C
X
IC25 Reproduction
EPA 1002.0 -
Ceriodaphnia dubia,
7-day Chronic, daily
renewal, MHSF 25°C
X
IC25 Survival
EPA 1000.0 - Fathead
minnow, 7-day
Chronic, daily
renewal, MHSF 25°C
X
IC25 Survival
EPA 1002.0 -
Ceriodaphnia dubia,
7-day Chronic, daily
renewal, MHSF 25°C
X
Ignitability EPA 1010 X X
Ignitability EPA 1010A X X
Indene EPA 625.1 X
Indene EPA 8270C X X
Indene EPA 8270D X X
Indene EPA 8270E X X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene EPA 625.1 X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene EPA 8270C X X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene EPA 8270D X X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene EPA 8270E X X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene EPA 8310 X X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene MADEP EPH X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 125 of 221
Inorganic Carbon SM 5310 B-2011 X
Iodomethane (Methyl iodide)EPA 624 (extended) X
Iodomethane (Methyl iodide)EPA 624.1 X
Iodomethane (Methyl iodide)EPA 8260B X X
Iodomethane (Methyl iodide)EPA 8260C X X
Iodomethane (Methyl iodide)EPA 8260D X X
Iodomethane (Methyl iodide)EPA TO-15 X
Iodomethane (Methyl iodide)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Iron EPA 200.7 X X
Iron EPA 200.8 X
Iron EPA 6010B X X
Iron EPA 6010C X X
Iron EPA 6010D X X
Iron EPA 6020 X X
Iron EPA 6020A X X
Iron EPA 6020B X X
Iron-(II) (Ferrous Iron)SM 3500-Fe B-2011 X
Isobutyl alcohol (2-Methyl-1-
propanol)EPA 624.1 X
Isobutyl alcohol (2-Methyl-1-
propanol)EPA 8260B X X
Isobutyl alcohol (2-Methyl-1-
propanol)EPA 8260C X X
Isobutyl alcohol (2-Methyl-1-
propanol)EPA 8260D X X
Isobutyl alcohol (2-Methyl-1-
propanol)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Isodrin EPA 625.1 X
Isodrin EPA 8270C X X
Isodrin EPA 8270D X X
Isodrin EPA 8270E X X
Isophorone EPA 625.1 X
Isophorone EPA 8270C X X
Isophorone EPA 8270D X X
Isophorone EPA 8270E X X
Isopropyl alcohol (2-Propanol,
Isopropanol)EPA 624.1 X
Isopropyl alcohol (2-Propanol,
Isopropanol)EPA 8260B X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 126 of 221
Isopropyl alcohol (2-Propanol,
Isopropanol)EPA 8260C X X
Isopropyl alcohol (2-Propanol,
Isopropanol)EPA 8260D X X
Isopropyl alcohol (2-Propanol,
Isopropanol)EPA TO-15 X
Isopropyl alcohol (2-Propanol,
Isopropanol)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Isopropylbenzene EPA 524.2 X
Isopropylbenzene (Cumene)EPA 624 (extended) X
Isopropylbenzene (Cumene)EPA 624.1 X
Isopropylbenzene (Cumene)EPA 8260B X X
Isopropylbenzene (Cumene)EPA 8260C X X
Isopropylbenzene (Cumene)EPA 8260D X X
Isopropylbenzene (Cumene)EPA TO-15 X
Isopropylbenzene (Cumene)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Isosafrole EPA 8270C X X
Isosafrole EPA 8270D X X
Isosafrole EPA 8270E X X
Isotopic uranium
ASTM D3972-09
Modified (ENV-SOP-
MTJL-0333)
X
Isotopic uranium ASTM D3972-97 X
Kepone EPA 625.1 X
Kepone EPA 8270C X X
Kepone EPA 8270D X X
Kepone EPA 8270E X X
Kjeldahl nitrogen - total EPA 351.2 X
Kjeldahl nitrogen - total
SM 4500-NH3 B-
2011 X
Kjeldahl nitrogen - total
SM 4500-NH3 C-
2011 X
Kjeldahl nitrogen - total
SM 4500-Norg B-
2011 X
Kjeldahl nitrogen - total
SM 4500-Norg C-
2011 X
Kjeldahl nitrogen - total
SM 4500-Norg D-
2011 X X
LC50 Survival
EPA 2000.0 - Fathead
minnow, 48-hr Acute,
nonrenewal, MHSF
25°C
X
LC50 Survival
EPA 2002
Ceriodaphnia dubia
Acute MHSF 25ºC
X
Lead EPA 200.7 X X
Lead EPA 200.8 X X
Lead EPA 6010B X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 127 of 221
Lead EPA 6010C X X
Lead EPA 6010D X X
Lead EPA 6020 X X
Lead EPA 6020A X X
Lead EPA 6020B X X
Lead-210 DOE 4.5.2.3 X
Lead-210 Eichrom OTW01 X
Lead-210
EICHROM PBS01-
12 X X X X
Lead-210 HASL 300 Ga-01-R X
Legionella Legiolert X X
Lithium EPA 200.7 X X
Lithium EPA 6010B X X
Lithium EPA 6010C X X
Lithium EPA 6010D X X
Lithium EPA 6020 X
Lithium EPA 6020A X
Lithium EPA 6020B X
LOEC Survival EPA 2000 X
m+p-xylene EPA 602 X
m+p-xylene EPA 8021B X X
m+p-xylene EPA 8260B X X
m+p-xylene EPA 8260C X X
m+p-xylene EPA 8260D X
m+p-xylene EPA TO-15 X
m+p-xylene IDNR OA-1 X
m+p-xylene MADEP VPH X X
m+p-xylene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Magnesium EPA 200.7 X X
Magnesium EPA 200.8 X
Magnesium EPA 6010B X X
Magnesium EPA 6010C X X
Magnesium EPA 6010D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 128 of 221
Magnesium EPA 6020 X X
Magnesium EPA 6020A X X
Magnesium EPA 6020B X X
Malathion EPA 1657 X
Malathion EPA 8141A X X
Malathion EPA 8141B X X
Manganese EPA 200.7 X X
Manganese EPA 200.8 X X
Manganese EPA 6010B X X
Manganese EPA 6010C X X
Manganese EPA 6010D X X
Manganese EPA 6020 X X
Manganese EPA 6020A X X
Manganese EPA 6020B X X
MCPA EPA 8151A X X
MCPP EPA 8151A X X
Mercury EPA 245.1 X X
Mercury EPA 7470A X
Mercury EPA 7471A X
Mercury EPA 7471B X
Merphos EPA 1657 X
Merphos EPA 507 X
Merphos EPA 8141A X X
Merphos EPA 8141B X X
Methacrylonitrile EPA 624.1 X
Methacrylonitrile EPA 8260B X X
Methacrylonitrile EPA 8260C X X
Methacrylonitrile EPA 8260D X X
Methacrylonitrile SM 6200 B-2011 X
Methane ASTM D1946-90 X
Methane
EPA RSK-175
(GC/FID)X X
Methanol EPA 8015 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 129 of 221
Methanol EPA 8015B X X
Methanol EPA 8015C X X
Methanol EPA 8015D X X
Methanol EPA 8260B X
Methanol EPA 8260C X
Methanol EPA TO-15 X
Methanol SM 6200 B-2011 X
Methapyrilene EPA 625.1 X
Methapyrilene EPA 8270C X X
Methapyrilene EPA 8270D X X
Methapyrilene EPA 8270E X X
Methoxychlor EPA 608.3 X
Methoxychlor EPA 8081A X X
Methoxychlor EPA 8081B X X
Methyl acetate EPA 624.1 X
Methyl acetate EPA 8260B X X
Methyl acetate EPA 8260C X X
Methyl acetate EPA 8260D X X
Methyl acetate SM 6200 B-2011 X
Methyl acrylate EPA 624.1 X
Methyl acrylate EPA 8260B X X
Methyl acrylate EPA 8260C X X
Methyl acrylate EPA 8260D X X
Methyl acrylate SM 6200 B-2011 X
Methyl bromide
(Bromomethane)EPA 624.1 X
Methyl bromide
(Bromomethane)EPA 8260B X X
Methyl bromide
(Bromomethane)EPA 8260C X X
Methyl bromide
(Bromomethane)EPA 8260D X X
Methyl bromide
(Bromomethane)EPA TO-15 X
Methyl bromide
(Bromomethane)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Methyl chloride
(Chloromethane)EPA 624.1 X
Methyl chloride
(Chloromethane)EPA 8260B X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 130 of 221
Methyl chloride
(Chloromethane)EPA 8260C X X
Methyl chloride
(Chloromethane)EPA 8260D X X
Methyl chloride
(Chloromethane)EPA TO-15 X
Methyl chloride
(Chloromethane)
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
Methyl chloride
(Chloromethane)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Methyl ethyl ketone EPA 524.2 X
Methyl iodide EPA 524.2 X
Methyl isobutyl ketone EPA 524.2 X
Methyl methacrylate EPA 624.1 X
Methyl methacrylate EPA 8260B X X
Methyl methacrylate EPA 8260C X X
Methyl methacrylate EPA 8260D X X
Methyl methacrylate EPA TO-15 X
Methyl methacrylate SM 6200 B-2011 X
Methyl methanesulfonate EPA 625.1 X
Methyl methanesulfonate EPA 8270C X X
Methyl methanesulfonate EPA 8270D X X
Methyl methanesulfonate EPA 8270E X X
Methyl parathion (Parathion,
methyl)EPA 1657 X
Methyl parathion (Parathion,
methyl)EPA 625.1 X
Methyl parathion (Parathion,
methyl)EPA 8141A X X
Methyl parathion (Parathion,
methyl)EPA 8141B X X
Methyl parathion (Parathion,
methyl)EPA 8270C X X
Methyl parathion (Parathion,
methyl)EPA 8270D X X
Methyl parathion (Parathion,
methyl)EPA 8270E X X
Methyl tert-butyl ether EPA 524.2 X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)EPA 602 X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)EPA 624.1 X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)EPA 8021B X X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)EPA 8260B X X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)EPA 8260C X X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)EPA 8260D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 131 of 221
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)EPA TO-15 X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)IDNR OA-1 X X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)LUFT GCMS X X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)MADEP VPH X X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)OK DEQ GRO X X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Methyl-2,4,6-
trinitrophenylnitramine (tetryl)EPA 8330 X X
Methyl-2,4,6-
trinitrophenylnitramine (tetryl)EPA 8330A X X
Methyl-2,4,6-
trinitrophenylnitramine (tetryl)EPA 8330B X X
Methylcyclohexane EPA 624.1 X
Methylcyclohexane EPA 8260B X X
Methylcyclohexane EPA 8260C X X
Methylcyclohexane EPA 8260D X X
Methylcyclohexane EPA TO-15 X
Methylcyclohexane SM 6200 B-2011 X
Methylene bromide EPA 524.2 X
Methylene chloride EPA 524.2 X
Methylene chloride
(Dichloromethane)EPA 624.1 X
Methylene chloride
(Dichloromethane)EPA 8260B X X
Methylene chloride
(Dichloromethane)EPA 8260C X X
Methylene chloride
(Dichloromethane)EPA 8260D X X
Methylene chloride
(Dichloromethane)EPA TO-15 X
Methylene chloride
(Dichloromethane)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Metolachlor EPA 507 X X
Metribuzin EPA 507 X X
Mevinphos EPA 1657 X
Mevinphos EPA 507 X
Mevinphos EPA 8141A X X
Mevinphos EPA 8141B X X
Microextraction of Organics in
Water EPA 3511 X X
Microwave Assisted Acid
Digestion of Aqueous Samples
and Extracts
EPA 3015A X
Microwave Assisted Acid
Digestion of Sediments,
Sludges, Soils, and Oils
EPA 3051 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 132 of 221
Microwave Assisted Acid
Digestion of Sediments,
Sludges, Soils, and Oils
EPA 3051A X
Microwave Assisted Acid
Digestion of Sediments,
Sludges, Soils, and Oils
EPA 3052 X
Microwave Extraction EPA 3546 X
Mirex EPA 8270C X
Mirex EPA 8270D X
Molybdenum EPA 200.7 X X
Molybdenum EPA 200.8 X X
Molybdenum EPA 6010B X X
Molybdenum EPA 6010C X X
Molybdenum EPA 6010D X X
Molybdenum EPA 6020 X X
Molybdenum EPA 6020A X X
Molybdenum EPA 6020B X X
m-Xylene EPA 624.1 X
m-Xylene EPA 8021B X X
m-Xylene EPA 8260B X X
m-Xylene EPA 8260C X X
m-Xylene EPA 8260D X X
m-Xylene EPA TO-15 X
m-Xylene EPA 524.2 X
Naled EPA 1657 X
Naled EPA 8141A X X
Naled EPA 8141B X X
Naphthalene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Naphthalene EPA 624.1 X
Naphthalene EPA 625.1 X
Naphthalene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Naphthalene EPA 8021B X
Naphthalene EPA 8260B X X
Naphthalene EPA 8260C X X
Naphthalene EPA 8260D X X
Naphthalene EPA 8270C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 133 of 221
Naphthalene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Naphthalene EPA 8270D X X
Naphthalene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Naphthalene EPA 8270E X X
Naphthalene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Naphthalene EPA 8310 X X
Naphthalene EPA TO-15 X
Naphthalene MADEP EPH X X
Naphthalene MADEP VPH X X
Naphthalene OK DEQ GRO X X
Naphthalene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Naphthalene EPA 524.2 X
n-Butane EPA TO-15 X
n-Butyl alcohol (1-Butanol, n-
Butanol)EPA 624.1 X
n-Butyl alcohol (1-Butanol, n-
Butanol)EPA 8260B X X
n-Butyl alcohol (1-Butanol, n-
Butanol)EPA 8260C X X
n-Butyl alcohol (1-Butanol, n-
Butanol)EPA 8260D X X
n-Butyl alcohol (1-Butanol, n-
Butanol)SM 6200 B-2011 X
n-Butylbenzene EPA 524.2 X
n-Butylbenzene EPA 624 (extended) X
n-Butylbenzene EPA 624.1 X
n-Butylbenzene EPA 8260B X X
n-Butylbenzene EPA 8260C X X
n-Butylbenzene EPA 8260D X X
n-Butylbenzene EPA TO-15 X
n-Butylbenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
n-Decane EPA 625.1 X
n-Decane EPA 8270C X X
n-Decane EPA 8270D X X
n-Decane EPA 8270E X X
Neptunium-237
EPA 907 Modified
(ENV-SOP-MTJL-
0332)
X X X X
n-Heptane EPA 624.1 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 134 of 221
n-Heptane EPA 8260B X
n-Heptane EPA 8260C X
n-Heptane EPA 8260D X
n-Heptane EPA TO-15 X
n-Hexane EPA 624.1 X
n-Hexane EPA 8260B X X
n-Hexane EPA 8260C X X
n-Hexane EPA 8260D X X
n-Hexane EPA TO-15 X
n-Hexane SM 6200 B-2011 X
n-Hexane Extractable Material
(O&G)EPA 1664A (HEM) X X
n-Hexane Extractable Material
(O&G)
EPA 1664A (SGT-
HEM) X
n-Hexane Extractable Material
(O&G)EPA 1664B X
n-Hexane Extractable Material
(O&G)EPA 9070A X
n-Hexane Extractable Material
(O&G)EPA 9071A X
n-Hexane Extractable Material
(O&G)EPA 9071B X
Nickel EPA 200.7 X X
Nickel EPA 200.8 X X
Nickel EPA 6010B X X
Nickel EPA 6010C X X
Nickel EPA 6010D X X
Nickel EPA 6020 X X
Nickel EPA 6020A X X
Nickel EPA 6020B X X
Nitrate as N EPA 300.0 X X X
Nitrate as N EPA 353.2 X
Nitrate as N EPA 9056 X X
Nitrate as N EPA 9056A X X
Nitrate as N SM 4110 B-2011 X X
Nitrate as N
SM 4500-NO3¯ F-
2011 X X
Nitrate-Nitrite EPA 300.0 X X X
Nitrate-Nitrite EPA 353.2 X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 135 of 221
Nitrate-Nitrite EPA 9056 X X
Nitrate-Nitrite EPA 9056A X X
Nitrate-Nitrite SM 4110 B-2011 X X
Nitrate-Nitrite
SM 4500-NO3¯ F-
2011 X X
Nitrite as N EPA 300.0 X X X
Nitrite as N EPA 353.2 X
Nitrite as N EPA 9056 X X
Nitrite as N EPA 9056A X X
Nitrite as N SM 4110 B-2011 X X
Nitrite as N
SM 4500-NO3¯ F-
2011 X
Nitrobenzene EPA 625.1 X
Nitrobenzene EPA 8270C X X
Nitrobenzene EPA 8270D X X
Nitrobenzene EPA 8270E X X
Nitrobenzene EPA 8330 X X
Nitrobenzene EPA 8330A X X
Nitrobenzene EPA 8330B X X
Nitrocellulose EPA 353.2 Modified X X
Nitrocellulose
US Army
#ADA067081 X X
Nitroglycerin EPA 8330 X X
Nitroglycerin EPA 8330A X X
Nitroglycerin EPA 8330B X X
Nitroguanidine EPA 8330 X X
Nitroguanidine EPA 8330A X X
Nitroguanidine EPA 8330B X X
n-Nitrosodiethylamine EPA 625.1 X
n-Nitrosodiethylamine EPA 8270C X X
n-Nitrosodiethylamine EPA 8270D X X
n-Nitrosodiethylamine EPA 8270E X X
n-Nitrosodimethylamine EPA 625.1 X
n-Nitrosodimethylamine EPA 625.1 SIM X
n-Nitrosodimethylamine EPA 8270C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 136 of 221
n-Nitrosodimethylamine EPA 8270C SIM X X
n-Nitrosodimethylamine EPA 8270D X X
n-Nitrosodimethylamine EPA 8270D SIM X X
n-Nitrosodimethylamine EPA 8270E X X
n-Nitrosodimethylamine EPA 8270E SIM X
n-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine EPA 625.1 X
n-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine EPA 8260B X
n-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine EPA 8260C X
n-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine EPA 8260D X
n-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine EPA 8270C X X
n-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine EPA 8270D X X
n-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine EPA 8270E X X
n-Nitrosodi-n-propylamine EPA 625.1 X
n-Nitrosodi-n-propylamine EPA 8270C X X
n-Nitrosodi-n-propylamine EPA 8270D X X
n-Nitrosodi-n-propylamine EPA 8270E X X
n-Nitrosodiphenylamine EPA 625.1 X
n-Nitrosodiphenylamine EPA 8270C X X
n-Nitrosodiphenylamine EPA 8270D X X
n-Nitrosodiphenylamine EPA 8270E X X
n-Nitrosomethylethylamine EPA 625.1 X
n-Nitrosomethylethylamine EPA 8270C X X
n-Nitrosomethylethylamine EPA 8270D X X
n-Nitrosomethylethylamine EPA 8270E X X
n-Nitrosomorpholine EPA 625.1 X
n-Nitrosomorpholine EPA 8270C X X
n-Nitrosomorpholine EPA 8270D X X
n-Nitrosomorpholine EPA 8270E X X
n-Nitrosopiperidine EPA 625.1 X
n-Nitrosopiperidine EPA 8270C X X
n-Nitrosopiperidine EPA 8270D X X
n-Nitrosopiperidine EPA 8270E X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 137 of 221
n-Nitrosopyrrolidine EPA 625.1 X
n-Nitrosopyrrolidine EPA 8270C X X
n-Nitrosopyrrolidine EPA 8270D X X
n-Nitrosopyrrolidine EPA 8270E X X
n-Nonane EPA TO-15 X
n-Octadecane EPA 625.1 X
n-Octadecane EPA 8270C X X
n-Octadecane EPA 8270D X X
n-Octadecane EPA 8270E X X
n-Octane EPA 8260B X X
n-Octane EPA 8260C X X
n-Octane EPA 8260D X X
n-Octane SM 6200 B-2011 X
NOEC (ON) Growth
EPA 1000.0 - Fathead
minnow, 7-day
Chronic, daily
renewal, MHSF 25°C
X
NOEC Reproduction
EPA 1002.0 -
Ceriodaphnia dubia,
7-day Chronic, daily
renewal, MHSF 25°C
X
NOEC Survival
EPA 1000.0 - Fathead
minnow, 7-day
Chronic, daily
renewal, MHSF 25°C
X
NOEC Survival
EPA 1002.0 -
Ceriodaphnia dubia,
7-day Chronic, daily
renewal, MHSF 25°C
X
NOEC Survival
EPA 2002
Ceriodaphnia dubia
Acute MHSF 25ºC
X
non-Polar Extractable Material
(TPH)EPA 1664A (HEM) X
n-Pentane EPA TO-15 X
n-Propane
EPA RSK-175
(GC/FID) X
n-Propylbenzene EPA 524.2 X
n-Propylbenzene EPA 624 (extended) X
n-Propylbenzene EPA 624.1 X
n-Propylbenzene EPA 8260B X X
n-Propylbenzene EPA 8260C X X
n-Propylbenzene EPA 8260D X X
n-Propylbenzene EPA TO-15 X
n-Propylbenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
o,o,o-Triethyl
phosphorothioate EPA 625.1 X
o,o,o-Triethyl
phosphorothioate EPA 8270C X X
o,o,o-Triethyl
phosphorothioate EPA 8270D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 138 of 221
o,o,o-Triethyl
phosphorothioate EPA 8270E X X
Octahydro-1,3,5,7-tetranitro-
1,3,5,7-tetrazocine (HMX)EPA 8330 X X
Octahydro-1,3,5,7-tetranitro-
1,3,5,7-tetrazocine (HMX)EPA 8330A X X
Octahydro-1,3,5,7-tetranitro-
1,3,5,7-tetrazocine (HMX)EPA 8330B X X
Odor SM 2150 B X X
Oil & Grease EPA 1664A (HEM) X X
Oil & Grease EPA 1664B X X
Oil & Grease
EPA 1664B (SGT-
HEM) X
Oil & Grease EPA 9070A X
Oil & Grease EPA 9071B X
Oil-Range Organics (ORO)EPA 8015B X X
Oil-Range Organics (ORO)EPA 8015C X X
Oil-Range Organics (ORO)EPA 8015D X X
Organic nitrogen EPA 350.1 X
Organic nitrogen EPA 351.1 X
Organic nitrogen EPA 351.2 X
Organic nitrogen
EPA 351.2 minus
EPA 350.1 X
Organic nitrogen EPA 351.3 X
Organic nitrogen EPA 351.4 X
Organic nitrogen
SM 4500-Norg D-
2011 minus SM 4500-
NH3 G-2011
X
Organic nitrogen
TKN minus
AMMONIA X
Orthophosphate EPA 9056A X
Orthophosphate as P EPA 300.0 X
Orthophosphate as P EPA 365.2 X X
Orthophosphate as P EPA 9056 X
Orthophosphate as P EPA 9056A X
Orthophosphate as P SM 4500-P E-2011 X X
Oxidation Reduction Potential SM 2580 B X
Oxygen ASTM D1946-90 X
Oxygen, dissolved SM 4500-O C-2011 X
Oxygen, dissolved SM 4500-O G-2011 X
o-Xylene EPA 602 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 139 of 221
o-Xylene EPA 624.1 X
o-Xylene EPA 8021B X X
o-Xylene EPA 8260B X X
o-Xylene EPA 8260C X X
o-Xylene EPA 8260D X X
o-Xylene EPA TO-15 X
o-Xylene IDNR OA-1 X
o-Xylene MADEP VPH X X
o-Xylene OK DEQ GRO X
o-Xylene SM 6200 B-2011 X
o-Xylene EPA 524.2 X
Parathion, ethyl EPA 1657 X
Parathion, ethyl EPA 625.1 X
Parathion, ethyl EPA 8141A X X
Parathion, ethyl EPA 8141B X X
Parathion, ethyl EPA 8270C X X
Parathion, ethyl EPA 8270D X X
Parathion, ethyl EPA 8270E X X
p-Dimethylaminoazobenzene EPA 625.1 X
p-Dimethylaminoazobenzene EPA 8270C X X
p-Dimethylaminoazobenzene EPA 8270D X X
p-Dimethylaminoazobenzene EPA 8270E X X
Pentachlorobenzene EPA 625.1 X
Pentachlorobenzene EPA 8270C X X
Pentachlorobenzene EPA 8270D X X
Pentachlorobenzene EPA 8270E X X
Pentachloroethane EPA 624.1 X
Pentachloroethane EPA 625 (extended) X
Pentachloroethane EPA 625.1 X
Pentachloroethane EPA 8260B X X
Pentachloroethane EPA 8260C X X
Pentachloroethane EPA 8260D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 140 of 221
Pentachloroethane EPA 8270C X X
Pentachloroethane EPA 8270D X X
Pentachloroethane EPA 8270E X X
Pentachloroethane SM 6200 B-2011 X
Pentachloronitrobenzene EPA 625.1 X
Pentachloronitrobenzene EPA 8270C X X
Pentachloronitrobenzene EPA 8270D X X
Pentachloronitrobenzene EPA 8270E X X
Pentachlorophenol EPA 625.1 X
Pentachlorophenol EPA 8151A X X
Pentachlorophenol EPA 8270C X X
Pentachlorophenol EPA 8270D X X
Pentachlorophenol EPA 8270E X X
Pentaerythritoltetranitrate EPA 8330 X X
Pentaerythritoltetranitrate EPA 8330A X X
Pentaerythritoltetranitrate EPA 8330B X X
Percent ash ASTM D482 X
Perchlorate EPA 314.0 X X X
Petroleum Organics CT ETPH X
Petroleum Organics FL PRO X
Petroleum Organics LUFT GC X
Petroleum Organics NWTPH-HCID X X
Petroleum Organics Texas 1006 X X
Petroleum Volatile Organic
Compounds (PVOC)WI(95) GRO X X
pH EPA 150.1 X X
pH EPA 9040B X X
pH EPA 9040C X X
pH EPA 9045C X X
pH EPA 9045D X X
pH SM 4500-H+ B-2011 X X
Phenacetin EPA 625.1 X
Phenacetin EPA 8270C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 141 of 221
Phenacetin EPA 8270D X X
Phenacetin EPA 8270E X X
Phenanthrene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Phenanthrene EPA 625.1 X
Phenanthrene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Phenanthrene EPA 8270C X X
Phenanthrene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Phenanthrene EPA 8270D X X
Phenanthrene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Phenanthrene EPA 8270E X X
Phenanthrene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Phenanthrene EPA 8310 X X
Phenanthrene MADEP EPH X X
Phenol EPA 420.4 X
Phenol EPA 625.1 X
Phenol EPA 8270C X X
Phenol EPA 8270D X X
Phenol EPA 8270E X X
Phenols EPA 420.1 X
Phenols EPA 420.4 X
Phenols SM 3500 D-2005 X
Phorate EPA 1657 X
Phorate EPA 625.1 X
Phorate EPA 8141A X X
Phorate EPA 8141B X X
Phorate EPA 8270C X X
Phorate EPA 8270D X X
Phorate EPA 8270E X X
Phosmet (Imidan)EPA 8141A X
Phosmet (Imidan)EPA 8141B X
Phosphorus EPA 200.7 X X
Phosphorus EPA 6010B X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 142 of 221
Phosphorus EPA 6010C X X
Phosphorus EPA 6010D X
Photon Emitters DOE 4.5.2.3 X
Photon Emitters EPA 901.1 X
Photon Emitters HASL 300 Ga-01-R X
Phthalic anhydride EPA 625.1 X
Phthalic anhydride EPA 8270C X X
Phthalic anhydride EPA 8270D X X
Phthalic anhydride EPA 8270E X
Pimephales promelas EPA 1000 X
Pimephales promelas EPA 2000 X
Plutonium-238
EPA 907 Modified
(ENV-SOP-MTJL-
0332)
X X X X
Plutonium-239/240
EPA 907 Modified
(ENV-SOP-MTJL-
0332)
X X X X
Plutonium-241
EPA 907 Modified
(ENV-SOP-MTJL-
0332)
X X X X
Polonium-210
DOE EML Po-02-
RC X
Polonium-210 HASL 300 Po-02-RC X X X X
Potassium EPA 200.7 X X
Potassium EPA 200.8 X
Potassium EPA 6010B X X
Potassium EPA 6010C X X
Potassium EPA 6010D X X
Potassium EPA 6020 X X
Potassium EPA 6020A X X
Potassium EPA 6020B X X
Preparation/Extraction EPA 200.2 X
Pronamide (Kerb)EPA 625.1 X
Pronamide (Kerb)EPA 8270C X X
Pronamide (Kerb)EPA 8270D X X
Pronamide (Kerb)EPA 8270E X X
Propane
EPA RSK-175
(GC/FID)X X
Propionitrile (Ethyl cyanide)EPA 624.1 X
Propionitrile (Ethyl cyanide)EPA 8260B X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 143 of 221
Propionitrile (Ethyl cyanide)EPA 8260C X X
Propionitrile (Ethyl cyanide)EPA 8260D X X
Propionitrile (Ethyl cyanide)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Propylene EPA TO-15 X
Propylene Glycol EPA 8015B X X
Propylene Glycol EPA 8015C X
Propylene Glycol
EPA 8015C
(extended) X X
Propylene Glycol EPA 8015D X X
Purge and trap for aqueous
phase samples EPA 5030 X
Purge and trap for aqueous
phase samples EPA 5030A X
Purge and trap for aqueous
phase samples EPA 5030B X
Purge and trap for aqueous
phase samples EPA 5030C X
p-Xylene EPA 624.1 X
p-Xylene EPA 8021B X X
p-Xylene EPA 8260B X X
p-Xylene EPA 8260C X X
p-Xylene EPA 8260D X X
p-Xylene EPA TO-15 X
Pyrene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Pyrene EPA 625.1 X
Pyrene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Pyrene EPA 8270C X X
Pyrene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Pyrene EPA 8270D X X
Pyrene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Pyrene EPA 8270E X X
Pyrene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Pyrene EPA 8310 X X
Pyrene MADEP EPH X X
Pyridine EPA 625.1 X
Pyridine EPA 8270C X X
Pyridine EPA 8270D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 144 of 221
Pyridine EPA 8270E X X
Quinoline EPA 625.1 X
Quinoline EPA 8270C X X
Quinoline EPA 8270D X X
Quinoline EPA 8270E X X
Radium-226 EPA 903.0 X
Radium-226 EPA 903.1 X X
Radium-226 EPA 9315 X
Radium-226 HASL 300 Ra-04-RC X
Radium-226
SM 7500 Ra B
Modified X X X X
Radium-226 SM 7500-Ra B X X
Radium-226 SM 7500-Ra B (GPC) X X
Radium-228 EPA 904 X
Radium-228 EPA 904.0 X X X
Radium-228 EPA 9320 X X
Radon SM 7500-Rn B X X
RDX (hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-
1,3,5-triazine)EPA 8330 X X
RDX (hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-
1,3,5-triazine)EPA 8330A X X
RDX (hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-
1,3,5-triazine)EPA 8330B X X
Reactive Cyanide EPA 9010C X
Reactive Cyanide EPA 9014 X
Reactive sulfide EPA 9034 X X
Residue-filterable (TDS)SM 2540 C-2011 X
Residue-nonfilterable (TSS)SM 2540 D-2011 X
Residue-nonfilterable (TSS)USGS I-3765-85 X
Residue-settleable SM 2540 F-2011 X
Residue-total SM 2540 B-2011 X
Residue-volatile EPA 160.4 X
Residue-volatile SM 2540 E-2011 X
Ronnel EPA 1657 X
Ronnel EPA 8141A X X
Ronnel EPA 8141B X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 145 of 221
Safrole EPA 625.1 X
Safrole EPA 8270C X X
Safrole EPA 8270D X X
Safrole EPA 8270E X X
Salinity SM 2520 B-2011 X
sec-Butylbenzene EPA 524.2 X
sec-Butylbenzene EPA 624 (extended) X
sec-Butylbenzene EPA 624.1 X
sec-Butylbenzene EPA 8260B X X
sec-Butylbenzene EPA 8260C X X
sec-Butylbenzene EPA 8260D X X
sec-Butylbenzene EPA TO-15 X
sec-Butylbenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Selenium EPA 200.7 X X
Selenium EPA 200.8 X X
Selenium EPA 6010B X X
Selenium EPA 6010C X X
Selenium EPA 6010D X X
Selenium EPA 6020 X X
Selenium EPA 6020A X X
Selenium EPA 6020B X X
Separatory Funnel Liquid-liquid
extraction EPA 3510C X
Silica as SiO2 EPA 200.7 X X
Silica as SiO2 EPA 6010B X
Silica as SiO2 EPA 6010C X
Silica as SiO2 EPA 6010D X
Silica Gel Clean-up EPA 3630C X X
Silica Gel Treated n-hexane
Extractable Material (SGT-
HEM)
EPA 1664A (HEM) X X
Silica Gel Treated n-hexane
Extractable Material (SGT-
HEM)
EPA 1664B X
Silica Gel Treated n-hexane
Extractable Material (SGT-
HEM)
EPA 9071B X
Silica-dissolved EPA 200.7 X
Silicon EPA 200.7 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 146 of 221
Silicon EPA 6010B X
Silicon EPA 6010C X
Silicon EPA 6010D X
Silver EPA 200.7 X X
Silver EPA 200.8 X X
Silver EPA 6010B X X
Silver EPA 6010C X X
Silver EPA 6010D X X
Silver EPA 6020 X X
Silver EPA 6020A X X
Silver EPA 6020B X X
Silvex (2,4,5-TP)EPA 8151A X X
Silvex (2,4,5-TP)SM 6640 B-2001 X
Silvex (2,4,5-TP)SM 6640 B-2006 X
Simazine EPA 507 X X
Simazine EPA 8141B X
Sodium EPA 200.7 X X
Sodium EPA 200.8 X
Sodium EPA 6010B X X
Sodium EPA 6010C X X
Sodium EPA 6010D X X
Sodium EPA 6020 X X
Sodium EPA 6020A X X
Sodium EPA 6020B X X
Solid-Phase Extraction (SPE)EPA 3535A X
Soxhlet Extraction EPA 3540C X
Specific Gravity (Relative
Density)SM 2710 F-2011 X
Specific Gravity of Sludge SM 2710 F-2011 X
Stirophos EPA 1657 X
Stirophos EPA 8141A X X
Stirophos EPA 8141B X X
Strontium EPA 200.7 X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 147 of 221
Strontium EPA 200.8 X
Strontium EPA 6010B X X
Strontium EPA 6010C X X
Strontium EPA 6010D X X
Strontium EPA 6020 X X
Strontium EPA 6020A X X
Strontium EPA 6020B X X
Strontium-89 DOE EML Sr-01-RC X
Strontium-89 EPA 905.0 X X
Strontium-89
HASL 300 Sr-01-RC
(GPC) X
Strontium-89, 90 EPA 905 X X
Strontium-90 DOE EML Sr-02-RC X
Strontium-90 EPA 905 X X
Strontium-90 EPA 905.0 X X
Strontium-90
HASL 300 Sr-02-RC
(GPC) X
Styrene EPA 624.1 X
Styrene EPA 8260B X X
Styrene EPA 8260C X X
Styrene EPA 8260D X X
Styrene EPA TO-15 X
Styrene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Styrene EPA 524.2 X
Sulfate EPA 300.0 X X X
Sulfate EPA 9056 X X
Sulfate EPA 9056A X X
Sulfate SM 4110 B-2011 X X
Sulfide EPA 9030A X
Sulfide EPA 9030B X X
Sulfide EPA 9034 X X
Sulfide SM 4500-S2¯ D-2011 X
Sulfite-SO3
SM 4500-SO3¯ B-
2011 X
Sulfotepp EPA 1657 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 148 of 221
Sulfotepp EPA 625.1 X
Sulfotepp EPA 8141A X X
Sulfotepp EPA 8141B X X
Sulfotepp EPA 8270C X X
Sulfotepp EPA 8270D X X
Sulfotepp EPA 8270E X X
Sulfur EPA 6010B X
Sulfur EPA 6010C X
Sulfur EPA 6010D X
Sulfur Clean-Up EPA 3660B X X
Sulfuric acid/permanganate
clean-up EPA 3665A X X
Surfactants - MBAS SM 5540 C-2011 X X
Synthetic Precipitation
Leaching Procedure EPA 1312 X X
T-amylmethylether (TAME)EPA 624.1 X
T-amylmethylether (TAME)EPA 8260B X X
T-amylmethylether (TAME)EPA 8260C X X
T-amylmethylether (TAME)EPA 8260D X X
T-amylmethylether (TAME)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Technetium-99 DOE EML Tc-02-RC X X X X
Temperature, deg. C SM 2550 B-2000 X X
Terbufos EPA 8141A X
Terbufos EPA 8141B X X
tert-Amyl-ethyl ether (TAEE)
EPA 8260B
(extended) X X
tert-Amyl-ethyl ether (TAEE)EPA 8260C X X
tert-Amyl-ethyl ether (TAEE)EPA 8260D X
tert-Amyl-ethyl ether (TAEE)EPA TO-15 X
tert-Amyl-ethyl ether (TAEE)SM 6200 B-2011 X
tert-Butyl alcohol EPA 602 X
tert-Butyl alcohol EPA 624.1 X
tert-Butyl alcohol EPA 8260B X X
tert-Butyl alcohol EPA 8260C X X
tert-Butyl alcohol EPA 8260D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 149 of 221
tert-Butyl alcohol EPA TO-15 X
tert-Butyl alcohol SM 6200 B-2011 X
tert-Butyl formate EPA 624.1 X
tert-Butyl formate EPA 8260B X X
tert-Butyl formate EPA 8260C X X
tert-Butyl formate EPA 8260D X
tert-Butyl formate SM 6200 B-2011 X
tert-Butylbenzene EPA 524.2 X
tert-Butylbenzene EPA 624 (extended) X
tert-Butylbenzene EPA 624.1 X
tert-Butylbenzene EPA 8260B X X
tert-Butylbenzene EPA 8260C X X
tert-Butylbenzene EPA 8260D X X
tert-Butylbenzene EPA TO-15 X
tert-Butylbenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Tetrachloroethene EPA 524.2 X
Tetrachloroethylene
(Perchloroethylene)EPA 624.1 X
Tetrachloroethylene
(Perchloroethylene)EPA 8260B X X
Tetrachloroethylene
(Perchloroethylene)EPA 8260C X X
Tetrachloroethylene
(Perchloroethylene)EPA 8260D X X
Tetrachloroethylene
(Perchloroethylene)EPA TO-15 X
Tetrachloroethylene
(Perchloroethylene)
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
Tetrachloroethylene
(Perchloroethylene)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Tetrachlorovinphos EPA 8141B X
Tetraethyl pyrophosphate
(TEPP)EPA 1657 X
Tetraethyl pyrophosphate
(TEPP)EPA 8141A X X
Tetraethyl pyrophosphate
(TEPP)EPA 8141B X X
Tetrahydrofuran EPA 524.2 X
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)EPA 624.1 X
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)EPA 8260B X X
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)EPA 8260C X X
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)EPA 8260D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 150 of 221
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)EPA TO-15 X
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Thallium EPA 200.7 X X
Thallium EPA 200.8 X X
Thallium EPA 6010B X X
Thallium EPA 6010C X X
Thallium EPA 6010D X X
Thallium EPA 6020 X X
Thallium EPA 6020A X X
Thallium EPA 6020B X X
Thionazin (Zinophos)EPA 625.1 X
Thionazin (Zinophos)EPA 8270C X X
Thionazin (Zinophos)EPA 8270D X X
Thionazin (Zinophos)EPA 8270E X X
Thorium EPA 200.8 X
Thorium EPA 6020 X X
Thorium EPA 6020A X X
Thorium EPA 6020B X X
Thorium-228
LANL ER200
Modified X X X X
Thorium-230
LANL ER200
Modified X X X X
Thorium-232
LANL ER200
Modified X X X X
Tin EPA 200.7 X X
Tin EPA 200.8 X X
Tin EPA 6010B X X
Tin EPA 6010C X X
Tin EPA 6010D X X
Tin EPA 6020 X X
Tin EPA 6020A X X
Tin EPA 6020B X X
Titanium EPA 200.7 X X
Titanium EPA 200.8 X
Titanium EPA 6010B X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 151 of 221
Titanium EPA 6010C X X
Titanium EPA 6010D X X
Titanium EPA 6020 X X
Titanium EPA 6020A X X
Titanium EPA 6020B X X
Tokuthion (Prothiophos)EPA 1657 X
Tokuthion (Prothiophos)EPA 8141A X X
Tokuthion (Prothiophos)EPA 8141B X X
Toluene EPA 602 X
Toluene EPA 624.1 X
Toluene EPA 8021B X X
Toluene EPA 8260B X X
Toluene EPA 8260C X X
Toluene EPA 8260D X X
Toluene EPA TO-15 X
Toluene IDNR OA-1 X X
Toluene LUFT GCMS X X
Toluene MADEP VPH X X
Toluene OK DEQ GRO X X
Toluene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Toluene EPA 524.2 X
Total coliforms SM 9223 B-2004 X X
Total Cyanide EPA 335.4 X
Total Cyanide EPA 9010B X
Total Cyanide EPA 9010C X X
Total Cyanide EPA 9012A X X
Total Cyanide EPA 9012B X X
Total Cyanide EPA 9014 X X
Total Cyanide
SM 4500-CN¯ B-
2011 X
Total Cyanide
SM 4500-CN¯ C-
2011 X
Total Cyanide
SM 4500-CN¯ E-
2011 X
Total Dissolved Solids SM 2540 C-2011 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 152 of 221
Total Haloacetic Acids EPA 552.2 X
Total hardness as CaCO3 EPA 130.1 X
Total hardness as CaCO3 EPA 200.7 X
Total hardness as CaCO3 EPA 200.8 X
Total hardness as CaCO3 EPA 6010B X
Total hardness as CaCO3 EPA 6010C X X
Total hardness as CaCO3 EPA 6010D X
Total hardness as CaCO3 SM 2340 B-2011 X
Total hardness as CaCO3 SM 2340 C-2011 X
Total Nitrate+Nitrite EPA 300.0 X
Total Organic Carbon ASTM F1647-02A X
Total Organic Carbon EPA 9060 X
Total Organic Carbon EPA 9060A X
Total Organic Carbon SM 5310 B-2011 X X
Total Organic Carbon SM 5310 C-2011 X
Total Organic Carbon USDA LOI X
Total Organic Carbon
Walkley-Black
Method X
Total Organic Halides (TOX)EPA 9020B X
Total Organic Halides (TOX)EPA 9076 X
Total Organic Halides (TOX)SM 5320 B-2010 X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(>C12-C28)TNRCC 1005 X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(>C28-C35)TNRCC 1005 X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(Aviation Gasoline Range)EPA 8015B X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(Aviation Gasoline Range)EPA 8015C X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(Aviation Gasoline Range)EPA 8015D X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(C6-C12)TNRCC 1005 X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(C6-C35)TNRCC 1005 X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(C8-C40)EPA 8015B X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(C8-C40)EPA 8015C X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(C8-C40)EPA 8015D X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(Gasoline Range)TN GRO X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(Jet Fuel Range)EPA 8015B X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 153 of 221
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(Jet Fuel Range)EPA 8015C X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(Jet Fuel Range)EPA 8015D X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(Oil Range)EPA 8015B X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(Oil Range)EPA 8015C X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(Oil Range)EPA 8015D X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(TPH)EPA 8015B X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(TPH)EPA 8015C X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(TPH)EPA 8015D X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(TPH)FL PRO X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(TPH)TNRCC 1005 X X
Total Phenolics EPA 420.1 X X
Total Phenolics EPA 420.2 X
Total Phenolics EPA 420.4 X
Total Phenolics EPA 9066 X X
Total Phenolics SM 5530 D X
Total Phosphorus EPA 365.1 X
Total Phosphorus EPA 365.4 X X
Total Phosphorus EPA 6010B X
Total Phosphorus EPA 6010C X
Total Phosphorus EPA 6010D X
Total Phosphorus SM 4500-P B 5-2011 X
Total Phosphorus SM 4500-P H-2011 X
Total Purgeable Hydrocarbons
(C5-C12)MADEP VPH X X
Total radium EPA 903.0 (GPC) X X
Total radium EPA 9315 X X
Total radium SM 7500-Ra B (GPC) X
Total radium
SM 7500-Ra B
(GPC)-2001 X
Total residual chlorine SM 4500-Cl G-2011 X
Total Suspended Solids SM 2540 D-2011 X
Total Trihalomethanes EPA 524.2 X
Total, Fixed, and Volatile
Residue SM 2540 G X X
Total, Fixed, and Volatile
Residue SM 2540 G-2011 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 154 of 221
Toxaphene (Chlorinated
camphene)EPA 608.3 X
Toxaphene (Chlorinated
camphene)EPA 8081A X X
Toxaphene (Chlorinated
camphene)EPA 8081B X X
Toxicity Characteristic Leaching
Procedure (TCLP)EPA 1311 X X
trans-1,2-Dichloroethene EPA 524.2 X
trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA 624.1 X
trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260B X X
trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260C X X
trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260D X X
trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA TO-15 X
trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene SM 6200 B-2011 X
trans-1,3-Dichloropropene EPA TO-15 X
trans-1,3-Dichloropropene EPA 524.2 X
trans-1,3-Dichloropropylene EPA 624.1 X
trans-1,3-Dichloropropylene EPA 8260B X X
trans-1,3-Dichloropropylene EPA 8260C X X
trans-1,3-Dichloropropylene EPA 8260D X X
trans-1,3-Dichloropropylene EPA TO-15 X
trans-1,3-Dichloropropylene
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
trans-1,3-Dichloropropylene SM 6200 B-2011 X
trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene EPA 624.1 X
trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene EPA 8260B X X
trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene EPA 8260C X X
trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene EPA 8260D X X
trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene SM 6200 B-2011 X
trans-Diallate EPA 8270C X
trans-Isosafrole EPA 8270C X
Trichloroacetic acid EPA 552.2 X
Trichloroethene EPA 524.2 X
Trichloroethene
(Trichloroethylene)EPA 624.1 X
Trichloroethene
(Trichloroethylene)EPA 8260B X X
Trichloroethene
(Trichloroethylene)EPA 8260C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 155 of 221
Trichloroethene
(Trichloroethylene)EPA 8260D X X
Trichloroethene
(Trichloroethylene)EPA TO-15 X
Trichloroethene
(Trichloroethylene)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Trichlorofluoromethane EPA 524.2 X
Trichlorofluoromethane
(Fluorotrichloromethane, Freon
11)
EPA 624.1 X
Trichlorofluoromethane
(Fluorotrichloromethane, Freon
11)
EPA 8260B X X
Trichlorofluoromethane
(Fluorotrichloromethane, Freon
11)
EPA 8260C X X
Trichlorofluoromethane
(Fluorotrichloromethane, Freon
11)
EPA 8260D X X
Trichlorofluoromethane
(Fluorotrichloromethane, Freon
11)
EPA TO-15 X
Trichlorofluoromethane
(Fluorotrichloromethane, Freon
11)
SM 6200 B-2011 X
Trichloronate EPA 1657 X
Trichloronate EPA 8141A X X
Trichloronate EPA 8141B X X
Triclosan EPA 8270C X
Triclosan EPA 8270D X
Triclosan EPA 8270E X
tris-(2,3-Dibromopropyl)
phosphate (tris-BP)EPA 8270C X X
tris-(2,3-Dibromopropyl)
phosphate (tris-BP)EPA 8270D X X
tris-(2,3-Dibromopropyl)
phosphate (tris-BP)EPA 8270E X
Tritium EPA 906 X X
Tritium EPA 906 (Modified) X
Tritium EPA 906.0 X
Turbidity EPA 180.1 X X
Turbidity SM 2130 B-2011 X X
Ultrasonic Extraction EPA 3550B X
Ultrasonic Extraction EPA 3550C X
Uranium ASTM D5174-02 X X
Uranium
ASTM D5174-07
Modified (ENV-SOP-
MTJL-0337)
X X X
Uranium ASTM D5174-97 X X
Uranium DOE EML U-02-RC X
Uranium EPA 200.8 X X
Uranium EPA 6020 X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 156 of 221
Uranium EPA 6020A X X
Uranium EPA 6020B X X
Uranium HASL 300 U-02-RC X
Uranium-234
ASTM D3972-09
Modified (ENV-SOP-
MTJL-0333)
X X X
Uranium-234 DOE EML U-02-RC X
Uranium-234 HASL 300 U-02-RC X
Uranium-235
ASTM D3972-09
Modified (ENV-SOP-
MTJL-0333)
X X X
Uranium-235 DOE EML U-02-RC X
Uranium-235 HASL 300 U-02-RC X
Uranium-238
ASTM D3972-09
Modified (ENV-SOP-
MTJL-0333)
X X X
Uranium-238 DOE EML U-02-RC X
Uranium-238 HASL 300 U-02-RC X
UV254 SM 5910 B-2011 X
Vanadium EPA 200.7 X X
Vanadium EPA 200.8 X X
Vanadium EPA 6010B X X
Vanadium EPA 6010C X X
Vanadium EPA 6010D X X
Vanadium EPA 6020 X X
Vanadium EPA 6020A X X
Vanadium EPA 6020B X X
Vinyl acetate EPA 624.1 X
Vinyl acetate EPA 8260B X X
Vinyl acetate EPA 8260C X X
Vinyl acetate EPA 8260D X X
Vinyl acetate EPA TO-15 X
Vinyl acetate SM 6200 B-2011 X
Vinyl bromide (Bromoethane)EPA 624.1 X
Vinyl bromide (Bromoethane)EPA 8260 X
Vinyl bromide (Bromoethane)EPA 8260B X X
Vinyl bromide (Bromoethane)EPA 8260C X X
Vinyl bromide (Bromoethane)EPA 8260D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 157 of 221
Vinyl bromide (Bromoethane)EPA TO-15 X
Vinyl bromide (Bromoethane)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Vinyl chloride EPA 624.1 X
Vinyl chloride EPA 8260B X X
Vinyl chloride EPA 8260C X X
Vinyl chloride EPA 8260D X X
Vinyl chloride EPA TO-15 X
Vinyl chloride
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
Vinyl chloride SM 6200 B-2011 X
Vinyl chloride EPA 524.2 X
Volatile Petroleum
Hydrocarbons (VPH)
MADEP VPH
(modified) X
Volatile suspended solids SM 2540 E-2011 X
VPH Aliphatic >C6-C8 MADEP VPH X X
VPH Aliphatic >C8-C10 MADEP VPH X X
VPH Aliphatic C5-C8 MADEP VPH X X
VPH Aliphatic C5-C8
Unadjusted MADEP VPH X X
VPH Aliphatic C9-C12 MADEP VPH X X
VPH Aliphatic C9-C12
Unadjusted MADEP VPH X X
VPH Aromatic >C8-C10 MADEP VPH X X
VPH Aromatic C9-C10 MADEP EPH X
VPH Aromatic C9-C10 MADEP VPH X X
Waste Dilution EPA 3580A X X
Waste Dilution EPA 3585 X
Weak Acid Dissociable Cyanide SM 4500-CN I X
Xylene (mixed isomers, total)EPA 524.2 X
Xylene (total)EPA 602 X
Xylene (total)EPA 624.1 X
Xylene (total)EPA 8021B X X
Xylene (total)EPA 8260B X X
Xylene (total)EPA 8260C X X
Xylene (total)EPA 8260D X X
Xylene (total)EPA TO-15 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 158 of 221
Xylene (total)IDNR OA-1 X X
Xylene (total)LUFT GCMS X X
Xylene (total)MADEP VPH X
Xylene (total)OK DEQ GRO X X
Xylene (total)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Zinc EPA 200.7 X X
Zinc EPA 200.8 X X
Zinc EPA 6010B X X
Zinc EPA 6010C X X
Zinc EPA 6010D X X
Zinc EPA 6020 X X
Zinc EPA 6020A X X
Zinc EPA 6020B X X
Zinc-65 DOE 4.5.2.3 X
Zinc-65 EPA 901.1 X
Zinc-65 HASL 300 Ga-01-R X
1 = Laboratory does not hold TNI Accreditation for this test method.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 159 of 221
7.3 Appendix C: Glossary
This glossary provides common terms and definitions used by PAS. It is not intended to be a
complete list of all terms and definitions used. The definitions have been compiled mostly from
the TNI Standard and DoD QSM. Although this information has been reproduced with care, errors
cannot be entirely excluded. Definitions for the same term also vary between sources. When the
meaning of a term used in a PAS document is different from this glossary or when the glossary does
not include the term, the term and definition is included or defined in context in the laboratory
document.
Term Definition
3P Program The continuous improvement program used by PAS that focuses on Process, Productivity, and
Performance.
Absence Inability to perform assigned duties due to lack of physical presence and connectivity.
Acceptance Criteria TNI- Specified limits placed on characteristics of an item, process, or service defined in requirement
documents.
Accreditation TNI- The process by which an agency or organization evaluates and recognizes a laboratory as meeting
certain predetermined qualifications or standards, thereby accrediting the laboratory.
DoD- Refers to accreditation in accordance with the DoD ELAP.
Accreditation Body (AB)TNI- The organization having responsibility and accountability for environmental laboratory
accreditation, and which grants accreditation under this program.
DoD- Entities recognized in accordance with the DoD-ELAP that are required to operate in accordance
with ISO/IEC 17011, Conformity assessment: General requirements for accreditation bodies accrediting conformity
assessment bodies. The AB must be a signatory, in good standing, to the International Laboratory
Accreditation Cooperation (ILAC) mutual recognition arrangement (MRA) that verifies, by evaluation
and peer assessment, that its signatory members are in full compliance with ISO/IEC 17011 and that its
accredited laboratories comply with ISO/IEC 17025.
Accuracy TNI- The degree of agreement between an observed value and an accepted reference value. Accuracy
includes a combination of random error (precision) and systematic error (bias) components that are due
to sampling and analytical operations; a data quality indicator.
Activity, Absolute TNI- Rate of nuclear decay occurring in a body of material, equal to the number of nuclear
disintegrations per unit time. NOTE: Activity (absolute) may be expressed in becquerels (Bq), curies (Ci),
or disintegrations per minute (dpm), and multiples or submultiples of these units.
Activity, Areic TNI- Quotient of the activity of a body of material and its associated area.
Activity, Massic TNI- Quotient of the activity of a body of material and its mass; also called specific activity.
Activity, Volumic TNI- Quotient of the activity of a body of material and its volume; also called activity concentration.
NOTE: In this module [TNI Volume 1, Module 6], unless otherwise stated, references to activity shall
include absolute activity, areic activity, massic activity, and volumic activity.
Activity Reference Date TNI- The date (and time, as appropriate to the half-life of the radionuclide) to which a reported activity
result is calculated. NOTE: The sample collection date is most frequently used as the Activity Reference
Date for environmental measurements, but different programs may specify other points in time for
correction of results for decay and ingrowth.
Aliquot DoD- A discrete, measured, representative portion of a sample taken for analysis.
American Society for
Testing and Materials
(ASTM)
An international standards organization that develops and publishes voluntary consensus standards for a
wide range of materials, products, systems, and services.
Analysis DoD- A combination of sample preparation and instrument determination.
Analysis Code (Acode)All the set parameters of a test, such as Analytes, Method, Detection Limits and Price.
Analysis Sequence A compilation of all samples, standards and quality control samples run during a specific amount of time
on a particular instrument in the order they are analyzed.
Analyst TNI- The designated individual who performs the “hands-on” analytical methods and associated
techniques and who is the one responsible for applying required laboratory practices and other pertinent
quality controls to meet the required level of quality.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 160 of 221
Analyte TNI- A substance, organism, physical parameter, property, or chemical constituent(s) for which an
environmental sample is being analyzed.
DoD- The specific chemicals or components for which a sample is analyzed; it may be a group of
chemicals that belong to the same chemical family and are analyzed together.
Analytical Method DoD- A formal process that identifies and quantifies the chemical components of interest (target
analytes) in a sample.
Analytical Uncertainty TNI- A subset of Measurement Uncertainty that includes all laboratory activities performed as part of the
analysis.
Aliquot DoD- A discrete, measured, representative portion of a sample taken for analysis.
Annual (or Annually)Defined by PAS as every 12 months ± 30 days.
Assessment TNI - The evaluation process used to measure or establish the performance, effectiveness, and
conformance of an organization and/or its system to defined criteria (to the standards and requirements
of laboratory accreditation).
DoD- An all-inclusive term used to denote any of the following: audit, performance evaluation, peer
review, inspection, or surveillance conducted on-site.
Atomic Absorption
Spectrometer
Instrument used to measure concentration in metals samples.
Atomization A process in which a sample is converted to free atoms.
Audit TNI- A systematic and independent examination of facilities, equipment, personnel, training, procedures,
record-keeping, data validation, data management, and reporting aspects of a system to determine
whether QA/QC and technical activities are being conducted as planned and whether these activities will
effectively achieve quality objectives.
Batch TNI- Environmental samples that are prepared and/or analyzed together with the same process and
personnel, using the same lot(s) of reagents. A preparation batch is composed of one to 20
environmental samples of the same quality systems matrix, meeting the above-mentioned criteria and
with a maximum time between the start of processing of the first and last sample in the batch to be 24
hours or the timeframe specified by the regulatory program. An analytical batch is composed of
prepared environmental samples (extracts, digestates or concentrates) which are analyzed together as a
group. An analytical batch can include prepared samples originating from various quality system matrices
and can exceed 20 samples.
Batch, Radiation
Measurements (RMB)
TNI- An RMB is composed of 1 to 20 environmental samples that are counted directly without
preliminary physical or chemical processing that affects the outcome of the test (e.g., non-destructive
gamma spectrometry, alpha/beta counting of air filters, or swipes on gas proportional detectors). The
samples in an RMB share similar physical and chemical parameter, and analytical configurations (e.g.,
analytes, geometry, calibration, and background corrections). The maximum time between the start of
processing of the first and last in an RMB is 14 calendar days.
Bias TNI- The systematic or persistent distortion of a measurement process, which causes errors in one
direction (i.e., the expected sample measurement is different from the sample’s true value).
Blank TNI and DoD- A sample that has not been exposed to the analyzed sample stream in order to monitor
contamination during sampling, transport, storage, or analysis. The blank is subjected to the usual
analytical and measurement process to establish a zero baseline or background value and is sometimes
used to adjust or correct routine analytical results (See Method Blank).
DoD- Blank samples are negative control samples, which typically include field blank samples (e.g., trip
blank, equipment (rinsate) blank, and temperature blank) and laboratory blank samples (e.g., method
blank, reagent blank, instrument blank, calibration blank, and storage blank).
Blind Sample A sub-sample for analysis with a composition known to the submitter. The analyst/laboratory may know
the identity of the sample but not its composition. It is used to test the analyst’s or laboratory’s
proficiency in the execution of the measurement process.
BNA (Base Neutral Acid
compounds)
A list of semi-volatile compounds typically analyzed by mass spectrometry methods. Named for the way
they can be extracted out of environmental samples in an acidic, basic, or neutral environment.
BOD (Biochemical
Oxygen Demand)
Chemical procedure for determining how fast biological organisms use up oxygen in a body of water.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 161 of 221
Calibration TNI- A set of operations that establish, under specified conditions, the relationship between values of
quantities indicated by a measuring instrument or measuring system, or values represented by a material
measure or a reference material, and the corresponding values realized by standards. 1) In calibration of
support equipment, the values realized by standards are established through the use of reference
standards that are traceable to the International System of Units (SI); 2) In calibration according to test
methods, the values realized by standards are typically established through the use of Reference Materials
that are either purchased by the laboratory with a certificate of analysis or purity, or prepared by the
laboratory using support equipment that has been calibrated or verified to meet specifications.
Calibration Curve TNI- The mathematical relationship between the known values, such as concentrations, of a series of
calibration standards and their instrument response.
Calibration Method A defined technical procedure for performing a calibration.
Calibration Range DoD- The range of values (concentrations) between the lowest and highest calibration standards of a
multi-level calibration curve. For metals analysis with a single-point calibration, the low-level calibration
check standard and the high standard establish the linear calibration range, which lies within the linear
dynamic range.
Calibration Standard TNI- A substance or reference material used for calibration.
Certified Reference
Material (CRM)
TNI- Reference material accompanied by a certificate, having a value, measurement uncertainty, and
stated metrological traceability chain to a national metrology institute.
Chain of Custody An unbroken trail of accountability that verifies the physical security of samples, data, and records.
Chain of Custody Form
(COC)
TNI- Record that documents the possession of the samples from the time of collection to receipt in the
laboratory. This record generally includes: the number and type of containers; the mode of collection, the
collector, time of collection; preservation; and requested analyses.
Chemical Oxygen
Demand (COD)
A test commonly used to indirectly measure the amount of organic compounds in water.
Client (referred to by
ISO as Customer)
Any individual or organization for whom items or services are furnished or work performed in response
to defined requirements and expectations.
Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR)
A codification of the general and permanent rules published in the Federal Register by agencies of the
federal government.
Comparability An assessment of the confidence with which one data set can be compared to another. Comparable data
are produced through the use of standardized procedures and techniques.
Completeness The percent of valid data obtained from a measurement system compared to the amount of valid data
expected under normal conditions. The equation for completeness is:
% Completeness = (Valid Data Points/Expected Data Points)*100
Confirmation TNI- Verification of the identity of a component through the use of an approach with a different
scientific principle from the original method. These may include but are not limited to second-column
confirmation; alternate wavelength; derivatization; mass spectral interpretation; alternative detectors; or
additional cleanup procedures.
DoD- Includes verification of the identity and quantity of the analyte being measured by another means
(e.g., by another determinative method, technology, or column). Additional cleanup procedures alone are
not considered confirmation techniques.
Conformance An affirmative indication or judgment that a product or service has met the requirements of the relevant
specifications, contract, or regulation; also, the state of meeting the requirements.
Congener A member of a class of related chemical compounds (e.g., PCBs, PCDDs).
Consensus Standard DoD- A standard established by a group representing a cross-section of a particular industry or trade, or a
part thereof.
Continuing Calibration
Blank (CCB)
A blank sample used to monitor the cleanliness of an analytical system at a frequency determined by the
analytical method.
Continuing Calibration
Check Compounds
(CCC)
Compounds listed in mass spectrometry methods that are used to evaluate an instrument calibration from
the standpoint of the integrity of the system. High variability would suggest leaks or active sites on the
instrument column.
Continuing Calibration
Verification
DoD- The verification of the initial calibration. Required prior to sample analysis and at periodic intervals.
Continuing calibration verification applies to both external and internal standard calibration techniques, as
well as to linear and non-linear calibration models.
Continuing Calibration
Verification (CCV)
Standard
Also referred to as a Calibration Verification Standard (CVS) in some methods, it is a standard used to
verify the initial calibration of compounds in an analytical method. CCVs are analyzed at a frequency
determined by the analytical method.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 162 of 221
Continuous Emission
Monitor (CEM)
A flue gas analyzer designed for fixed use in checking for environmental pollutants.
Continuous
Improvement Plan (CIP)
The delineation of tasks for a given laboratory department or committee to achieve the goals of that
department.
Contract Laboratory
Program (CLP)
A national network of EPA personnel, commercial labs, and support contractors whose fundamental
mission is to provide data of known and documented quality.
Contract Required
Detection Limit (CRDL)
Detection limit that is required for EPA Contract Laboratory Program (CLP) contracts.
Contract Required
Quantitation Limit
(CRQL)
Quantitation limit (reporting limit) that is required for EPA Contract Laboratory Program (CLP)
contracts.
Control Chart A graphic representation of a series of test results, together with limits within which results are expected
when the system is in a state of statistical control (see definition for Control Limit)
Control Limit A range within which specified measurement results must fall to verify that the analytical system is in
control. Control limit exceedances may require corrective action or require investigation and flagging of
non-conforming data.
Correction DoD- Action taken to eliminate a detected non-conformity.
Corrective Action DoD- The action taken to eliminate the causes of an existing non-conformity, defect, or other
undesirable situation in order to prevent recurrence. A root cause analysis may not be necessary in all
cases.
Corrective and
Preventative Action
(CAPA)
The primary management tools for bringing improvements to the quality system, to the management
of the quality system’s collective processes, and to the products or services delivered which are an
output of established systems and processes.
Critical Value TNI- Value to which a measurement result is compared to make a detection decision (also known as
critical level or decision level). NOTE: The Critical Value is designed to give a specified low probability α
of false detection in an analyte-free sample, which implies that a result that exceeds the Critical Value,
gives high confidence (1 – α) that the radionuclide is actually present in the material analyzed. For
radiometric methods, α is often set at 0.05.
Customer DoD- Any individual or organization for which products or services are furnished or work performed in
response to defined requirements and expectations.
Data Integrity TNI- The condition that exists when data are sound, correct, and complete, and accurately reflect
activities and requirements.
Data Quality Objective
(DQO)
Systematic strategic planning tool based on the scientific method that identifies and defines the type,
quality, and quantity of data needed to satisfy a specified use or end user.
Data Reduction TNI- The process of transforming the number of data items by arithmetic or statistical calculation,
standard curves, and concentration factors, and collating them into a more usable form.
Definitive Data DoD- Analytical data of known quantity and quality. The levels of data quality on precision and bias meet
the requirements for the decision to be made. Data that is suitable for final decision-making.
Demonstration of
Capability (DOC)
TNI- A procedure to establish the ability of the analyst to generate analytical results of acceptable
accuracy and precision.
DoD- A procedure to establish the ability of the analyst to generate analytical results by a specific method
that meet measurement quality objectives (e.g., for precision and bias).
Department of Defense
(DoD)
An executive branch department of the federal government of the United States charged with
coordinating and supervising all agencies and functions of the government concerned directly with
national security.
Detection Limit (DL)DoD- The smallest analyte concentration that can be demonstrated to be different than zero or a blank
concentration with 99% confidence. At the DL, the false positive rate (Type 1 error) is 1%. A DL may be
used as the lowest concentration for reliably reporting a detection of a specific analyte in a specific matrix
with a specific method with 99% confidence.
Detection Limit (DL) for
Safe Drinking Water Act
(SDWA) Compliance
TNI- Laboratories that analyze drinking-water samples for SDWA compliance monitoring must use
methods that provide sufficient detection capability to meet the detection limit requirements established
in 40 CFR 141. The SDWA DL for radioactivity is defined in 40 CFR Part 141.25.c as the radionuclide
concentration, which can be counted with a precision of plus or minus 100% at the 95% confidence level
(1.96σ where σ is the standard deviation of the net counting rate of the sample).
Deuterated Monitoring
Compounds (DMCs)
DoD- SIM specific surrogates as specified for GC/MS SIM analysis.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 163 of 221
Diesel Range Organics
(DRO)
A range of compounds that denote all the characteristic compounds that make up diesel fuel (range can
be state or program specific).
Digestion DoD- A process in which a sample is treated (usually in conjunction with heat and acid) to convert the
target analytes in the sample to a more easily measured form.
Document Control The act of ensuring that documents (and revisions thereto) are proposed, reviewed for accuracy,
approved for release by authorized personnel, distributed properly and controlled to ensure use of the
correct version at the location where the prescribed activity is performed.
Documents DoD- Written components of the laboratory management system (e.g., policies, procedures, and
instructions).
Dry Weight The weight after drying in an oven at a specified temperature.
Duplicate (also known as
Replicate or Laboratory
Duplicate)
The analyses or measurements of the variable of interest performed identically on two subsamples of the
same sample. The results of duplicate analyses are used to evaluate analytical or measurement precision
but not the precision of sampling, preservation, or storage internal to the laboratory.
Electron Capture
Detector (ECD)
Device used in GC methods to detect compounds that absorb electrons (e.g., PCB compounds).
Electronic Data
Deliverable (EDD)
A summary of environmental data (usually in spreadsheet form) which clients request for ease of data
review and comparison to historical results.
Eluent A solvent used to carry the components of a mixture through a stationary phase.
Elute To extract, specifically, to remove (absorbed material) from an absorbent by means of a solvent.
Elution A process in which solutes are washed through a stationary phase by movement of a mobile phase.
Environmental Data DoD- Any measurements or information that describe environmental processes, locations, or conditions;
ecological or health effects and consequences; or the performance of environmental technology.
Environmental
Monitoring
The process of measuring or collecting environmental data.
Environmental
Protection Agency
(EPA)
An agency of the federal government of the United States which was created for the purpose of
protecting human health and the environment by writing and enforcing regulations based on laws passed
by Congress.
Environmental Sample A representative sample of any material (aqueous, non-aqueous, or multimedia) collected from any source
for which determination of composition or contamination is requested or required. Environmental
samples can generally be classified as follows:
Non-Potable Water (Includes surface water, ground water, effluents, water treatment
chemicals, and TCLP leachates or other extracts)
Drinking Water - Delivered (treated or untreated) water designated as potable water
Water/Wastewater - Raw source waters for public drinking water supplies, ground waters,
municipal influents/effluents, and industrial influents/effluents
Sludge - Municipal sludges and industrial sludges.
Soil - Predominately inorganic matter ranging in classification from sands to clays.
Waste - Aqueous and non-aqueous liquid wastes, chemical solids, and industrial liquid and
solid wastes
Equipment Blank A sample of analyte-free media used to rinse common sampling equipment to check effectiveness of
decontamination procedures.
Extracted Internal
Standard Analyte
Isotopically labeled analogs of analytes of interest added to all standards, blanks and samples analyzed.
Added to samples and batch QC samples prior to the first step of sample extraction and to standards and
instrument blanks prior to analysis. Used for isotope dilution methods.
Facility A distinct location within the company that has unique certifications, personnel, and waste disposal
identifications.
False Negative DoD- A result that fails to identify (detect) an analyte or reporting an analyte to be present at or below a
level of interest when the analyte is actually above the level of interest.
False Positive DoD- A result that erroneously identifies (detects) an analyte or reporting an analyte to be present above
a level of interest when the analyte is actually present at or below the level of interest.
Field Blank A blank sample prepared in the field by filling a clean container with reagent water and appropriate
preservative, if any, for the specific sampling activity being undertaken.
Field Measurement Determination of physical, biological, or radiological properties, or chemical constituents that are
measured on-site, close in time and sPAS to the matrices being sampled/measured, following accepted
test methods. This testing is performed in the field outside of a fixed-laboratory or outside of an enclosed
structure that meets the requirements of a mobile laboratory.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 164 of 221
Field of Accreditation TNI- Those matrix, technology/method, and analyte combinations for which the accreditation body
offers accreditation.
Field of Proficiency
Testing (FoPT)
TNI- Matrix, technology/method, analyte combinations for which the composition, spike concentration
ranges and acceptance criteria have been established by the PTPEC.
Finding TNI- An assessment conclusion referenced to a laboratory accreditation standard and supported by
objective evidence that identifies a deviation from a laboratory accreditation standard requirement.
DoD- An assessment conclusion that identifies a condition having a significant effect on an item or
activity. An assessment finding may be positive, negative, or neutral and is normally accompanied by
specific examples of the observed condition. The finding must be linked to a specific requirement (e.g.,
this standard, ISO requirements, analytical methods, contract specifications, or laboratory management
systems requirements).
Flame Atomic
Absorption Spectrometer
(FAA)
Instrumentation used to measure the concentration of metals in an environmental sample based on the
fact that ground state metals absorb light at different wavelengths. Metals in a solution are converted to
the atomic state by use of a flame.
Flame Ionization
Detector (FID)
A type of gas detector used in GC analysis where samples are passed through a flame which ionizes the
sample so that various ions can be measured.
Gas Chromatography
(GC)
Instrumentation which utilizes a mobile carrier gas to deliver an environmental sample across a stationary
phase with the intent to separate compounds out and measure their retention times.
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometry
(GC/MS)
In conjunction with a GC, this instrumentation utilizes a mass spectrometer which measures fragments of
compounds and determines their identity by their fragmentation patterns (mass spectra).
Gasoline Range Organics
(GRO)
A range of compounds that denote all the characteristic compounds that make up gasoline (range can be
state or program specific).
Graphite Furnace
Atomic Absorption
Spectrometry (GFAA)
Instrumentation used to measure the concentration of metals in an environmental sample based on the
absorption of light at different wavelengths that are characteristic of different analytes.
High Pressure Liquid
Chromatography
(HPLC)
Instrumentation used to separate, identify, and quantitate compounds based on retention times which are
dependent on interactions between a mobile phase and a stationary phase.
Holding Time TNI- The maximum time that can elapse between two specified activities.
40 CFR Part 136- The maximum time that samples may be held prior to preparation and/or analysis as
defined by the method and still be considered valid or not compromised.
For sample prep purposes, hold times are calculated using the time of the start of the preparation
procedure.
DoD- The maximum time that may elapse from the time of sampling to the time of preparation or
analysis, or from preparation to analysis, as appropriate.
Homogeneity The degree to which a property or substance is uniformly distributed throughout a sample.
Homologue One in a series of organic compounds in which each successive member has one more chemical group in
its molecule than the next preceding member. For instance, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, etc.,
form a homologous series.
Improper Actions DoD- Intentional or unintentional deviations from contract-specified or method-specified analytical
practices that have not been authorized by the customer (e.g., DoD or DOE).
Incremental Sampling
Method (ISM)
Soil preparation for large volume (1 kg or greater) samples.
In-Depth Data
Monitoring
TNI- When used in the context of data integrity activities, a review and evaluation of documentation
related to all aspects of the data generation process that includes items such as preparation, equipment,
software, calculations, and quality controls. Such monitoring shall determine if the laboratory uses
appropriate data handling, data use and data reduction activities to support the laboratory’s data integrity
policies and procedures.
Inductively Coupled
Plasma Atomic Emission
Spectrometry (ICP-AES)
Analytical technique used for the detection of trace metals which uses plasma to produce excited atoms
that emit radiation of characteristic wavelengths.
Inductively Coupled
Plasma- Mass
Spectrometry (ICP/MS)
An ICP that is used in conjunction with a mass spectrometer so that the instrument is not only capable of
detecting trace amounts of metals and non-metals but is also capable of monitoring isotopic speciation
for the ions of choice.
Infrared Spectrometer
(IR)
An instrument that uses infrared light to identify compounds of interest.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 165 of 221
Initial Calibration (ICAL)The process of analyzing standards, prepared at specified concentrations, to define the quantitative
response relationship of the instrument to the analytes of interest. Initial calibration is performed
whenever the results of a calibration verification standard do not conform to the requirements of the
method in use or at a frequency specified in the method.
Initial Calibration Blank
(ICB)
A blank sample used to monitor the cleanliness of an analytical system at a frequency determined by the
analytical method. This blank is specifically run in conjunction with the Initial Calibration Verification
(ICV) where applicable.
Initial Calibration
Verification (ICV)
DoD- Verifies the initial calibration with a standard obtained or prepared from a source independent of
the source of the initial calibration standards to avoid potential bias of the initial calibration.
Injection Internal
Standard Analyte
Isotopically labeled analogs of analytes of interest (or similar in physiochemical properties to the target
analytes but with a distinct response) to be quantitated. Added to all blanks, standards, samples, and batch
QC after extraction and prior to analysis.
Instrument Blank A clean sample (e.g., distilled water) processed through the instrumental steps of the measurement
process; used to determine instrument contamination.
Instrument Detection
Limits (IDLs)
Limits determined by analyzing a series of reagent blank analyses to obtain a calculated concentration.
IDLs are determined by calculating the average of the standard deviations of three runs on three non-
consecutive days from the analysis of a reagent blank solution with seven consecutive measurements per
day.
Interference, spectral Occurs when particulate matter from the atomization scatters incident radiation from the source or when
the absorption or emission from an interfering species either overlaps or is so close to the analyte
wavelength that resolution becomes impossible.
Interference, chemical Results from the various chemical processes that occur during atomization and later the absorption
characteristics of the analyte.
Internal Standard TNI and DoD- A known amount of standard added to a test portion of a sample as a reference for
evaluating and controlling the precision and bias of the applied analytical method.
International
Organization for
Standardization (ISO)
An international standard-setting body composed of representatives from various national standards
organizations.
Intermediate Standard
Solution
Reference solutions prepared by dilution of the stock solutions with an appropriate solvent.
International System of
Units (SI)
The coherent system of units adopted and recommended by the General Conference on Weights and
Measures.
Ion Chromatography
(IC)
Instrumentation or process that allows the separation of ions and molecules based on the charge
properties of the molecules.
Isomer One of two or more compounds, radicals, or ions that contain the same number of atoms of the same
element but differ in structural arrangement and properties. For example, hexane (C6H14) could be n-
hexane, 2-methylpentane, 3-methylpentane, 2,3-dimethylbutane, 2,2-dimethylbutane.
Laboratory A body that calibrates and/or performs testing.
Laboratory Control
Sample (LCS)
TNI- (also known as laboratory fortified blank (LFB), spiked blank, or QC check sample): A sample
matrix, free from the analytes of interest, spiked with verified known amounts of analytes or a material
containing known and verified amounts of analytes and taken through all sample preparation and
analytical steps of the procedure unless otherwise noted in a reference method. It is generally used to
establish intra-laboratory or analyst-specific precision and bias or to evaluate the performance of all or a
portion of the measurement system.
Laboratory Duplicate Aliquots of a sample taken from the same container under laboratory conditions and processed and
analyzed independently.
Laboratory Information
Management System
(LIMS)
DoD- The entirety of an electronic data system (including hardware and software) that collects, analyzes,
stores, and archives electronic records and documents.
Learning Management
System (LMS)
A web-based database used by the laboratories to track and document training activities. The system is
administered by the corporate training department and each laboratory’s learn centers are maintained by a
local administrator.
Legal Chain-of-Custody
Protocols
TNI- Procedures employed to record the possession of samples from the time of sampling through the
retention time specified by the client or program. These procedures are performed at the special request
of the client and include the use of a Chain-of-Custody (COC) Form that documents the collection,
transport, and receipt of compliance samples by the laboratory. In addition, these protocols document all
handling of the samples within the laboratory.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 166 of 221
Limit(s) of Detection
(LOD)
TNI- The minimum result, which can be reliably discriminated from a blank with predetermined
confidence level.
DoD- The smallest concentration of a substance that must be present in a sample in order to be detected
at the DL with 99% confidence. At the LOD, the false negative rate (Type II error) is 1%. A LOD may
be used as the lowest concentration for reliably reporting a non-detect of a specific analyte in a specific
matrix with a specific method at 99% confidence.
Limit(s) of Quantitation
(LOQ)
TNI- The minimum levels, concentrations, or quantities of a target variable (e.g., target analyte) that can
be reported with a specified degree of confidence.
DoD- The smallest concentration that produces a quantitative result with known and recorded precision
and bias. For DoD/DOE projects, the LOQ shall be set at or above the concentration of the lowest
initial calibration standard and within the calibration range.
Linear Dynamic Range DoD- Concentration range where the instrument provides a linear response.
Liquid chromatography/
tandem mass
spectrometry
(LC/MS/MS)
Instrumentation that combines the physical separation techniques of liquid chromatography with the
mass analysis capabilities of mass spectrometry.
Lot TNI- A definite amount of material produced during a single manufacturing cycle and intended to have
uniform character and quality.
Management Those individuals directly responsible and accountable for planning, implementing, and assessing work.
Management System System to establish policy and objectives and to achieve those objectives.
Manager (however
named)
The individual designated as being responsible for the overall operation, all personnel, and the physical
plant of the environmental laboratory. A supervisor may report to the manager. In some cases, the
supervisor and the manager may be the same individual.
Matrix TNI- The substrate of a test sample.
Matrix Duplicate TNI- A replicate matrix prepared in the laboratory and analyzed to obtain a measure of precision.
Matrix Spike (MS)
(spiked sample or
fortified sample)
TNI- A sample prepared, taken through all sample preparation and analytical steps of the procedure
unless otherwise noted in a referenced method, by adding a known amount of target analyte to a specified
amount of sample for which an independent test result of target analyte concentration is available. Matrix
spikes are used, for example, to determine the effect of the matrix on a method’s recovery efficiency.
Matrix Spike Duplicate
(MSD) (spiked sample or
fortified sample
duplicate)
TNI- A replicate matrix spike prepared in the laboratory and analyzed to obtain a measure of the
precision of the recovery for each analyte.
Measurement
Performance Criteria
(MPC)
DoD- Criteria that may be general (such as completion of all tests) or specific (such as QC method
acceptance limits) that are used by a project to judge whether a laboratory can perform a specified activity
to the defined criteria.
Measurement Quality
Objective (MQO)
TNI- The analytical data requirements of the data quality objectives are project- or program-specific and
can be quantitative or qualitative. MQOs are measurement performance criteria or objectives of the
analytical process. Examples of quantitative MQOs include statements of required analyte detectability
and the uncertainty of the analytical protocol at a specified radionuclide activity, such as the action level.
Examples of qualitative MQOs include statements of the required specificity of the analytical protocol,
e.g., the ability to analyze for the radionuclide of interest given the presence of interferences.
Measurement System TNI- A method, as implemented at a particular laboratory, and which includes the equipment used to
perform the test and the operator(s).
DoD- A test method, as implemented at a particular laboratory, and which includes the equipment used
to perform the sample preparation and test and the operator(s).
Measurement
Uncertainty
DoD- An estimate of the error in a measurement often stated as a range of values that contain the true
value within a certain confidence level. The uncertainty generally includes many components which may
be evaluated from experimental standard deviations based on repeated observations or by standard
deviations evaluated from assumed probability distributions based on experience or other information.
For DoD/DOE, a laboratory’s Analytical Uncertainty (such as use of LCS control limits) can be reported
as the minimum uncertainty.
Method TNI- A body of procedures and techniques for performing an activity (e.g., sampling, chemical analysis,
quantification), systematically presented in the order in which they are to be executed.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 167 of 221
Method Blank TNI- A sample of a matrix similar to the batch of associated samples (when available) that is free from
the analytes of interest and is processed simultaneously with and under the same conditions as samples
through all steps of the analytical procedures, and in which no target analytes or interferences are present
at concentrations that impact the analytical results for sample analyses.
Method Detection Limit
(MDL)
TNI- One way to establish a Detection Limit; defined as the minimum concentration of a substance that
can be measured and reported with 99% confidence that the analyte concentration is greater than zero
and is determined from analysis of a sample in a given matrix containing the analyte.
Method of Standard
Additions
A set of procedures adding one or more increments of a standard solution to sample aliquots of the same
size in order to overcome inherent matrix effects. The procedures encompass the extrapolation back to
obtain the sample concentration.
Minimum Detectable
Activity (MDA)
TNI- Estimate of the smallest true activity that ensures a specified high confidence, 1 – β, of detection
above the Critical Value, and a low probability β of false negatives below the Critical Value. For
radiometric methods, β is often set at 0.05. NOTE 1: The MDS is a measure of the detection capability
of a measurement process and as such, it is an a priori concept. It may be used in the selection of
methods to meet specified MQOs. Laboratories may also calculate a “sample specific” MDA, which
indicates how well the measurement process is performing under varying real-world measurement
conditions, when sample-specific characteristics (e.g., interferences) may affect the detection capability.
However, the MDA must never be used instead of the Critical Value as a detection threshold. NOTE 2:
For the purpose of this Standard, the terms MDA and minimum detectable concentration (MDC) are
equivalent.
Minimum Reporting
Limit (MRL)
the lowest concentration of standard used for calibration – Drinking Water Manual
MintMiner Commercial software program used to scan large amounts of chromatographic data to monitor for errors
or data integrity issues.
Mobile Laboratory TNI- A portable enclosed structure with necessary and appropriate accommodation and environmental
conditions for a laboratory, within which testing is performed by analysts. Examples include but are not
limited to trailers, vans, and skid-mounted structures configured to house testing equipment and
personnel.
National Environmental
Laboratory Accreditation
Conference (NELAC)
See definition of The NELAC Institute (TNI).
National Institute of
Occupational Safety and
Health (NIOSH)
National institute charged with the provision of training, consultation, and information in the area of
occupational safety and health.
National Institute of
Standards and
Technology (NIST)
TNI- A federal agency of the US Department of Commerce’s Technology Administration that is
designed as the United States national metrology institute (or NMI).
National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES)
A permit program that controls water pollution by regulating point sources that discharge pollutants into
U.S. waters.
Negative Control Measures taken to ensure that a test, its components, or the environment do not cause undesired effects,
or produce incorrect test results.
Nitrogen Phosphorus
Detector (NPD)
A detector used in GC analyses that utilizes thermal energy to ionize an analyte. With this detector,
nitrogen and phosphorus can be selectively detected with a higher sensitivity than carbon.
Nonconformance An indication or judgment that a product or service has not met the requirement of the relevant
specifications, contract, or regulation; also, the state of failing to meet the requirements.
Not Detected (ND)The result reported for a compound when the detected amount of that compound is less than the
method reporting limit.
Operator Aid DoD- A technical posting (such as poster, operating manual, or notepad) that assists workers in
performing routine tasks. All operator aids must be controlled documents (i.e., a part of the laboratory
management system).
Performance Based
Measurement System
(PBMS)
An analytical system wherein the data quality needs, mandates or limitations of a program or project are
specified and serve as criteria for selecting appropriate test methods to meet those needs in a cost-
effective manner.
Physical Parameter TNI- A measurement of a physical characteristic or property of a sample as distinguished from the
concentrations of chemical and biological components.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 168 of 221
Photo-ionization
Detector (PID)
An ion detector which uses high-energy photons, typically in the ultraviolet range, to break molecules into
positively charged ions.
Polychlorinated
Biphenyls (PCB)
A class of organic compounds that were used as coolants and insulating fluids for transformers and
capacitors. The production of these compounds was banned in the 1970’s due to their high toxicity.
Positive Control Measures taken to ensure that a test and/or its components are working properly and producing correct
or expected results from positive test subjects.
Post-Digestion Spike A sample prepared for metals analyses that has analytes spike added to determine if matrix effects may be
a factor in the results.
Power of Hydrogen (pH)The measure of acidity or alkalinity of a solution.
Practical Quantitation
Limit (PQL)
Another term for a method reporting limit. The lowest reportable concentration of a compound based
on parameters set up in an analytical method and the laboratory’s ability to reproduce those conditions.
Precision TNI- The degree to which a set of observations or measurements of the same property, obtained under
similar conditions, conform to themselves; a data quality indicator. Precision is usually expressed as
standard deviation, variance, or range, in either absolute or relative terms.
Preservation TNI and DoD- Any conditions under which a sample must be kept in order to maintain chemical,
physical, and/or biological integrity prior to analysis.
Primary Accreditation
Body (Primary AB)
TNI- The accreditation body responsible for assessing a laboratory’s total quality system, on-site
assessment, and PT performance tracking for fields of accreditation.
Procedure TNI- A specified way to carry out an activity or process. Procedures can be documented or not.
Proficiency Testing (PT)TNI- A means to evaluate a laboratory’s performance under controlled conditions relative to a given set
of criteria, through analysis of unknown samples provided by an external source.
Proficiency Testing
Program (PT Program)
TNI- The aggregate of providing rigorously controlled and standardized environmental samples to a
laboratory for analysis, reporting of results, statistical evaluation of the results and the collective
demographics and results summary of all participating laboratories.
Proficiency Testing
Provider (PT Provider)
TNI- A person or organization accredited by a TNI-approved Proficiency Testing Provider Accreditor to
operate a TNI-compliant PT Program.
Proficiency Testing
Provider Accreditor
(PTPA)
TNI- An organization that is approved by TNI to accredit and monitor the performance of proficiency
testing providers.
Proficiency Testing
Reporting Limit (PTRL)
TNI- A statistically derived value that represents the lowest acceptable concentration for an analyte in a
PT sample, if the analyte is spiked into the PT sample. The PTRLs are specified in the TNI FoPT tables.
Proficiency Testing
Sample (PT)
TNI- A sample, the composition of which is unknown to the laboratory, and is provided to test whether
the laboratory can produce analytical results within the specified acceptance criteria.
Proficiency Testing (PT)
Study
TNI- a) Scheduled PT Study: A single complete sequence of circulation and scoring of PT samples to all
participants in a PT program. The study must have the same pre-defined opening and closing dates for all
participants; b) Supplemental PT Study: A PT sample that may be from a lot previously released by a PT
Provider that meets the requirements for supplemental PT samples given in Volume 3 of this Standard
[TNI] but that does not have a pre-determined opening date and closing date.
Proficiency Testing Study
Closing Date
TNI- a) Scheduled PT Study: The calendar date by which all participating laboratories must submit
analytical results for a PT sample to a PT Provider; b) Supplemental PT Study: The calendar date a
laboratory submits the results for a PT sample to the PT Provider.
Proficiency Testing Study
Opening Date
TNI- a) Scheduled PT Study: The calendar date that a PT sample is first made available to all participants
of the study by a PT Provider; b) Supplemental PT Study: The calendar date the PT Provider ships the
sample to a laboratory.
Protocol TNI- A detailed written procedure for field and/or laboratory operation (e.g., sampling, analysis) that
must be strictly followed.
Qualitative Analysis DoD- Analysis designed to identify the components of a substance or mixture.
Quality Assurance (QA)TNI- An integrated system of management activities involving planning, implementation, assessment,
reporting and quality improvement to ensure that a process, item, or service is of the type and quality
needed and expected by the client.
Quality Assurance
Manual (QAM)
A document stating the management policies, objectives, principles, organizational structure and
authority, responsibilities, accountability, and implementation of an agency, organization, or laboratory, to
ensure the quality of its product and the utility of its product to its users.
Quality Assurance
Project Plan (QAPP)
A formal document describing the detailed quality control procedures by which the quality requirements
defined for the data and decisions pertaining to a specific project are to be achieved.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 169 of 221
Quality Control (QC)TNI- The overall system of technical activities that measures the attributes and performance of a process,
item, or service against defined standards to verify that they meet the stated requirements established by
the customer; operational techniques and activities that are used to fulfill requirements for quality; also the
system of activities and checks used to ensure that measurement systems are maintained within
prescribed limits, providing protection against “out of control” conditions and ensuring that the results
are of acceptable quality.
Quality Control Sample
(QCS)
TNI- A sample used to assess the performance of all or a portion of the measurement system. One of
any number of samples, such as Certified Reference Materials, a quality system matrix fortified by spiking,
or actual samples fortified by spiking, intended to demonstrate that a measurement system or activity is in
control.
Quality Manual TNI- A document stating the management policies, objectives, principles, organizational structure and
authority, responsibilities, accountability, and implementation of an agency, organization, or laboratory, to
ensure the quality of its product and the utility of its product to its users.
Quality System TNI and DoD- A structured and documented management system describing the policies, objectives,
principles, organizational authority, responsibilities, accountability, and implementation plan of an
organization for ensuring quality in its work processes, products (items), and services. The quality system
provides the framework for planning, implementing, and assessing work performed by the organization
and for carrying out required quality assurance and quality control activities.
Quality System Matrix TNI and DoD- These matrix definitions shall be used for purposes of batch and quality control
requirements and may be different from a field of accreditation matrix:
Air and Emissions: Whole gas or vapor samples including those contained in flexible or rigid
wall containers and the extracted concentrated analytes of interest from a gas or vapor that are
collected with a sorbant tube, impinger solution, filter, or other device
Aqueous: Any aqueous sample excluded from the definition of Drinking Water or
Saline/Estuarine. Includes surface water, groundwater effluents, and TCLP or other
extracts.
Biological Tissue: Any sample of a biological origin such as fish tissue, shellfish, or plant
material. Such samples shall be grouped according to origin.
Chemical Waste: A product or by-product of an industrial process that results in a matrix
not previously defined.
Drinking Water: Any aqueous sample that has been designated a potable or potentially
potable water source.
Non-aqueous liquid: Any organic liquid with <15% settleable solids
Saline/Estuarine: Any aqueous sample from an ocean or estuary, or other saltwater source
such as the Great Salt Lake.
Solids: Includes soils, sediments, sludges, and other matrices with >15% settleable solids.
Quantitation Range DoD- The range of values (concentrations) in a calibration curve between the LOQ and the highest
successively analyzed initial calibration standard used to relate instrument response to analyte
concentration. The quantitation range (adjusted for initial sample volume/weight, concentration/dilution,
and final volume) lies within the calibration range.
Quantitative Analysis DoD- Analysis designed to determine the amounts or proportions of the components of a substance.
Random Error The EPA has established that there is a 5% probability that the results obtained for any one analyte will
exceed the control limits established for the test due to random error. As the number of compounds
measured increases in a given sample, the probability for statistical error also increases.
Raw Data TNI- The documentation generated during sampling and analysis. This documentation includes, but is
not limited to, field notes, electronic data, magnetic tapes, untabulated sample results, QC sample results,
print outs of chromatograms, instrument outputs, and handwritten records.
Reagent Blank (method
reagent blank)
A sample consisting of reagent(s), without the target analyte or sample matrix, introduced into the
analytical procedure at the appropriate point and carried through all subsequent steps to determine the
contribution of the reagents and of the involved analytical steps.
Reagent Grade Analytical reagent (AR) grade, ACS reagent grade, and reagent grade are synonymous terms for reagents
that conform to the current specifications of the Committee on Analytical Reagents of the American
Chemical Society.
Records DoD- The output of implementing and following management system documents (e.g., test data in
electronic or hand-written forms, files, and logbooks).
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 170 of 221
Reference Material TNI- Material or substance one or more of whose property values are sufficiently homogenized and well
established to be used for the calibration of an apparatus, the assessment of a measurement method, or
for assigning values to materials.
Reference Method TNI- A published method issued by an organization generally recognized as competent to do so. (When
the ISO language refers to a “standard method,” that term is equivalent to “reference method”). When a
laboratory is required to analyze by a specified method due to a regulatory requirement, the
analyte/method combination is recognized as a reference method. If there is no regulatory requirement
for the analyte/method combination, the analyte/method combination is recognized as a reference
method if it can be analyzed by another reference method of the same matrix and technology.
Reference Standard TNI- Standard used for the calibration of working measurement standards in a given organization or at a
given location.
Relative Percent
Difference (RPD)
A measure of precision defined as the difference between two measurements divided by the average
concentration of the two measurements.
Reporting Limit (RL)The level at which method, permit, regulatory and customer-specific objectives are met. The reporting
limit may never be lower than the Limit of Detection (i.e., statistically determined MDL). Reporting limits
are corrected for sample amounts, including the dry weight of solids, unless otherwise specified. There
must be a sufficient buffer between the Reporting Limit and the MDL.
DoD- A customer-specified lowest concentration value that meets project requirements for quantitative
data with known precision and bias for a specific analyte in a specific matrix.
Reporting Limit
Verification Standard
(RLVS)
A standard analyzed at the reporting limit for an analysis to verify the laboratory’s ability to report to that
level.
Representativeness A quality element related to the ability to collect a sample reflecting the characteristics of the part of the
environment to be assessed. Sample representativeness is dependent on the sampling techniques specified
in the project work plan.
Requirement Denotes a mandatory specification; often designated by the term “shall.”
Retention Time The time between sample injection and the appearance of a solute peak at the detector.
Revocation TNI- The total or partial withdrawal of a laboratory’s accreditation by an accreditation body.
Sample Portion of material collected for analysis, identified by a single, unique alphanumeric code. A sample may
consist of portions in multiple containers, if a single sample is submitted for multiple or repetitive
analysis.
Sample Condition Upon
Receipt Form (SCURF)
Form used by sample receiving personnel to document the condition of sample containers upon receipt
to the laboratory (used in conjunction with a COC).
Sample Delivery Group
(SDG)
A unit within a single project that is used to identify a group of samples for delivery. An SDG is a group
of 20 or fewer field samples within a project, received over a period of up to 14 calendar days. Data from
all samples in an SDG are reported concurrently.
Sample Receipt Form
(SRF)
Letter sent to the client upon login to show the tests requested and pricing.
Sample Tracking Procedures employed to record the possession of the samples from the time of sampling until analysis,
reporting and archiving. These procedures include the use of a chain-of-custody form that documents the
collection, transport, and receipt of compliance samples to the laboratory. In addition, access to the
laboratory is limited and controlled to protect the integrity of the samples.
Sampling TNI- Activity related to obtaining a representative sample of the object of conformity assessment,
according to a procedure.
Selected Ion Monitoring
(SIM)
A mode of analysis in mass spectrometry where the detector is set to scan over a very small mass range,
typically one mass unit. The narrower the range, the more sensitive the detector.
DoD- Using GC/MS, characteristic ions specific to target compounds are detected and used to quantify
in applications where the normal full scan mass spectrometry results in excessive noise.
Selectivity TNI- The ability to analyze, distinguish, and determine a specific analyte or parameter from another
component that may be a potential interferent or that may behave similarly to the target analyte or
parameter within the measurement system.
Sensitivity TNI- The capability of a method or instrument to discriminate between measurement responses
representing different levels (e.g., concentrations) of a variable of interest.
Serial Dilution The stepwise dilution of a substance in a solution.
Shall Denotes a requirement that is mandatory whenever the criterion for conformance with the specification
requires that there be no deviation. This does not prohibit the use of alternative approaches or methods
for implementing the specification as long as the requirement is fulfilled.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 171 of 221
Should Denotes a guideline or recommendation whenever noncompliance with the specification is permissible.
Signal-to-Noise Ratio
(S/N)
DoD- A measure of signal strength relative to background noise. The average strength of the noise of
most measurements is constant and independent of the magnitude of the signal. Thus, as the quantity
being measured (producing the signal) decreases in magnitude, S/N decreases and the effect of the noise
on the relative error of a measurement increases.
Source Water TNI- When sampled for drinking water compliance, untreated water from streams, rivers, lakes, or
underground aquifers, which is used to supply private and public drinking water supplies.
Spike A known mass of target analyte added to a blank sample or sub-sample; used to determine recovery
efficiency or for other quality control purposes.
Standard (Document)TNI- The document describing the elements of a laboratory accreditation that has been developed and
established within the consensus principles of standard setting and meets the approval requirements of
standard adoption organizations procedures and policies.
Standard (Chemical)Standard samples are comprised of a known amount of standard reference material in the matrix
undergoing analysis. A standard reference material is a certified reference material produced by US NIST
and characterized for absolute content, independent of analytical test method.
Standard Blank (or
Reagent Blank)
A calibration standard consisting of the same solvent/reagent matrix used to prepare the calibration
standards without the analytes. It is used to construct the calibration curve by establishing instrument
background.
Standard Method A test method issued by an organization generally recognized as competent to do so.
Standard Operating
Procedure (SOP)
TNI- A written document that details the method for an operation, analysis, or action with thoroughly
prescribed techniques and steps. SOPs are officially approved as the methods for performing certain
routine or repetitive tasks.
Standard Reference
Material (SRM)
A certified reference material produced by the US NIST or other equivalent organization and
characterized for absolute content, independent of analytical method.
Statement of
Qualifications (SOQ)
A document that lists information about a company, typically the qualifications of that company to
compete on a bid for services.
Stock Standard A concentrated reference solution containing one or more analytes prepared in the laboratory using
an assayed reference compound or purchased from a reputable commercial source.
Storage Blank DoD- A sample of analyte-free media prepared by the laboratory and retained in the sample storage area
of the laboratory. A storage blank is used to record contamination attributable to sample storage at the
laboratory.
Supervisor The individual(s) designated as being responsible for a particular area or category of scientific analysis.
This responsibility includes direct day-to-day supervision of technical employees, supply and instrument
adequacy and upkeep, quality assurance/quality control duties and ascertaining technical employees have
the required balance of education, training, and experience to perform the required analyses.
Surrogate DoD- A substance with properties that mimic the analyte of interest. It is unlikely to be found in
environmental samples and is added to them for quality control purposes.
Suspension TNI- The temporary removal of a laboratory’s accreditation for a defined period of time, which shall not
exceed 6 months or the period of accreditation, whichever is longer, in order to allow the laboratory time
to correct deficiencies or area of non-conformance with the Standard.
Systems Audit An on-site inspection or assessment of a laboratory’s quality system.
Target Analytes DoD- Analytes or chemicals of primary concern identified by the customer on a project-specific basis.
Technical Director Individual(s) who has overall responsibility for the technical operation of the environmental testing
laboratory.
Technology TNI- A specific arrangement of analytical instruments, detection systems, and/or preparation techniques.
Test A technical operation that consists of the determination of one or more characteristics or performance of
a given product, material, equipment, organism, physical phenomenon, process, or service according to a
specified procedure. The result of a test is normally recorded in a document sometimes called a test
report or a test certificate.
Test Method DoD- A definitive procedure that determines one or more characteristics of a given substance or
product.
Test Methods for
Evaluating Solid Waste,
Physical/ Chemical (SW-
846)
EPA Waste’s official compendium of analytical and sampling methods that have been evaluated and
approved for use in complying with RCRA regulations.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 172 of 221
Test Source TNI- A radioactive source that is tested, such as a sample, calibration standard, or performance check
source. A Test Source may also be free of radioactivity, such as a Test Source counted to determine the
subtraction background, or a short-term background check.
The NELAC Institute
(TNI)
A non-profit organization whose mission is to foster the generation of environmental data of known and
documented quality through an open, inclusive, and transparent process that is responsive to the needs of
the community. Previously known as NELAC (National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation
Conference).
Total Petroleum
Hydrocarbons (TPH)
A term used to denote a large family of several hundred chemical compounds that originate from crude
oil. Compounds may include gasoline components, jet fuel, volatile organics, etc.
Toxicity Characteristic
Leaching Procedure
(TCLP)
A solid sample extraction method for chemical analysis employed as an analytical method to simulate
leaching of compounds through a landfill.
Traceability TNI- The ability to trace the history, application, or location of an entity by means of recorded
identifications. In a calibration sense, traceability relates measuring equipment to national or international
standards, primary standards, basic physical conditions or properties, or reference materials. In a data
collection sense, it relates calculations and data generated throughout the project back to the requirements
for the quality of the project.
Training Document A training resource that provides detailed instructions to execute a specific method or job function.
Trip Blank This blank sample is used to detect sample contamination from the container and preservative during
transport and storage of the sample. A cleaned sample container is filled with laboratory reagent water
and the blank is stored, shipped, and analyzed with its associated samples.
Tuning A check and/or adjustment of instrument performance for mass spectrometry as required by the
method.
Ultraviolet
Spectrophotometer (UV)
Instrument routinely used in quantitative determination of solutions of transition metal ions and highly
conjugated organic compounds.
Uncertainty, Counting TNI- The component of Measurement Uncertainty attributable to the random nature of radioactive
decay and radiation counting (often estimated as the square root of observed counts (MARLAP). Older
references sometimes refer to this parameter as Error, Counting Error, or Count Error (c.f., Total
Uncertainty).
Uncertainty, Expanded TNI- The product of the Standard Uncertainty and a coverage factor, k, which is chosen to produce an
interval about the result that has a high probability of containing the value of the measurand (c.f.,
Standard Uncertainty). NOTE: Radiochemical results are generally reported in association with the Total
Uncertainty. Either if these estimates of uncertainty can be reported as the Standard Uncertainty (one-
sigma) or as an Expanded Uncertainty (k-sigma, where k > 1).
Uncertainty,
Measurement
TNI- Parameter associated with the result of a measurement that characterizes the dispersion of the
values that could reasonably be attributed to the measurand.
Uncertainty, Standard TNI- An estimate of the Measurement Uncertainty expressed as a standard deviation (c.f., Expanded
Uncertainty).
Uncertainty, Total TNI- An estimate of the Measurement Uncertainty that accounts for contributions from all significant
sources of uncertainty associated with the analytical preparation and measurement of a sample. Such
estimates are also commonly referred to as Combined Standard Uncertainty or Total Propagated
Uncertainty, and in some older references as the Total Propagated Error, among other similar items (c.f.,
Counting Uncertainty).
Unethical actions DoD- Deliberate falsification of analytical or quality control results where failed method or contractual
requirements are made to appear acceptable.
United States
Department of
Agriculture (USDA)
A department of the federal government that provides leadership on food, agriculture, natural resources,
rural development, nutrition, and related issues based on public policy, the best available science, and
effective management.
United States Geological
Survey (USGS)
Program of the federal government that develops new methods and tools to supply timely, relevant, and
useful information about the Earth and its processes.
Unregulated
Contaminant Monitoring
Rule (UCMR)
EPA program to monitor unregulated contaminants in drinking water.
Validation DoD- The confirmation by examination and provision of objective evidence that the particular
requirements for a specific intended use are fulfilled.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 173 of 221
Verification TNI- Confirmation by examination and objective evidence that specified requirements have been met. In
connection with the management of measuring equipment, verification provides a means for checking
that the deviations between values indicated by a measuring instrument and corresponding known values
of a measured quantity are consistently smaller than the maximum allowable error defined in a standard,
regulation, or specification peculiar to the management of the measuring equipment.
Voluntary Action
Program (VAP)
A program of the Ohio EPA that gives individuals a way to investigate possible environmental
contamination, clean it up if necessary and receive a promise from the State of Ohio that no more
cleanup is needed.
Whole Effluent Toxicity
(WET)
The aggregate toxic effect to aquatic organisms from all pollutants contained in a facility’s wastewater
(effluent).
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 174 of 221
7.4 Appendix D: Organization Chart(s)
7.4.1 PAS Corporate Organization Chart(s)
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 175 of 221
7.4.2 PAS Quality Systems Management Organization Chart
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 176 of 221
7.4.3 Mt. Juliet – Organization Chart
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 177 of 221
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 178 of 221
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 179 of 221
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 180 of 221
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
7.5 Appendix E: Equipment Listing
The equipment listed represents equipment were held by each location on the effective date of this
manual. This information is subject to change without notice. External parties should contact the
location for the most current information.
7.5.1 PAS-Mt. Juliet
Equipment List: PAS-Mt. Juliet
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
GC/FID Agilent 6890N US10137006 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRGC2 Online
GC/FID Agilent 6890N US10137006 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRGC2 Online
Gas
Chromatograph
HP 6890N TCD US10726007 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRGC3 Online
GC/FID Agilent 7890B CN14513033 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRGC4 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890A/5975 CN13231014
US50680012
As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS1 Online
Preconcentrator Entech 7200 1683 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS1 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 1708 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS1 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890N/5975 CN10551083
US61332744
As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS2 Online
Preconcentrator Entech 7200 1005 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS2 Online
Tedlar
Autosampler
Entech 7032A 1017 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS2 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 1871 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS2 Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Agilent 6890 US000011333 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS3 Online
Injector Agilent G2614A CN40327743 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS3 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890/5973 US00024695
US82311265
As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS4 Online
Preconcentrator Entech 7200 1174 As
Needed
USED Air Lab AIRMS4 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 1870 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS4 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890/5973 GCUS00039611
MSUS0340681
As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS5 Online
Preconcentrator Entech 7200 1162 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS5 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 1741 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS5 Online
Tedlar
Autosampler
Entech 7032AB 1044 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS5 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890A/5975C GCUS10831022
MSU91732329
As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS6 Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 1505 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS6 Online
Preconcentrator Entech 7200 1322 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS6 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890/5975C US00024616
US71236615
As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS7 Online
Preconcentrator Entech 7200 1720 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS7 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 1991 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS7 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890/5977B US2008A003
US2007M007
As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS8 Online
Preconcentrator Entech 7200A 00118 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS8 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 1869 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS8 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 1828 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS8 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890/5977B US2007A038
US2006M061
As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS9 Online
Preconcentrator Entech 7200A 00117 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS9 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 1872 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS9 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 1990 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS9 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890/5977B US2209A075
US2201R007
As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS10 Online
Preconcentrator Entech 7200A 00145 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS10 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 2000 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS10 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890/5977B US2209A079
US2202R013
As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS11 Online
Preconcentrator Entech 7200A 00146 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS11 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 2001 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS11 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 2002 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS11 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7650-01 0130 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS11 Online
Precision Diluter Entech 4700 0371 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Online
Dynamic Diluter Entech Model 4600A 1086 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Online
TO Canister Restek/Entec
h
TO-
CAN/SiloniteCan
N/A As
Needed
Used Air Lab 3024 cans
owned
Online
Passive Sampling
Kit
Restek/Entec
h
N/A As
Needed
Used Air Lab 2218
owned
Online
Field hand held
PID
RAE Systems MiniRAE3000 592-929317 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Online
Canister Cleaner Entech 3100A 1178 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 1 Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Oven Entech 3513ENT 1482050570384 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 1 Online
Oven Entech 3513ENT 1482060344515 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 1 Online
Canister Cleaner Entech 3100A 1473 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 2 Online
Oven Entech 3513ENT 1482060344518 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 2 Online
Oven Entech 31-350ER B33ER-01180 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 2 Online
Canister Cleaner Entech 3100A 1448 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 3 Online
Oven Entech 31-350 B33-02663 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 3 Online
Oven Entech 31-350ER B33ER-01142 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 3 Online
Canister Cleaner Entech 3100D 1741 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 4 Online
Oven Entech 31-350ER B33ER-01654 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 4 Online
Oven Entech 31-350ER B33ER-01652 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 4 Online
Canister Cleaner Entech 3100D 2214 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 5 Online
Oven Entech 09-OV6L8 0134 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 5 Online
Oven Entech 09-OV6L8 0135 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 5 Online
Canister Cleaner Entech 3100A 1154 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 6 Online
Oven Entech 3513ENT 1482060344516 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 6 Online
Oven Entech 3513ENT 1003-4123 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 6 Online
Canister Cleaner Entech 3100D 1154 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 7 Online
Oven Entech 09-OV6L12 0212 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 7 Online
Oven Entech 09-OV6L12 0213 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 7 Online
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Analytical
Balance
Mettler XSE 105 Dual
Range
B634906554 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
002929 Biomon
Class “I” weights
(2)
Troemner SN #67812 67812 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
000565 UKN
Stereoscope Olympus SZX2-ILLD 7D48897 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Oven (2)Fisher 655F 30400142 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
304 UKN
Cold Room Thermo-Kool Walk-In
Refrigerator
49409 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
1800 UKN
Stir plate Fisher 170 US HHKF65010 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Stir plate Fisher 120 US HBKF63004 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Stir plate VWR 151211003 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Stir plate VWR 97042-626 151211016 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Chlorine meter Hach DR300 19110A002361 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
P0148 Biomon
Hardness meter Orbeco-
Hellige
942 2444 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Conductivity
Probe
ZW1-10283 ZW1-10283 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Hood 4 Labconco 6963401 111151057 12-1-21 Used Micro 2329 Biomon
pH probe Thermo
Scientific
ZY1-18044 ZY1-18044 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Incubator-I9 Thermo
Scientific
Precision
Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
2355 Biomon
Incubator I8 Thermo
Scientific
Precision
MH400-S 42499233 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Incubator-I4 Thermo
Scientific
Precision
02010320 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Stereoscope Olympus SZX2-ILLD
(ESCP0004)
7B49859 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
P0004 Biomon
pH meter Orion VersaStar X61072 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
X61072 Biomon
Waterbath 1 Lindberg/Bl
ue
WB1130A X05R-220204-
XE
Annual UKN Aquatic
Tox Lab
000601 N/A
Stereoscope Olympus SZH-ILLD
(ESC125)
711005 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Stereoscope Olympus SZXz-ILLD 9B49874 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
Biomon
Waterbath Thermo
Scientific
C1R89 300253242 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
P0131 UKN
Refrigerator True 63366 909935 Annual UKN Aquatic
Tox Lab
UKN
Water Purifier ELGA Pure
Lab
4LXXXSCM2 ULT00002887 N/A Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
2628 Biomon
Mini fridge Haier HC27SG42RG BS0882E1G00B
KFCH0426
Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
n/A N/A
RDO Probe Thermo
Scientific
Orion
VSTAR-RD 15762 Daily Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Oven (1)Thermoscient
ific
Heratherm
OGS400
41831936 Annual New Aquatic
Tox Lab
2809 Biomon
Freezer Kenmore 198.8130582 P20949206 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A UKN
Incubator Crown Tonka Walk-In 260333-01 J01 Annual New Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Description Manufacturer Model Serial
Number
Service Date Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Balance - Top
Loading
Mettler
Toledo
PB3002-S 1121462199 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
METBAL3 Supervisor's
Office
Balance - Top
Loading
Mettler
Toledo
PB3002-S 1119070828 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
METBAL2 Supervisor's
Office
Balance - Top
Loading
Torbal AGN100 701001026 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
METBAL5 Supervisor's
Office
Balance - Top
Loading
Mettler
Toledo
PB3002-S 1128150150 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP METBAL1 Supervisor's
Office
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial
Number
Service Date Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Balance - Top
Loading
Mettler
Toledo
XSR1202S C20129128 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP TCLPBAL
2
Supervisor's
Office
Balance - Top
Loading
Mettler
Toledo
XS40025 B712847753 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP METBAL4 Supervisor's
Office
Balance - Top
Loading
Mettler
Toledo
XS40025 B410367932 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Mercury HGBAL1 Supervisor's
Office
Hotblock Environment
al Express
SC154 9062CECW39
53
See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
MPE Supervisor's
Office
Hotblock Environment
al Express
SC154 2015CECW42
78
See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
MPF Supervisor's
Office
Hotblock Environment
al Express
SC154 2015CECW43
38
See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
MPG Supervisor's
Office
Hotblock Environment
al Express
SC154 2018CECW49
65
See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
MPO Supervisor’s
Office
Hotblock Environment
al Express
SC154 9062CECW39
54
See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Mercury HG1 Supervisor's
Office
Hotblock Environment
al Express
SC154 9062CECW39
56
See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Mercury HG2 Supervisor's
Office
Hotblock Environment
al Express
SC154 3994CEC1880 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Mercury MPC Supervisor's
Office
Hotblock Environment
al Express
SC154 missing See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Mercury MPD Supervisor's
Office
Hotblock Environment
al Express
SC154 See Kanban
Flow
Used Mercury MPN Supervisor’s
Office
Microwave CEM Mars 5 Xpress MD7441 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
MD7441 Supervisor's
Office
Microwave CEM Mars 5 Xpress MD4692 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
MD4692 Supervisor's
Office
Microwave CEM Mars 6 MJ2771 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
MJ2771 Supervisor's
Office
Microwave CEM Mars 6 MJ9747 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
MJ9747 Supervisor's
Office
Microwave CEM Mars 6 MJ9726 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
MJ9726 Supervisor's
Office
Centrifuge Thermo
Fisher
Sorvall ST 40 42496720 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
N/A Supervisor's
Office
Turbidimeter Hach TL2300 2019060C0080 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
N/A Supervisor's
Office
Turbidimeter HACH 2100N 2020060C0093 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
N/A Supervisor’s
Office
Water Purifier ELGA Purelab Ultra ULT00002665 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
N/A Supervisor's
Office
Mercury Analyzer Leeman Hydra II AA 4049 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Mercury CVAA 5 Supervisor's
Office
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial
Number
Service Date Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Mercury Analyzer Teledyne QuickTrace 7600 US17016008 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Mercury CVAA 6 Supervisor's
Office
Mercury Analyzer PerkinElmer FIMS 100 101S18111401 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Mercury CVAA 7 Supervisor's
Office
ICP OES Thermo ICAP 7400 Duo IC74DC14180
1
See
KanbanFlo
w
Used ICP ICP 12 Supervisor's
Office
ICP OES Thermo ICAP 7400 Duo IC74DC14380
4
See
KanbanFlo
w
Used ICP ICP 13 Supervisor's
Office
ICP OES Thermo ICAP 7400 Duo IC74DC15110
3
See
KanbanFlo
w
Used ICP ICP 14 Supervisor's
Office
ICP OES Thermo ICAP 6500 DUO ICP-20074614 Used Metals
Lab
ICP15 Supervisor’s
Office
ICPMS Agilent 7900 G8403A JP16281469 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used ICPMS ICPMS 8 Supervisor's
Office
ICPMS Agilent (1) 7900
G8403A
JP14400452 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used ICPMS ICPMS 9 Supervisor's
Office
ICPMS Agilent 7900 G8403A JP14080164 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used ICPMS ICPMS 10 Supervisor's
Office
ICPMS Agilent 7900 G8403A JP17472096 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used ICPMS ICPMS 11 Supervisor's
Office
Refrigerator Maxx Cold MXM2-48RBHC 36031 Used TCLP P0136 On Line
TCLP Freezer Danby
Designer
DUFM043A1WDD 4315093419531 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP Missing Supervisor’s
Office
Stirrer/Hot Plate Thermo Cinarec+C301001311514
115
See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP 1 Supervisor's
Office
Stirrer/Hot Plate IKA RT15 3.492224 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP 2 Supervisor's
Office
Stirrer/Hot Plate IKA RT15 3.503438 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP 3 Supervisor's
Office
Stirrer/Hot Plate IKA RT15 3.503438 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP 4 Supervisor's
Office
Stirrer/Hot Plate IKA RT15 3.527246 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP 5 Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP A Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP E Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP I Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP L Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP O Supervisor's
Office
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial
Number
Service Date Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP S Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP 1 Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP 2 Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP G Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP H Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP R Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP B Supervisor's
Office
pH Meter Thermo OrionVerastar V04967 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP V04967 Supervisor's
Office
pH Meter Thermo OrionVerastarPro V11227 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP V11227 Supervisor's
Office
pH meter Thermo Orion VersastarPro V13429 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP V13429 Supervisor's
Office
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Analytical
Balance
Mettler
Toledo
XSE1050DU B634906554 Annual New Microbiology
Lab
002929 Biomon
Class “I” weights (1 set)
Troemner
000565 Annual New Microbiology
Lab
N/A UKN
Autoclave Barstead Harvey 1277061222472 Annual New Microbiology
Lab
1708 Biomon
Water Bath Themo
Scientific
Precision CIR89 300380862 Annual Used Microbiology
Lab
UKN
Quantitray Sealer IDEXX 2X QTP13172302569 Monthly Used Microbiology
Lab
2803 Biomon
Incubator I10 Thermo
Scientific
Precision
PR505755L 300303584 Annual Used Microbiology
Lab
30T8 Biomon
Colony Counter Quebecor 3325 222649 N/A Microbiology
Lab
Stereoscope Olympus SZXZ-ILLD 9B48439 Annual Used Microbiology
Lab
P0125 Biomon
UV light; short
and long wave
Entela UVP-56 F122708 Quarterl
y
Used Microbiology
Lab
F122708 Biomon
Autoclave SterileMax Harvey 1277061222472 Annual Used Microbiology
Lab
1708 Biomon
pH meter/
Conductivity
meter/LDO
Thermo
Scientific
Orion
VStar pro V16919 Annual New Aquatic Tox
Lab
V16919 Biomon
Incubator I7-2 Thermo
Scintific
IGS100 42408345 Annual Used Aquatic Tox
Lab
P0141 Biomon
Incubator I7-1 Thermo
Scintific
IGS100 42408448 Annual New Aquatic Tox
Lab
P0132 Biomon
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Analytical
Balance
Mettler PL602-S 1125081657 Annual Unk Bacteriology
Lab
N/A Mold Lab
cabinet
Autoclave Tuttnauer 2540EK 2906170 Annual New Bacteriology
Lab
N/A Mold Lab
cabinet
Biolog
MicroStation
Biolog, Inc. Microlog 3 203222 Annual New Bacteriology
Lab
1676 Mold Lab
cabinet
BOD Skalar 2000 Skalar 2000 8123 Annual New BOD 1931 Mold Lab
cabinet
Class I BSC AirFiltronix AirFiltronix HS
4500
41031 Annual New Mold Lab 1505 Mold Lab
cabinet
Class II BSC Labconco Labconco 36209 30706555 Annual USed Bacteriology
Lab
1374 Mold Lab
cabinet
Class II BSC Labconco Labconco 36213 60554894 Annual USed Mold Lab N/A Mold Lab
cabinet
COD Reactor HACH 45600 900903221 N/A New BOD N/A Mold Lab
cabinet
YSI ProOBOD
LDS Probe
YSI 21C103980 N/A New BOD N/A Mold Lab
cabinet
YSI ProOBOD
LDS Probe
YSI 21C103978 N/A New BOD N/A Mold Lab
cabinet
YSI ProOBOD
LDS Probe
YSI 21G103335 N/A New BOD N/A Mold Lab
cabinet
Fisher Scientific
Vortex(q?)
Fisher
Scientific
80109016 N/A New Mold N/A No
Incubator Precision
Scientific
30M 309100 N/A New Bacteriology
Lab
1826 Mold lab
cabinet
Incubator Precision
Scientific
ER505755R 300245487 N/A New BOD P0127 Mold lab
cabinet
Incubator Thermo
Scientific
Precision
3721 233089-3323 N/A New BOD 2617 Mold Lab
cabinet
Incubator SHEL-LAB SR120P 09000719 N/A New BOD 3079 BOD lab
Incubator SHEL-LAB SR120P 09000819 N/A New BOD 3079 BOD Lab
Incubator SHEL-LAB SR120P 11003819 N/A New BOD N/A BOD Lab
Incubator VWR 2030 1000499 N/A New BOD 0902 Mold Lab
cabinet
Incubator Quincy Lab 10-100 I11-2454 N/A New Mold Lab N/A Mold lab
cabinet
Incubator Thermo
Precision
PR505755R 300207736 N/A New Mold Lab P0092 Mold lab
cabinet
Microscope NIKON LABOPHOT 230064 Annual Used Mold Lab N/A UKN
Microscope NIKON LABOPHOT 235267 Annual Used Mold Lab N/A UKN
Microscope Olympus CH2 9G0216 Annual Used Mold Lab N/a UKN
Microscope Olympus BH-2 200733 Annual Used Mold Lab 1597 UKN
Microscope Leitz Laborlux 512663 Annual Used Mold Lab N/A UKN
pH meter Thermo
Scientific
Orion Star A211 X59095 N/A New BOD N/A BOD lab
Refrigerator Frigidaire FRT17G4BW9 BA703033306 N/A NEW Mold Lab N/A UKN
Refrigerator Whirlpool EL88TRRWS03 442001106 N/A New Mold Lab N/A UKN
Refrigerator Whirlpool EL7ATRRMQ07 EWR4973976 N/A New Mold Lab N/A UKN
Refrigerator Whirlpool EL05PPXMQ EEP3524864 N/A NEW Bacteriology
Lab
N/A UKN
Spectrophotomet
er
Hach DR900 192180001065 N/A New BOD N/A BOD
Stereoscope VWR
Scientific
VWRS1 V168430 Annual Used Mold Lab N/A Mold lab
cabinet
Stir Plate VWR DYLA-DUAL 120202001 N/A New Bacteriology
Lab
N/A UKN
Stir Plate IKA Big Squid 102 N/A New Bacteriology
Lab
N/A UKN
Stir Plate VWR 7x7 AL4
HOT/STIR
180605003 N/A New BOD N/A UKN
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Stir Plate VWR 205 7852 N/A New BOD N/A UKN
Turbidimeter Biolog, Inc.21907 06093898 Annual New Bacteriology
Lab
N/A Mold lab
cabinet
Vortex Genie2
Mixer
VWR G-560 2-223236 N/A New Bacteriology
Lab
N/A UKN
Waterbath Fisher Sci FSGPD20 300302839 N/A New Bacteriology
Lab
N/A Mold lab
cabinet
Waterbath Precision Circulating 260 21-AJ11 N/A New BOD N/A Mold lab
cabinet
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Flow control
valve
Plast-o-matic FC050B SA55CXFJN352 Semi-
annual
New Protozoan
Lab
N/A UKN
Centrifugal pump Jabsco 18610-0271 0562309-MA Semi-
annual
Unk Protozoan
Lab
N/A Crypto
Lab
Graduated
container
Nalgene 20 Liter Carboy N/A Semi-
annual
New Protozoan
Lab
N/A UKN
Laboratory
shaker
Lab-Line 3587-4 0105-2679 Annual New Protozoan
Lab
N/A Crypto
Lab
Laboratory
shaker side arms
Lab-Line 3589 0105-2679 Annual New Protozoan
Lab
N/A Crypto
Lab
1500 XG swinging
bucket centrifuge
Damon/IEC
Division
CRU-5000 23453388 Annual Unk Protozoan
Lab
1863 Crypto
Lab
1500 XG swinging
bucket centrifuge
Damon/IEC
Division
CRU-5000 23453744 Annual Unk Protozoan
Lab
1863 Crypto
Lab
1500 XG swinging
bucket centrifuge
Damon/IEC
Division
CRU-5000 2345497 annual unk Protozoan
Lab
1863 Crypto
Lab
Sample
mixer/rotator
DYNAL Car#: 947.01 1004-3765 Annual Unk Protozoan
Lab
RT1 UKN
Magnetic Particle
Concentrator
DYNAL MPC-1 N/A N/A Protozoan
Lab
N/A UKN
Magnetic Particle
Concentrator
DYNAL MPC-S N/A N/A Protozoan
Lab
N/A UKN
Magnetic Particle
Concentrator
DYNAL MPC-6 N/A N/A Protozoan
Lab
N/A UKN
Flat-sided sample
tubes
DYNAL Cat#: 740.03 74003 N/A New Protozoan
Lab
N/A UKN
Epifluorescence/
differential
interference
contract
microscope
Olympus BX-40 9E09944 Annual Protozoan
Lab
1554 Crypto
Lab
Excitation/ band
pass microscope
for fluorescein
isothiocyanate
(FTIC)
C-squared UN3100 023355 Annual Protozoan
Lab
1924 Crypto
Lab
Excitation/ band
pass filters for
4’6-diamidino-2-
phenylindole
(DAPI)
C-squared UN41001 8H2122 Annual Protozoan
Lab
N/A Crypto
Lab
Masterflex pump Cole Parmer 7553-50 Protozoan
Lab
Crypto
Lab
Balance Denver
Instrument
MXX-412 19053216 Annual Protozoan
Lab
Crypto
Lab
Biosafety Cabinet Labconco Cat#: 36208043726 050J372 Annual Protozoan
Lab
1557 Crypto
Lab
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Gas
Chromatograph 2
HP 6890 HP 6890 US00004397 As needed Used SVOC svcompa
Online
Gas
Chromatograph 3
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 US00002051 As needed Used SVOC svcompo
Online
Gas
Chromatograph 7
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 US10350064 As needed Used SVOC Svcompe
Online
Gas
Chromatograph 8
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 DE00022534 As needed Used SVOC svcompp Online
Gas
Chromatograph 9
HP 6890 HP 6890 US00029095 As needed Used SVOC Svcompj
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
10
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 US00039655 As needed Used SVOC Scvompk
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
11
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 US00040550 As needed Used SVOC Svcompn
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
12
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 US00034155 As needed Used SVOC Svcompaf
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
13
HP 6890 HP 6890 US00010364 As needed Used SVOC Svcomps
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
14
HP 6890 HP 6890 US00020581 As needed Used SVOC svcompt
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
16
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 US10212071 As needed Used SVOC Svcompv
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
17
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 US10344078 As needed Used SVOC Svcompw
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
18
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 US10351038 As needed Used SVOC Svcompd
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
19
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 CN10516070 As needed Used SVOC Svompaa
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
20
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 CN10543031 As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
b Online
Gas
Chromatograph
21
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN10730070 As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
e Online
Gas
Chromatograph
22
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN10730081 As needed Used SVOC svcompa
d Online
Gas
Chromatograph
23
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 CN92174366 As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
g Online
Gas
Chromatograph
24
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 CN92174369 As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
h Online
Gas
Chromatograph
25
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN10091009 As needed Used SVOC Svcompaj
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
26
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN11501138 As needed Used SVOC Svcompar
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
27
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN11501139 As needed Used SVOC Svcompas
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
28
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 US11521018 As needed Used SVOC Svcompat
Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Gas
Chromatograph
29
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN11521077 As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
u Online
Gas
Chromatograph
30
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 US11521020 As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
v Online
Gas
Chromatograph
31
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN13503096 As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
a Online
Gas
Chromatograph
32
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN14423060 As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
c Online
Gas
Chromatograph
33
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN15033026 As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
d Online
Gas
Chromatograph
34
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN15033027 As needed Used SVOC svcompb
e Online
Gas
Chromatograph
35
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 US10838014 As needed Used SVOC svcompb
h Online
Gas
Chromatograph
36
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 US10205134 As needed Used SVOC svcompbi
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
38
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 US10142052 As needed Used SVOC svcompb
k Online
Gas
Chromatograph
41
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN16123059 As needed Used SVOC svcompb
m Online
Gas
Chromatograph
42
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 US1952A007 As needed Used SVOC svcompb
p Online
Gas
Chromatograph
43
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 US1951A023 As needed Used SVOC svcompb
q Online
Gas
Chromatograph
45
Agilent 8890 Agilent 8890 US2016A022 As needed Used SVOC svcompb
x Online
Gas
Chromatograph
46
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN13443001 As needed Used SVOC svcompb
y Online
Gas
Chromatograph
47
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN10301152 As needed Used SVOC svcompb
z Online
Gas
Chromatograph
48
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 CN10344042 As needed Used SVOC svcompca
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
49
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN10814061 As needed Used SVOC svcompc
b Online
Gas
Chromatograph
50
Agilent 8890 Agilent 8890 US2119A057 As needed Used SVOC svcompcc
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 2
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC scvompa
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 3
NPD/NPD
Detectors
NPD/NPD
Detectors
N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompo
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 7
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompe
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 8
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompp
Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 9
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompj
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 10
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompk
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 11
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U11750
B) U12481
As needed Used SVOC svcompn
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 12
FPD/FPD
Detectors
FPD/FPD
Detectors
N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompaf
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 13
Detectors Detectors N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcomps
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 14
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U3113
B) U2620
As needed Used SVOC Svcompt
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 16
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompv
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 17
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompw
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 18
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U11613
B) U13988
As needed Used SVOC Svcompd
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 19
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U6632
B) U8422
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
a Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 20
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U13989
B) U0418
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
b Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 21
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
e Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 22
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U12039
B) 12038
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
d Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 23
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U2621
B) U8104
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
g Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 24
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U8423
B) U12482
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
h Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 25
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompaj
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 26
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompar
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 27
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompas
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 28
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U26768
B) U26237
As needed Used SVOC Svcompat
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 29au
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U20277
B) U20299
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
u Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 30
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U20425
B) U20424
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
v Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 31
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
a Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 32
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
c Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 33
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
d Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 34
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
e Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 35
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
h Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 36
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompbi
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 38
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U14736
B) U16284
As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
k Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 41
NPD/NPD
Detectors
NPD/NPD
Detectors
N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
p Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 42
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U37659
B) U37661
As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
p Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 43
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
q Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 45
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
x Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 46
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U39219
B) U39356
As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
y Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 47
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
z Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 48
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompc
a Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 49
FPD/FPD
Detectors
FPD/FPD
Detectors
N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompc
b Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 50
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompc
c Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 1
Agilent
6890GC
5973 MSD
Agilent 6890GC
5973 MSD
GC CN10335001
MS US33220022
As needed Used SVOC Svcompf
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 2
Agilent
6890GC
5973 MSD
Agilent 6890GC
5973 MSD
GC US10409048
MS US35120400
As needed Used SVOC Svcompc
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 4
Agilent
6890GC
5973 MSD
Agilent 6890GC
5973 MSD
GC CN10403067
MS US35120308
As needed Used SVOC Svcomph
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 7
Agilent
6890GC
5973 MSD
Agilent 6890GC
5973 MSD
GC US00023180
MS US03940745
As needed Used SVOC svcompm
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 9
Agilent
6890GC
5973 MSD
Agilent 6890GC
5973 MSD
GC CN10344042
MS US33220158
As needed Used SVOC Svcompx Decomm
issioned
and
repurpos
ed as
SVGC48
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 10
Agilent
6890GC
5973 MSD
Agilent 6890GC
5973 MSD
GC CN10340045
MS US33220183
As needed Used SVOC Svcompy
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 11
Agilent
6890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 6890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10509031
MS US60532657
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
c Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 12
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10728074
MS 12-0706-1325
As needed Used SVOC Svcompai
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 13
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10301081
MS US10313621
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
k Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 14
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN11031022
MS US11093726
As needed Used SVOC Svcompal
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 15
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10301081
MS US10313621
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
m Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 16
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10301152
MS US10313616
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
n
Decomm
issioned
and
repurpos
ed as
SVGC47
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 17
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN11191064
MS US11363807
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
o Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 18
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN11401093
MS US11403903
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
p Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 19
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN 11391051
MS US11383838
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
q Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 20
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN12031161
MS US11503941
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
w Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 21
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN12031160
MS US11513903
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
x Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 22
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN11521157
MS US12023909
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
y Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 23
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN12031114
MS US11433926
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
z Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 24
Agilent
7890GC
5977 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5977 MSD
GC CN14163165
MS US92043581
As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
b Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 25
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10906031
MS US11343905
As needed Used SVOC Svcompbf
Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 26
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10021075
MS US10143111
As needed Used SVOC Svcompbl Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
(QQQ) 27
Agilent
7890GC
7010 MSD
(QQQ)
Agilent 7890GC
7010 MSD (QQQ)
GC US18373018
MS US1730V003
As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
n
Transferr
ed to
IDEA
Lab.
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 28
Agilent
7890GC
5977 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5977 MSD
GC CN13483185
MS US1349M227
As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
o
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 29
Agilent
8890GC
5977 MSD
Agilent 8890GC
5977 MSD
GC US1951A019
MS US1952M030
As needed Used SVOC Svcompbr Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 30
Agilent
8890GC
5977 MSD
Agilent 8890GC
5977 MSD
GC US1947A006
MS US2040M022
As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
s
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 31
Agilent
8890GC
5977 MSD
Agilent 8890GC
5977 MSD
GC US2014A033
MS US2041M031
As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
u
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 32
Agilent
8890GC
5977 MSD
Agilent 8890GC
5977 MSD
GC US2016A007
MS US2041M015
As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
v
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 33
Agilent
8890GC
5977 MSD
Agilent 8890GC
5977 MSD
GC US2014A035
MS US2040M015
As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
w
Online
Liquid
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
(QQQ)
LCMSMS1
Agilent
1290/1290/
1290LC
6470 MSD
(QQQ)
Agilent 1290LC
6470 MSD (QQQ)
Multisampler
DEBAS01954
MS/MS
SG1846G104
Pump
DEBA202992
MCT
DEBA404366
As needed Used SVOC LCMSMS
1
Online
Liquid
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
(QQQ)
LCMSMS2
Agilent
1260/1200/
1200LC
6460 MSD
(QQQ)
Agilent 1260/1200/
1200LC
6460 MSD (QQQ)
Multisampler
DEAAC40230
MS/MS
SG11477210
Pump
DEAB715448
TCC
DEACN42876
As needed Used SVOC LCMSMS
2
In
develop
ment
High
Performance
Liquid
Chromatography
(HPLC1)
Agilent 1100
Series
DAD/FLD
Agilent 1100 Series
DAD/FLD
DAD de01608402
FLD de23904489
As needed Used SVOC Hplc1
Online
High
Performance
Liquid
Chromatography
(HPLC2)
Agilent 1100
Series
DAD/FLD
Agilent 1100 Series
DAD/FLD
DAD de30518420
FLD de92001880
As needed Used SVOC Hplc2
Online
High
Performance
Liquid
Chromatography
Agilent 1100
Series
DAD
Agilent 1100 Series
DAD
DAD us64400711 As needed Used SVOC Hplc3
Online
High
Performance
Liquid
Chromatography
Agilent 1100
Series
DAD
Agilent 1100 Series
DAD
DAD de43623013 As needed Used SVOC Hplc4 Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Analytical
Balance
Mettler-
Toledo XS204
1122411619 As needed Used Ext. Lab Book
shelf
Automated
Soxhlet
Gerhardt
Soxtherm
2951 As needed Used Ext. Lab #1 In lab on
shelf next
to
instrume
nt
Automated
Soxhlet
Gerhardt
Soxtherm
2952 As needed Used Ext. Lab #2 In lab on
shelf next
to
instrume
nt
Automated
Soxhlet
Gerhardt
Soxtherm
2953 As needed Used Ext. Lab #3 In lab on
shelf next
to
instrume
nt
Automated
Soxhlet
Gerhardt
Soxtherm
2954 As needed Used Ext. Lab #4 In lab on
shelf next
to
instrume
nt
Centrifuge Sorvall ST-41 2225 As needed Used Ext. Lab Book
shelf in
lab
Centrifuge Sorvall ST-41 2227 As needed Used Ext. Lab Book
shelf in
lab
Microwave CEM MARS
6
MJ2518 As needed Used Ext. Lab #3 Book
shelf in
lab
Microwave CEM MARS
6
MJ6367 As needed Used Ext. Lab #4 Book
shelf in
lab
Microwave CEM MARS
6
MJZ868 As needed Used Ext. Lab #2 Book
shelf in
lab
Microwave CEM MARS
6
MARS 6 MY2163 As needed New Ext. Lab #5 Book
shelf in
lab
Microwave CEM MARS
6
MARS 6 MY2132 As needed New Ext. Lab #6 Book
shelf in
lab
O&G Solvent
Evaporator
Horizon
Speed-Vap
III
04-2020 As needed Used Ext. Lab #1 Book
shelf in
lab
O&G Solvent
Evaporator
Horizon
Speed-Vap
III
03-1001 As needed Used Ext. Lab #3 Book
shelf in
lab
O&G Solvent
Evaporator
Horizon
Speed-Vap IV
15-0055 As needed Used Ext. Lab #4 Book
shelf in
lab
O&G Solvent
Evaporator
Horizon
Speed-Vap IV
15-0056 As needed Used Ext. Lab #2 Book
shelf in
lab
O&G SPE
Extractor
Horizon
SPE-DEX
3100
15-0113 As needed Used Ext. Lab Disk in
lab
O&G SPE
Extractor
Horizon
SPE-DEX
3100
15-0116 As needed Used Ext. Lab Disk in
lab
O&G SPE
Extractor
Horizon
SPE-DEX
3100
15-0117 As needed Used Ext. Lab Disk in
lab
O&G SPE
Extractor
Horizon
SPE-DEX
3100
15-0118 As needed Used Ext. Lab Disk in
lab
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Oven Fisher 00700127 As needed Used Ext. Lab Bookshel
f in lab
Oven Fisher 1000594
F210266022FD
As needed Used Ext. Lab Bookshel
f in lab
Ring & Puck Mill SPEX
ShatterBOX
8530
10191 As needed Used Ext. Lab Bookshel
f in lab
Sonicator Qsonica Q700 92183M-16-16 As needed Used Ext. Lab Bookshel
f in lab
Sonicator Qsonica Q700 92186M-10-16 As needed Used Ext. Lab Bookshelf
in lab
Sonicator Qsonica Q700 92189M-10-16 As needed Used Ext. Lab Bookshelf
in lab
Sonicator Qsonica Q700 9219M-10-16 As needed Used Ext. Lab Bookshelf
in lab
Sonicator Qsonica Q700 Q700 120131U-05-21 As needed New Ext. Lab #5 Bookshelf
in lab
Sonicator Qsonica Q700 Q700 120137U-05-21 As needed New Ext. Lab #6 Bookshelf
in lab
Water Bath ThermoScien
tific
2033602-102 As needed Used Ext. Lab Bookshelf
in lab
Water Bath Gant VH1535002 As needed Used EXT. Lab Bookshelf
Microwave CEM MARS
Xpress
MD2861 As needed New EXT. Lab #1 Decommi
ssioned
Centrifuge Sorvall ST-41 42498357 As needed Used EXT. Lab Bookshelf
Concentrator Buchi Buchi Syncore
Plus
1100082324 As needed New EXT. Lab #1 Bookshelf
Concentrator Buchi Buchi Syncore
Plus
1100082473 As needed New EXT. Lab #2 Bookshelf
Concentrator Buchi Buchi Syncore
Plus
1100084062 As needed New EXT. Lab #3 Bookshelf
Concentrator Buchi Buchi Syncore
Plus
1100084063 As needed New EXT. Lab #4 Bookshelf
Concentrator XcelVap Horizon
Technologies
17-5548 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
Concentrator XcelVap Horizon
Technologies
19-5688 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
Concentrator XcelVap Horizon
Technologies
17-5564 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
Concentrator XcelVap Horizon
Technologies
17-5686 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
Concentrator XcelVap Horizon
Technologies
19-5687 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
Concentrator XcelVap Horizon
Technologies
17-5549 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
Concentrator XcelVap Horizon
Technologies
17-5541 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
Concentrator XcelVap Horizon
Technologies
17-5545 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
Concentrator XcelVap Horizon
Technologies
17-5547 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
Concentrator XcelVap Horizon
Technologies
18-5619 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
O/G SPE
Extractor
Horizon
Technologies
15-0104 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
O/G SPE
Extractor
Horizon
Technologies
16-0169 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
O&G Solvent
Evaporator
Horizon
Speed-Vap IV
Horizon Speed-
Vap IV
10-0778 As needed Used EXT. Lab Bookshelf
in Lab
O&G Solvent
Evaporator
Horizon
Speed-Vap IV
Horizon Speed-
Vap IV
04-2020 As needed Used EXT. Lab Bookshelf
in Lab
Analytical
Balance
Rad Wag 552935 As needed Used EXT. Lab EXTBAL
#4
Bookshelf
in Lab
Analytical
Balance
Rad Wag 537906 As needed Used EXT. Lab EXTBAL
#3
Bookshelf
in Lab
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Analytical
Balance
Rad Wag 552941 As needed Used EXT. Lab EXTBAL
#5
Bookshelf
in Lab
Analytical
Balance
Rad Wag 545380 As needed Used EXT. Lab EXTBAL
#7
Bookshelf
in Lab
Analytical
Balance
Rad Wag 537906 As needed Used EXT. Lab EXTBAL
#9
Bookshelf
in Lab
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Gas
Chromatograph
Hewlett
Packard
5890 Series II 3336A60095 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC1
FID1A= FID
FID2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Agilent 6890 CN10609095 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC2
FID1A= FID
ELC2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Hewlett
Packard
5890 Series II 3336A50614 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC4
FID1A= FID
FID2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Hewlett
Packard
5890 Series II 3027A29678 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC5
FID1A= FID
FID2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Hewlett
Packard
5890 Series II 2950A27895 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC6
FID1A= FID
FID2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Hewlett
Packard
5890 Series II 3336A55283 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC7
FID1A= FID
FID2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Agilent 6890 US00022519 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC10
FID1A= FID
FID2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Agilent 6890 US00040221 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC12
FID1A= FID
FID2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Hewlett
Packard
5890 Series II 2921A23548 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC13
FID1A= FID
FID2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Agilent 6890 CN10406054 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC14
FID1A= FID
ELC2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Agilent 6890 US10232130 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC15
ELC1A= FID
ELC2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Agilent 8890 GC GC US2120A021 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC16
FID1A=FID
FID2B=PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10517046
MS US63234371
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS2 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5973 MSD
GC US00023465
MS US82311257
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS4 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5973 MSD
GC CN10343037
MS US44647141
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS6 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5973 MSD
GC CN10339006
MS US33220045
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS13 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5973 MSD
GC US00006479
MS US82321899
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS16 Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN621A4367
MS US469A4832
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS20 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN621A4368
MS US469A4833
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS21 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN99205324
MS US54441572
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS22 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10728068
MS US71236616
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS23 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10728074
MS US98003634
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS25 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN11381060
MS US11383834
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS26 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10301155
MS US10313619
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS27 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5973 MSD
GC US10208101
MS US10442380
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS28 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5973 MSD
GC US000034135
MS US94240103
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS30 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN13113015
MS US92013978
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS32 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN11351165
MS US63810153
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS33 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10849077
MS US83131017
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS35 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN13153007
MS US83141150
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS36 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890 GC
5977 MSD
GC CN15333012
MS US1534M407
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS37 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN11281031
MS US1713D003
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS38 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890A GC
5977A MS
GC CN10151020
MS US1417L240
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS39 Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890B GC
5977A MSD
GC CN15133171
MS US1542L427
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS40 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890B GC
5977B MS
GC CN10940090
MS US1705M027
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS41 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890B GC
5977B MS
GC CN17010001
MS US1706M049
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS42 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent Intuvo 9000 GC
5977HES MS
GC CN17040005
MS US1714D003
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS44 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890B GC
5973 MSD
GC US14453011
MS US1451L418
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS52 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890B GC
5977B MS
GC US1946A049
MS US1945M023
As Needed New Volatiles VOCMS53 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890B GC
5977B MS
GC US1946A050
MS US1946M007
As Needed New Volatiles VOCMS54 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890B GC
5977B MS
GC US1946A054
MS US1946M008
As Needed New Volatiles VOCMS55 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890B GC
5977B MS
GC US1946A056
MS US1945M026
As Needed New Volatiles VOCMS56 Online
as
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890 GC
5977B MS
GC US1947A068
MS US2040M031
As Needed New Volatiles VOCMS57 Online
as
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890 GC
5977B MS
GC US2014A037
MS US2041M011
As Needed New Volatiles VOCMS58 Online
as
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890 GC
5977B MS
GC US2014A036
MS US2040M033
As Needed New Volatiles VOCMS59 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS385091214 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC2 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS368051214 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS6 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS500041117 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS13 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTW80106212
1
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS16 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS396112014 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS21 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTW80306212
1
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS22 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS386091214 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS23 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS754102820 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS25 Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS170072010 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS26 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS375071714 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS30 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS163052610 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS33 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTW80206212
1
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS36 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTW80406212
1
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS37 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS171072010 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS39 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS338112213 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS40 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS395112014 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS42 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS499041117 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS44 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS667111119 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS53 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS664110519 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS54 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS673120319 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS55 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS674120319 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS56 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS756102820 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS57 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS755102820 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS58 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTW80006212
1
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS59 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 13809 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC1 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 13999 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC4 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 13454 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC5 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 14157 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC6 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 14599 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC7 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 13391 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC10 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon VOLARCHON1 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC12 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 13827 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC14 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 13810 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC15 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 15261 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC16 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 14143 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS2 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 14605 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS27 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 14233 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS28 Online
Autosampler Teledyne Centurion CENTS317080513 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS4 Online
Autosampler Teledyne Atomx US14330003 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS52 Online
Autosampler OI Analytical 4100 D645410849 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS20 Online
Autosampler OI Analytical 4100 D627410770 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS32 Online
Autosampler OI Analytical 4100 D649410582 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS35 Online
Autosampler OI Analytical 4100 D619410106 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS38 Online
Autosampler OI Analytical 4100 D705410973 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS41 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4660 D833466009P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC6 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4660 F023466618P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC16 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4660 D726466961P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS2 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4660 D742466578P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS16 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4660 F026466142P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS26 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4660 F024466460P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS27 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4660 F026466139P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS28 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 21J102730 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS32 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4660 D736466413P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS33 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4660 D713466087P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS35 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4660 E851466095P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS39 Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 21J102729 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS20 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 21J102727 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS25 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A627447776 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS37 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 21J102728 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS38 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A620447864 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS40 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A703447399 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS41 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A707447491 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS42 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A942447703 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS53 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A031447210 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS54 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A946447334 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS55 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A946447333 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS56 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A039447237 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS57 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A041447860 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS58 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A946447335 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS59 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Encon 301082903P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC1 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Encon 269050803P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC2 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Encon 273052803P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC4 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Encon 156053001 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC5 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Encon 213073102E As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC7 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Encon 271051903P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC10 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Eclipse D719466252P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC12 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Encon 302082903E As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC14 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Encon 280062503P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC15 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Evolution EV577051214 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS6 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Evolution EV504082713 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS4 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Evolution EV831041117 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS13 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Evolution EV642112014 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS21 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Evolution EV643112014 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS22 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Evolution EV618091214 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS23 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Evolution EV594071714 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS30 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Evolution EV832041117 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS44 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Evolution II EV20174062121 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS36 Online
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Analytical
Balance
Mettler XP205 1129420141 As Needed Used Wet Lab Balance 3 Online
Analytical
Balance
Mettler
Toledo
AG204 1120381348 As Needed Used Wet Lab WetBal 1 Online
Analytical
Balance
VWR 403B 5262015128 As Needed Used Wet Lab WetBa8 Online
Analytical
Balance
VWR 403B 5262015102 As Needed Used Wet Lab WetBa7 Online
Balance RADWAG WTC600 603664 2019 New Wet Lab WetBal 13 Online
Balance Scout Pro B513752877 As Needed Used Wet Lab WetBal 9 Online
Analytical
Balance
Mettler
Toledo
MS204TS/00 B820869344 As Needed Used Wet Lab WetBal 10 Online
Autoanalyzer OI Analytical FS 3100 301831056 (NH3)
251833391 (CN)
As Needed Used Wet Lab FS 3100-1 Online
Distillation Unit-
TKN/PT
Seal
Analytical
BD50/28 5146001504 2021 New Wet Lab Block D Online
Distillation Unit-
TKN/PT
Lachat
Instrument
BD40 1018420580 2022 New Wet Lab Block C Online
Autoanalyzer OI Analytical FS 3100 407831164
(NO2NO3)
403833925 (PHT)
Wet Lab FS 3100-3 Online
Autoanalyzer Lachat Quikchem 8000 A83000-1027 As Needed Used Wet Lab Lachat 2 Online
Autoanalyzer Lachat Quikchem 8000 A83000-1638 As Needed Used Wet Lab Lachat 3 Online
Autoanalyzer Lachat Quikchem 8500 60900000341 As Needed Used Wet Lab Lachat 4 Online
Autoanalyzer Lachat Quikchem 8500 60900000342 As Needed Used Wet Lab Lachat 5 Online
Autoanalyzer Lachat Quikchem 8500 70500000452 As Needed Used Wet Lab Lachat 6 Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Autoanalyzer-
digestor
Lachat BD-46 100700000-982 As Needed Used Wet Lab DIG1 Online
Autoanalyzer-
digestor
Lachat BD-46 1800-871 As Needed Used Wet Lab DIG1 Online
Autoanalyzer-
digestor
Lachat BD-46 1000700000-982 As Needed Used Wet Lab DIG2 Online
Autoanalyzer-
digestor
Lachat BD-46 1800-872 As Needed Used Wet Lab DIG2 Online
Autoanalyzer-
digestor
Lachat BD-40 HTLC1018420580 As Needed Used Wet Lab DIG3 Online
Automated
Titrator
Metrohm 855 titrosampler 3256 As Needed Used Wet Lab Titrando Online
Automated
Titrator
Metrohm 855 titrosampler 3315 2021 New Wet Lab Titrando Online
Automated
Titrator
Metrohm 855 titrosampler 3319 2021 New Wet Lab Titrando Online
Balance RADWAG WTC600 603642 2019 New Wet Lab WetBal 11 Online
Balance RADWAG WTC600 603657 2019 New Wet Lab WetBal 12 Online
Balance RADWAG WTC600 603639 2019 New Wet Lab WetBal 14 Online
Bomb
Calorimeter
Parr 1108 Oxygen Bomb 5424 Used Wet Lab Parr Bomb Online
Bomb
Calorimeter
Parr 1108 Oxygen Bomb 6420-1112-24696 2021 New Wet Lab Parr Bomb Online
Centrifuge Thermo ST40 41179863 As Needed Used Wet Lab Centrifuge
Online
Centrifuge Damon HNSII 23557225 As Needed Used We Lab Centrifuge Cabinet
Class “I” weights Troemner Serial # 7944 4057 As Needed Used Wet Lab Online
COD Reactor Environment
al Express
B3000 2016CODW101 As Needed Used Wet Lab COD Reactor Online
Conductivity
Meter
ORION Model 170 32470051 As Needed Used Wet Lab ATI Orion Online
Conductivity
Meter
Thermo
Fisher
Orion VersaStar V02971 As Needed Used Wet Lab Orion VS-2 Online
Discrete Analyzer Seal AQ400 141032 2017 New Wet Lab Seal 1 Online
DI Water Dionex IC Pure 42034291 As Needed Used Wet Lab Nanopure Online
Distillation Unit-
Cyanide
Environment
al Express
Distillation 1 2270 As Needed Used Wet Lab LMD1920-106 Online
Distillation Unit-
Cyanide
Environment
al Express
Distillation 2 2271 As Needed Used Wet Lab LMD1920-106 Online
Distillation Unit-
Cyanide
Environment
al Express
Distillation 3 2272 As Needed Used Wet Lab LMD1920-106 Online
Distillation Unit-
Phenol
Westco
Scientific
Model EASY-
DIST
1062 As Needed Used Wet Lab Dist 1 Online
Distillation Unit-
Phenol
Westco
Scientific
Model EASY-
DIST
1198 As Needed Used Wet Lab Dist 2 Online
Drying Oven VWR 1390 FM 501202 As Needed Used Wet Lab 103-105 Online
Drying Oven Shel Lab FX28-2 12006713 As Needed Used Wet Lab 178-182 Online
Drying Oven Shel Lab SM028-2 8041917 As Needed Used Wet Lab 178-182 Online
Drying Oven Shel Lab --As Needed Used Wet Lab 178-182 Online
Flash Point
Tester
Koehler Pensky-Martens
K16200
R07002693B As Needed Used Wet Lab Manual Cabinet
Flash Point
Tester
Koehler Pensky-Martens
K16204
R070022328D As Needed Used Wet Lab Manual Cabinet
Automated Flash
Point Ignitability
Tester
Tanaka APM-8FC 34352 2019 New Wet Lab Automated Online
Automated Flash
Point Ignitability
Tester
Tanaka APM-8FC 34394 2020 New Wet Lab Automated Online
Hot Block TDS Environment
al Express
TDS024 2017TDSW101 2018 New Wet Lab TDS Hot
Block
Cabinet
Hot Plate Cole Parmer HS19 C-P 50000073 As Needed Used Wet Lab Hot Plate Unknow
n
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Hot Plate Thermo
Fisher
Type 2200 C1707140516473 As Needed Used Wet Lab Hot Plate Unknow
n
Hot Plate Cole Parmer HS19 CP 50002676 As Needed Used Wet Lab Hot Plate Unknow
n
Hot Plate Cole Parmer HS19 CP 50002447 As Needed Used Wet Lab Hot Plate Unknow
n
Hot Plate Cole Parmer HS19 CP 50002557 As Needed Used Wet Lab Hot Plate Unknow
n
Ion
Chromatograph
Dionex ICS-2000 6050731 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC5 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Dionex ICS 1500 8100010 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC6 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Dionex ICS 2000 8090820 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC8 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Dionex ICS 2100 10060822 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC9 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Dionex ICS 2100 10091285 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC10 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Dionex ICS 2100 11012204 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC11 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Dionex ICS 2100 12020460 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC12 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
ICS 1600 13031204 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC13 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
ICS-2100 15030082 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC14 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
ICS-2100 15071973 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC15 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
ICS-2100 15071973 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC16 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
(1) ICS-
1600
15110462 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC17 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
ICS-2100 15120139 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC18 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
Integrion 16070510 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC19 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
Integrion 16090734 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC20 Online
Ion Chromato
Ion
Thermo
Fisher
Integrion 19050436 2019 New Wet Lab IC21 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
Integrion 19040421 2019 New Wet Lab IC22 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
Integrion 19050752 2019 New Wet Lab IC23 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
Integrion 19050751 2019 New Wet Lab IC24 Online
Muffle Furnace Thermolyne 30400 23231 As Needed Used Wet Lab FURNACE Online
Muffle Furnance Cole Parmer CE3749 As Needed Used Wet Lab FURNACE Online
ORP Meter YSI ORP15 JC000114 As Needed Used Wet Lab ORP Online
pH Meter Fisher AB15 AB92329028 As Needed Used Wet Lab AB 15+Online
pH Meter Orion 410A 58074 As Needed Used Wet Lab Orion Online
pH Meter Thermo
Fisher
Orion VersaStar V00659 As Needed Used Wet Lab Orion VS-1 Online
pH Meter Thermo
Fisher
Orion Starfall 1 J13992 As Needed Used Wet Lab PH1 Online
pH Meter Thermo
Fisher
Orion Star A222 K12005 2018 New Wet Lab PH Online
pH Meter Thermo
Fisher
Orion Star A111 J21101 As Needed Used Wet Lab PH Online
pH Meter Thermo
Fisher
Orion Star A111 J21983 2019 New Wet Lab pH Online
Refrigerated
Recirculator
Polyscience Recirculator 1282 As Needed Used Wet Lab Recirculator 1 Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Refrigerated
Recirculator
Polyscience Recirculator 1608 As Needed Used Wet Lab Recirculator 2 Online
Shaker GlasCol 099A LC1012 11325052 As Needed Used Wet Lab Shaker Online
SimpleDist Env. Express SC154 8940CECW3871 As Needed Used Wet Lab SimpDist1 Online
SimpleDist Env. Express SC155 9062CECW3952 As Needed Used Wet Lab SimpDist2 Online
SimpleDist Env. Express SC156 9062CECW3955 As Needed Used Wet Lab SimpDist3 Online
SimpleDist Env Express MDI 2019MDISW159 2019 New Wet Lab SimpD4 Online
SimpleDist Env Express MDI 2019MDISW162 2019 New Wet Lab SimpD 5 Online
Spectrophotomet
er
Hach DR6000 1646676 As Needed Used Wet Lab DR6000-1 Online
Spectrophotomet
er
Hach DR6000 1646781 As Needed Used Wet Lab DR6000-2 Online
Spectrophotomet
er
Hach DR6000 1894098 2019 New Wet Lab DR6000-3 Online
Spectrophotomet
er
Hach Dr6000 1893736 2022 New Wet Lab DECSP02 Online
Stir Base Env. Express STIR 2019 STIR132 2019 New Wet Lab STIR Online
TOC Analyzer Shimadzu Model TOC-VWS 39830572 As Needed Used Wet Lab TOC2 Online
TOC Analyzer Shimadzu TOC-VCPH H51304435 As Needed Used Wet Lab TOC3 Not in
Sevice
TOC Analyzer Shimadzu TOC-L H54335232035 As Needed Used Wet Lab TOC5 Online
TOC Analyzer Shimadzu TOC H51725600306 As Needed Used Wet Lab TOC6 Online
TOC Analyzer EST TE Xplorer 2019.154 2019 New Wet Lab TOC8 Online
TOC Analyzer Shimadzu TOC-L H54215000551 2021 Used Wet Lab TOC10 Online
TOX Analyzer EST TE Xplorer 2017.287 2017 New Wet Lab TOX5 Online
TOX Analyzer EST TE Xplorer 2017.286 2017 New Wet Lab TOX6 Online
TOX Analyzer EST TE Xplorer 2015-184 2015 New Wet Lab TOX3 Online
TOX Analyzer EST TE Xplorer 2016202 2016 New Wet Lab TOX4 Online
Turbidimeter Hach TL2300 2017070C0008 2018 New Wet Lab TURB1 Online
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Chemchek KPA-
11 Kinetic
Phosphorescence
Analyzer w/
Gilson Sample
Changer and
Gilson Dilutor
401 Syringe Pump
Chemchek KPA-11 1418986;
649025031; 91-
5050024
As Needed Used Rad Lab At the
Instrument
Canberra 2404
Alpha/Beta
Counter
Canberra 2404 1090352; 988600/
787196; 488584
As Needed Used Rad Lab At the
Instrument
Packard Tri-Carb
2200CA Liquid
Scintillation
Counter
Packard 2200CA 102180 As Needed Used Rad Lab At the
Instrument
Canberra LB4100
Alpha/Beta
Counter
Canberra LB4100U2 1300001; 1300002;
1300000; 117
As Needed Used Rad Lab At the
Instrument
Canberra Genie
2000 Alpha
Spectrometer
System
Canberra Genie 2000 See Description As Needed Used Rad Lab At the
Instrument
Canberra Genie
2000 Gamma
Spectrometer
System
Canberra Genie 2000 See Description Clean
Chambers
monthly,
Vacuum
pump-6
months.
As needed.
Used Rad Lab At the
Instrument
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
LSC 8000 Liquid
Scintillation
Counter
Hitachi LSC-8000 GR30025119 As Needed New Rad Lab At the
Instrument
Hot Plate Presto 703016 NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G1 Online
Hot Plate Presto NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G2 Online
Hot Plate Presto 703016 NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G3 Online
Hot Plate Bella TSK-2470P NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G4 Online
Hot Plate Bella TSK-2470P NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G5 Online
Hot Plate Presto TSK-2470P NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G6 Online
Hot Plate Presto 703016 NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G7 Online
Hot Plate Bella TSK-2470P NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G8 Online
Hot Plate Presto 703016 NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G9 Online
Hot Plate Mainstays NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G10 Online
Hot Plate Mainstays NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G11 Online
Furnace Fisher
Scientific
550-126 902NOO12 As Needed Used Rad Lab M1 Online
Furnace Barnstead FB1415M 7.46951E+11 As Needed Used Rad Lab M2 Online
Centrifuge Beckman TJ-06 96006 As Needed Used Rad Lab C1 Rad Lab
Centrifuge Beckman TJ-06 9A010 As Needed Used Rad Lab C2 Rad Lab
Centrifuge Beckman TJ-06 8953 As Needed Used Rad Lab C3 Rad Lab
Centrifuge Fisher
Scientific
ST-40 42502680 As Needed Used Rad Lab C4 Rad Lab
Hot Water Bath Oster NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab HB1 Online
Hot Water Bath Mainstays NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab HB2 Online
Hot Water Bath Sunbeam
Products
CKSTR51B-VHD-
D
192847 As Needed Used Rad Lab HB3 Online
Sonicator CD FCC
RoHS
PS-30A 20150720 As Needed Used Rad Lab So1 Online
Hot Plate Troemner,
LLC
984VWOAHPUSS 171027003 As Needed Used Rad Lab HP1 Online
Hot Plate Troemner,
LLC
984VWOAHPUSS 161026002 As Needed Used Rad Lab HP2 Online
Hot Plate Troemner,
LLC
984VWOAHPUSS 161026001 As Needed Used Rad Lab HP3 Online
Hot Plate Troemner,
LLC
984VWOAHPUSS 160927002 As Needed Used Rad Lab HP4 Online
Shaker Eserbach NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab Sh1 Online
Shaker NA 6000 NA As Needed Used Rad Lab Sh2 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer NA NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St1 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer Labline
Insruments
1287 NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St2 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer Labline
Instruments
1287 3055447 As Needed Used Rad Lab St3 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer NA NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St4 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer NA NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St5 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer NA NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St6 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer NA NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St7 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer NA NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St8 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer NA NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St9 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer NA NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St10 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer Labline
Instruments
1268 NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St11 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer Labline
Instruments
1268 NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St12 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer Labline
Instruments
1268 8039816 As Needed Used Rad Lab St13 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer Labline
Instruments
1268 0185 As Needed Used Rad Lab St14 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer SYMA HJ6A NA As Needed New Rad Lab St15 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer SYMA HJ6A NA As Needed New Rad Lab St16 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer SYMA HJ6A NA As Needed New Rad Lab St17 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer SYMA HJ6A NA As Needed New Rad Lab St18 Online
Oven Binder NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab O1 Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Oven Shel Lab 1326 5057405 As Needed Used Rad Lab O2 Online
Sealer Automatic
Canning
NA 3108 As Needed Used Rad Lab S1 Rad Lab
Grinder Straus Co. 4E NA As Needed Used Rad Lab GR1 Rad Lab
Grinder Arthur H.
Thomas Co.
NA 4352 As Needed Used Rad Lab GR2 Rad Lab
Tumbler US Stoneware NA CN12005 As Needed Used Rad Lab T1 Rad Lab
Tumbler US Stoneware NA CN32108 As Needed Used Rad Lab T2 Rad Lab
Balance RADWAG PS360R2 530077 As Needed Used Rad Lab RADBAL
1
Rad Lab
Balance RADWAG PS4500R2 544404 As Needed Used Rad Lab RADBAL
2
Rad Lab
Balance RADWAG AS60/220R2 415543 As Needed Used Rad Lab RADBAL
3
Rad Lab
Balance RADWAG PS4500R2 544401 As Needed Used Rad Lab RADBAL
4
Rad Lab
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS C040040E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-31 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS K0203177E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-44 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3 J0400734E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-33 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS H0300753E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-63 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS A00978 Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-41 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS J0400699E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-43 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS J0300147E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-54 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS G0200223E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-32 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS H0000585E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-53 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS B0200477E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-42 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
OXFORD MACRO SET NA Quarterly Used Rad Lab 102 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
OXFORD NA Quarterly Used Rad Lab 130 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
Ward Science 2.5-30 NA Quarterly Used Rad Lab RP-1 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS F200510E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-34 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS D1100091E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-64 Rad
Lab/Online
Survey Meter 9 79445 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 3 156503 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 12 88002 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 3-98 71211 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 3-98 455984 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 3 292175 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 3 292202 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 177 287820 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 2221 172021 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 19 156438 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 9 74528 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 3 156232 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 3 156193 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 3 56439 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 12 63765 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 177 96337 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 12 47797 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Survey Meter 12 87918 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 2221 154201 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 19 499190 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 19 156468 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 3-98 155387 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 3 156193 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer
e
Model Serial Number Service
date
Conditi
on
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Centrifuge Eppendorf 5424R 5404IR839716 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Centrifuge Thermo
Scientific
Sorvall Legend
Micro 21R
42930526 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Galaxy Tablet
with PLatr
Samsung SM-T510 R52MA0T1C5E As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Heat Block Thermo
Scientifc
Dry bath Standard
1 Blck 100-120V
KABT70001011 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Isotemp Large
Oven
Fisherbrand 3511FSQ 300403777 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Mini Centrifuge Fisherbrand SPROUT PLUS HSG04861 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Mini Centrifuge Fisherbrand SPROUT PUS HSG04753 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Mini Vortex
Mixer
Fisherbrand Mini Vortex Mixer
(Variable Speed)
200020151 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Mini Vortex
Mixer
Fisherbrand Mini Vortex Mixer
(Variable Speed)
200020151 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Minus 80 Freezer SCIENTEMP 86-01A S8008781 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Precisiom CIR 89
Water Bath
Thermo
Scientific
TSCIR89 300399766 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Refrigerator Frigidaire FRT18L4JW5 BA92344749 As needed PCR PCR Lab
Repeater Pipette Eppendorf Repeater E3 N296671 As needed PCR PCR Lab
Repeater Pipette Eppendorf Repeater E4 H40109J As needed PCR PCR Lab
RT-PCR Machine Applied
Biosystems
by Thermo
Scientific
QuantStudio5 272531538 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
RT-PCR Machine Applied
Biosystems
by Thermo
Scientific
QuantStudio7 278872930 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Refrigerator Danbury
Designer
DAR110A1WDD 4320043102086 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Oven Quincy Lab
Inc
10-100 I11-2454 As needed Used PCR PCR Lab
Sorvall X Pro
Centrifuge
ThermoFishe
r Scientific
SorvallX4R Pro-
MD
42632360 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
UPS (Surge
Protector/Power
Backup
CyberPower CP1500PFCLCDa CXXJY2002934 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
UPS (Surge
Protector/Power
Backup
CyberPower CP1500PFCLCD CXXJY2002934 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Incubator Fisherbrand Isotemp 300403777 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Plate Shaker Fisherbrand 88861023 K4CF61023014 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
8.0 ADDENDUM: PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
Section 8.0 provides additional requirements the locations covered by this manual are required to follow
when performing work under the program. Only requirements that are not covered by the main body of
the manual are listed in addendum.
8.1 DoD/DOE
PAS-Mt. Juliet maintains accreditation for DoD/DoE Environmental Laboratory Approval
Program (ELAP)
This addendum outlines additional policies and processes established by this laboratory to maintain
compliance with DoD/DOE program specific requirements as outlined in the DoD/DOE
Consolidated Quality Systems Manual (QSM) for Environmental Laboratories. The QSM
incorporates ISO/IEC 17025 and the TNI Standard and includes additional program-specific
requirements for laboratories that perform analytical testing services for DoD and DOE, and which
must be followed for DoD / DOE projects.
Section 4.2.5: Supporting Documents
In addition to the requirements specified in Section 4.2.5, technical SOPs used for DoD/DOE
testing must also include instructions for equipment and instrument maintenance, computer
software/hardware, and troubleshooting.
The review frequency for technical SOPs used for DoD/DOE testing is annual, instead of every 2
years.
Section 4.4: Review of Analytical Service Requests
If the DoD/DOE customer requests a statement of conformity, the standard used for the decision
rule must be communicated to and agreed on with the customer and identified in the final test report.
Laboratory requests to deviate from the requirements specified in the DoD/DOE QSM must be
requested on a project-basis and include technical justifications for the deviation. These requests are
submitted to and approved by the DoD/DOE project chemist or contractor, however name, in
addition to the PAS client.
For DoD / DOE projects, will also seek clarification from the customer when the customer has
requested an incorrect, obsolete, or improper method for the intended use of data; the laboratory
needs to depart from its test method SOP in order to meet project-specific data quality objectives;
information in project planning documents is missing or is unclear,
Section 4.5: Subcontracting
In addition to written client approval of any subcontractor for testing, the customer is notified of
the laboratory’s intent to use a subcontractor for any management system element (such as data
review, data processing, project management or IT support) and consent for subcontracting is
obtained approved in writing by the DoD/DOE customer and record of consent kept in the project
record.
Section 4.6: Purchasing and Supplies
The laboratory procedure for records of receipt of materials and supplies used in testing also include
a specification to record the date opened (DOE only).
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Section 4.9.3: Nonconforming Work
The laboratory’s procedure for client notification includes the 15-business day DoD /DOE
timeframe for notification of the problem and the 30-business day timeframe for submission of the
corrective action plan or corrective actions taken. This procedure also includes the DoD/DOE
requirement for AB notification of discovery.
Section 4.13: Control of Records
Technical Records: The laboratory’s procedure for logbooks includes measures to prevent the
removal of or addition of pages to the logbook (applies to both hardcopy and electronic). Hardcopy
logbooks are version controlled, pre-numbered and bound. Initials and entries are signed or initialed
and dated by the person making the entry and the entry is made at the time the activity is performed
and in chronological order. Each page of the logbook must be closed by the last person making the
entry on the page. Closure is recorded by the initial and date of the person making the last entry.
Section 5.4.5.3.3: Limit of Detection
For DoD/DOE the LOD is an estimate of the minimum amount of an analyte that can be reliably
detected by an analytical process. For clarification, the LOD is the analyte concentration necessary
to distinguish its presence from its absence. The LOD may be used as the lowest concentration for
reliably reporting a non-detect (ND). The LOD is specific to each suite of analyte, matrix, and
method including sample preparation.
After each DL determination, the laboratory establishes the LOD by spiking a quality system matrix
at a concentration of least 2X but no greater than 4X the DL (i.e., 2X DL ≤ LOD Spike ≤ 4X DL).
The spike concentration establishes the LOD and the concentration at which the LOD is verified.
The LOD is established during method validation and after major changes to the analytical system
or procedure that affects sensitivity of analysis or how the procedure is performed.
An LOD study is not required for any component for which spiking solutions or quality control
samples are not available. Additionally, an LOD study is not required if the laboratory does not
report data below the LOQ.
The LOD must be verified on a quarterly basis. Each preparation method listed on the scope of
accreditation must have quarterly LOD verifications; however, verification of all possible
combinations of preparation and clean-up techniques is not required. Where LOD verifications are
not performed on all combinations, the LOD verification is based on the worst-case combination
(preparation method with all applicable cleanup steps).
The laboratory’s procedure for LOD determination and verification is detailed in SOP ENV-SOP-
MTJL-0016 Method Detection Limits (MDL), Limits of Detection (LOD) and Limits of Quantitation (LOQ)
and ENV-SOP-MTJL-0340 Radiochemistry Method Performance Criteria.
Section 5.4.5.3.4: Limit of Quantitation
For DoD/DOE, the LOQ is established for each analyte-matrix-method combination, including
surrogates. When an LOD is determined or verified by the laboratory, the LOQ must be above the
LOD [DL<LOD<LOQ].
At a minimum, the LOQ must be verified quarterly; however, verification of all possible
combinations of preparation and clean-up techniques is not required. Where LOQ verifications are
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
not performed on all combinations, the LOQ verification on the worst-case combination
(preparation method with all applicable cleanup steps).
The laboratory’s procedure for LOQ determination and verification is detailed in laboratory SOP
ENV-SOP-MTJL-0016 Method Detection Limits (MDL), Limits of Detection (LOD) and Limits of
Quantitation (LOQ) and ENV-SOP-MTJL-0340 Radiochemistry Method Performance Criteria.
Section 5.4.7: Control of Data
The laboratory will assure LIMS passwords are changed at least once per year.
An audit of the LIMS will be incorporated into the laboratory’s annual internal audit schedule.
The laboratory will have procedures in place to notify DoD/DOE customers of changes to LIMS
software or hardware configurations that may impact the customer’s integrity of electronic data
Section 5.9.1: Quality Control
For DoD/DOE, storage blanks are essential QC to monitor the storage of samples for volatile
organic analysis (VOA). The SOP for storage of VOA samples must include a contamination
monitoring program based on the performance of storage blanks. (See QSM 5.3.3)
Section 5.8.5: Sample Disposal
For DOE projects, the record of disposal must also include how the sample was disposed and the
name of the person that performed the task.
Appendix E: Support Equipment Calibration
Mechanical Volumetric Pipette: In addition to the quarterly verification check, pipettes used for
DoD/DOE projects are checked daily before use using the same procedure and criteria specified
for the quarterly check.
Water Purification System: The performance of the water purification system is checked daily prior
to use in accordance with SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0366 Reagent Water Quality.
Radiological Survey Equipment: The performance of the radiological survey equipment is checked
daily prior to use in accordance with SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0344 Radiation and Contamination Surveys.
Additional: (DOE): Section 6.0 of the QSM outlines additional management system requirements
for the management of hazardous and radioactive materials management and health and safety
practices. The laboratory, if approved for DOE, will consult with the PAS Health and Safety Director
to establish plans, policies and procedures that conform to these comprehensive specifications and
incorporate these documents into the QMS.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
8.2 ADDENDUM: AIHA-LAP, LLC
Section 4.1.5.4: Confidentiality
While the laboratory does not typically make client information public, the customer will be informed
in advance if the laboratory intends to place any client-identifying information in the public domain.
Information about the customer obtained from sources other than the customer (e.g., complainant,
regulators) will remain confidential between the customer and the laboratory. The source of the
information will remain confidential to the laboratory and will not be shared with the customer,
unless agreed by the source.
Personnel, including any committee members, contractors, personnel of external bodies, or
individuals acting on the laboratory’s behalf, shall keep confidential all information obtained or
created during the performance of laboratory activities, except as required by law.
All personnel of the laboratory, either internal or external, that could influence the laboratory
activities shall act impartially, be competent and work in accordance with the laboratory’s
management system.
Section 4.2.1.2: Risk and Opportunity Assessment
Actions taken to address risks and opportunities shall be proportional to the potential impact on the
validity of laboratory results.
Section 4.3.1: Document Control – General
All documentation, processes, systems, records, related to the fulfilment of the requirements of
ISO/IEC 17025 are included in, referenced from, or linked to the management system. All
personnel involved in laboratory activities have access to the parts of the management system
documentation and related information that are applicable to their responsibilities.
Section 4.4: Analytical Service Request, Tender, and Contract Review
If a contract is amended after the work has commenced, the contract review shall be repeated and
any amendments shall be communicated to all affected personnel.
Section 4.13.2.3: Error Correction
Amendments to technical records can be tracked to previous versions or to original observations.
Both the original and amended data and files are retained as applicable, including the date of
alteration, an indication of the altered aspects and the personnel responsible for the alterations.
Section 4.14.1: Internal Audit
Quality System Audits: A review of all management system requirements of ISO/IEC 17025
and any other regulatory or applicable policy document (e.g., AIHA-LAP, LLC). These
audits are also performed annually per a pre-determined schedule.
Section 5.5.2: Calibration
Laboratory staff performing in-house calibrations and verifications shall have received documented
training.
Section 5.5.7: Calibration Status
Measuring equipment shall be calibrated when:
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
The measurement accuracy or measurement uncertainty affects the validity of the reported
results, and/or
Calibration of the equipment is required to establish the metrological traceability of the
reported results
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
8.3 ADDENDUM: SOP Review
DoD and drinking water SOPs are reviewed annually.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
8.4 ADDENDUM: RADIOLOGICAL REQUIREMENTS
8.4.1 Estimate of Analytical Uncertainty
Radiological tests often report uncertainty and the manner in which it is derived are in
accordance with Multi-Agency Radiological Laboratories Analytical Protocols Manual
(MARLAP) and Evaluation of Measurement Data – Guide to the Expression of Uncertainty
in Measurement (GUM). The means by which these criteria are applied can be found in the
method SOPs.
8.4.2 Radiological Equipment Calibration
Radiological calibrations may follow one of several methodologies based on technology of
the counting; these can include efficiency curves, energy calibrations and quench curves. The
various calibrations should ensure that the range chosen encompasses the activities expected
in the client samples.
Radiological Equipment should be calibrated at the appropriate frequency and whenever the
equipment undergoes maintenance. In the case of liquid scintillation counters the equipment
shall be recalibrated when a significant move has taken place.
Calibrations can vary with equipment; in the case of gas flow proportional counters standards
that range the expected residue range for gross alpha and beta shall be used, with efficiency
curves developed to encompass the range of client sample residues. Any samples outside of
this range shall be evaluated and the aliquot changed to accommodate the curve if necessary.
Beta emitters, or isotopes that are shown to have less than a 2% efficiency change with residue
that are known to not experience self attenuation may be calibrated by using a least 3
standards of known activity and comparing the efficiency results to ensure all agree to a
relative standard deviation of less than 5%.
Quench factors for liquid scintillation counters shall be prepared by adding varied amounts
of quenching agent. Any sample displaying a quench factor outside of the curve shall be
evaluated. If the quench factors are shown to not vary in efficiency by greater than 2% then
an efficiency calibration can be established using at least 3 standards of known activity and
comparing the efficiency results to ensure all agree to a relative standard deviation of less
than 5%.
Cross talk factors must also be evaluated when samples are known to contain more than one
beta or an alpha and beta emitter.
All detectors must pass various daily tests depending upon the technology. The criteria of
these various tests should be known to the analyst. Any detector that does not pass the daily
check must be re-checked.
If the daily test fails a second time the detector must be taken out of service for that day. Any
detector that fails two daily checks must be evaluated and serviced if required. In most
instances two passing daily checks are required to put a detector back into service.
8.4.3 Matrix Spike/Matrix Spike Duplicate (MS/MSD)
For radiochemical analyses, tests that do not incorporate the use of a carrier or tracer for
yield assessment must contain an associated MS and MSD (or sample duplicate) using the
same matrix collected for the specific DOD project. Gamma spectroscopy analyses are
excluded from the MS/MSD requirement as the test does not require chemical processing of
samples for analysis
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
8.5 ADDENDUM: QUALITY CONTROL CALCULATIONS
PERCENT RECOVERY (%REC)
%𝑅𝐸𝐶=
(𝑀𝑆𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑐‒𝑆𝑎𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑐)
𝑇𝑟𝑢𝑒𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒∗100
NOTE: The SampleConc is zero (0) for the LCS and Surrogate Calculations
PERCENT DIFFERENCE (%D)
%𝐷=
𝑀𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑒𝑑𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒‒𝑇𝑟𝑢𝑒𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒
𝑇𝑟𝑢𝑒𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒∗100
where:
TrueValue = Amount spiked (can also be the CF or RF of the ICAL Standards)
Measured Value = Amount measured (can also be the CF or RF of the CCV)
PERCENT DRIFT
%𝑫𝒓𝒊𝒇𝒕=
𝑪𝒂𝒍𝒄𝒖𝒍𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒅𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒄𝒆𝒏𝒕𝒓𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏‒𝑻𝒉𝒆𝒐𝒓𝒆𝒕𝒊𝒄𝒂𝒍𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒄𝒆𝒏𝒕𝒓𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏
𝑻𝒉𝒆𝒐𝒓𝒆𝒕𝒊𝒄𝒂𝒍𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒄𝒆𝒏𝒕𝒓𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏∗𝟏𝟎𝟎
RELATIVE PERCENT DIFFERENCE (RPD)
𝑅𝑃𝐷=
|(𝑅1 ‒𝑅2)|
(𝑅1 +𝑅2)/2 ∗100
where:
R1 = Result Sample 1
R2 = Result Sample 2
CORRELATION COEFFICIENT (R)
CorrCoeff =
With: N Number of standard samples involved in the calibration
i Index for standard samples
Wi Weight factor of the standard sample no. i
Xi X-value of the standard sample no. i
X(bar) Average value of all x-values
Yi Y-value of the standard sample no. i
Y(bar) Average value of all y-values


N
i
iii YYXXW
1
)(*)(*






N
i
ii
N
i
ii YYWXXW
1
2
1
2 )(**)(*
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
CALIBRATION FACTOR (CF)
CF =
A𝑠
𝐶𝑠
where:
As = Average Peak Area over the number of peaks used for quantitation
Cs = Concentration of the analyte in the standard
RESPONSE FACTOR (RF)
)Area)(.(Conc
)Area)(.(Conc=RF
IStdanalyte
AnalyteIStd
where:
As = Response for analyte to be measured
Ais = Response for the internal standard
Cis = Concentration of the internal standard
Cs = Concentration of the analyte to be measured
LINEAR CALIBRATION MODEL
𝑦=𝑚𝑥+𝑏
where:
m = Slope of the line
b = The y intercept
QUADRATIC CALIBRATION MODEL
𝑦=𝑎𝑥2 +𝑏𝑥+𝑐
where:
c = The y intercept
STANDARD DEVIATION (S)
𝑺=
𝒏
∑
𝒊=𝟏
(𝑿𝒊‒𝑿)𝟐
(𝒏‒𝟏)
where:
n = number of data points
Xi = individual data point
X = average of all data points
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
AVERAGE (X)
𝑋=
𝑖
∑
𝑛=1
𝑋𝑖
𝑛
where:
n = number of data points
Xi = individual data point
RELATIVE STANDARD DEVIATION (RSD)
𝑅𝑆𝐷=
𝑆
𝑋∗100
where:
S = Standard Deviation of the data points
X = average of all data points
PERCENT ERROR
%𝐸𝑟𝑟𝑜𝑟=
𝑥𝑖‒𝑥'𝑖
𝑥𝑖
∗100
where:
x´i = Measured amount of analyte at calibration level i
xi = True amount of analyte at calibration level i
RELATIVE STANDARD ERROR (RSE)
𝑅𝑆𝐸=100 ×
𝑛
∑
𝑖=1
[𝑥'𝑖‒𝑥𝑖
𝑥𝑖]2
(𝑛‒𝑝)
where:
xi = True amount of analyte at calibration level i
x´i = Measured amount of analyte at calibration level i
p = Number of terms in fitting equation (Average = 1, Linear = 2, Quadratic = 3)
n = Number of calibration points
AVERAGE RESPONSE 1/X FOR MASS HUNTER INSTRUMENTS
𝑅𝐹
1
𝑥=
𝑛
∑
𝑠=1
1
𝐶𝑠
∑𝑛
𝑠=1((𝐴𝑠∗𝐶𝑖𝑠)
𝐴𝑖𝑠∗𝐶𝑠)
where:
As = Response for analyte to be measured
Ais = Response for the internal standard
Cis = Concentration of the internal standard
Cs = Concentration of the analyte to be measured
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
MINIMUM DETECTABLE ACTIVITY (MDA)
The MDA is used for radiochemical analysis and is calculated with the following equations:
MDA with Blank Population

3.29 ∗𝑆𝑏
𝐾𝑇𝑠
+
3
𝐾𝑇𝑆
MDA =
Where:
K = E × V × R × Y × F × 2.22
E = efficiency
V = sample volume
R = tracer recovery
Y = gravimetric carrier recovery
F = ingrowth or decay factor
2.22 = conversion from dpm to pCi
Ts = count time of sample in minutes
Sb = standard deviation of the blank population
MDA without Blank Population

3.29 ∗
𝑏
𝑇𝑠
+
𝑏
𝑇𝑏
𝐾+
3
𝐾𝑇𝑠
MDA =
Where:
b = background count rate in cpm
Tb = Count time of background in minutes
Relative Error Ratio (RER)/Normalized Absolute Difference (NAD)/Duplicate Error Ratio (DER)
RER, NAD, and DER are used for radiochemical analysis and are calculated by the following:
Where:
S = Sample Value
US = Sample Uncertainty (at 2 sigma)
R = Replicate Value
UR = Replicate Uncertainty (at 2 sigma)
Chemtech-Ford, Inc.
9632 South 500 West
Sandy, UT 84070
[phone]
Vice President of Quality: Paul Ellingson
Quality Manager: Ron Fuller
Laboratory Director: Dave Gayer
Date of Issue: October 1, 2017
Controlled Copy #: QM-27
Dave Gayer, Laboratory Director
Paul Ellingson, Vice President
Ron Fuller, QA Officer
Quality Manual
This Quality Manual meets the requirements of ISO 17025, ISO 9001, and TNI. This
Quality Manual is confidential and assigned as outlined below.
Original Document: Quality Manager
Controlled Copy
Uncontrolled Copy
All employees have access to a controlled version through Quality Manager, or through
the Chemtech-Ford intranet. Printed copies are not considered controlled documents.
Companies whose Quality Systems are defined by this document are:
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories
9632 South 500 West
Sandy, UT 84070
801.262.7299
Timpview Analytical Laboratories
1384 West 130 South
Orem, UT 84058
801.229.2272
This Quality Manual has been approved for use by affiliate laboratories of Chemtech-
Ford, Inc.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
3 of 139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Table of Contents
Introduction
1. Scope
2.Normative References
Reference List
Cross-references
3.Terms and Definitions
4.Management Requirements
4.1 Organization
4.2 Management System
4.3 Document Control
4.4 Review of Requests, Tenders, and Contracts
4.5 Sub-contracting of Tests and Calibrations
4.6 Purchasing Services and Supplies
4.7 Service to the Customer
4.8 Complaints
4.9 Control of Nonconforming Testing and Calibration work
4.10 Improvement
4.11 Corrective Action
4.12 Preventive Action
4.13 Control of Records
4.14 Internal Audits
4.15 Management Reviews
5.Technical Requirements
5.1 General
5.2 Personnel
5.3 Accommodation and Environmental Conditions
5.4 Test and Calibration Methods and Method Validation
5.5 Equipment
5.6 Measurement Traceability
5.7 Sampling
5.8 Handling of Test and Calibration Items
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
4 of 139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.9 Assuring the Quality of Test and Calibration Results
5.10 Reporting the Results
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
5 of 139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Introduction
Purpose
This Quality Manual contains all the requirements that our laboratory uses to demonstrate
our quality management system, technical competence, and valid results.
Section 4 specifies how we demonstrate sound management and maintain client
satisfaction.
Section 5 specifies how we demonstrate technical competence in our laboratory.
In addition, this Quality Manual outlines how we meet:
ISO 17025
ISO 9001
TNI
All personnel are to take an active role in establishing, implementing, and maintaining
our quality management program. We do not separate quality from our daily business.
Quality is integrated into every facet of the decision-making process in the management
of our laboratory and the science that we practice.
It is the policy of Chemtech-Ford, Inc. and its employees to perform their duties in a
consistently legal and ethical manner. A professionally high level of ethical behavior is
characterized by, but not limited to, dealing honestly and forthrightly with all clients and
co-workers, maintaining data integrity, the open and timely treatment of inaccurate,
invalid, or misreported analytical data, and abiding by all pertinent rules, regulations,
company policies, and standard operating procedures.
Chemtech-Ford, Inc. encourages its employees to demonstrate consistently ethical and
professional behavior by implementing programs consonant with that purpose. These
programs, generally, include:
1) a thorough training program for new employees and continuing seminars throughout
employment which reflect Chemtech-Ford, Inc.'s commitment to integrity and quality
control and which present specific ways to honor that commitment
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
6 of 139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
2) a comprehensive documentation program for all facets of laboratory operation, which
allows ready reconstruction of any quality process
3) a program of continual evaluation, both internally and externally, with required levels
of quality acceptance
4) a management monitoring system which routinely evaluates the overall performance of
the laboratory.
This Quality Manual summarizes the policies and procedures employed by Chemtech-
Ford, Inc. It is the purpose of these policies and procedures to maintain the highest level
of integrity and ethical behavior in all aspects of laboratory work.
Distribution List
The approved version of this manual is available to all employees through Quality
Manager and/or Chemtech-Ford Laboratories intranet. All printed copies are
uncontrolled.
In the event that a controlled copy of this manual is necessary, the Quality Manager will
maintain a distribution list.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
7 of 139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
1. Scope
This Quality Manual facilitates:
Recognition of technical competence for standardized methods, non-routine methods,
and laboratory-developed methods we perform
Inspection and product certification capabilities and/or services we provide
Total quality for our administrative and technical systems
Audits by clients, regulatory authorities and accreditation bodies
Meeting the requirements of ISO 17025, ISO 9001, and TNI
Client satisfaction
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories displays all Fields of Accreditation on our website.
2. Normative References
Reference List
ISO/IEC 17000, Conformity assessment – Vocabulary and general principles
VIM, International vocabulary of basic and general terms in metrology, issued by BIPM,
IEC, IFCC, ISO, IUPAC, IUPAP and OIML.
ISO 9001:2000 – Quality Management Systems – Fundamentals and vocabulary.
ISO/IEC 17025:2005 – General Requirements for the Competence of Testing and
Calibration Laboratories.
TNI Standard, Volume 1, 2009 NELAC Standard.
Cross-references
This manual is numerically aligned with the international standard ISO 17025.
Furthermore, each section cross-references the ISO 9001 standard.
For ease of use, each section starts with a brief summation of what the section addresses
and a listing of the quality terminology and key words.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
8 of 139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
3. Terms and Definitions
For the purposes of this manual, the following documents and their corresponding
definitions apply: ISO/IEC 17000; ISO/IEC Guide 30; ISO Council Committee on
Conformity Assessment (CASCO); ISO 9000; ISO 5725-1; ISO 17025; TNI 2009
Standard; AOAC; and International Vocabulary of Basic and General Terms in
Metrology (VIM).
Accreditation – formal recognition of a laboratory by an independent science-based
organization that the laboratory is competent to perform specific tests.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
9 of 139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.1 Organization
Section Synopsis
This section tells you our laboratory has:
1. Appointed a Quality Manager
2. Organized the workforce to achieve quality
3. Provided adequate resources to ensure quality
Key Words
Quality Manager
Organizational Chart
Authority
Resources
Confidential Information
Proprietary Rights
Responsibilities
Conflict of Interest
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 4.1
ISO 9001:2000 Section 4.1, 5.1, 5.3, 5.4.1, 5.5.1, 5.5.2, 5.5.3, 6.1, 6.2.1, 6.2.2,
6.3.1, 7.1, 7.5.4
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
10 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.1.1 Legal Identification / Registration
Chemtech-Ford, Inc.
9632 South 500 West.
Sandy, UT 84070
[phone]
[phone]
4.1.2 Laboratory Requirements
The work area of Chemtech-Ford, Inc has been organized to satisfy the needs of the
customer and regulatory authorities and to meet the international standards TNI, ISO
17025 and ISO 9001. Chemtech-Ford, Inc. is composed of the following work areas:
President/CEO/Vice Presidents
Lab Director
QA/QC Department
Customer Service Department
Receiving/Shipping Department
Organics Lab
Inorganics Lab
Microbiology Lab
Metals Lab
4.1.3 Scope of Management System
The management system covers activities all of the laboratory’s facilities. The fields of
activities include:
Environmental Sample Testing
Medical Device Testing
Nutraceutical Product Testing
Specialty Testing
The laboratory’s scope of tests is listed in the current Price List.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
11 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.1.5 Organization
A) Management and Technical Personnel
Policy:
The laboratory managerial and technical personnel, irrespective of other responsibilities,
have the necessary authority and resources needed to meet the mandates assigned to their
areas.
Details:
Responsibilities are detailed in 5.2.5
Departures from the organizational and management policies in this manual can only be
approved by a Vice President.
Departures from quality management system procedures can only be approved by a Vice
President or the Quality Manager.
Departures from test methods or technical standard operating procedures (SOPs) can only
be approved by the Quality Manager and/or the Laboratory Director.
See also section 5.2.
B) Conflict of Interest
Policy:
Management and personnel are to be free from any undue internal and external
commercial, financial and other pressures that may adversely affect the quality of their
work. The integrity of test results is the responsibility of all personnel. Management
ensures that employees are never instructed or forced to alter or falsify data. Chemtech-
Ford Laboratories performs annual data integrity training. A review of the undue
pressure policy is part of this training.
Details:
The following list provides some guidelines on how employees avoid conflict of interest
situations. Employees shall not:
falsify records, prepare fraudulent reports, or make false claims
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
12 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
seek or use privileged or confidential company information, or data from any
customer, for any purpose beyond the scope of employment
conduct non-laboratory business on laboratory time, or use company facilities or
equipment to conduct outside interests in business, unless prior approval has been
obtained
solicit business on their own behalf (rather than the laboratory) from a customer
be employed by, or affiliated with, organizations whose products or services compete
with laboratory products or services
have employment that negatively affects or interferes with their performance of
laboratory duties
compete with the laboratory in the purchase, sale, or leasing of property or goods
allow association, family, or friends to influence business decisions to their benefit.
Decisions must be made on a strictly business basis, always in the best interest of the
laboratory
make any decision that provides gains or benefits to the employee and/or others
have personal financial dealings with an individual or company that does business
with the laboratory which might influence decisions made on the laboratory’s behalf
Firm adherence to this code of values forms the foundation of our credibility. Personnel
involved in dishonest activities are subject to a range of disciplinary action including
dismissal.
C) Customer Confidentiality
Policy:
It is the policy of our laboratory to protect the confidential information and proprietary
rights of our customer including the electronic storage and transmission of results.
Details and Procedures:
All employees sign a Confidentiality Agreement. The signed agreement is retained in
each employee’s Human Resources file.
Test results are only released to the customer. Release to someone other than the
customer requires the express permission of the customer, except when the situation
contravenes State or Federal Legislation and the results must be provided to the
appropriate agency. The release of test results to anyone other than the customer requires
the permission of management. Laboratory reports are reviewed for accuracy prior to
release.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
13 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
D) Operational Integrity
Policy:
The laboratory will avoid involvement in any activities that would diminish confidence in
its competence, impartiality, judgment, or operational integrity.
Details and Procedures:
To ensure confidence in laboratory operations a formal quality assurance program is
implemented. Technical competence is ensured through commercial performance testing
studies and data formatted in DOCs (Demonstration of Competency) reports. Impartiality
is assessed through audits and approvals. Judgment is ensured through the hiring of
qualified personnel and by continuously refining, upgrading, and improving his or her
skills. Operational integrity is reviewed by management on a regular basis at
management review meetings to ensure continued suitability and effectiveness of
laboratory policies and procedures. Any problems are acted on immediately through
corrective action procedures.
E) Organizational Structure
Policy:
The organization and management structure of the laboratory and the relationships
between management, technical operations, support services, and the quality management
system is defined through the aid of an organizational chart.
Details:
The most current organizational structure is contained within Quality Manager. The
organizational structure is reviewed at regular intervals (at least two times per calendar
year).
F) Responsibility and Authority
The responsibility, authority and interrelationships of all personnel who manage, perform
or verify work affecting the quality of the tests and/or calibrations is defined in section
5.2.5
G) Laboratory Supervision
Policy:
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
14 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Adequate supervision is provided in each area of the laboratory for all testing and
calibration personnel, including trainees, by persons familiar with the methods and
procedures.
Details:
Adequate supervision is ensured through designated supervisors as well as through
documentation such as this Quality Manual, test methods and SOPs. Initial and ongoing
training for regular personnel is required. The successful completion of analyses in the
commercial PT study program, and/or DOC studies are evidence of successful and
continued training.
H) Technical Management
Policy:
A technical manager is assigned to each major work area of the laboratory. They have
overall responsibility for the technical operations and the provision of resources needed
to ensure the required quality of laboratory operations.
Details:
While the technical manager may at times delegate duties to other personnel, the
technical manager is responsible for the work produced in his area of the laboratory, and
is accountable for any nonconforming activities.
I) Quality Manager
Policy:
The Quality Manager is appointed by the highest level of management. The Quality
Manager, who, irrespective of other duties and responsibilities, has defined responsibility
and authority for ensuring that the management system related to quality is implemented
and followed. The Quality Manager has direct access to the highest level of management
where decisions are taken on laboratory policy or resources.
Details:
This statement notifies all laboratory personnel that the Quality Manager is authorized by
senior management and the President to administer all activities relating to the Chemtech-
Ford Laboratories quality system. A formal announcement to the laboratory and
appropriate certification/regulatory authorities will be made if a change is made to the
person filling this position.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
15 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
J) Managerial Substitutions
Policy:
Deputies for key personnel are appointed to fulfill the key personnel’s duties in their
absence.
Details:
In the absence of the Lab Director, the Quality Manager or Deputy Lab Director will
assume his/her responsibilities.
In the absence of the Quality Manager, the Lab Director will assume his/her
responsibilities.
In the absence of the Laboratory Supervisor, the Lab Director, Deputy Lab Director
and/or Quality Manager will assume his/her responsibilities.
Management is responsible for ensuring that current and/or increased workload
requirements are met. This includes making adjustments as a result of employee absence.
Only fully trained employees are utilized to fulfill the duties of personnel who are absent.
Evidence of a DOC for each specific analysis must be recorded prior to allowing the
employee to perform any testing in the laboratory. If sufficient human resources are not
available, management will identify the best possible solution to meet operational
requirements.
K) Awareness
Policy:
Management ensures that its personnel are aware of the relevance and importance of their
activities and how they contribute to the achievement of the objectives of the
management system.
Details:
Supervisors review the details of each employee’s job description with the appropriate
employee and how the overall Quality Policy Statement (Section 4.2.2) relates to their
activities to achieve the objectives of the management system.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
16 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.1.6 Communication Processes
Policy:
Top management ensures that appropriate communication processes are established
within the laboratory and that communication takes place regarding the effectiveness of
the management system.
Details:
Management meetings are held regularly. Assignments and important communications
are made in this meeting. The appropriate manager communicates the assignment or
communication to their direct reports. These meetings are documented and follow-up
activities are recorded.
Revision History
Changes from Revision 26
Modified section 4.1.3 to include all of the facilities of the company rather than just the
main facility.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
17 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.2 Management System
Section Synopsis
This section tells you that our Management System (or Quality Management
System) is based on:
1. A well-defined quality policy statement
2. Say what you do through documentation
3. Do what you say following your documentation
4. Record what you did
Key Words
Establish, Implement, and Maintain
Policies, Systems, Processes, Programs, Procedures, Instructions
Communicate, Understand
Quality Policy Statement
Quality Manual
SOP
Test Method
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 4.2
ISO 9001:2000 Section 4.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 5.1, 5.3, 5.4.1, 5.4.2, 5.5.1, 5.5.2, 6.2.1,
7.1
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
18 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.2.1 Policies and Procedures
Policy:
The Quality Management System is established, implemented, and maintained by
management. It is applicable to all the fields of testing and activities in which the
laboratory is involved and undertakes. All policies, systems, programs, procedures and
instructions are documented to the extent necessary to enable the laboratory to assure the
quality of results generated. These documents are communicated to, understood by,
available to, and implemented by the appropriate personnel.
Details:
The purpose of our Quality Management System is to ensure that all services and
products satisfy the customer’s requirements and have been designed, tested, and
delivered under controlled conditions.
The effectiveness of the Quality Management System is assessed in several ways:
by a program of planned internal audits, covering all aspects of the operation of the
quality management system
by regular management reviews of the suitability and effectiveness of the quality
management system
by analysis of potential and actual problems as shown by customer complaints and
supplier and subcontractor assessments
by other methods approved from time to time by the appropriate authority.
This Quality Manual and associated documents (including procedures) and records serve
as the quality plan for the laboratory. Other documents and records may include:
standard operating procedures (SOPs)
quality control plans in test methods
organizational charts
proposals
project management schemes
Equipment manuals
Reference methods
Regulations
Accreditation standards
Software
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
19 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.2.2 Quality Policy Statement
Policy:
The policies and objectives for laboratory operations are documented in this Quality
Manual. The overall objectives are set out in the Quality Policy Statement and reviewed
during management review. The Quality Policy Statement is issued under the authority of
the Senior Management on the effective date.
Quality Policy Statement:
To ensure accurate and timely analytical services and to continuously meet or exceed the
stated or implied expectations of our customers through day-to-day interactions.
Effective Date: February 15, 2016
a) Management commitment to good professional practice and quality of services
provided to the customer: tests and calibrations are always carried out in accordance with
stated standardized methods and customers’ requirements. Requests to perform tests that
may jeopardize an objective result or have a low validity are rejected, or the laboratory’s
concerns are noted in the certificate of analysis.
b) Standards of service include:
 Customer Satisfaction
 Accuracy
Timeliness
Compliance with applicable standards and procedures
Excellence in the workplace is promoted by providing all employees with the knowledge,
training, and tools necessary to allow for the completion of accurate and timely work.
c) Purpose of management system related to quality: to manage our business by meeting
the needs of our customers and the requirements of the applicable standards and
procedures.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
20 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
d) Personnel: familiarize them with quality documentation and implement the policies
and procedures in their work.
e) Management is committed to complying with the applicable standards and regulations
(e.g. TNI, ISO, OGWDW etc.) and to continually improve the effectiveness of the
management system:the objective of this Quality Manual is to document the compliant
policies and associated procedures that are integrated into our daily activities. Continual
improvements are established, implemented, and locked into the management system.
Additional objectives include:
to establish the level of the laboratory’s performance
to make test method changes to improve performance
to participate in proficiency testing or quality evaluation programs with peer
laboratories
to ensure that all personnel are trained to a level of familiarity with the quality
management system appropriate to the individual’s degree of responsibility
to improve and validate laboratory methodologies by participation in method
validation collaborative tests
to establish and report on quality savings
4.2.3 Commitment to the Management System
Policy:
Top management is committed to the development and implementation of the
management system and continually improving its effectiveness.
Details:
The results of the management system are regularly reviewed during management review
(see Section 4.15) and continual improvements are made as outlined in Section 4.10 –
Improvements.
4.2.4 Communication of Requirements
Policy:
Top management communicates to the organization the importance of meeting customer
requirements as well as statutory and regulatory requirements.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
21 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Details:
In general, the underlying message in all oral and written management communications
involves meeting the aforementioned requirements. Meeting customer requirements
ensures that ongoing business relationships secure the contracts that keep everyone
employed. Meeting statutory and regulatory requirements ensures that laboratory
operations will not be disrupted and the organization can continue to meet customer
needs.
4.2.5 Quality Manual
Policy:
This Quality Manual outlines the structure of the documentation used in the quality
management system. This Quality Manual makes reference to supporting procedures
including technical procedures and is maintained up to date.
Details:
This quality management system is structured in three tiers of documentation. The tiers
are as follows:
I. Quality Manual
II. Standard Operating Procedures and Test Methods
III. Records
For most customers, this Quality Manual and the associated documents form a general
Quality Plan. If necessary, specific Quality Plans will be prepared on a ‘per-customer’
basis. These Quality Plans will modify the general requirements stated in the Manual and
associated documents.
All of the above documents are controlled documents. Not all quality system documents
and procedures are maintained in this manual, rather some are referenced and located in
other documents. The following records and directive documents are contained or
referenced in the Quality Manual:
organizational chart (section 4.1.5.E)
identification of resources and management review (section 4.15.1)
job descriptions (section 5.2.4)
statistical techniques (section 5.9)
test reports (section 4.13.2 and 5.10)
identification of the laboratory’s approved signatures (section 5.10.2)
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
22 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
laboratory’s scope of tests (section 4.1.3)
equipment inventory and records (sections 5.5.4 and 5.5.5)
calibration status indicators (section 5.5.8)
reference standards inventory (section 5.6.3)
verification records (section 5.9)
quality control plan / criteria for workmanship (section 5.4.1)
corrective action records (section 4.11)
preventive action records (section 4.12)
customer complaint records (section 4.8.1)
audit schedule and records (section 4.14.3)
procurement and subcontracting records (sections 4.6 and 4.5.4)
training records (section 5.2.5)
master list of documentation (section 4.3.2)
confidentiality agreements (section 4.1.5 C)
contract review (section 4.4.2)
validation of test methods (section 5.4.5)
facility floor plan (section 5.3.1)
4.2.6 Change Management
The roles and responsibilities for change management are outlined in QSP 4-2-6.
4.2.7 Technical Management and the Quality Manager
The roles and responsibilities for technical management and the Quality Manager are
outlined in section 5.2.5 of this manual.
Technical management ensures that section 5 of this manual is implemented and
maintained. The Quality Manager ensures that section 4 of this manual is implemented
and maintained.
4.2.8 Maintenance
Policy and Details:
Top management ensures that the integrity of the management system is maintained
when changes to the management system are planned and implemented.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
23 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
Revision 25 is a significant revision with numerous additions, deletions and corrections.
These are not all documented in the revision history, rather all persons on the distribution
list are required to read the entire document.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
24 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.3 Document Control
Section Synopsis
This section tells you that Document Control involves:
1. Writing good procedures
2. Getting them to the users
3. Keeping procedures good
Key Words
Controlled Document
Master List
Unique Identification
Revise
Revision Number
Effective Date
Review and Approval
Obsolete
Archive
Hand-written changes
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 4.3
ISO 9001:2000 Section 4.2.1, 4.2.3, 4.2.4
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
25 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.3.1 Policies and Procedures
Policy:
The SOP#QSP 4-3-1 is used to control all quality management system documents
(internally generated and from external sources). These include documents of external
origin, such as regulations, standards, other normative documents, test and/or calibration
methods, as well as drawings, specifications, instructions, and manuals.
Details:
Document means any information or instructions including policy statements,
procedures, specifications, charts, text books, posters, notices, memoranda, software,
drawings, and plans. These may be in various media, whether hard copy or electronic and
they may be digital, analog, photographic or written.
The documents to be controlled include:
Quality Manual
Standard Operating Procedures and test methods
Forms
Standards
Software manuals
Reference methods and manuals
Equipment manuals
Applicable regulations/statutes
The control of data related to testing and calibration is covered in section 5.4.7. The
control of records is covered in section 4.13.
4.3.2 Document Approval and Issue
4.3.2.1 Review / Approval / Master List
Policy and Details:
All documents issued to personnel in the laboratory as part of the quality management
system are reviewed and approved for use by authorized personnel prior to issue (i.e.,
reviewed by personnel knowledgeable in the documented activity and then approved by
management). A master list can be obtained by viewing the lists located on the Chemtech
Quality Manager and the SOP database for performance based methods, or intranet under
the SOP section. The categories are divided by folders. Each folder has a hyperlinked list
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
26 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
of the SOPs. A listing of document revision is posted on the announcement area of the
Chemtech Document Archive tab. A revision history is maintained. Documents are
formally reviewed periodically to ensure their continuing suitability.
4.3.2.2 Availability and Obsolete Documents
Policy and Details:
The master list shows the current status of all controlled documents. The master list
document is organized with the following information:
Document Title
Effective Date
Revision Number
Method Reference (if applicable)
Date of last review
Controlled documents are approved before issue.
The SOP# QSP 4-3-1 for document control ensures that:
authorized editions of appropriate documents are available at all locations where
operations essential to the effective functioning of the laboratory are performed
documents are periodically reviewed and where necessary revised to ensure
continuing suitability and compliance with applicable requirements
invalid or obsolete documents are promptly removed from all points of issue or use to
assure against unintended use
obsolete documents retained for either legal or knowledge preservation purposes are
suitably marked (i.e., “INACTIVE" and dated) and/or archived appropriately.
4.3.2.3 Identification
Policy and Details:
All quality management system documentation is identified by:
date of issue and/or revision number
page numbering
total number of pages (e.g., page 5 of 5)
issuing authority (i.e., reviewer approval)
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
27 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.3.3 Document Changes
4.3.3.1 Review / Approval
Policy:
Changes to documents are reviewed and approved by the same function (i.e., personnel or
position) that performed the original review.
Details:
Developments in policies and procedures require documents to be changed from time to
time. Changes to documents receive the same level of review and approval as the
originals.
The Quality Manual is reviewed annually by the Quality Manager. Records are kept of
this review.
Test methods and SOPs are reviewed on a biennial basis. Procedures for this are outlined
in SOP# QSP 4-3-1.
Obsolete documents are withdrawn, but are retained for archive purposes and clearly
labeled as obsolete.
4.3.3.2 Identification of Changes
Policy:
The nature of document changes is identified in the document.
Details:
As outlined in SOP# QSP 4-3-1.
In general, the nature of changes is identified in the document by changing the font color
to blue. Revision history is recorded at the end of the document.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
28 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.3.3.3 Amendments by Hand
Policy and Details:
Hand-written amendments to documents are permitted only by those personnel
authorized to do so (see section 4.1.5 A). Amendments are clearly marked, initialed, and
dated. A revised document is formally re-issued at the time of the annual review. For
further details refer to SOP# QSP 4-3-1.
4.3.3.4 Computerized Documents
Policy and Details:
The SOP# QSP 4-3-1 details how changes in documents maintained in computerized
systems are made and controlled.
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
None
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
29 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.4 Review of Requests, Tenders, and Contracts
Section Synopsis
This section tells you that you must:
1. Clearly understand customer requirements
Key Words
Requirements
Subcontractor
Request
Tender
Contract
Review
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 4.4
ISO 9001:2000 Section 5.2, 6.1, 7.2.1, 7.2.2, 7.2.3
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
30 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.4.1 Policies and Procedures
Policy:
Prior to the commencement of any services that fall within the scope of this Quality
System, Chemtech-Ford will ensure that the scope of the work is clearly defined and that
the objectives of the project can be met. In some cases, the requests are formalized
through a statement of work and signed contract. Other cases require less formalized
contracts. In all instances Chemtech-Ford formalizes a contract between the laboratory
and the client. The lab ensures that:
a)the customer requirements including the methods to be used are adequately defined,
documented and understood (see section 5.4.2)
b)the laboratory has the capability and resources to meet the requirements
c)the appropriate test method is selected and capable of meeting the customer’s
requirements (see section 5.4.2)
When practicable, any differences between the request or tender and the contract are
resolved before any work commences. Each contract must be acceptable by both the
laboratory and the customer.
Details:
The review of capability establishes that the laboratory possesses the necessary physical,
personnel, and information resources, and that the laboratory’s personnel have the skills
and expertise necessary for the performance of the tests in question. The review may also
encompass results of earlier participation in inter-laboratory comparisons or proficiency
testing and/or the running of trial test using samples or items of known value in order to
determine uncertainties of measurement, limits of detection, and confidence limits.
Some contracts are formalized through a bidding process, RFP etc. Some contracts are
less formal. When a formal process initiates the work, the specifications of the project
are agreed upon and programed into the LIMS. When appropriate contracts are signed by
necessary parties.
All work orders at Chemtech-Ford Laboratories are considered contracts between the lab
and the customer. After logging the sample(s) into the LIMS and after a login review is
performed by the lab, a login summary of requested analyses is submitted to the customer
for their review. The customer is informed of tests to be performed including test
method, subcontracted work, conditions of samples upon receipt and any other anomaly
that might have an adverse effect on the results of the analyses. The customer is
requested to review the work order for accuracy and note any discrepancies to the lab in a
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
31 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
timely manner. If the customer does not reply in a timely manner, Chemtech-Ford
Laboratories proceeds with the work. For some analyses, the lab is required to start work
immediately (e.g. short holding times or rush analyses). The customer has the ability to
stop this work as needed.
The contract review ensures that each customer’s requirements are adequately defined
and documented in a timely manner. This should ensure that any order, once accepted,
can be completed without delay, and that the customer’s requirements including delivery
date, technical specification can be met.
Typical types of contracts include:
approved service quotations
confidentiality agreements
 non-disclosure agreements
 sample submission requests
 memorandum of agreement
 memorandum of understanding
 research proposals and contracts
 verbal orders (oral agreements)
 activity plans
4.4.2 Records of Review
Policy:
Records of request, tender and contract review, including significant changes, are
maintained. Records of pertinent discussions with a customer relating to the customer’s
requirements or the work during the period of execution of the contract are also
maintained.
Details:
Records of request is made by the client via chain-of-custody. Alternative requests may
also be made through other mechanisms (e.g. email). In the event that an alternative
mechanism besides the chain-of-custody is used for a request, such documentation is
retained. After samples have been entered into the LIMS and reviewed for correctness, a
summary of the requested work is sent to the client via email to verify the accuracy of
their request compared to Chemtech-Ford Laboratories interpretation of the request.
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories assumes that the request is accurate unless the client
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
32 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
informs us otherwise. If there is a discrepancy, the change is noted and documented in
the LIMS or chain-of-custody.
Other work may demand more complex and formalized contract review. These contracts
are maintained by Chemtech-Ford Laboratories and the client. Formal contracts should
be stored in the project in LIMS. The LIMS project can be customized for most of the
project requirements such as pricing, analyte lists, reporting limits, QC limits, report
format, report recipients, etc.
When a formal contract is entered into between the lab and the client, the appropriate lab
member of management must sign the contract (usually the Vice President or their
designee). The person responsible for managing the project ensures that all of the aspects
of the project can be met. That person coordinates the project plan and execution of the
project with the appropriate laboratory staff. They also communicate any problems
meeting the client objectives to the client and will advise the lab how to proceed.
4.4.3 Review of Subcontracted Work
Policy:
Request, tender, and contract review also includes work that is subcontracted by the
laboratory.
Details:
Subcontractor laboratories are reviewed as described in section 4.5. Performance based
methods developed by Chemtech-Ford Laboratories are not subcontracted.
4.4.4 Notification of Customer
Policy and Details:
Customers are informed of deviations from the contract. This is typically communicated
to the customer prior to the performing the deviation.
4.4.5 Contract Amendment
Policy and Details:
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
33 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
If a contract needs to be amended after the work has commenced, the same contract
review process is repeated and any amendments are communicated to all affected
personnel.
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
Revision 25 is a significant revision with numerous additions, deletions and corrections.
These are not all documented in the revision history, rather all persons on the distribution
list are required to read the entire document.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
34 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.5 Subcontracting of Tests and Calibrations
Section Synopsis
This section tells you that we must:
1. Know what tests and calibrations need to be done by another laboratory
2. Check out the other laboratories
Key Words
Competence
Register of Subcontractors
Assessment
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 4.5
ISO 9001:2000 Section 7.2.3, 7.4.1, 7.4.3, 8.2.4
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
35 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.5.1 Subcontractor Competence
Policy:
Performance based methods developed by Chemtech-Ford Laboratories are not
subcontracted unless directed by the client. Work that must be subcontracted is done so
to a technically competent laboratory due to:
unforeseen circumstances
workload
project specifications/requirements
contracts requiring some extra technical expertise
Details:
The subcontracted laboratory demonstrates technical competence by possession or receipt
of one or more of the following:
recognized technical accreditation (e.g. TNI, ISO, EPA etc.)
satisfactory performance of appropriate quality control check samples, certified
reference material, in-house reference material or replicate analysis
audit of the subcontractor’s quality management system by our auditors
It is the responsibility of the Quality Manager to assess and approve the competence level
of subcontractor laboratories. The approved subcontract laboratories are maintained in
Quality Manager.
4.5.2 Customer Approval
Policy:
Customers are advised of work (or any portion thereof) that is being subcontracted to
another laboratory and their approval is obtained (preferably in writing).
Details:
Customers are advised of subcontracted work through the contracting process (see 4.4).
4.5.3 Assurance of Subcontractor Competence
Policy:
If the laboratory selects the subcontracted lab, then the laboratory is responsible to the
customer for the subcontractor’s work. Technical competence of subcontractor
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
36 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
laboratories is demonstrated through various records including accreditation records from
the laboratories Accreditation Body. There may be circumstances where the customer
specifies which subcontractor is to be used. In such cases we may not be able to
demonstrate the competence of the subcontractor and therefore are not responsible for the
results.
Details:
Records of subcontractor competence can include, but are not limited to, the following:
accreditation certificates or documentation
registration certificates
check sample results
audit results
approval by the Quality Manager
approval by the client
4.5.4 Subcontractor Register
Policy:
A register of all subcontractors performing tests and calibrations is maintained in Quality
Manager or within the project records.
Details:
The approved register of subcontractors is maintained by the applicable Accreditation
Body or in the project records.
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
Revision 25 is a significant revision with numerous additions, deletions and corrections.
These are not all documented in the revision history, rather all persons on the distribution
list are required to read the entire document.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
37 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.6 Purchasing Services and Supplies
Section Synopsis
This section tells you that we must:
1. Know what we want
2. Check out our suppliers
Key Words
Selection
Verify
Specifications
History
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 4.6
ISO 9001:2000 Section 6.3.1, 7.4, 7.5.5, 8.2.4
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
38 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.6.1 Policies and Procedures
Policy:
The SOP# QSP 4-6-1 is used to select and purchase services and supplies. The SOP#
QSP 4-6-1 is used for procurement, reception, and storage of supplies.
Details:
Consumable materials are stored according to the appropriate test method, SOP, or work
instruction.
4.6.2 Specifications
Policy:
Only services and supplies of the required quality are used. These quality requirements
are detailed in laboratory SOPs under the “Equipment and Supplies” and “Reagents and
Standards” sections and will identify the appropriate minimum specifications when
necessary.
Details:
Packing slips are checked against package content labels and matched with the Purchase
Order if accepted. Once accepted, the packing slip is dated and initialed as evidence of
compliance. Certificates of analysis (COA) are scanned and maintained on file in the
LIMS or other appropriate area after the COA is checked to ensure the received item
meets minimum specifications.
Chemicals are purchased with manufacturer’s certificates where possible. Uncertified
chemicals are purchased from ISO 9000 registered companies. Whatever the source, the
laboratory verifies the quality of the standards by comparing the new batch of standards
to the old. Due regard is paid to the manufacturer’s recommendations on storage and
shelf life.
Reagents are generally purchased from manufacturers who have a quality management
system based on ISO 9000. The grade of any reagent used (including water) is stated in
the method together with guidance on any particular precautions to be observed in its
preparation or use.
Where no independent assurance of the quality of procured goods or services is available
or the supplier’s evidence is insufficient the laboratory ensures that purchased goods and
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
39 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
services comply with specified requirements. Where possible and practical the laboratory
ensures that goods are inspected, calibrated, or are otherwise in compliance with any
standard specification relevant to the calibrations or tests concerned.
4.6.3 Purchasing Documents
Policy:
Purchasing requests are recorded on the Purchase Order form and contain data describing
the product ordered. The Purchase Order is reviewed and approved for technical content
prior to release.
Details:
The description may include type, class, grade, precise identification, specifications,
drawings, inspection instructions, other technical data including approval of test results,
quality required and quality management system standard under which they were
produced.
The completion of the Purchase Order is the responsibility of the originator or supervisor.
Either reviews the Purchase Order for accuracy and approve the technical content prior to
release with their signature and the date.
4.6.4 Approved Suppliers
Policy:
Suppliers of critical services are evaluated and approved before use. An approved
supplier list is maintained.
Details:
Audits or tender evaluation is conducted to qualify suppliers of critical services prior to
use. The criteria for evaluation may include, but is not limited to the following:
references
accreditation
formal recognition
The records are maintained by purchasing personnel.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
40 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
Revision 25 is a significant revision with numerous additions, deletions and corrections.
These are not all documented in the revision history, rather all persons on the distribution
list are required to read the entire document.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
41 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.7 Service to the Customer
Section Synopsis
This section tells you that we must:
1. Facilitate clarification of the customer’s request
2. Give customer access to relevant testing area
3. Maintain customer contact
4. Inform customer of delays or deviations
5. Utilize customer surveys
Key Words
Clarification
Deviations
Delays
Customer Satisfaction Survey
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 4.7
ISO 9001:2000 Section 6.1, 7.2.1, 7.2.3, 7.4.3, 7.5.1
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
42 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.7.1 Service
Policy:
Customer requests are clarified for the customers or their representatives. Furthermore,
the customer or their representative will be afforded the right to monitor the performance
of the laboratory in relation to the work performed, provided that the laboratory ensures
confidentiality to other customers.
Details and Procedures:
Service to the customer includes:
Affording the customer or the customer’s representative reasonable access to relevant
areas of the laboratory for the witnessing of work performed for the customer; it is
understood that such access should not conflict with rules of confidentiality of work
for other customers or with safety.
Maintaining of open contacts. The customer values advice and guidance in technical
matters, and opinions and interpretations based on results. Contact with the customer,
especially in large assignments, should be maintained throughout the work. The
laboratory should inform the customer of any delays or major deviations in the
performance of the tests.
4.7.2 Feedback
Policy and Details:
The laboratory seeks feedback from the customer. Positive and negative feedback can be
obtained passively through ongoing communications with the customer (e.g., review of
test reports with customers) or actively through customer satisfaction surveys. The
feedback is used to improve the quality management system, testing activities, and
customer service.
One mechanism Chemtech-Ford Laboratories has established is a database that allows for
the entry of customer feedback (both positive and negative). The database categorizes
each item of feedback. When a laboratory representative receives feedback from a client
or other interested party, this should be reported in the database. When feedback requires
an action this is documented and assigned to the appropriate team member for review.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
43 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Other mechanisms are in place to review customer feedback. During weekly
management meetings, customer feedback is reviewed (positive and negative).
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
Revision 25 is a significant revision with numerous additions, deletions and corrections.
These are not all documented in the revision history, rather all persons on the distribution
list are required to read the entire document.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
44 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.8 Complaints
Section Synopsis
This section tells you that you must:
1. Maintain records of Complaints
2. Maintain records of Corrective Action
Key Words
Resolving
Investigation
Corrective Action
Follow-up Verification
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 4.8
ISO 9001:2000 Section 7.2.3
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
45 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.8.1 Policies and Procedures
Policy:
The SOP#QSP 4-8-1 is used for resolving complaints received from customers or other
parties. Records are maintained of all complaints and follow-up.
Details:
Records of complaints include the following information:
description of the complaint
investigation
corrective action (if necessary)
solution notes and date
follow-up verification
issuance level
See also section 4.11.
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
Revision 25 is a significant revision with numerous additions, deletions and corrections.
These are not all documented in the revision history, rather all persons on the distribution
list are required to read the entire document.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
46 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.9 Control of Nonconforming Testing and Calibration Work
Section Synopsis
This section tells you that you must:
1. Stop testing when nonconforming work is identified
2. Determine what is causing nonconforming work
Key Words
Nonconforming
Root Cause
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 4.9
ISO 9001:2000 Section 5.5.1, 7.4.3, 7.5.1, 8.2.4, 8.3, 8.5.3
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
47 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.9.1 Procedures to Control Nonconforming Work
Policy:
The SOP#QSP 4-9-1 is used to control any aspect of testing and/or calibration work, or
the results of this work, when they do not conform with the test methods or the agreed
requirements of the customer.
Details:
The procedure ensures that:
Responsibilities and authorities for the management of nonconforming work are
designated and actions (including halting of work and withholding of test reports as
necessary) are defined and taken into consideration when nonconforming work is
identified
an evaluation of the significance of the nonconforming work is made
correction is taken immediately, together with any decision about the acceptability of
the nonconforming work
where necessary, the customer is notified and the work is recalled
the responsibility for authorizing the resumption of work is defined
Identification of nonconforming work or problems with the quality management system
or with testing activities can occur at various locations within the quality management
system and technical operations such as:
customer complaints
quality control
instrument calibration
checking of consumable materials
staff observations or supervision
test report checking
management reviews
internal or external audits
4.9.2 Root Cause Analysis
Policy:
Where evaluation indicates that nonconforming work could recur or that there is doubt
about the compliance of the laboratory’s operations with its own policies and procedures,
the corrective action procedures given in 4.11 are followed to identify the root cause(s) of
the problem and to eliminate this (these) cause(s). All notes, discoveries, and actions
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
48 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
taken by participating personnel are to be reflected on the corrective action form. The
QM directs this process and retains all documentation within the appropriate files for
future reference. These corrective action documents will be stored for five years.
Details:
The SOP# QSP 4-11-1 outlines the recording of the root cause analysis for investigating
nonconforming work.
Situations warranting corrective action investigation include:
failure to comply with test method including all applicable procedures necessary to
ensure the integrity and representative nature of the sample
presentation of uncertain knowledge as to compliance with test methods including all
applicable procedures necessary to ensure the integrity and representative nature of
the sample
failure or suspected failure in method performance as demonstrated by results
provided by quality control samples
lack of relevant evidence provided by quality audit, proficiency testing, or customer
feedback
lack of relevant evidence provided by data validation
neglect to check the inherent property of the sample that compromises the testing
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
Revision 25 is a significant revision with numerous additions, deletions and corrections.
These are not all documented in the revision history, rather all persons on the distribution
list are required to read the entire document.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
49 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.10 Improvements
Section Synopsis
This section tells you that you must:
1. Review procedures for improvements
2. Continually implement improvements
Key Words
Continually
Effectiveness
Analysis of data
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 4.10
ISO 9001:2000 Section 6.1, 8.1, 8.2.1, 8.4, 8.5.1
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
50 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.10.1 Policies and Procedures
Policy:
The laboratory continually improves the effectiveness of its management system through
the use of the quality policy, quality objectives, audit results, analysis of data, corrective
and preventive actions, and management review.
Details:
The laboratory has implemented a continual improvement philosophy within the
management system. Every employee in the laboratory is encouraged to suggest new
ideas for improving services, processes, systems, productivity, and the working
environment.
Opportunities for improvement of operations and processes are identified by managers on
a continual basis from ongoing feedback on operations and through management reviews.
Opportunities for improvement of services are identified by anyone within the
organization including Sales, and Marketing.
Inputs for improvement opportunities may be obtained from the following sources:
customer satisfaction surveys and any other customer feedback
market research and analysis
employees, suppliers, and other interested parties
internal and external audits of the management system
records of service nonconformities
data from process and service characteristics and their trends
Opportunities for improvement may also be identified on a special project basis. The
following are listed only as examples:
improving usefulness of bench space
reducing excessive inspection/testing
reducing excessive handling and storage
reducing test/calibration failures
Opportunities for improvement from daily feedback on operational performance (i.e.,
internal audits, customer feedback, test/calibration failures) are evaluated by the
Technical or Quality Manager. Typically, they are implemented through the corrective
and preventive action system.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
51 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Opportunities for improvement from analysis of longer-term data and trends are
evaluated and implemented through the management review process. They are prioritized
with respect to their relevance for achieving quality objectives. When opportunities for
improvement are no longer supported by the current policy and objectives, management
will establish new quality objectives, and possibly change the policy. The process for this
evaluation is described in Section 4.15. Longer-term improvement projects are initiated
through the management review process, as well as the corrective and preventive action
system.
Service improvement opportunities are evaluated by management. They are implemented
through the supervisor of the laboratory who ensures that the improvements are validated
as outlined in Section 4.12 of this manual and appropriate level of quality control is
performed on an ongoing basis.
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
Revision 25 is a significant revision with numerous additions, deletions and corrections.
These are not all documented in the revision history, rather all persons on the distribution
list are required to read the entire document.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
52 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.11 Corrective Action
Section Synopsis
This section tells you that you must:
1. Identify problems
2. Determine why the problem occurred
3. Fix the cause of the problem
4. Verify that your changes worked
Key Words
CAR
Root Cause
Monitor
Audit
Nonconforming work
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 4.11
ISO 9001:2000 Section 5.5.1, 5.5.2, 8.1, 8.2.2, 8.2.3, 8.4, 8.5.2, 8.5.3
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
53 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.11.1 General
Policy:
The SOP# QSP 4-11-1 is utilized for implementing corrective action when
nonconforming work or departures from policies and procedures in the quality
management system or technical operations have been identified. The procedure requires
that appropriate authority be designated for the implementation of corrective actions and
includes cause analysis, selection and implementation of corrective action, and
monitoring of actions.
Details:
Problems with the quality management system or technical operations of the laboratory
may be identified through a variety of activities, such as control of nonconforming work,
internal or external audits, management reviews, feed-back from customers, or staff
observations.
Corrective action investigations are documented and required changes to operational
procedures are implemented. The corrective action request (CAR), investigation and
resolution are recorded in the CAR database.
4.11.2 Cause Analysis
Policy:
Corrective action always begins with an investigation to determine root cause(s) of the
problem (see SOP# QSP 4-11-1).
Details:
Potential causes of the problem could include customer requirements, the samples,
sample specifications, methods and procedures (see 4.11.6), personnel skills and training,
consumable materials, or equipment and its calibration.
4.11.3 Selection and Implementation of Corrective Actions
Policy and Details:
After determining the cause(s) of the problem, potential corrective actions are identified.
The most likely action(s) (this includes practical and/or reasonable) are selected and
implemented to eliminate the problem and to prevent recurrence. It should be noted that
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
54 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
any corrective actions taken to eliminate the cause(s) of nonconformities or other
departures are to a degree appropriate to address the magnitude of the problem and
commensurate with the risks encountered (Note – in plain language, this means
determine whether the benefit outweighs the cost). Controls are applied to prevent
recurrence. The laboratory documents and implements the required changes resulting
from corrective action investigations.
4.11.4 Monitoring of Corrective Action
Policy:
After implementing the corrective action(s), the laboratory monitors the results to ensure
that the actions taken have been effective in overcoming the problems originally
identified.
Details:
Monitoring is assigned to an appropriate individual such as the originator of the CAR or
the originator’s manager. Changes resulting from corrective action are documented.
4.11.5 Additional Audits
Policy:
Where the identification of nonconformities or departures casts doubts on compliance of
policies, procedures, regulations, international quality standards, the appropriate areas of
activity are promptly audited in accordance with section 4.14.
Details:
Special audits follow the implementation of corrective actions to confirm their
effectiveness. A special audit is only necessary when a serious issue or risk to the
business is identified. Special audits are carried out by trained and qualified personnel
who are [whenever resources permit] independent of the activity to be audited. See
section 4.14 for more details.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
55 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.11.6 Responsibility
Policy:
Analytical data routinely generated by the laboratory is evaluated to determine
acceptability, including precision and accuracy. Laboratory analyst and supervisors are
responsible for evaluating QC in comparison to acceptance criteria.
Details:
When data falls outside of the established control limits or acceptance limits for a given
method (as defined by the SOP), that information is evaluated and appropriate action
taken. If a problem is discovered that could merit corrective action, the person that
discovers the problem should discuss with the Quality Manager the need to initiate a
formal corrective action. All Chemtech-Ford Laboratories employees can recommend
corrective action. If it is determined that the problem merits corrective action, the
Quality Manager will initiate the corrective action.
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
None
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
56 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.12 Preventive Action
Section Synopsis
This section tells you that you must:
1. Identify potential problems
2. Determine why the problem could occur
3. Fix the cause of the potential problem
4. Verify that your changes worked
Key Words
PAR
Potential Nonconformity
Action Plan
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 4.12
ISO 9001:2000 Section 4.2.4, 6.3.1, 8.4, 8.5.1, 8.5.2, 8.5.3
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
57 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.12.1 Preventative Action Identification
Policy:
Opportunities for needed improvement and potential sources of nonconformities, either
technical or with the quality management system shall be identified. If action is required,
action plans are developed, implemented and monitored, to reduce the likelihood of
occurrence of such nonconformities and to take advantage of the improvement
opportunities.
Details:
Records of preventive action include the following information:
details of potential nonconformities
investigation
preventive action
follow-up verification
4.12.2 Preventive Action Plans
Policy:
The preventive action procedure includes the initiation of such actions and application of
controls to ensure that they are effective.
Details:
Preventive action may result from the review of operational procedures and analysis of
data. Analysis of data includes trend analysis, analysis of proficiency testing results, and
risk analysis.
Preventive actions can be designated and documented in the Corrective Action database
or in management meeting notes or other approved laboratory mechanism for
recording/monitoring preventive actions.
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
Revision 25 is a significant revision with numerous additions, deletions and corrections.
These are not all documented in the revision history, rather all persons on the distribution
list are required to read the entire document.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
58 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.13 Control of Records
Section Synopsis
This section tells you that you must:
1. Identify the records to be kept
2. Keep identified records in a useful state
3. Destroy records when they are no longer needed
Key Words
Collection
Indexing
Access
Storage
Maintenance
Disposition
Legible
Traceable
Retrievable
Secure
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 4.13
ISO 9001:2000 Section 4.2.4, 6.3, 6.4, 7.1, 7.5.1, 7.5.2, 7.5.3, 8.1, 8.2.2, 8.2.3,
8.2.4
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
59 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.13.1 General
4.13.1.1 Procedures
Policy:
The SOP#QSP 4-13-1 is used to identify, collect, index, access, file, store, maintain,
protect, backup, and dispose quality and technical records. Quality records include
reports from internal audits and management reviews as well as corrective and preventive
action records.
Details:
Records are available to demonstrate conformance to requirements and effective
operation of the Quality Management System. Quality records from suppliers are also
controlled.
All records, including test reports, are safely stored and held secure (either electronically
or physically), and in confidence to the customer. Records are maintained in the
designated archival area for five (5) years.
4.13.1.2 Record Integrity
Policy:
All records are to be legible and shall be retained in such a way that they are readily
retrievable in facilities that provide a suitable environment to prevent damage or
deterioration and to prevent loss.
Details:
The retention times for records are generally set at five (5) years. Records may be in the
form of any type of media, such as hard copy or electronic media.
4.13.1.3 Record Security
Policy:
All records are held secure and in confidence.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
60 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Details:
Access to records is secured through locked rooms, filing cabinets, passwords.
4.13.1.4 Record Backup
Policy:
The SOP# QSP 4-13-1 is followed to protect and backup data/records held on computers
at all times and to prevent unauthorized access to or amendment of data/records on
computers.
Details:
Data is password protected.
Backups ensure integrity and availability of data/information in the event of a
system/power failure.
4.13.2 Technical Records
4.13.2.1 Record Information
Policy:
Original observations, calculations, derived data and sufficient information to establish an
audit trail, calibration records, personnel records and a copy of each test report issued are
retained for five (5)years.
The records for each test or calibration shall contain sufficient information to facilitate, if
possible, identification of factors affecting the test uncertainty and to enable the test or
calibration to be repeated under conditions as close as possible to the original. The
records include the identity of personnel responsible for sampling, performing of each
test and/or calibration and checking of results.
Details:
Technical records are accumulations of data (see 5.4.7) and information that result from
carrying out tests and/or calibrations and which indicate whether specified quality or
process parameters are achieved. They may include forms, contracts, work sheets, work
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
61 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
books, note books, instrument printouts, magnetic media, check sheets, work notes,
control graphs, test reports, calibration certificates, customer’s notes, papers and
feedback, and test reports to customers.
The records for each test contain sufficient information to permit its repetition. Records
include:
date of sampling
sample receipt
sample handling, storage, and disposal
identification of personnel
analyst proficiency
equipment identification and performance
calibration records
media performance, where appropriate
test organism batch # or lot #, where appropriate
results
reports (mailed, emailed, or faxed)
review
Note – the above records may be stored in separate locations. They are cross-referenced
for easy retrieval.
4.13.2.2 Recording
Policy:
Observations, data, and calculations are clearly and permanently recorded and
identifiable to the specific job at the time they are made.
Details:
Handwritten records must be legible and made with indelible ink immediately after an
observation, after data is collected and/or after calculations are made.
4.13.2.3 Corrections to Records
Policy:
Changes to test data are made so as not to obscure or delete the previous data entry.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
62 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Details:
Mistakes are crossed out with a single line, initialed, dated and the correct value entered
alongside. Mistakes are not erased, made illegible, or deleted. All alterations to records
are signed or initialed by the person making the correction. In the case of computer-
collected data, similar measures are taken to avoid loss or change of original data.
4.13.2.4 Transfer of records
Policy:
Records will be maintained or transferred in the event that a laboratory transfers
ownership or goes out of business.
Details:
In the event that the laboratory changes ownership, all records will be transferred to the
new owners. The new owner(s) will then be given the responsibility of maintaining the
records.
If the laboratory goes out of business, all hard copy and electronic records will be
maintained by the ownership group at the time of the dissolution of the company for a
period of 5 years.
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
Revision 25 is a significant revision with numerous additions, deletions and corrections.
These are not all documented in the revision history, rather all persons on the distribution
list are required to read the entire document.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
63 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.14 Internal Audits
Section Synopsis
This section tells you that:
1. Trained internal auditors examine your internal operations for quality
2. Auditors report the results to those in charge
3. You must correct any areas that need fixing
Key Words
Schedule
Elements
Independent
Nonconformity
CAR
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 4.14
ISO 9001:2000 Section 8.1, 8.2.2, 8.2.3
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
64 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.14.1 Internal Audit Program
Policy:
The internal audit program involves periodic audits conducted according to a
predetermined schedule for each year. Each year different aspects of the Quality System
are evaluated. The schedule is reviewed during the managerial review. All elements of
the management system including the testing activities are covered on a regular basis.
These audits are performed to verify operations continue to comply with the requirements
of this Quality Manual and are effective.
Details:
The tracking of internal audit results is maintained in Quality Manager. The frequency is
also maintained in Quality Manager. The Quality Manual, test procedures, and
laboratory results are verified for compliance. It is the responsibility of the Quality
Manager to plan and organize audits as required by the schedule and requested by
management. Audits are carried out by trained and qualified personnel who are [wherever
resources permit] independent of the activity to be audited. Personnel are not to audit
their own activities except when it can be demonstrated that an effective audit will be
carried out (see also 4.11.5). Audits are performed through the aid of a checklist prepared
in advance to minimize the possibility of overlooking any details during the audit. The
results of the internal audit are maintained and accessible.
Generally, the types of audits include:
quality management system
technical methods
products, services, and reports
4.14.2 Corrective Action
Policy:
When audit findings cast doubt on the effectiveness of the operations or on the
correctness or validity of test or calibration results, timely corrective action is taken and
customers are notified if investigations show that laboratory results may have been
affected.
Details:
Nonconformities that can be resolved easily are to be corrected immediately, ideally
during the audit. Records are made on the audit checklist. Nonconformities that require a
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
65 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
more involved resolution are recorded on a CAR and resolved as described in section
4.11.
Corrective actions and customer notifications must be kept on record for each audit
deviation that casts doubt as described in this section.
4.14.3 Records and Management
Policy:
Records are made of the activity being audited, the audit findings, and corrective actions
that arise. Management ensures that corrective actions are discharged within an
appropriate and agreed timeline.
Details:
A report is prepared by the auditors and distributed to those audited and/or the area
manager/supervisor within an appropriate and agreed timeline. The audit report may
include the following sections, as appropriate:
audit objective and scope
area or section audited
personnel involved – auditors and auditees
date of audit
reference documents
observations including nonconformities and commendations
opening and closing meetings
recommendations
audit report distribution
The appropriate manager is responsible for ensuring that corrective actions are
sufficiently recorded. Follow-up is performed by the auditor and recorded when
corrective action is complete and deemed effective. The audit records are kept in the
laboratory.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
66 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.14.4 Follow-up Audits
Policy:
Follow-up audits are performed to verify and record the implementation and
effectiveness of the corrective action taken.
Details:
The follow-up audit is performed at a mutually acceptable time between the area
implementing corrective action and the auditor. This time is determined when the CAR is
issued.
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
Revision 25 is a significant revision with numerous additions, deletions and corrections.
These are not all documented in the revision history, rather all persons on the distribution
list are required to read the entire document.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
67 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.15 Management Reviews
Section Synopsis
This section tells you that management must:
1. Periodically review technical competence and customer satisfaction
2. Keep records of reviews
3. Ensure follow-up is executed
4. Measure progress
Key Words
Supervisor Reports
Audit Reports
CAR / PAR
Proficiency Results
Customer Satisfaction Survey
Resources
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 4.15
ISO 9001:2000 Section 5.1, 5.4.2, 5.6, 6.2.1, 7.1, 8.5.1
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
68 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
4.15.1 Review of Quality Management System and Testing
Policy:
Top management periodically (at least annually) and in accordance with a predetermined
schedule and SOP# QSP 4-15-1, conduct a review of the laboratory’s quality
management system and testing and/or calibration activities to ensure their continuing
suitability and effectiveness and to introduce any necessary changes or improvements.
Details:
The review takes account of:
suitability of policies and procedures (including the Quality Policy outlined in this
manual)
reports from managerial and supervisory personnel
the outcome of recent internal audits
corrective and preventive actions
assessments by external bodies
results of inter-laboratory comparisons or proficiency tests
changes in the volume and type of work undertaken
feedback from customers, including complaints and customer satisfaction surveys
recommendations for improvement
other relevant factors, such as quality control activities, resources and personnel
training
A minimum period for conducting a management review is once a year. Results of the
review feed into the laboratory planning system and include goals, objectives and action
plans for the coming year.
A management review can be supplemented by consideration of related subjects at
regular management meetings.
4.15.2 Findings, Actions, and Records
Policy and Details:
Findings from management reviews and the actions that arise are recorded in the minutes
of the meeting. Management will ensure that the actions are discharged within an
appropriate and agreed upon timeline.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
69 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
Revision 25 is a significant revision with numerous additions, deletions and corrections.
These are not all documented in the revision history, rather all persons on the distribution
list are required to read the entire document.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
70 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.1 General
Section Synopsis
This section informs you that:
1. Many factors contribute to the correctness and reliability of tests and/or
calibrations
2. The laboratory must account for these factors
Key Words
Correctness
Reliability
Uncertainty
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 5.1
ISO 9001:2000 Section 7.1, 7.5.1
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
71 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.1.1 Correctness and Reliability
Policy and Details:
Correctness and reliability of the tests and/or calibrations performed have many
contributing factors including:
Human factors (see section 5.2)
Accommodation and environmental conditions (see section 5.3)
Test and calibration methods and method validation (see section 5.4)
Equipment (see section 5.5)
Measurement traceability (see section 5.6)
5.1.2 Measurement Uncertainty
Policy:
When developing test and calibration methods and procedures, total measurement
uncertainty must be accounted for in the training and qualification of personnel, and in
the selection and calibration of equipment.
Details:
The extent to which the factors contribute to total measurement uncertainty differs
between tests, matrices, methodologies.
See section 5.4.6 for more details.
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
Revision 25 is a significant revision with numerous additions, deletions and corrections.
These are not all documented in the revision history, rather all persons on the distribution
list are required to read the entire document.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
72 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.2 Personnel
Section Synopsis
This section tells you that management:
1. Analyzes training needs
2. Provides training to employees for them to do their jobs
3. Qualifies people performing specific tasks
Key Words
Competence
Qualification
Authorize
Training Needs
Job Description
Registry of Skills
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 5.2
ISO 9001:2000 Section 5.5.1, 6.2.1, 6.2.2, 7.5.1, 7.5.2
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
73 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.2.1 Competence and Qualification
Policy:
Management ensures the competency of all employees including specific equipment
operators, those performing tests and/or calibrations, those evaluating results and signing
test reports. Appropriate supervision is provided for employees undergoing training.
Personnel performing specific tasks are qualified on the basis of appropriate education,
training, experience and/or demonstrated skills, as required.
In addition, personnel responsible for the opinions and interpretations included in test
reports also have:
Relevant knowledge of the technology used in the performance of analyses, materials,
products tested, or the way they are used or intended to be used and of the defects or
degradation that may occur during sampling, analysis, or use.
Knowledge of the general requirements expressed in the legislation and standards.
An understanding of the significance of deviations found with regard to the normal
use of the items, materials, or products concerned.
Details:
Management defines the minimum levels of qualification and experience necessary for
all posts within the laboratory. The educational and experience requirements for various
laboratory positions are listed in the following sections:
5.2.1.1 Laboratory Director – The minimum requirements for the technical director are:
Bachelor’s degree in the chemical, environmental, biological sciences, physical
sciences or engineering with at least twenty-four (24) college semester credit
hours in chemistry and at least two (2) years of experience in the environmental
analysis of representative inorganic and organic analytes for which the
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories seeks or maintains accreditation. A master’s or
doctoral degree in one of the above disciplines may be substituted for one (1)
year of experience.
For microbiological analyses the technical manager must have a minimum of an
associate’s degree with at least four (4) college semester credit hours in general
microbiology when the laboratory is engaged in microbiological analysis
limited to fecal coliform, total coliform, E. coli and standard plate count. In
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
74 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
addition, the person shall have one (1) year of experience in microbiological
analyses.
If the laboratory maintains a scope beyond fecal coliform, total coliform, E. coli
and standard plate count, then the technical director must have a bachelor’s
degree in microbiology, biology, chemistry, environmental sciences, physical
sciences or engineering with a minimum of sixteen (16) college semester credit
hours in general microbiology and biology and at least two (2) years of
experience in the environmental analysis of representative analytes for which
the laboratory seeks or maintains accreditation. A master’s or doctoral degree
in one of the above disciplines may be substituted for one (1) year of
experience.
5.2.1.2 Quality Manager - The minimum requirements for the quality manager are:
Bachelor’s degree and 2 years of experience in environmental laboratory
analysis/operation or an associate’s degree and 4 years of experience in
environmental laboratory analysis/operation. Understanding of quality systems
including QA/QC. Understanding of laboratory operations. Strong
communication skills including to work with a variety of staff and management
5.2.1.3 Supervisor - The minimum requirements for a laboratory supervisor are:
A bachelor’s degree plus one-year work experience in a certified environmental
laboratory or in a laboratory that the prospective supervisor demonstrates as one
that substantially meets equivalent quality standards for a certified laboratory;
or
An associate’s degree in the biological, chemical, or physical sciences from an
institution of higher education, plus four years work experience in a certified
laboratory or in a laboratory that the prospective supervisor demonstrates as one
that substantially meets equivalent quality standards for a certified laboratory.
The supervisor must demonstrate competency to supervise testing in the areas
over which they supervise.
5.2.1.4 Technical Employees - The minimum requirements for technical laboratory
employees vary as to position and job requirements. The education requirements
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
75 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
differ based on the job assignments. In general, the requirements are:
A bachelors degree in the biological, chemical, or physical sciences from an
institution of higher education; or
An associates degree in the biological, chemical, or physical sciences from an
institution of higher education; or
A high school degree.
Continued competence is monitored through the use of blind performance evaluation
samples and Demonstrations of Competency. Where this is not achieved, the need to
retrain personnel is considered. Where a method or technique is not in regular use,
verification of personnel performance before they undertake tests, may be necessary.
5.2.2 Training Policies and Procedures
Policy:
Management will formulate the goals with respect to the education and the skills of the
laboratory personnel. The training program is relevant to the present and anticipated tasks
of the laboratory. SOP# QSP 5-2-1 is utilized to identify training needs and providing the
necessary training for personnel.
Details:
The skills and knowledge are defined in the job description for each job function as
described in section 5.2.1. Management compares the job description to the skills and
knowledge of the new incumbent to determine the training needs.
5.2.2.1 QA Program - Chemtech-Ford, Inc. provides easy access to controlled copies of
this “quality assurance program” as written within this document for all employees
of this laboratory.
5.2.2.2 Training Files - Chemtech-Ford, Inc. maintains training files for all employees
involved with data generation and reduction. The training files contain the
following sub-files:
Job description (minimum qualifications, experience, and skills
defined).
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
76 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Analytical qualification documentation “Demonstrations of
Capability,” (DOC’s). DOCs are neither appropriate nor required
for the analyses of Odor, Color, and Paint Filter Test. Also
alternatively, duplicate checks of capability are performed for
Dissolved Oxygen, Flashpoint, and all microbiological analyses.
Training attendance sheets.
SOP reading documentation.
Certificates, degrees, etc.
Signed “Ethics Statement.”
Training in the laboratory must include all methods or parts of methods and techniques
that personnel are asked to perform. Minimally, the analyst must demonstrate
competency through observation by management and verification using replicate and/or
check samples. For technicians who perform only parts of the method, confirmation of
competency may be verified by observation only. Re-verification of all personnel must be
performed annually on all methods or techniques pertinent to their job description by use
of blind performance evaluation samples and/or Demonstrations of Competency tests.
5.2.3 Employees
Policy:
Competent permanent or contractual employees are employed in the laboratory. The
technical manager ensures that contractual, additional technical employees, and key
support personnel are supervised and work in accordance to the policies and procedures
of this Quality Manual.
Details:
Testing must be either performed or supervised by an experienced person qualified by the
experience and/or degree level requirements from section 5.2.1.
5.2.4 Job Descriptions
Policy:
Current job descriptions for managerial, technical and key support personnel involved in
tests and/or calibrations are maintained centrally in the administration area of the
laboratory.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
77 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Details:
Minimum contents of job descriptions include:
The duty of performing tests.
The act of planning tests and evaluation of results.
The responsibility of developing and validating new methods as / when requested.
Expertise and experience.
Qualifications and training programs.
Managerial duties.
5.2.5 Key Personnel and Responsibilities
Policy:
Chemtech-Ford, Inc. complies with the managerial staff requirements as identified and
required by “Utah Rule R444-14-8.”
Details:
Key Personnel include the following listed positions:
5.2.5.1 Authority and Interrelationships – The laboratory has designated the following
lines of authority:
CEO
President – Reports to CEO
Executive Vice President reports to President
Vice President, Quality Manager, Laboratory Director report to Executive
Vice President
Deputy Lab Director report to Lab Director
Section Manager reports to Lab Director or Deputy Lab Director
Team Leader reports to Section Manager
Analysts & Technicians report to Team Leader
These lines of authority may have exceptions (e.g. there may not be a Team Leader and
the analyst/technician may report to a Section Manager. The organizational chart is
reviewed and updated (as needed) at least semi-annually (or more frequently as needed).
5.2.5.2 Laboratory Director - The Laboratory Director is responsible for the
administrative oversight and overall technical operation of the laboratory. The
laboratory director will:
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
78 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Define minimum qualifications, experience, and skills necessary for all
technical employees.
Ensure and document through an annual competency check that each
technical employee demonstrates initial and on-going proficiency for the
tests performed by that employee.
Review the Quality Managers audit findings and document such reviews.
Oversee laboratory technical and support staff.
Review and approve all new and existing analytical procedures.
Review and approve all deviations from normal analytical protocols.
Review external and internal quality control audits and all other relative
documentation/information.
Perform final review and approval of new laboratory projects including
reports and documents.
Nominate deputies in case of temporary absence. Unless otherwise
specified, the QM or deputy Lab Director will serve as acting laboratory
director in the director's absence.
Review laboratory resources and capabilities prior to accepting new non-
routine project work that may affect or adversely tax the present capacity of
the laboratory.
Ensure that subcontracted laboratories are capable and appropriately
certified for analytical work sent to them.
5.2.5.3 Quality Manager (QM) - The QM reports directly to the executive team. The QM
has the responsibility for the quality system and its implementation (See Section 6
of the QM). The Quality Assurance Officer will:
Have direct access to the highest level of management at which decisions
are taken on laboratory policy and resources, and to the laboratory director.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
79 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Serve as the focal point for quality assurance and oversee and review quality
control data.
Have functions independent from laboratory operations for which he or she
has quality assurance oversight.
Have documented training or experience in quality assurance procedures
and be knowledgeable in the quality assurance requirements of Utah Rule
R444-14; also be knowledgeable in the quality systems.
Have knowledge of the approved methods used by the laboratory in order
to accurately evaluate laboratory performance.
Objectively evaluate data and objectively perform assessments without
undue influence.
Oversee all quality aspects of sample handling, testing, and report
generation.
Schedule, oversee, and be responsible for reviews of the entire technical
operation of the laboratory. This includes conducting annual technical
audits.
Arrange, when available, analytical participation in inter-laboratory
comparisons and proficiency testing programs. For purposes of qualifying
for and maintaining accreditation, the QM shall arrange for participation
in an external proficiency test program according to Utah Rule R-444-14
and as identified in the Quality Systems of NELAP.
Notify laboratory management of deficiencies in the quality system and
monitor corrective actions (ensure managers review all corrective actions
initiating from their areas of concern, using corrective action reports as
references during QA training meetings).
Serve as the back-up to the Laboratory Director in the absence of the
Laboratory Director.
5.2.5.4 Laboratory Area Supervisors - These managers are responsible for the day-to-
day operation of the laboratory. Their responsibilities include:
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
80 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Supervise all technical and non-technical employees.
Be responsible for the production and quality of all data reported by the
laboratory.
Review and approve analytical data generated within the area.
Develop and submit new methods and operating procedures for approval by
the Laboratory Director.
Evaluate instrument and personnel needs.
Ensure that all samples are accepted, analyzed, and reported in accordance
with laboratory SOPs.
5.2.5.5Technical Staff - Technical personnel, generally, are responsible for the routine
receipt, analysis and reporting of all laboratory samples. The technical staff will:
Report directly to the assigned supervisor.
Perform duties in accordance to laboratory policy and procedures.
Read, understand, and follow the Quality Manual and all appropriate SOPs.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
81 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.2.6 Laboratory Organizational Chart
The official organizational structure is contained in Quality Manager.
5.2.7 Staff Management Policies
Policy:
Management authorizes specific personnel to perform particular types of testing, to issue
test reports, to give opinions and interpretations and to operate particular types of
equipment. Records of the relevant competence, educational and professional
qualifications, training, skills and experience of all technical personnel and contracted
personnel are maintained. This information is readily available and includes the date on
which authorization and/or competence was confirmed and the criteria on which the
authorization is based and the confirming authority.
Details:
5.2.7.1 Confidentiality
Each employee shall read, understand, and acknowledge that the analytical work
performed in the laboratory demands a high degree of confidentiality. In a practical
sense, this has to do with the potential communication of laboratory procedures and
analytical results to clients, regulatory agencies, and other interested parties. All
employees should understand that analytical data legally belongs to the client
who contracted such work.
5.2.7.1.1 Telephone Correspondence
A request for analytical results via telephone should be verified by requesting
the name of the requestor (and as applicable the phone number, FAX number,
e-mail address, or mailing address) before releasing data. It should be clear that
the contracting client is the same as the client requesting the data. For any data
request from a client other than the contracting client, the contracting
client must approve its use by the requesting client before release. Such
permission must be documented (requestor, contracting client, date and time of
request, staff member taking request) and placed in the client data file.
5.2.7.1.2 E-mail and FAX Correspondence
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
82 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Similar guidelines to 5.2.7.1.1 apply to requests for results transmitted by e-
mail or FAX. Chemtech-Ford, Inc. will keep electronic records of e-mail/FAX
requests and reports for 5 years.
5.2.7.1.3 "In-Person" Requests
Similar guidelines to 5.2.7.1 apply to clients who appear at the laboratory in
person and request analytical data or other laboratory documentation. Copies
of such reports or documentation may be released only after determining that
the requestor is the contracting party, or has written permission from the
contracting party to release the data.
5.2.7.1.4 Statement of Confidentiality
Each employee shall sign a Confidentiality Agreement, which describes the
understanding of such laboratory confidentiality and acknowledges the
penalties for failing to follow established laboratory procedures regarding
confidentiality.
5.2.7.2 Improper, Unethical, and Illegal Actions
It is the policy of Chemtech-Ford, Inc. and its employees to perform their duties
in a consistently legal and ethical manner. A high level of ethical behavior is
characterized by, but not limited to, dealing honestly and forthrightly with all
clients and co-workers, maintaining data integrity, open and timely treatment of
inaccurate, invalid, or misreported analytical data, and abiding by all pertinent
rules, regulations, company policies, and standard operating procedures.
Deliberate violations of such behavior will result in disciplinary action up to and
including termination, the consequences of which could additionally lead to direct
liability and legal action against the responsible individual.
It is the responsibility of each Chemtech-Ford, Inc. employee to report any
observed violation of this policy. This observation may result from a visual or
studied review of protocol, generated data, or reported information. Laboratory
management will review the evidence of any such reported violation;
confirmation that such a violation occurred will result in severe disciplinary
action, up to and including termination and possible legal action.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
83 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Serious violations of Chemtech-Ford, Inc.'s ethical policy include, but are not
limited to, the following:
Changing a reported value in the LIMS database without proper support of
documentation;
Intentionally misrepresenting data generated by instrument or calculation;
Recording invalid or otherwise altered data to make the analysis conform to
"expected" levels;
Recording invalid or otherwise altered data at someone else's suggestion or
insistence;
Recording invalid or otherwise altered data to satisfy quality assurance
acceptance criteria;
Manually integrating chromatographic data to satisfy quality assurance
acceptance criteria;
Withholding information that was noted during sample receipt or analysis;
Purposefully destroying a sample prior to the completion of analysis; and
Willfully circumventing the sample disposal Standard Operating Procedure.
Each Chemtech-Ford, Inc. employee is required to participate in a training session
within two weeks of employment. The training will include Chemtech-Ford’s
ethical policies, examples of unethical behaviors, and penalties for non-
compliance. The new employee will be required to sign an attestation statement
as a condition of employment which will again define Chemtech-Ford’s policies
and penalties.
Each year, or more frequently if needed, each Chemtech-Ford, Inc. employee is
required to attend ethical training to review company policies and penalties. At
the conclusion of the training, each employee will be required to sign an
attestation called an Ethical Attestation Statement that summarizes the
employee's ethical and legal responsibilities. This Statement acknowledges that
penalties exist for deliberately violating this policy.
In order to promote an atmosphere of integrity, management will reiterate at
routine staff meetings the importance of reporting discovered errors and the
insistence that such reporting will not necessarily result in personal punishment,
even though the company may suffer financially.
Furthermore, management will institute internal proficiency testing (blind and
double blind samples) where applicable; QC meetings whose emphasis is on
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
84 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
appropriate and inappropriate laboratory technique and instrument/data
manipulation will be held routinely to address this topic.
5.2.7.2 Manual Integration
In keeping with Chemtech-Ford’s policy of producing data of the highest possible
quality, integrations performed in the laboratory must be generated by fully
calibrated instruments and not altered in an unsubstantiated manner.
Improper manual integrations performed for the purposes of meeting quality
control criteria or any other reason are not allowed. Such unsubstantiated
integrations are subject to possible disciplinary action by laboratory management.
If a manual integration is necessary, the integration produced after manual
integration shall both be labeled and present in the raw data package. The intent
is to demonstrate the results of the integration are appropriate and according to
good laboratory practices. It is recommended that a short explanation be provided
if an unusual integration has to be made (e.g. for unusual tailing due to matrix
effect).
All manual integrations are subject to strict scrutiny to ensure that they are
performed appropriately. Analysts are advised that they must be prepared at any
time to defend a manual integration. When there is a question to the validity of the
manual integration by the analyst, then they should discuss the integration with
their supervisor. Supervisors should regularly review the manual integrations of
employees.
Manual integrations are noted in the raw data package. Typically, these are
denoted by an “m” next to the integrated area or concentration.
5.2.7.3 Undue Pressure
An appropriate working atmosphere will be provided at Chemtech-Ford, Inc. so
that all employees will be free from any commercial, financial, or other undue
pressures, which might adversely affect the quality of their work.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
85 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
If a Chemtech-Ford, Inc. employee feels that his or her work has been affected
by undue pressure of any sort, the following recourses are available:
5.2.7.3.1 The employee may report the source of the pressure(s) affecting lab
performance to his or her supervisor, or to the laboratory director or
owner if the employee believes notifying the supervisor will be
ineffective or problematic; and/or
5.2.7.3.2 The employee may generate a Corrective Action Form. This form will
specify those requests, behaviors, or other pressures, which adversely
affect the quality of the employee's work. The form will then follow
normal review channels through the laboratory in order to be resolved.
5.2.7.4 Validation of Employee Qualifications
It is the responsibility of Chemtech-Ford, Inc. management to ensure that
all employees have demonstrated capability in the activities for which they
have been hired and are responsible. This includes verification that a
potential employee possesses all of the technical, organizational, and
communication skills prior to employment; and that, once hired, each
employee continues to upgrade his knowledge and skills.
Each new employee is required to read, sign, and understand a
comprehensive employment documents provided at time of employment.
These documents verify the position's required skills as well as educating
the employee in all aspects of the company's operations and policies. This
documents include, but are not limited to containing:
An attestation that all educational qualifications and technical and
communication skills requirements have been fulfilled and reviewed
by management.
A Confidentiality Agreement.
An Ethics Statement.
A Harassment Prevention Policy.
An attestation that the employee has read, acknowledged, and
understood the Chemtech-Ford, Inc. Quality Manual.
An attestation that the employee has read, understood, and agreed to
perform the most recent version(s) of the test method(s) for which
the employee is responsible.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
86 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Demonstrations of Capability for all technical competencies
required.
An explanation of the Chemtech-Ford, Inc. Laboratory Information
Management System (LIMS) and its functions.
New employees are apprised of all laboratory security systems and the
Training Files to be kept by each employee.
Specialized training sessions will be routinely held to 1) review current
policies and procedures; 2) institute new policies and procedures; 3) review
particular technical skills, Quality Assurance topics, or corrective actions;
and 4) institute cross training. These training sessions/courses will be
documented in each employee's training file.
Prior to the initiation and acceptance of test results from an employee on
any test method, satisfactory demonstration of capability is required.
Following the completion of all capability demonstration work, the initial
analytical work of any new employee will be carefully reviewed for
accuracy, thoroughness, and timeliness by the laboratory supervisor.
Correct and accurate entry of data into the LIMS will also be monitored.
Once the supervisor is satisfied of the technical competency of the new
employee, a less rigorous review of the employee's skills and generated data
will be required.
Records are held in Quality Manager.
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
Revision 25 is a significant revision with numerous additions, deletions and corrections.
These are not all documented in the revision history, rather all persons on the distribution
list are required to read the entire document.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
87 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.3 Accommodation and Environmental Conditions
Section Synopsis
This section tells you:
1. That laboratory facilities are suitable for attaining correct performance of tests
and calibrations
2. Critical environmental conditions are monitored, controlled and recorded
3. Incompatible activities are separated
4. Access to laboratories is controlled
5. Good housekeeping is practiced
Key Words
Incompatible activities
Prevent cross-contamination
Controlled access
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 5.3
ISO 9001:2000 Section 6.3, 6.4, 7.1, 7.5.1, 7.5.2, 7.6, 8.2.3
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
88 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.3.1 Facility
Policy:
Laboratory facilities shall be appropriate to allow for the proper performance of
analytical testing. This may include, but not limited to, energy sources, lighting, heating,
ventilation and any other environmental conditions.
Appropriate care is taken to ensure that the environment does not invalidate the results or
adversely affect the required quality of any measurement. The technical requirements for
accommodation and environmental conditions that can affect the results of tests and
calibrations are documented.
Details:
This section deals with the test areas in the laboratory and premises for support such as
sample receipt and storage. Central laboratory supplies and services, such as water
purification systems, air supply, vacuum source, and sample storage, are appropriate to
facilitate proper performance of tests.
5.3.2 Monitoring
Policy:
Critical environmental conditions are monitored, controlled and recorded as required by
the relevant specifications, methods, and procedures or where they may influence the
quality of the results. Tests and calibrations are stopped when the environmental
conditions jeopardize the results of the tests and/or calibrations.
Details:
Laboratories are ventilated to reduce the levels of contamination, lower humidity, and
control temperature. Laboratories’ test areas are air-conditioned and the temperature is
20-25 °C.
Bench tops and floors are made of impervious, smooth easily cleaned materials. There is
at least two linear meters workspace per analyst while working. Walls and ceilings are
made of materials that are smooth and easily cleaned.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
89 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.3.3 Separation of Incompatible Activities
Policy:
Effective separation between neighboring areas is made when the activities are
incompatible. Measures are taken to prevent cross-contamination.
Details:
Reference materials and certified reference materials must be kept separated from
samples (log-in and storage). Sample log-in and storage must be segregated, ideally in a
separate area from the testing laboratory, and include proper sanitation to exclude the
possibility of cross-contamination. Segregation of activities is achieved through time and
space allocations.
5.3.4 Controlled Access
Policy:
Access to and use of areas affecting quality of the tests is defined and controlled.
Details:
Access to the laboratory is restricted to authorized personnel only. The authorized
personnel are made aware of the following items:
the intended use of the area
the restrictions imposed on working within such areas
the reasons for imposing the restrictions
5.3.4.1 Sample Receiving - The sample receiving area is designed to be independent of the
other laboratory areas. The sample receiving area is designed with a convenient
access from the out-of-doors. This access is controlled allowing security of the
laboratory and sample storage. The sample receiving area may also be used for
preparing and shipping of containers to clients.
5.3.4.2 Volatiles Laboratory - The volatiles laboratory is located within a climate controlled
area away from the main laboratory in order to eliminate solvent cross-contamination
from other areas of the laboratory. As with the main laboratory, access to this building
is limited to authorized personnel only. All GC/MS volatiles work is performed in
this area.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
90 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.3.4.3 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory - The inorganic chemistry laboratory occupies
the largest of the lab area within the building. The area consists of a centrally
located spacious rooms equipped with several large benches for analytical work.
Conventional wet techniques such as gravimetric, colorimetric, titrimetric are
performed here. Several fume hoods are located within the rooms to provide ease
of sample preparation.
5.3.4.4 Wet Chemistry Laboratory - This laboratory is adjacent to the inorganic chemistry
laboratory and contains the necessary equipment required to perform various wet
chemistries (e.g., BOD, COD, and TSS).
5.3.4.5 Metals Laboratory - The metals analysis laboratory contains all of the metals
analytical equipment. However, samples are prepared for metals analysis in the
inorganic laboratory, thus reducing the possibility of instrument contamination. The
metals laboratory is designed for ICP, ICP/MS, and Hg cold-vapor instrumentation.
5.3.4.6 GC and Semi-Volatile GC/MS Laboratory - The preparation lab contains standard
fume hoods and ample bench space for sample extraction. The GC and Semi-volatile
GC/MS instrument laboratory has several benches with GC and GC/MS
instrumentation and supplies.
5.3.4.7 Microbiology Laboratory - The microbiology laboratory is a separate room that is
climate-controlled with ample bench space on which to perform the required
analytical procedures. The laboratory contains its own supplies and storage facilities
for ease of analysis and for prevention of contamination.
5.3.4.8 Sample Storage - Samples remaining in the sample analysis stream are located
within their respective holding areas (refrigerators, etc.) until required analyses
have been complete. Additional post-analysis storage for metals-preserved sample
bottles is accomplished via storage shelves located within the metals laboratory.
All other inorganic/organic samples are kept for a maximum of three months
(following data reporting) in refrigerated storage throughout the laboratory.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
91 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.3.5 Good Housekeeping
Policy:
Measures are taken to ensure good housekeeping in the laboratory. Special procedures
are followed when necessary.
Details:
Controlled use of cleaning and pest control materials is exercised. The laboratory
complies with the local health and safety requirements.
Revision History
Changes from Revision 25
Section 5.4.5.3 Title edited for grammar.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
92 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.4 Test Methods and Method Validation
Section Synopsis
This section tells you:
1. Preference is given to the use of a standard method when selecting
procedures
2. All methods must be validated before use
3. Measurement uncertainty is estimated
4. Data is controlled
Key Words
Standard Methods
Laboratory-Developed Methods
Non-standardized Methods
Validation
Uncertainty of Measurement
Data Checks
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 5.4
ISO 9001:2000 Section 4.2.1, 4.2.3, 6.1, 6.3, 6.4, 7.1, 7.2.1, 7.2.2, 7.3, 7.4.3,
7.5.1, 7.5.2, 7.6, 8.1, 8.2.3, 8.2.4
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
93 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.4.1 General
Policy:
Methods and procedures used for all tests and/or calibrations are appropriate as per:
sampling, handling, transport, storage, and preparation of items to be tested and/or
calibrated
an estimation of the measurement of uncertainty as well as statistical techniques for
analysis of test and/or calibration data where appropriate
Instructions on the use and operation of all relevant equipment and on the handling and
preparation of items for testing and/or calibration are available. All instructions,
standards, manuals and reference data relevant to the work of the laboratory are
maintained current and readily available to personnel. Deviation from test and calibration
methods must be documented, technically justified, authorized, and accepted by the
customer.
Details:
There are SOPs for sample handling, storage, preparation of test items, QA/QC
procedures (media QC, incubation times and temperatures, equipment calibration and
maintenance, process control QC), and standards for approving / rejecting results. These
may be combined with or separate from the method. The content of an environmental
(TNI) test method should include:
Applicable Matrices
Detection Limit
Method Scope
Method Summary
Definitions
Interferences
Safety
Equipment and Supplies
Reagents and Standards
Sample Collection, Preservation, Shipment and Storage
Quality Control
Calibration and Standardization
Procedure
Calculations
Method Performance
Changes to the Approved Method
Data Assessment and Acceptance Criteria
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
94 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Corrective Action & Contingencies for Out of Control Data
Pollution Prevention and Waste Management
References
Editorial Changes to SOP
Appendices
International, national, or regional standards or other recognized specifications that
contain sufficient and concise information on how to perform the tests and/or calibrations
are not necessarily supplemented or rewritten as an internal procedure when they are
written in a way that can be used as published by laboratory staff. Consideration may
need to be given to providing additional documentation for optional steps in the method.
5.4.2 Selection of Methods
Policy:
Test and/or calibration methods, including methods for sampling, meet the needs of the
customer and are appropriate for the tests and/or calibrations it undertakes. Preference is
given to reference methods published as international, national, or regional standards.
The laboratory ensures that the latest edition of a standard is used unless it is not
appropriate or possible to do so. When necessary, the standard is supplemented with
additional details to ensure consistent application.
Details:
Methods that have been published either in international, national, or regional standards,
or by reputable technical organizations, or in relevant scientific texts or journals, or as
specified by the manufacturer are selected when the customer does not specify the
method to be used. Methods may be adopted from but are not limited to the following
sources: EPA, Standard Methods, USP, AOAC, FDA BAM, USDA FSIS & AMS,
APHA SMEDP, APHA, AWWA, WEF, NELAC, TNI, Compendium of Methods for the
Microbiological Examination of Foods, ISO, ICMSF, National Food Processors,
American Association of Cereal Chemists, Association of Dressing and Sauces, Health
Canada, Environmental Protection Agency, OIE, and ASTM.
The ability of the laboratory to achieve satisfactory performance against documented
performance characteristics is verified before samples are analyzed.
Laboratory-developed methods or methods adopted by the laboratory may also be used if
they are appropriate for the intended use and if they are validated. The customer is
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
95 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
informed as to the method chosen. The laboratory confirms that it can properly operate
standardized methods before introducing the tests or calibrations. If the standardized
method changes, the confirmation is repeated.
The customer is informed when the method proposed by the customer is considered to be
inappropriate or out of date.
5.4.3 Laboratory-Developed Methods
Policy:
Introduction of test and calibration methods developed internally is a planned activity and
is assigned to qualified personnel equipped with adequate resources. Plans are updated as
development proceeds and ensures effective communication among all personnel
involved.
Details:
Methods developed in-house are validated and authorized before use. Where available,
Certified Reference Materials (CRMs) are used to determine any systemic bias, or where
possible results are compared with other techniques, preferably based on different
principles of analysis. As applicable, determination of uncertainty is part of this
validation process and is essential for ongoing quality control.
5.4.4 Non-Standard Methods
Policy:
Utilization of non-standard methods is subject to agreement with the customer and
includes a clear specification of the customer’s requirements and the purpose of the test.
The developed method is validated appropriately before use.
Details:
Discussion and agreement for the use of non-standard methods is recorded as part of
contract review procedures (see section 4.4).
All non-standard and new tests are validated for their intended purpose. Qualitative test
methods must be validated to demonstrate estimated sensitivity and specificity, relative
accuracy to official methods (if appropriate), positive and negative deviation, limit of
detection, matrix effect, repeatability, and reproducibility.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
96 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Quantitative test methods are validated to demonstrate specificity, sensitivity, relative
accuracy, positive and negative deviation, repeatability, reproducibility, and limit of
determination.
For new methods where procedures are developing rapidly, especially for emergency
situations, it may be necessary to circumvent normal validation procedures. Minimally,
this must be a demonstrated recovery in replicate.
New test and/or calibration methods are documented prior to providing test and/or
calibration results to customers and contain at least the following information:
appropriate identification
scope
description of the type of item to be tested or calibrated
parameters or quantities to be determined
apparatus and equipment, including technical performance requirements
reference standards and reference materials required
environmental conditions required and any stabilization period needed
description of the procedure, including:
affixing identification marks, handling, transporting, storing and preparing of
items
ensuring checks are made before the work is started
checking that the equipment is working properly and, where required, calibrating
and adjusting the equipment before each use
listing method of recording the observations and results
indicating any safety measures to be observed
criteria and/or requirements for approval/rejection (quality control plan)
data to be recorded and method of analysis and presentation
uncertainty or procedure for estimating uncertainty
5.4.5 Validation of Methods
5.4.5.1 Performance Characteristics
Policy:
Validation of a method establishes, by systematic laboratory studies, that the performance
characteristics of the method meet the specifications related to the intended use of the test
results.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
97 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Details:
The performance characteristics of a validation plan includes, as applicable:
selectivity and specificity
range
linearity
sensitivity
limit of detection
limit of quantitation
accuracy
precision
reporting limit
repeatability
reproducibility
recovery
confirmation techniques
criteria for the number of samples tested to validate method as per defined scope of
method
action levels where defined by regulation
quality control incorporating statistics as applicable
Performance characteristics that are selected take into account the intended use of the
method, whether for screening, confirmatory analysis, or quantitation.
The design, verification of the method and documentation procedures for validation are
planned and conducted by qualified personnel, equipped with adequate resources.
This section lists a few acceptable validation procedures. The choice of the procedure
depends on the extent of the deviation from the published method.
Validation of methodology is a value judgment in which the performance parameters of
the method are compared with the requirements for the test data. A prerequisite for a
valid method is that data produced by the method must attain a state of statistical control.
Such a state is obtained when the mean value of a large number of individual values tends
to approach a limiting value called the limiting mean.
Methods may be validated by one or more alternative procedures. Some of these
procedures are described below. Apparent differences can be analyzed statistically to
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
98 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
confirm their significance. In all cases, the reasons for choosing one or more alternatives
must be documented.
analysis of standard reference materials (SRM) that are identical or almost identical to
the test samples
in the absence of suitable SRMs, analysis of reference materials that are similar in all
respect to the test samples; the use and validity of this reference material must be
documented
using an alternative method to measure the same parameter provides a very high level
of confidence if results are confirmed
recovery studies by the addition of a known concentration of the parameter of interest
to some of the replicates being measured
The parameters to be determined include:
the scope of the method and any known interference
detection limit
the range of concentration where the method is valid
precision and bias
Judgment is required to determine if some or all of the above is required. Requirements
will depend largely on the extent of deviation from the original method.
Developments in methodology and techniques require methods to be changed from time
to time. The difference in performance between revised and obsolete methods is
established so that it is possible to compare old and new data.
Where a change in method involves only minor adjustments, such as sample size, or
different reagents, the amended method is validated and the changes brought to the
attention of the accreditation body at the next accreditation audit. Where the proposed
change involves technology or methodology, the laboratory seeks the approval of the
accreditation body.
Records are kept on all validation activities. The records include any of the performance
characteristics chosen, reference procedures or guidance documents followed to validate
the method or custom validation procedure, and a final confirmation (memo to file) that
the method validation results are acceptable for continued use of the method. An example
statement would be “This serves as record that the validation of the XYZ Test Method
has been approved for use by [name and title of approver]”.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
99 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.4.5.2 Fit for Use
Policy:
The laboratory validates non-standardized methods, laboratory-designed/developed
methods, standardized methods used outside their intended range, and amplifications of
standard methods to confirm that the methods are fit for the intended use. The validation
is as extensive as is necessary to meet the needs in the given application or field of
application (may include procedures for sampling, handling, and transportation). The
laboratory records the results obtained, the procedure used for the validation, and a
statement as to whether the method is fit for the intended use.
Details and Procedure:
Validation records are kept as in section 5.4.5.1. Included in these records is the
validation procedure. The procedure used for the validation is likely to vary between
different methods. Therefore, the procedures included in the laboratory records are not as
detailed as a typical SOP, but are sufficient enough to re-create how the method was
validated.
The techniques used for the determination of the performance of a method, are one of, or
a combination of, the following:
calibration using reference standards or reference materials
comparison of results achieved with other methods
inter-laboratory comparisons
systematic assessment of the factors influencing the result
assessment of the uncertainty of the results based on scientific understanding of the
theoretical principles of the method and practical experience.
When changes are made in the validated non-standard method, the influence of such
changes carried out is documented and if appropriate a new validation is performed.
5.4.5.3 Customer’s Needs
Policy:
The range and accuracy of the values obtainable from validated methods (e.g., the
uncertainty of the results, detection limit, selectivity of the method, linearity, limit of
repeatability and/or reproducibility, robustness against external influences and/or cross-
sensitivity against interference from the matrix of the sample/test object) as assessed for
the intended use is relevant to the customer’s needs.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
100 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Details:
Validation includes the specification of the requirements, determination of the
characteristics of the methods, the comparison of the requirements with the values of the
characteristics of the method, and a statement on the validity.
As method development proceeds, regular review is required to verify that the needs of
the customer are still being fulfilled. Changing requirements requiring modifications to
the development plan are approved and authorized.
Validation is always a balance between costs, risks, and technical possibilities.
5.4.6 Uncertainty of Measurement
5.4.6.1 Calibration
Policy:
Physical, chemical, and biological standards are calibrated or characterized by qualified
subcontractors.
Details and Procedures:
Repeatability and reproducibility data are components of measurement uncertainty and
are determined as a first step towards producing estimates of this parameter. The
uncertainty of measurement may be made available on the certificate of analysis or
calibration certificate from a subcontractor.
Note – in-house calibrations include procedures for uncertainty of measurement
estimates where practicable.
5.4.6.2 Testing
Policy:
The SOP#QSP 5-4-1 is utilized to estimate uncertainties of measurement in testing,
except when the test methods preclude such rigorous calculations. In certain cases, it is
not possible to undertake metrologically and statistically valid estimations of uncertainty
of measurement. In these cases, the laboratory attempts to identify all the components of
uncertainty and make the best possible estimation, and ensure that the form of reporting
does not give an exaggerated impression of accuracy. Reasonable estimation is based on
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
101 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
knowledge of the performance of the method and on the measurement scope and makes
use of previous experience and validation data.
Details:
The degree of rigor needed in an estimation of uncertainty of measurement depends on
factors such as:
requirement of the test method
requirement by the customer
if there are narrow limits on which decisions on conformity to a specification are
based
In cases where a well-recognized test method specifies limits to the values of the major
sources of uncertainty of measurement and specifies the form of presentation of
calculated results, the laboratory is considered to have satisfied the estimation uncertainty
of measurement by following the reporting instructions (see section 5.10).
5.4.6.3 Uncertainty Components
Policy:
When estimating the uncertainty of measurement, all uncertainty components that are of
importance in the given situation are taken into account using accepted methods of
analysis.
Details:
Sources contributing to the uncertainty include, but are not necessarily limited to, the
reference standards and reference materials used, methods and equipment used, the
environmental conditions, the item being tested or calibrated and the operator.
The predicted long-term behavior of the tested and/or calibrated item is normally not
taken into account when estimating the measurement uncertainty.
For further information, see ISO 5725 and the Guide to Expression of Uncertainty in
Measurement.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
102 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.4.7 Control of Data
5.4.7.1 Calculations and Data Transfers
Policy:
Calculations and data transfers are subject to appropriate checks in a systematic manner.
Details:
Test data are approved through the following arrangements by the QM, supervisor, lab
director, peer etc.:
checks to determine accuracy of calculations, conversions, and data transfers
checks for transcription errors, omissions, and mistakes
checks to determine consistency with normal or expected values
For those analyses where manual data reduction is required, it is performed according to
the instructions provided in the test method or SOP.
5.4.7.2 Computers and Automated Equipment
Policy:
When computers or automated equipment are used for the acquisition, processing,
manipulation, recording, reporting, storage or retrieval of test or calibration data, the
laboratory ensures that:
computer software developed by the user is documented in sufficient detail and
suitably validated or otherwise checked as being adequate for use
procedures are established and implemented for protecting the integrity of data; such
procedures include, but are not be limited to, integrity and confidentiality of data
entry or collection, data storage, data transmission, and data processing (see section
4.13.1.4)
computers and automated equipment are maintained to ensure proper functioning and
are provided with the environmental and operating conditions necessary to maintain
the integrity of test and calibration data
data is securely maintained by preventing unauthorized access to, and unauthorized
amendment of, computer records
Details and Procedures:
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
103 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Data generated using computer software programs that are interfaced directly to
instruments incorporates all dilutions and calculations, thereby eliminating the need for
manual data reduction.
Commercially developed software in general use within its designed application range
may be considered sufficiently validated. Laboratory software configuration /
modifications are validated as outlined in SOP# QSP 5-5-1.
It is the stated goal of Chemtech-Ford Laboratories to meet the requirement for
Electronic records, electronic signatures, and handwritten signatures executed to
electronic records as defined by 21 CFR. Part 11 (Docket No. 92NO251) RIN0910-
AA29; Federal Register: March 20, 1997, Volume 62, Number 54), Rules and
Regulations, pages 13429-13466. Chemtech-Ford is not now fully compliant, but records
of compliance evaluation are maintained and can be inspected upon request.
For details of the requirement see:
http://www.fda.gov/ora/compliance_ref/part11/
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
Revision 25 is a significant revision with numerous additions, deletions and corrections.
These are not all documented in the revision history, rather all persons on the distribution
list are required to read the entire document.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
104 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.5 Equipment
Section Synopsis
This section tells you to:
1. Identify information needs for accept / reject decisions
2. Install equipment capable of providing that information
3. Use the equipment in the proper environment
4. Periodically check the equipment calibration
Key Words
Required Equipment and Accuracy
Authorized Personnel
Unique Identification
Inventory
Maintenance
Procedures
Out of Service
Calibration Status
Re-verification
Checks
Correction Factors
Safeguards against Adjustment
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 5.5
ISO 9001:2000 Section 4.2.1, 4.2.3, 5.1, 6.2.2, 6.3.1, 7.1, 7.4, 7.5.1, 7.5.2, 7.5.3,
7.6, 8.1, 8.2.3, 8.2.4
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
105 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.5.1 Required Equipment
Policy:
The laboratory is furnished with all items for sampling, measurement and test equipment
required for the correct performance of the tests and/or calibrations (including sampling,
preparation of test and/or calibration items, processing and analysis of test and/or
calibration data). When equipment is used outside the laboratory’s permanent control, it
ensures that the requirements of this Quality Manual are met.
Details:
Equipment is used in an environment appropriate to its proper performance. All
equipment required by a test is described in each method, including the equipment’s
tolerances.
A current list of equipment is maintained in Quality Manager.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
106 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.5.2 Required Accuracy
Policy:
Equipment and software used for testing, calibration and sampling are capable of
achieving the accuracy required and comply with specifications relevant to the tests
and/or calibrations concerned. Calibration programs are established for key quantities or
values of the instruments where these properties have a significant effect on the results.
When received, equipment, including that used for sampling, is checked to establish that
it meets the laboratory’s specification requirements, complies with the relevant standard
specifications, and is checked and/or calibrated in accordance with section 5.6 before use.
Details:
The procedures for checking newly received equipment are as determined by
manufacturers’ specification and/or those determined by the laboratory during
procurement.
5.5.3 Authorized Personnel
Policy:
Equipment is operated by authorized personnel. Up-to-date instructions on the use and
maintenance of equipment (including any relevant manuals provided by the manufacturer
of the equipment) are readily available for use by the appropriate laboratory personnel.
Details:
Access to laboratory equipment is controlled to ensure that only authorized personnel use
equipment.
5.5.4 Unique Identification
Policy:
Each item of equipment used for testing and calibration is uniquely identified when
practicable.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
107 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Details:
Measuring and testing equipment is uniquely identified. Typical identification includes
instrument type, make, model, serial number or other unique markings. Measuring and
testing equipment includes any instrument that could affect the quality of test results.
Components that can be interchanged between various instruments are tracked in
equipment logbooks but are not assigned individual identification.
5.5.5 Inventory and Maintenance Records
Policy:
Records are maintained for each item of equipment significant to the tests and/or
calibrations performed. The records include the following:
identity of the item of equipment (and its software)
manufacturer’s name, type identification, and serial number and/or other unique
identification
Date received (if available)
Date placed into service (if available)
checks that equipment complies with the specification (see section 5.5.2)
current location, where appropriate
the manufacturer’s instructions, if available, or reference to their location
dates, results and copies of reports and certificates of all calibrations, adjustments,
acceptance criteria, and due date of next calibration
maintenance carried out to date and the maintenance plan (includes calibration)
damage, malfunction, modification or repair to the equipment
Analysts initials
Details:
A database is used to capture the above inventory information. The above information
related to service and maintenance is kept in Quality Manager. Other information
recorded may include:
date received and date placed in service
condition when received (e.g., new, used, refurbished)
dates and results of calibration and/or verification and date of next calibration and/or
verification
performance history, where appropriate (e.g., response time, drift, noise level)
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
108 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.5.6 Equipment Procedures
Policy:
The SOP# QSP 5-5-1 is utilized as an established plan for safe handling, transport,
storage, use and maintenance (including calibration) of measuring equipment, and
appropriate use of correction factors to ensure proper functioning and in order to prevent
contamination or deterioration.
Note – additional procedures may be necessary when measuring equipment is used
outside the permanent laboratory for tests, calibrations, or sampling (currently not
applicable at our laboratory).
Details and Procedures:
The procedures for each piece of measuring equipment are located in the appropriate
room where the equipment is located. These procedures detail any information for safe
handling, transport, storage, use, and maintenance of measuring equipment.
5.5.7 Out of Service Equipment
Policy:
Equipment that has either been subjected to overloading or mishandling, or gives suspect
results, or has been shown to be defective or outside specified limits, is taken out of
service, clearly marked, and appropriately stored until it has been repaired and shown by
calibration or test to perform correctly.
Details:
Routine testing work is completely discontinued on equipment that even shows minor
nonconformances. Not only do we do this for ethical reasons in support of our customer,
but minor nonconformances are often indicative of major breakdowns in expensive
equipment. These breakdowns need to be avoided wherever possible.
Out of service equipment is clearly marked as outlined in section 5.5.8.
The laboratory examines the effect of the defect or departure from specified limits on
previous test and/or calibrations and institutes the “Control of Nonconforming Work”
procedure as outlined in section 4.9.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
109 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.5.8 Calibration Status
Policy:
Equipment requiring calibration is labeled to indicate the calibration status and/or
operational status and the date when re-calibration is due when appropriate.
Details:
Calibration labels have a write-on surface and a pressure sensitive adhesive. The areas
that are filled out include the person who performed the calibration, the date it was
performed, the date it is due for re-calibration, and the equipment’s identification
number.
Measuring equipment that has failed calibration or is deemed out of service is labeled
with one of the following labels:
A piece of equipment that is not calibrated or checked is labeled with the following label:
5.5.9 Return to Service
Policy:
When equipment goes outside the direct control of the laboratory for a period, the
laboratory ensures that the function and calibration status of the equipment are checked
and validated and shown to be satisfactory before the equipment is returned to service.
Details and Procedures:
The procedures used to check and ensure that the function and calibration status of the
equipment are satisfactory before the equipment is returned to service are outlined in the
CALIBRATION VOID
DO NOT USE
CALIBRATION
BY DATE
DUE ID#
OUT OF SERVICE
DO NOT USE
FOR REFERENCE ONLY
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
110 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
manufacturer’s equipment manual. Any additional quality control checks are outlined in
the “Quality Control Plan” section of the appropriate test method.
5.5.10 Periodic Checks
Policy:
When intermediate checks are needed to maintain confidence in the calibration status of
equipment, these checks are carried out periodically according to defined procedure.
Details and Procedures:
As stated in section 5.5.6, the procedures for each piece of measuring equipment are
available on the laboratory computer network. SOP# QSP 5-5-1 outlines a general
maintenance plan for equipment and includes various checks. Internal quality control
checks are specified in individual test methods that are located in the appropriate
laboratory areas thereby providing procedures for intermediate checks.
5.5.11 Correction Factors
Policy
Calibrations that give rise to a set of correction factors are updated along with all copies
of this data (e.g., in computer software).
Details and Procedures:
The updating of correction factors, including all copies, is assured by following the
appropriate test method or SOP. It is the responsibility of the QM to ensure that all copies
are updated.
5.5.12 Safeguards against Adjustments
Policy:
Test and calibration equipment, including hardware and software, are safeguarded from
adjustments that invalidate test and/or calibration results/status.
Details:
Safeguards against adjustment for laboratory equipment include:
detailed SOPs and manufacturer’s manuals on the operation of the equipment
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
111 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
policies permitting only fully trained and competent personnel to operate equipment
access to the laboratory is restricted to authorized personnel
Safeguards against adjustment for software includes:
password protection for important files and packages
access to the laboratory is restricted to authorized personnel
An electronic audit trail is maintained on for the changes made in the LIMS software
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
Revision 25 is a significant revision with numerous additions, deletions and corrections.
These are not all documented in the revision history, rather all persons on the distribution
list are required to read the entire document.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
112 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.6 Measurement Traceability
Section Synopsis
This section tells you:
1. Measurements are traceable to SI units (when applicable)
2.Reference Standards and Reference Materials are used
Key Words
Systemèm International
Reference Standard
Reference Material
Traceability
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 5.6
ISO 9001:2000 Section 6.3.1, 7.1, 7.5.1, 7.6
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
113 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.6.1 General
Policy:
Test and/or calibration equipment for subsidiary measurements (e.g., for environmental
conditions) having a significant effect on the accuracy or validity of the result of the test,
calibration, or sampling are calibrated before being put into service. All measurement and
test equipment having an effect on the accuracy or validity of tests is calibrated and/or
verified before being put into service. As mentioned in section 5.5, the SOP#QSP 5-5-1
outlines an established program for the maintenance of equipment and includes calibration.
Details:
The program includes a system for selecting, using, calibrating, checking, controlling, and
maintaining:
measurement standards
reference standards used as measurement standards
measuring and test equipment used to perform tests and calibrations
Procedures are documented where appropriate. All measurements that play a defining role
in testing accuracy are based directly or indirectly on reference standards, reference
materials, certified reference materials, or other standards or materials having appropriate
traceability.
Records are maintained in the LIMS for each standard. These records include, as applicable:
supplier, grade, lot number, and concentration
dates of preparation or verification
measurement of weights, volumes, time intervals, temperatures, and pressures and
related calculations
relevant processes (e.g., pH adjustment, sterilization)
verification results
identification of personnel involved
Reagents prepared in the laboratory are labelled to identify substance, strength, solvent
(where not water), and date of preparation and/or expiry. The person responsible for the
preparation of the reagent is identified either from the label or from records.]
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
114 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.6.2 Specific Requirements
5.6.2.1 Calibration
Policy:
The program for calibration equipment is designed and operated to ensure that calibration
measurements are traceable to the System International (SI) units of measurement.
Details:
Traceability of measurement is assured by the use of calibration services from laboratories
that can demonstrate competence, measurement capability and traceability. The calibration
certificates issued by these laboratories show that there is a link to a primary standard or to a
natural constant realizing the SI unit by an unbroken chain of calibrations. The calibration
certificates contain the measurement results including the measurement uncertainty and/or a
statement of compliance with an identified metrological specification (see also section
5.10.4.2).
Calibration laboratories accredited to ISO 17025 are considered competent to provide the
appropriate calibration services.
Traceability to SI units of measurement may be achieved by reference to an appropriate
primary standard or by reference to a natural constant the value of which, in terms of the
relevant SI unit, is known.
The term “identified metrological specification” means that it must be clear from the
calibration certificate against which specification the measurements have been compared
with, by including the specification or by giving an unambiguous reference to the
specification.
When the terms “international standard” or “national standard” are used in connection with
traceability, it is assumed that these standards fulfil the properties of primary standards for
the realization of SI units.
Maintain certificates of all reference standards, measuring equipment, or certified reference
material used in ensuring traceability. Where traceability to national standards of
measurement is not applicable, the laboratory provides satisfactory evidence of correlation
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
115 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
of results, for example by participation in a suitable program of inter-laboratory
comparisons or proficiency testing.
Reference standards, such as thermometers and weights, are traceable to a national or
international standard (e.g., NIST).
5.6.2.1.1 Instrument Performance Evaluation
5.6.2.1.1.1 General calibration of laboratory instruments falls into two categories: 1)
calibration which is conducted on a routine basis as part of the analytical
procedure prior to each use; and 2) periodic, scheduled calibration of
instruments and gauges against known standards to ensure the continuing
precision and accuracy of such instruments.
5.6.2.1.1.2 All instrumentation must be demonstrably calibrated and evaluated for
appropriateness before analysis is initiated. Divergence from acceptable
benchmark criteria requires correction before analyses may be performed.
The instrument performance evaluation material may be a standard spiked into
the solvent used for analysis, but it is not extracted as if it were a sample.
5.6.2.1.2 Calibration
5.6.2.1.2.1 Generally, as applicable to the method, calibration curves are established for
each parameter using known concentrations of standards. At least three
different concentrations in non-interfering matrices, that span the range of
expected sample values are analyzed and plotted. Generally, a correlation
coefficient of better than 0.995 constitutes an acceptable calibration.
5.6.2.1.2.2 Method-specific calibration requirements are included in individual SOPs. In
this case, the analytical method will take precedence.
5.6.2.1.3 Continuing Calibration
5.6.2.1.3.1 Prior to use each day, the initial calibration must be verified. Typically, one of
the mid-point calibration standards are analyzed and the results are compared
to the expected results. If the results fall within the method acceptance limits,
then analysis can proceed. If the results are not within the acceptance limits,
then the problem must be corrected prior to analysis of samples. Some
methods require that samples be bracketed by valid opening and closing
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
116 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
calibration standards. When bracketing is required, only results between
valid calibration verification standards can be used.
5.6.2.1.3.2 Reportable analytical results are those within the calibration range of the
parameter. In general, values above the highest standard are not reported.
The lowest reportable value is the MRL. Instrumental calibration will be
verified either initially and during sample analysis or at a rate that the
established method requires. The continuing calibration (may be substituted
by the check standard) is made with standards independent from that used for
instrumental calibration. The calibration check must agree within established
limits with the calibration or the instrument is re-celebrated. Continuing
calibration standards must agree within established limits of calibration. If
not, the cause of the discrepancy is identified, corrected, and documented.
5.6.2.1.4 Initial Calibration Verification (ICV)
5.6.2.1.4.1 An ICV is a well-characterized material that is run, at a minimum, with each
calibration. The material, which is obtained from a documented second
source. In order to assess the performance of the method, the ICV is run in
the same manner as the other calibration standards. If the results are not
within acceptable limits, the source of the problem is evaluated. Continual
failure indicates there is a problem with the system, the ICV standard or the
calibration standards. Prior to analysis, the ICV must pass method criteria.
A calibration check solution or sample material should be analyzed at least
each day of analysis to demonstrate that calibration and standardization of
instrumentation is within acceptable limits.
5.6.2.1.5 Calibration Policy
5.6.2.1.5.1 The calibration policies and procedures set forth in this section apply to all
instruments requiring scheduled calibrations against traceable standards,
including: analytical and test equipment in the laboratory, flow rate (e.g.,
rotometers), volume (e.g., dry gas meters), temperature measurement
equipment, balances, weights, thermometers, pH meters, SRM’s, etc.
5.6.2.1.5.1.1 The standards used in the laboratory measurement system will be calibrated
against higher-level, primary standards having certified accuracy. NIST or
other equivalently-recognized standardization will certify these higher-level
standards.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
117 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.6.2.1.5.3 Calibration standard reagents purchased from commercial vendors will be
required to have a certificate of analysis. Whenever a certified, calibration
standard is available from NIST, commercial vendors will be required to
establish traceability of the certificate of analysis to the certified standard.
5.6.2.2 Testing
5.6.2.2.1 Uncertainty
Policy:
The requirements given in section 5.6.2.1 apply to measuring and test equipment with
measuring functions used, unless it has been established that the associated calibration
uncertainty contributes little to the total uncertainty of the test result. When this situation
arises, the laboratory ensures that equipment used can provide the accuracy of measurement
needed.
Details:
The extent to which the requirements in section 5.6.2.1 are followed depends on the relative
contribution of calibration uncertainty to the total uncertainty. If calibration is the dominant
factor, the requirements are strictly followed. If, however, calibration is not one of the major
contributors to the total uncertainty, other ways for providing confidence may be used, as
given in section 5.6.2.2.2.
5.6.2.2.2 Traceability
Policy:
Where traceability to SI units of measurement is not possible and/or not relevant, other
means for providing confidence in the results are applied such as:
the use of suitable reference materials certified to give a reliable characterization of the
material
mutual-consent standards or methods which are clearly specified and agreed upon by all
parties concerned
participation in a suitable program of inter-laboratory comparisons or proficiency testing
Details:
Reliable characterization involves an estimate of recovery.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
118 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
The laboratory participates in proficiency testing and/or check sample programs. The list of
programs is maintained by the Quality Manager.
5.6.3 Reference Standards and Reference Materials
5.6.3.1 Reference Standards
Policy:
The SOP# QSP 5-6-1 outlines the program for the calibration of reference standards.
Reference standards are obtained or calibrated by a body that can provide traceability as
described in section 5.6.2.1. Such reference standards of measurement held by the
laboratory are used for calibration only and for no other purpose, unless it can be shown that
their performance as reference standards would not be invalidated.
Details:
Reference standards are obtained from ISO certified vendors], if applicable.
5.6.3.2 Reference Materials
Policy:
Where possible, reference materials are traceable to SI units of measurement, or to certified
reference materials. Internal reference materials are checked as far as is technically and
economically practicable.
Details:
Reference materials, including calibration standards, used in chemical measurement are
prepared so that the point of measurement is similar or equivalent to that of the samples. The
matrix, prior to the addition of the analyte does not have a detectable concentration of the
analyte. Reagents used in the preparation of reference materials, including calibration
standards are of certified purity.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
119 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.6.3.3 Intermediate Checks
Policy:
Checks needed to maintain confidence in the calibration status of reference, primary,
transfer or working standards and reference materials are carried out according to defined
procedures and schedules.
Details and Procedures:
The control check standards used to verify the accuracy of all the other standards are
prepared independently from all the other standards used to establish the original calibration.
These control check standards are preferably prepared from a separate lot # or source. It is
the responsibility of the Quality Manager to establish and maintain the individual schedule
for each SOP and/or test method. In some cases, where the first two source standards agree
but the results are called into question, then it may be appropriate to obtain an additional
source for verifications.
5.6.3.4 Transport and Storage
Policy:
The SOP# QSP 5-6-1 outlines safe handling, transport, storage and use of reference
standards and reference materials in order to prevent contamination or deterioration and in
order to protect their integrity.
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
Revision 25 is a significant revision with numerous additions, deletions and corrections.
These are not all documented in the revision history, rather all persons on the distribution
list are required to read the entire document.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
120 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.7 Sampling
Section Synopsis
This section tells you:
1. There must be a sampling plan and procedure
2. Appropriate records of sampling are kept
3. Deviations, additions, and exclusions from the plan or procedure are
recorded
Key Words
Sampling Plan and Procedure
Deviation, Addition, or Exclusion
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 5.7
ISO 9001:2000 Section 4.2.4, 7.5.1
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
121 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.7.1 Sampling Plan and Procedures
Chemtech-Ford, Inc. Does not currently perform sampling.
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
Revision 25 is a significant revision with numerous additions, deletions and corrections.
These are not all documented in the revision history, rather all persons on the distribution
list are required to read the entire document.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
122 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.8 Handling of Test and Calibration Items
Section Synopsis
This section tells you to:
1. Keep samples in good condition.
Key Words
Identification
Receipt
Protection
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 5.8
ISO 9001:2000 Section 6.3, 6.4, 7.1, 7.4.3, 7.5, 8.2.4
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
123 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.8.1 Procedures
Policy:
The SOP#QSP 5-8-1 outlines the procedures for the transportation, receipt, handling,
protection, storage, retention and/or disposal of test and/or calibration items, including all
provisions necessary to protect the integrity of the test or calibration item, and the interests
of the laboratory and the customer.
Details:
Samples, reagents, and standards are stored so as to ensure their integrity by preventing
against deterioration, contamination, and loss of identity. It is recognized that this is a
general statement, but details are elaborated upon in SOP# QSP 5-8-1.
5.8.2 Identification of Test and/or Calibration Items
Policy:
Test and/or calibration items are systematically identified as they arrive at the laboratory.
The identification is retained throughout the life of the item in the laboratory. The system is
designed and operated so as to ensure that items cannot be confused physically, or when
referred to in records or other documents. The system accommodates a sub-division of
groups of items and the transfer of items within and from the laboratory when appropriate.
Details:
Sample labelling indicates the unique identification and conforms to applicable legal
requirements. The laboratory has established and documents a system for appropriate chain-
of-custody.
5.8.3 Receipt
Policy:
Upon receipt of the test or calibration item, any abnormalities or departures from normal or
specified conditions, as described in the relevant test or calibration method, are recorded.
When there is any doubt as to the suitability of an item for test or calibration, or when an
item does not conform to the description provided, or the test or calibration required is not
specified in sufficient detail, the laboratory consults the customer for further instructions
before proceeding and keeps a record of the discussion.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
124 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
The Chemtech-Ford sample acceptance policy is detailed in document QSP 5-8-3.
Details:
Conform to applicable regulations or contractual arrangements. The condition of sample
may include or relate to damage, quantity, preparation, packaging, or temperature.
Preparation may include addition of chemical preservative, removal of moisture, isolation of
portion of sample to be tested, homogenization, or subsampling.
Procedures are in place to document that the elapsed time between sampling and testing
does not exceed test method specifications (holding time) once the sample is received in the
laboratory.
5.8.4 Protection
Policy:
The SOP#QSP 5-8-1 outlines the procedures and appropriate facilities for avoiding
deterioration, loss or damage to the test or calibration item during storage, handling and
preparation and testing; instructions provided with the item are followed. When items have
to be stored or conditioned under specified environmental conditions, these conditions are
maintained, monitored, and recorded. Where a test item is to be held secure (e.g., for reasons
of record, safety or value, or to enable complementary test and/or calibrations to be
performed later), the laboratory has arrangements for storage and security that protect the
condition and integrity of the secured item concerned.
Details:
A sampling procedure and information on storage and transport of samples, including all
information that may influence the test or calibration result, is provided to those responsible
for taking and transporting the samples.
The laboratory establishes whether the sample has received all necessary preparation or
whether the customer requires preparation to be undertaken or arranged by the laboratory.
Proper requirements for packaging, environmental conditions, and separation from
incompatible materials are observed. Where samples have to be stored or conditioned under
specific conditions, these conditions are maintained, monitored, and recorded, where
necessary.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
125 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Where a sample, or portion of a sample, is to be held secure (e.g., for reasons of record,
safety, or value, or to enable check tests to be performed later), the laboratory has storage
and security arrangements that protect the condition and integrity of the sample.
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
Revision 25 is a significant revision with numerous additions, deletions and corrections.
These are not all documented in the revision history, rather all persons on the distribution
list are required to read the entire document.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
126 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.9 Assuring the Quality of Test Results
Section Synopsis
This section tells you:
1. That results are monitored
2. There is a plan for monitoring
Key Words
Internal Quality Control
Statistical Techniques
Inter-laboratory Comparisons
Proficiency Testing
Certified Reference Materials
Secondary Reference Material
Replicates
Re-testing
Correlation
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 5.9
ISO 9001:2000 Section 6.3, 6.4, 7.1, 7.2.1, 7.2.2, 7.3, 7.4.3, 7.5.1, 7.5.2, 7.5.3,
7.5.5, 8.1, 8.2.3, 8.2.4, 8.4
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
127 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.9.1 Quality Control / Quality Assurance
Policy:
Quality control procedures are utilized to monitor the validity of test and/or calibration
results. These procedures are for each test method utilized in the laboratory. The resulting
data are recorded so that trends are detectable (and where practicable, statistical
techniques are applied to the reviewing of the results). This monitoring is planned and
reviewed and may include, but not limited to, the following:
regular use of certified reference materials and/or internal quality control using
secondary reference materials
participation in inter-laboratory comparisons or proficiency testing programs
replicate tests or calibrations using the same or different methods
re-testing or re-calibration of retained items
correlation of results for different characteristics of an item
Details:
The methods utilized from the above list will be appropriate for the type and volume of
the work undertaken. Records are maintained of assurance activities and any actions
taken.
As a guide, for routine analyses the level of internal quality control is typically 5% of the
sample throughput. For more complex procedures, 20% is not unusual and on occasions
even 50% may be required. For analyses performed infrequently, a full system validation
is performed on each occasion. This may typically involve the use of a reference material
containing a certified or known concentration of analyte, followed by replicate analyses
of the sample and spiked sample. For analyses undertaken more frequently, systematic
quality control procedures incorporating the use of control charts and check samples are
implemented. These procedures are documented in the "Quality Control Plan" of each
test method.
Proficiency testing helps to highlight not only repeatability and reproducibility
performance between laboratories, but also systematic errors such as bias. It is important
to monitor proficiency testing results as a means of checking quality assurance and take
action as necessary.
The QM maintains a list of all the current proficiency testing programs the laboratory
participates in, monitors the results, and notifies the appropriate personnel of both
problematic and successful results.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
128 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Technical personnel use certified reference materials and reference materials to evaluate
test performance on a daily basis and include daily process control checks. These data are
used to evaluate the validity of the test results.
Replicate tests may be used if suitable reference material is available. These materials
and proficiency test materials are available for improving repeatability.
Re-testing of test items is performed occasionally at the discretion of the supervisor or
when test results seem anomalous.
5.9.1.1 Quality Control Procedures
The determination of precision and accuracy is an important analytical tool in
evaluating the quality of generated data. Precision is defined as the ability to
reproduce a value within defined limits. Accuracy is defined as producing the
correct answer. Different methods are employed to measure each of these
parameters.
5.9.1.1.1 Precision - Utilizing duplicate samples and comparing their respective results is
the primary method for the analysis of precision. However, it has no bearing on
accuracy. A result may be precise and inaccurate at the same time. One duplicate
sample is analyzed for each matrix type and method, and for each sample batch,
or for each sample batch containing 20 samples, whichever is less. The relative
percent difference (RPD) for each component is then calculated and compared to
the acceptance limits for the matrix and method.
5.9.1.1.2 Accuracy - Utilizing matrix-matched standards of known concentration and comparing them
to the analyte of interest is the primary method for measuring accuracy. Participation in
independent Performance Evaluation (PE) studies is also utilized to monitor accuracy of
data in the laboratory.
5.9.1.1.3 Reproducibility - The tracking of reproducibility ensures that analyses
performed at different times or by different individuals may be acceptably
reproduced. This demonstrates that the method, instrumentation, and
analytical technique are resilient enough to reproduce results within a specified
range over time.
5.9.1.2 Quality Control Samples
The quality control principles contained in this section will be implemented
consistently, dependent upon the type of analysis to be performed and any
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
129 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
associated, specific requirements of such analysis. In addition, the analyst is to
use his/her best judgment to evaluate the use of additional QC bracketing
samples which have a difficult matrix, react differently, or have distinctive client
or reporting requirements. The additional QC can take the form of additional
spikes, standards, and/or SRM’s. Sufficient QC should be performed to insure
that the analyst has performed due diligence with regard to QC while analyzing
the sample.
5.9.1.2.1 Matrix Spike and Matrix Spike Duplicate - Matrix spikes are employed to
monitor recoveries and maintain extraction and/or concentration techniques at
acceptable levels. Compounds of interest are added to samples prior to
extraction and analysis. Compound recoveries and reproducibility are then
compared with tables of acceptance for each method. The established
acceptance ranges are contained in each method SOP.
5.9.1.2.1.1 This QC procedure provides information about the effect of the sample
matrix on the analyte in question. Generally, a ratio of one spike sample for
each ten samples for drinking water and for each twenty samples for RCRA
and wastewater analyzed must be maintained. In the event that an analytical
run will have less than ten samples one spike shall accompany the batch.
The method SOP should be consulted to determine the proper frequency.
Solutions used to fortify samples should, when possible, be made from a
source other than that from which the calibration standards are made.
Percent recovery of matrix spikes is determined using the following:
Percent Recovery = (SSR-SR)/SA x 100
Where:
SSR = Spiked Sample Result
SR = Sample Result
SA = Spike Added
5.9.1.2.1.2 Spike Recoveries - Percent spike recoveries range between +3 standard
deviations (SD) of the historical percent recoveries when method-specified
criteria are not available. It is recognized that this will not always be
achievable due to matrix effects. In that case, the data will be reported and
an explanation made concerning the problem.
5.9.1.2.1.3 Laboratory matrix spikes and matrix spike duplicates must be prepared
and analyzed for each ten samples for drinking water and for each twenty
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
130 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
samples for RCRA and wastewater analyses. This procedure provides
information regarding the precision of an analysis. (These sample types are
not always possible due to the type of analysis, for example pH.) The
relative difference between duplicate measurements is assessed using the
following equation:
Relative Percent Difference (RPD) = |D1-D2|/ ((D1 + D2)/2) x 100
Where:
D1 = Sample Value
D2 = Duplicate Sample Value
5.9.1.2.2 Laboratory Control Spikes - Compounds of interest are added to reagent blank
samples prior to extraction and analysis, as required by each method SOP.
Compound recoveries and reproducibility are then compared with tables of
acceptance for each method.
5.9.1.2.3 Duplicates and Spike Duplicates - Both routine sample analysis and spiked
samples are run in duplicate at a prescribed frequency. The relative percent
difference between duplicate sample analysis or duplicate spike analysis must
range between + 2 standard deviations (SD) of historical relative percent
difference (RPD), when method-specified criteria are not available. It is
recognized that this will not always be achievable due to matrix effects. If a
matrix effect is confirmed, the data will be reported and an explanation
concerning the problem will be noted on the final report.
5.9.1.2.4 Surrogates - Surrogate spike compounds of interest are added to each sample
prior to extraction and analysis. Compound recoveries and reproducibility are
then compared with tables of acceptance for each method.
5.9.1.2.5 Method and Reagent Blanks - Method blanks must be prepared with each batch
of samples and analyzed to ensure that sample contamination has not occurred.
If blank analyses do not fall within acceptable limits, as noted in the method
specific SOP, a modification of method reagents or cleaning of glassware may
need to be implemented before further analysis is attempted. In addition to
method blanks, reagent blanks shall be prepared whenever the lot number of a
reagent used in the analysis has changed.
5.9.1.2.6 Internal Standards - Internal standards will be prepared from a solution
containing a known amount of analyte and will be traceable to a certified
reference solution. Internal standard levels spiked into the sample for analysis
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
131 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
will be according to method SOP protocol. During analysis, internal standard
intensities will be monitored and compared to the intensities established in the
calibration blank. In general, intensities should be within 60 – 135% of the
original response in the calibration blank, or as otherwise specified in the method
SOP.
5.9.1.2.7 Quality Control Check Samples - Quality control check samples will be
prepared from a solution containing a known amount of analyte and will be
traceable to a certified reference solution. These solutions will be prepared
from a solution that is “second source” in difference from the calibration
standards/tuning standards. These solutions will be used to verify the stability
of the analytical curve established for the current analytical run.
5.9.1.2.7.1 After calibration and calibration verification, continued calibration
blanks (CCB) and continued calibration verification samples (CCV)
will typically be analyzed after every 10 samples and at the end of
every analytical run. Control limits during analysis of these solutions
will be subject to the QA protocol as defined by the method SOP.
5.9.1.2.7.2 Quality control check samples will be used to verify the efficacy of the sample
preparation procedure via the analyses of preparation blanks (PB) and
laboratory control samples (LCS) derived from a certified reagent
traceable to a certified reference material or solution. Laboratory
control samples must agree within + 2 standard deviations of the
historical data base or no greater than + 20 percent of the true value.
Where method specific ranges exist, they may be used.
5.9.1.2.8 Calibration Standards - Calibration Standards will be prepared from a
solution containing a known amount of analyte and will be traceable to a
certified reference solution. Calibration standards will be prepared from a
solution that is “second source;” that is, different from the continued
calibration verification (CCV) solution.
These solutions are to be utilized for the calibration/tuning of analytical
instruments at the beginning of an analytical run and to be used for tuning
frequency as required by the method SOP protocol. These solutions are also
used to evaluate method MDL’s and effective quantitative ranges (linearity).
When required, these samples will be analyzed as samples with control limits
as required by the method QA SOP protocol. Selection of appropriate
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
132 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
formulae to reduce raw data to final results is included in the method analyte
SOP
5.9.1.3 Other Quality Control Measures
5.9.1.3.1 Control charts can be produced by analyte for the evaluation of QA/QC data.
The charts are produced by the LIMS software.
5.9.1.4 Out-of-Control Situations
On occasion, a quality control sample may fail; i.e., the recovery for one or more
specific analytes may lie outside the acceptable range (creating an "out-of-
control" situation). This failure may or may not affect the acceptability of the
analytical run and the quality of associated generated data. Quality control
guidelines, contained in Chemtech-Ford, Inc.'s Data Validation and Acceptance
Procedure, have been established to be used in the evaluation of out-of-control
data for each analytical SOP
5.9.2 Correction and Prevention
Policy and Details:
Quality control data are analyzed and, where they are found to be outside pre-defined
criteria, planned action is taken to correct and to prevent incorrect results from being
reported.
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
Revision 25 is a significant revision with numerous additions, deletions and corrections.
These are not all documented in the revision history, rather all persons on the distribution
list are required to read the entire document.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
133 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.10 Reporting of Results
Section Synopsis
This section tells you:
1. What needs to be on a report
2. How to handle amendments to reports
Key Words
Specific Information
Required Information
Interpretation
Opinion
Subcontractor
Electronic Transmission of Results
Format
Amendments
Cross-references
ISO 17025:2005 Section 5.10
ISO 9001:2000 Section 6.1, 6.3.1, 7.1, 7.2.1, 7.2.2, 7.4.3, 7.5.1,
7.5.4, 7.5.5, 8.2.4
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
134 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.10.1 General
Policy:
The results of each test, or series of tests are reported accurately, clearly, unambiguously
and objectively, and in accordance with any specific instructions in the test methods.
The results are reported, normally in a test report and include all the information
requested by the customer and necessary for the interpretation of the test results and all
information required by the method used. This information may include what is outlined
in section 5.10.2, 5.10.3 and 5.10.4.
Details:
Test reports are issued as either hard copy or by electronic data transfer.
5.10.2 Test reports and certificates
Policy:
Test reports include the following information, as appropriate:
a title (e.g., “Certificate of Analysis”)
name and address of laboratory, and location where tests were carried out if different
from the address of the laboratory
Unique identification of the test report, and on each page an identification in order to
ensure that the page is recognized as a part of the test report
name and address of the customer
identification of the method used
Description, condition, and unambiguous identification of the item(s) tested.
date of receipt of test items (where this is critical to the validity and application of
the results) and date(s) of performance of the analysis
reference to sampling procedures used by the laboratory or other bodies where these
are relevant to the validity or application of the results
test results with, where appropriate, units of measurement
the name(s), function(s) and signature(s) or equivalent of person(s) authorizing the
test report
where relevant, a statement to the effect that the results relate only to the items tested
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
135 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
Details:
Signing authority for test reports is the responsibility of the Lab Director. Records for
individuals with signing authority for test reports are approved by the Quality Manager
and maintained by same.
Analytical reports include the individual page number and total number of report pages
(Page 3 of 16).
A statement is included specifying that the test report is not to be reproduced except in
full, without written approval of the laboratory. Data reported to the customer contains
the appropriate significant digits for each test method. Low level data are identified as
being below specified limits and are flagged with a ‘J’ flag indicating a value found
between the MDL and MRL.
5.10.3 Test Reports
5.10.3.1
Policy and Details:
In addition to the requirements listed in section 5.10.2, test reports include the following,
where necessary for the interpretation of results:
deviations from, additions to, or exclusions from the test method, and information on
specific test conditions, such as environmental conditions
where relevant, a statement of compliance/non-compliance with requirements and/or
specifications
where applicable, a statement on the estimated uncertainty of measurement of the test
result; information on uncertainty is needed in test reports when it is relevant to the
validity or application of the test results, when a customer’s instruction so requires, or
when uncertainty affects compliance to a specification limit
where appropriate and needed opinions and interpretations (see section 5.10.5)
additional information required by specific methods, customers, or groups of customers
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
136 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.10.3.2
Policy and Details:
In addition to the requirements listed in sections 5.10.2 and 5.10.3.1, test reports containing
the results of sampling include the following, where necessary for the interpretation of test
results:
date of sampling
unambiguous identification of substance, matrix, material or product sampled (including
name of manufacturer and lot number as appropriate)
location of sampling
reference to sampling plan and procedures used
details of any environmental condition during sampling that may affect the interpretation
of the test results
any standard or other specification for the sampling method or procedure, and
deviations, additions to or exclusions from the specification concerned
5.10.4 Calibration Certificates
5.10.4.1
Policy:
The testing laboratory does not issue calibration certificates. However, the laboratory often
receives calibration services from a calibration laboratory and needs to be familiar with the
information on a calibration certificate.
Details:
In addition to the requirements listed in 5.10.2, the calibration certificate could include the
following, where necessary for the interpretation of calibration results:
the conditions (e.g., environmental) under which the calibrations were made that have an
influence on the measurement results
the uncertainty of measurement and/or a statement of compliance with an identified
metrological specification or clauses thereof
evidence that the measurements are traceable (see 5.6.2.1.1)
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
137 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.10.4.2
Policy:
This section is not applicable to a testing laboratory.
5.10.4.3
Policy:
This section is not applicable to a testing laboratory.
5.10.4.4
Policy:
A calibration certificate (or calibration label) shall not contain any recommendation on the
calibration interval except where this has been agreed with the customer or it is to be used
by the laboratory itself.
5.10.5 Opinions and Interpretations
Policy:
When opinions and interpretations are included in the test report, the basis upon which the
opinions and interpretations have been made is documented. Opinions and interpretations
are clearly marked as such in the test report.
Note - Opinions and interpretations should not be confused with inspections and product
certifications as intended in ISO/IEC 17020 and ISO/IEC Guide 65.
Details:
Opinions and interpretations included in a test report may comprise, but not be limited to the
following:
opinion on conformity of the results with requirements
fulfilment of contractual requirements
recommendations on how to use the results
guidance to be used for improvements
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
138 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
In many cases it is appropriate to communicate the opinions and interpretations by direct
dialogue with the customer.
5.10.6 Testing and Calibration Results Obtained from
Subcontractors
Policy and Details:
Test reports containing the results of tests performed by subcontractors are clearly identified
for the subcontracted results. The subcontractor reports the results either in writing or
electronically to our laboratory.
5.10.7 Electronic Transmission of Results
Policy:
In the case of transmission of test results by telephone, facsimile or other electronic or
electromagnetic means, the requirements of the policies and procedures of this Quality
Manual continue to apply (see also 5.2.7.1.2).
Details:
Signatures are recorded on file at the laboratory. Clients may request a hardcopy example of
signatures.
5.10.8 Format of Reports
Policy:
The format of reports is designed to accommodate each type of test carried out and to
minimize the possibility of misunderstanding or misuse.
Details:
The layout of the test report is such that the presentation of the test data facilitates ease of
assimilation by the reader.
Quality Manual
Only documents located on the intranet are controlled. All other forms
are uncontrolled.
Effective
Date:
10/01/2017
Rev:
27
Chemtech-Ford Laboratories Quality Manual Page No.
139 of
139
Prepared by: Ron Fuller Reviewed by: Paul Ellingson
Approved for
affiliate
laboratory use
Status: Active
5.10.9 Amendments to Reports
Policy:
Material amendments to a test report after issue are made only in the form of a further
document, or data transfer, which includes the statement “Amended Report”. Such
amendments meet all the requirements in this Quality Manual.
Details:
When it is necessary to issue a complete new test report, it is uniquely identified and
contains a reference to the original that it replaces. A narrative accompanies the amended
report which details the changes in the report as well as justifications for the change.
Details for producing an amended report are located in document QSP-5-10-9.
Revision History
Changes from Revision 24
Revision 25 is a significant revision with numerous additions, deletions and corrections.
These are not all documented in the revision history, rather all persons on the distribution
list are required to read the entire document.
Appendix B
Relevant Standard Operating Procedures
(SOPs) and Field Forms
SOP 1
Soil Sampling and Logging
Introduction
This SOP describes the procedures for properly collecting, handling, and logging soil
samples (when required). Method-specific sampling techniques are presented in the
following SOPs:
SOP 2 Surface Soil Sampling
SOP 4 Test Pit and Excavation Soil Sampling
SOP 5 Direct-push Drilling Sampling
SOP 9 Soil Gas Sampling
SOP 10B Monitoring Well Design and Installation
SOP 13 Field Instrument Calibration
SOP 17 Equipment Decontamination
SOP 20 Sample Handling and Documentation
SOP 39 XRF Field Screening
SOP E.2128 Sub-slab Vapor Sampling
Equipment
Equipment needs will vary, depending on the sample collection or drilling method. Refer to
the appropriate SOP listed above for method-specific equipment needs.
Procedures
Non-Sleeved Grab Samples
Immediately upon receiving the sample the material will be screened with the appropriate
direct reading instrument, such as a PID or XRF, and the reading will be recorded on the log
form or in the field notebook. The portion of the sample collected for chemical analysis will
be transferred immediately into the appropriate sample container using decontaminated
equipment, single-use disposable instruments, or by hand wearing new disposable
chemical-resistant gloves. Avoid gravels and rock fragments when filling soil sample
containers. If the sample is to be analyzed for volatile organics, the container will be
completely filled with soil to minimize headspace. The container will be labeled appropriately
following SOP 20 and immediately stored in an iced cooler.
Grab Samples Using Sleeves (auger drilling methodology)
When sampling for volatile compounds, the sample will be kept in the brass or plastic
sleeves, and the sleeves will be handled with chemical-resistant gloves. The sample will be
screened with the direct reading instrument by exposing the end of one sample tube to the
instrument probe. The sample sleeve selected for chemical analysis will be packaged
immediately by covering each end of the sleeve with Teflon™ tape and sealed with plastic
caps. The sample sleeve will be labeled as described above and immediately stored in an
iced cooler.
Grab Samples Using Sleeves (Direct-push drilling methodology)
The sample sleeve will be cut and the sleeves will be handled with chemical-resistant
gloves. The sample will be screened with the direct reading instrument by removing a
portion of the sleeve, exposing the soil to the instrument probe. The soil sample selected for
chemical analysis will be packaged immediately into laboratory-supplied soil jars, labeled as
described above, and immediately stored in an iced cooler.
Composite Soil Samples
Composite samples will be prepared by placing equal amounts of soil in a stainless steel
bowl or a clean plastic bag using a stainless steel spoon or by hand wearing new chemical-
resistant gloves. The sample will be homogenized with a stainless steel spoon or gloved
hand. The homogenized soil will be packaged in a laboratory-supplied sample container,
labeled appropriately, and placed in an iced cooler.
Soil Logging
When a detailed log of soils is required by the Sampling and Analysis Plan, soil will be
logged following the procedures outlined below. The level of detail for soil logging will
depend on the Data Quality Objectives and intended use of the log information. A
description of visual soil characteristics will be recorded for all soil samples. The soil
description may include the following information:
Soil type according to unified soil classification system
Color
Grain size and roundness
Percentage fines, sands, and gravels
Presence of interbedding, and number and thickness of layers
Description of odors, staining, or sheen
Density or stiffness
Relative moisture content
A description of soil types and various field tests for soil classification is given at the
end of this SOP.
The following information will be recorded in the appropriate spaces provided on the
sample log form:
Depth of all drive samples;
Sample interval submitted for laboratory analysis;
Meter reading from direct-reading instrument (if applicable);
Contacts between soil types.
In addition to logging soils, the environmental sampler will record the occurrence of first
water and the approximate static water level within each borehole. The reference point for
all subsurface measurements will be included on all boring logs (i.e., feet below ground
surface).
Decontamination
Strict decontamination procedures, as outlined in SOP 17, will be used to prevent cross-
contamination of samples. Decontamination will be performed on non-disposable sampling
equipment, including drilling equipment (e.g., auger barrel, split spoon) and hand tools
(e.g., shovels, hand augers, etc.).
When possible, samples will be collected using disposable equipment to avoid the need for
decontamination.
Unified Soil Classification System (when required)
The following is an overview of classifying soil according to the USC system. The distinction
among soil types is based on the percentage of fine vs. coarse material in a sample. This is
easily done in a laboratory but is more difficult in the field. The key is to be consistent. If
you are fortunate enough to have samples submitted to a geotechnical lab for sieve
analysis, check your field classifications against the laboratory results. This will help you
estimate percentages in the field.
1) Distinguishing Coarse-grained from Fine-grained Soils:
A) Determine if material is predominantly coarse grained (sand or gravel) or fine
grained (silt or clay). Coarse-grained materials are those with more than 50%
retained on a No. 200 sieve (very fine-grained sand or larger).
B) If coarse-grained, determine if it is predominantly sand or gravel. Be aware that in
the USCS system, pea gravel-size particles are considered “very coarse-grained
sand.”
C) Further classify material based on the amount of fines present. Roughly, no or very
little fines is a SP or GP classification; slight amount of fines is a GP-GM or a SP-SM
classification; much fines is a GM or SM classification. The following chart shows the
breakdown for these classifications.
Classification of Coarse-grained Sands
>50% larger than No. 200 sieve
1 The designation SW or GW means well sorted -not well graded. This is a condition not normally
found in natural depositional environments and usually indicates engineered fill.
D) If material is fine-grained, determine if any coarse-grained materials are present.
Note that all fine-grained materials have the same USC designation. Therefore, you
must use both the name and the designation to adequately describe the soil. Use the
following chart to classify fine-grained materials.
Classification of Fine-grained Soils
>50% passing No. 200 sieve
Percentage
Coarse
Soil Name USC Designation
<15% Coarse Silt ML, MH
Clay CL, CH
15-29% Coarse Silt
w/Coarse
ML, MH
Clay
w/Coarse
CL, CH
>29% Coarse Sandy Silt ML, MH
Gravelly Silt ML, MH
Sandy Clay CL, CH
Gravelly
Clay
CL, CH
2) Classification of Fine-grained Soils
A) Distinguish clay from silt. The following are field tests for determining if a material is
clay or silt.
1) Dilatency (reaction to shaking)
Remove course-grained materials. Prepare a pat of moist soil with a volume of
about 1/2 cubic inch. Add enough water if necessary to make the soil soft but not
sticky. Place the pat in the open palm of one hand and shake horizontally,
striking vigorously against the other hand several times. A clean fine-grained
sand will rapidly show water on the surface and become glossy. When squeezed
between fingers, the gloss disappears from the surface, the pat stiffens and
Percentage Fines Soil Name USC Designation
<5% Fines Gravel GP or GW1
Sand SP or SW1
5-12% Fines Gravel with Silt or Clay GP-GM or GP-GC
Sand with Silt or Clay SP-SM or SP-SC
>12%Silty or Clayey Gravel GM or GC
Silty or Clayey Sand SM or SC
finally cracks or crumbles. A very plastic clay will show little reaction to shaking
and squeezing; an inorganic silt will react somewhere in between.
2) Dry strength (crushing characteristics)
After removing coarse-grained particles, mold a pat of soil to a 1/2-inch cube,
adding water, if necessary. Allow to dry completely. Test the strength of the dry
cube by crushing between fingers. The dry strength increases with increasing
plasticity, with a plastic clay having high dry strength. An inorganic silt and silty
fine-grained sands are similar. Fine sand feels gritty where silt has a smooth,
flour-like feel.
3) Toughness (consistency near plastic limit)
The worm test: roll soil into a rope (or worm). A clay can usually be rolled to 1/8-
inch diameter before it breaks.
B) CH vs. CL and MH vs. ML
C) Additional Characteristics
1) Relative Density (coarse-grained material)
Blows Per Foot Relative Density
<4 very loose
4–10 loose
10–30 medium dense
30–50 dense
>50 very dense
2) Consistency (fine-grained material)
Blows per foot Consistency Field Test
0–2 very soft easily penetrated several inches with fist
2–4 soft easily penetrated several inches with
thumb
4–8 medium stiff penetrated several inches by thumb with
moderate effort
8–15 stiff readily indented by thumb but
penetrated only with great effort
15–30 very stiff readily indented by thumbnail
> 30 hard indented with difficulty by thumb nail
3) Relative Moisture
Moisture is measured relative to its optimum water content for compaction. Use
the following descriptions:
Relative Moisture Field Test
Dry does not contain water.
Slightly Moist damp, will not hold together.
Moist soil will reach its maximum compaction
under pressure.
Wet contains excess moisture for compaction.
Saturated below the water table.
SOP 2
Surface Soil Sampling
Introduction
This SOP describes the procedures for sampling surface soils from ground surface to 12
inches below ground surface. Samples may be collected with decontaminated hand tools.
Equipment
Hand tools (e.g., shovels, spoons, etc.)
Sample driver apparatus
Drive barrel
Brass sleeves
Rod and slide hammer
Teflon™ tape and end caps to seal brass sleeves
Laboratory-supplied sample containers if not using brass sleeves
Decontamination Supplies
Buckets
Alconox Detergent
Distilled water
Scrub brush
Direct Reading Instrument (PID and/or XRF)
Tape Measure
Log Forms/Field Notebook
Preliminaries
Soil sample locations will be determined from the project-specific work plan. If necessary,
concrete coring will be arranged before mobilizing to the field.
Procedures
Soil will be collected and placed into laboratory-supplied sample containers with
decontaminated hand tools or with a gloved hand. Coarse-grained soils, such as gravel and
rock fragments, will be avoided whenever possible. To prevent loss of volatiles, soil will be
packed tightly inside the sample container to minimize headspace.
If soil samples are being collected with a sample driver, brass sleeves will be placed inside
the sample barrel and the sampler will be driven to the desired depth with the slide
hammer. After the sample barrel is retrieved, the brass sleeves will be removed and the
ends of each sleeve will be covered with Teflon™ tape and sealed with plastic caps.
Samples will be labeled appropriately and immediately stored in an iced cooler. The sample
depths and locations will be measured and documented in the field notebook with the soil
description.
SOP 4
Test Pit/Excavation Soil Sampling
Introduction
This SOP describes the equipment and procedures for collecting soil samples from test pits
and excavations. Samples may be collected from the backhoe bucket or from the excavation
wall, provided the excavation meets safe entry requirements.
Equipment
Hand tools (e.g., shovels, spoons, etc.)
Sample containers
Decontamination supplies
Buckets
Alconox detergent
Distilled water
Scrub brush
Direct reading instrument
Tape measure
Log forms/field notebook
Laboratory-supplied sample containers
Preliminaries
Sample locations will be determined using the project-specific work plan. Arrangements will
be made for the location of underground utilities using Blue Stakes. When necessary, a
private locating service will be used for utilities that are not covered by Blue Stakes.
Procedures for Sampling from Backhoe Bucket
Soil within the backhoe bucket will be screened with the appropriate direct reading
instrument and readings will be recorded in the field notebook. Soil samples selected for
laboratory analysis will be collected from the backhoe bucket, taking care to avoid sloughed
material and avoiding material that has been in direct contact with the backhoe bucket.
Samples will be packed in laboratory-supplied containers to minimize headspace. Each
sample will be labeled following SOP 20.
Procedures for Sampling Directly from Pit Wall (less than 5 feet deep)
A fresh surface will be scraped from the pit wall using decontaminated hand tools. The soil
on the pit wall will be screened with a direct reading instrument and the reading will be
recorded in the field notebook. A soil sample will be collected by either pushing a brass
sleeve into the wall of the excavation, or by removing material with decontaminated hand
tools or gloved hand and packing it into the sample container. To prevent loss of volatiles,
the brass sleeve or sample jar should be packed full so that no headspace is present. Each
sample will be labeled following SOP 20.
Decontamination
Strict decontamination procedures, as outlined in SOP 17, will be used to prevent cross-
contamination of samples. Decontamination will be performed on non-disposable sampling
equipment, including drilling equipment (e.g., auger barrel, split spoon) and hand tools
(e.g., shovels, hand augers, etc.
SOP 5
Direct-push Drilling Sampling
Introduction
Direct-push drilling equipment may be used to advance shallow soil borings (generally 30
feet or less) to collect soil and groundwater samples and for sites where access restrictions
prevent mobilization of a larger drill rig. Standard operating procedures for direct-push soil
and groundwater sampling are described below.
Preliminaries
Direct-push drilling sample locations will be marked or staked in the field and coordinated
with the Terracon project manager and, if necessary, the client's project manager. Blue
Stakes utility clearance will be requested for each boring location prior to direct-push
sampling. Borings will be located at least two feet from marked underground utilities.
All sampling equipment will be decontaminated according to SOP 17 prior to initiating
drilling activities. This equipment includes all direct-push drill rods, samplers, and hand
tools.
Direct-push Drilling Equipment and Procedures
Soil borings will be advanced and sampled using a hydraulic hammer mounted to a truck,
van, three-wheeler, or small tractor. Each borehole will be started by hydraulically
hammering steel drill rod with a disposable pointed steel end point into the ground. The
borehole will be advanced in regular increments, available in varying lengths from 2 to 5-
feet, by adding sections of flush-threaded drill rod to the drill stem already in the ground.
No lubricants or additives will be used while advancing direct-push borings.
Soil Sampling Equipment
The following equipment will used to conduct soil sampling:
Direct-push core samplers (supplied by the drilling contractor)
New polybuterate sample liners (supplied by the drilling contractor)
New sample liner end caps (supplied by the drilling contractor)
Chemical-resistant gloves
Appropriate personal protection equipment according to the HASP
Sealable plastic bags
Sample labels
Laboratory-supplied glass soil sample jars and labels (optional)
Stainless steel putty knife
Stainless steel bowl and spoon
Photoionization detector (PID)
Cooler and ice
Munsell color chart, if required
Unified Soil Classification System (USCS) chart, if required
Soil Sampling
Samples will be collected as specified in the site-specific sampling plan. At a minimum, soil
samples will be collected at regular intervals if lithologic information is needed. Each soil
sample will be collected in a drill rod sampler lined with a clear polybuterate sample sleeve.
The sampler will be attached to the drill rod, lowered to the sample interval, opened, and
then hydraulically hammered into the subsurface.
Soil samples for laboratory analyses can be collected directly in the samples’ sleeves or may
be transferred from the sleeves to laboratory-supplied sample containers using
decontaminated hand tools or by hand wearing new chemical-resistant gloves.
Soil Sampling Using the Driller’s Sample Sleeves
The polybuterate sleeves may be used as sample containers, using the following procedure.
After the sampler has been retrieved from the borehole, the sample shoe will be removed
from the sampler and the soil contents will be sealed in a plastic bag for headspace analysis.
If the sample shoe is empty, a small amount of soil will be removed from the portion of the
liner immediately above the sample shoe. The soil will be allowed to equilibrate in the
plastic bag for approximately 15 minutes. The headspace vapors inside the bag will be
measured by pushing the PID tip through one side of the plastic bag into the headspace of
the bag. The maximum PID reading over a 30-second interval will be recorded at the
corresponding depth on the soil-boring log. Following headspace sample collection, soil will
be removed from each end of the polybuterate liner for soil classification. If recovery is
poor, the headspace sample will be used for soil classification after the headspace reading
has been measured and recorded on the boring log. The polybuterate liner will be trimmed
flush on each side to minimize headspace, and each end will be covered with Teflon tape.
Each end of the liner will then be sealed tightly with polybuterate end caps. The sample will
be labeled and immediately placed in an iced cooler.
In general, the sample liner associated with the highest headspace reading will be
submitted for VOC and semi-VOC analysis. If headspace readings are zero for all samples,
odors, soil staining, and clay-rich (high sorption) lithology will be used as selection criteria.
Soil Sampling Using Laboratory-Supplied Soil Jars
The sample sleeve will be cut and the sleeves will be handled with chemical-resistant
gloves. The sample will be screened with the direct reading instrument by removing a
portion of the sleeve, exposing the soil to the instrument probe. The soil sample selected for
chemical analysis will be packaged immediately into laboratory-supplied soil jars, labeled as
described above, and immediately stored in an iced cooler.
Sample Selection Criteria for Laboratory Analysis
In general, the sample liner associated with the highest headspace reading will be
submitted for VOC and semi-VOC analysis. If headspace readings are zero for all samples,
odors, soil staining, and clay-rich (high sorption) lithology will be used as selection criteria.
Groundwater Sampling
To facilitate the collection of groundwater samples at sites where the water table is
penetrated, a temporary well point will be installed in the direct-push borehole. After the
water table has been encountered, the borehole will be advanced at least three more feet to
ensure adequate sample volume. The well point may consist of either a three-foot long
stainless steel screen drill rod attachment or slotted PVC screened in a similar interval. New
tubing and well screens will be used for each well point. A peristaltic pump will be attached
to the tubing to obtain groundwater samples by the following analyte order in the
appropriate laboratory-supplied sample containers:
1) VOCs and BTEXN
2) Semi-VOCs
3) Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
4) Oil and Grease
5) Filtered metals
Groundwater samples collected for dissolved metals analysis may be field filtered using in-
line filters attached to the outlet tubing of the peristaltic pump or with NalgeneTM hand-
pump filters.
The sample will be labeled and immediately placed in an iced cooler.
Boring Abandonment
After all soil and groundwater samples have been collected, each soil boring will be
backfilled with granular bentonite. Borings that were initially cored through asphalt or
concrete will be backfilled with granular bentonite to within six inches of the ground surface
and the asphalt and concrete cores will be restored.
Demobilization
After the equipment has been rigged down and loaded, the site will be cleaned and restored
as close to its original condition as possible. All sampling equipment will be decontaminated
prior to mobilizing to the next direct-push drilling sample location.
SOP 6
Hollow-Stem Auger Drilling and Soil Sampling
Introduction
Hollow-stem auger drilling techniques may be used to advance intermediate depth borings
of 100 feet or less. Standard operating procedures for hollow-stem auger drilling and soil
sampling are described below.
Preliminaries
Final soil boring locations will be marked or staked in the field and coordinated with the
Terracon project manager and, if necessary, the client’s project manager. Blue Stakes utility
clearance will be requested for each drilling location to identify any subsurface utilities prior
to drilling and sampling. If required, drilling and/or monitoring well permits will be
requested by supplying the appropriate forms to the corresponding regulatory agency.
Boring locations will be located the following distances from overhead power lines:
Power Lines Nominal System (kV)Minimum Required Clearance (ft)
0-50 10
51-100 12
101-200 15
201-300 20
301-500 25
501-750 35
751-1000 45
All drilling and sampling equipment will be decontaminated with a steam cleaner prior to
drilling. This equipment includes all drill pipe, auger flights, split-spoon samplers, brass
sleeves, stainless steel bowls and spoons, tools, and non-packaged well screen and casing.
Steam cleaning will be conducted after placing equipment, tools, and non-packaged screen
and casing on racks or sawhorses to keep them off the ground. After steam cleaning is
completed, the equipment will remain off the ground until it is used.
Borings will be located according to the site-specific work plan. No borings will be drilled
within 5 feet of marked underground utility lines or within 10 feet of active overhead power
lines. Boring locations will be adjusted, as necessary.
Drilling Equipment and Procedures
A truck-mounted hollow-stem auger drill rig will be used to drill borings of 100 feet or less.
Augers will be sized to accommodate the well casing diameter, if a well is to be installed in
the borehole. A center plug will be used to prevent liquefied sands from entering the inside
of the auger string as the borehole is advanced. No lubricants, circulating fluid, drilling
muds, or other additives will be used during drilling.
Soil Sampling Equipment
The following equipment will be used to conduct soil sampling:
Split-spoon samplers and sand catcher (supplied by the driller)
Chemical resistant gloves
Appropriate personal protection equipment according to the HASP
Sealable plastic bags
Brass sleeves, end caps, and Teflon tape
Sample labels
Laboratory-supplied glass soil sample jars and labels (optional)
Stainless steel putty knife
Stainless steel bowl and spoon
Photoionization detector (PID)
Cooler and ice
Munsell color chart
Unified Soil Classification System (USCS) chart
Decontamination equipment
All sampling equipment will be decontaminated prior to mobilizing to the site.
Soil Sampling Procedures
Samples will be driven at intervals specified in the work plan. At a minimum, samples will be
driven at 5-foot intervals, if lithologic data is needed. A sand catcher will be placed at the
end of the sampler so that unconsolidated soils are not lost as the sampler is retrieved from
the borehole. The sampler will be advanced by blows from a 140-pound downhole hammer.
The number of blows required to drive the sampler 6 inches will be recorded on the Soil
Boring Log Form.
Each site-specific sampling plan will identify the appropriate sample containers used to
collect soil samples. In general, brass sleeves will be used for samples being analyzed for
volatile and semi-volatile organic compounds. If sample analytes do not include volatile or
semi-volatile organic compounds, laboratory supplied glass jars may be used. Otherwise,
samples should be submitted in brass or plastic sleeves. Headspace readings will be
collected from adjacent soils, as described in SOP 1.
Brass sleeves in the sampler will be separated using a stainless-steel putty knife and the
soil between the sleeves will be carefully cut so that the soil within the sleeve is flush at
each end. Immediately after the sleeves are separated, the first brass sleeves positioned
directly above the sampler shoe will be reserved for possible volatile and semi-volatile
organic compound (VOC and semi-VOC) analyses. This will be performed by immediately
placing a sheet of Teflon tape over the end of each sleeve and then placing the sleeve caps
over the Teflon tape. Each brass sleeve will be sealed so that there is little or no headspace
between the sample and the Teflon tape. Each brass sleeve will be labeled with the sample
identification and immediately placed in an iced cooler to maintain a temperature of 4°C. If
no other analytes are required, the remaining sample will be used for soil classification
according to SOP 1.
Selection of Soil Samples for Laboratory Chemical Analysis
In general, the sample sleeve associated with the highest headspace reading will be
submitted for VOC and semi-VOC analysis. If headspace readings are zero for all samples,
odors, soil staining, and fine-grained (high sorption) lithology will be used as selection
criteria.
Soil Boring Abandonment Procedures
Soil borings not used for vapor probe or well installations will be backfilled. If water is not
encountered in the boring, the boring will be backfilled with drill cuttings. If water is
encountered, the saturated portion of the boring will be backfilled with granular bentonite.
Cuttings will be used to backfill the remainder of the boring. Borings that were drilled
through asphalt or concrete will be patched to match existing conditions.
Storage and Disposal of Drill Cuttings
If required, drill cuttings and unused soil samples will be containerized in labeled 55-gallon
drums and stored in an area that will not disrupt site activities
The final disposition of the soil cuttings will depend on soil analytical results and contract
specifications.
Demobilization
After the site has been cleaned and restored as close to its original condition as possible,
the drill rig will be moved so that the plastic sheeting can be removed. All drilling and
sampling equipment will be decontaminated with a steam cleaner prior to drilling and
sampling the next soil boring.
SOP 9
Soil Gas Sampling
Introduction
This SOP describes the equipment, criteria, and procedures that will be used to collect
samples from soil gas probes. Some deviations from this SOP may be necessary because of
site-specific conditions. This SOP applies to soil gas probes installed up to 5 feet below the
ground surface (bgs).
Equipment
Below is a checklist of equipment for conducting soil gas probe sampling:
Article I.Direct Reading Instrument (e.g., PID and/or GasTech)
Article II.Log Forms/Field Notebook
1.Laboratory-supplied sampling container (Tedlar bag, Summa canister, etc.)
Procedures
Screening with Field Instruments
Prior to initiating soil vapor screening, calibrate the field instruments following the
manufacturer’s instructions. At a minimum, field instrument calibration should be completed
at the beginning of each sampling day.
Attach the field instrument to the soil probe using chemical-resistant tubing (e.g., silicon,
Teflon, etc.). Make sure the tubing connection is tight to minimize any potential ambient air
being pulled into the field instrument. The type of tubing selected will depend on the vapors
suspected in the subsurface and their affinity to adsorb (i.e., becoming incorporated into) or
absorb (i.e., adhering to) to different types of tubing and the objectives of the investigation
(e.g., to determine if significant vapors are present or to determine if any vapors are
present). Teflon tubing should be used when detection of low concentrations is required or if
significant adsorption or absorption is anticipated.
Note what time the field instrument was connected to the tubing, then allow the field
instrument’s pump to operate while connected to the soil gas probe tubing for a minimum of
30 seconds to purge the air from the tubing and begin pulling vapor from subsurface soils.
Record the concentration at the end of the purging period. If the reading is not stable at the
end of the purging period, continue monitoring until the reading stabilizes. Record the
highest observed reading of the stable concentrations, as well as the time each of the
readings was observed.
Tedlar Bag Sampling
In order to ensure the soil vapors collected are representative of subsurface pore spaces,
the soil probe and attached tubing should be evacuated prior to sampling. To do this,
connect the Tedlar bag, a purge pump (e.g., Escort ELF, peristaltic pump or equivalent),
and the soil gas probe tubing to a multi-port sample train. The sample train should have a
ball valve on the purge pump line to isolate it from the sampling train after purging has
been completed. To purge the lines, open the ball valve on the purge line and adjust the
pump’s flow rate to 3.0 liters per minute, and purge the probe for approximately 15
seconds. Then close the ball valve to isolate the purge pump.
A pump and vacuum box should be used to collect samples in a 1.0-L Tedlar bag (e.g.,
Gillian pump and vacuum box, which are generally provided by the analytical laboratory).
Place the Tedlar bag inside the vacuum box and attach it to the sampling port, then attach
the sample probe to the soil gas probe tubing. The vacuum in the box will cause the bag to
inflate, drawing in the sample. Once the sample has been collected, break the vacuum by
disconnecting the pump tubing. Remove the Tedlar bag from the box and close the valve.
Mark the sample bag with the sample identification, date and time of collection, and the
sampler’s initials. Document all of the sampling methodologies used in a field notebook.
Summa Canister Sampling
In order to ensure the soil vapors collected are representative of subsurface pore spaces,
the soil probe and attached tubing should be evacuated prior to sampling. To do this,
connect a clean, evacuated, laboratory-supplied, evacuated Summa canister (e.g. 6-liter
capacity), fitted with a laboratory-supplied flow regulator, a purge pump (e.g., Escort ELF,
peristaltic pump or equivalent), and the soil gas probe tubing to a multi-port sample train.
The sample train should have a ball valve on the purge pump line to isolate it from the
sampling train after purging has been completed. To purge the lines, open the ball valve on
the purge line and adjust the pump’s flow rate to 3.0 liters per minute, and purge the probe
for approximately 15 seconds. Then close the ball valve to isolate the purge pump.
Open the Summa canister valve. The flow rate for the Summa canister will vary, depending
upon desired results (e.g., for comparison to PELs or TLVs). The minimum sampling time
required is 30 minutes and the maximum sampling time should be limited to 24 hours.
Contact the analytical laboratory to have them pre-set the regulator based on the sample
collection requirements. Once sampling is complete, close the valve of the canister and
disconnect the tubing. Document the flow rate, the time the canister’s regulator was
opened, and the time the canister’s regulator was closed. The Summa canister should not
be completely filled (i.e. the valve should be shut when the vacuum gauge reads between 2
to 4 inches of Hg). Document the vacuum gauge reading.
Mark the sample canister with the sample identification, date and time of collection, and the
sampler’s initials. Document all of the sampling methodologies used in a field notebook.
SOP 10B
Monitoring Well Design and Installation (using direct-push drilling)
Introduction
This SOP describes procedures for the drilling and installation of shallow monitoring wells
within the unconfined water table aquifer using direct-push drilling equipment. Site-specific
conditions may warrant deviating from these standard designs. Field personnel should
consult with the project manager and the work plan before deviating from the basic design.
Well Design
The typical well design to be used is intended to provide water samples of the upper 5-10
feet of the water-bearing zone. The well screens will be 10-feet long and will be set so that
the top of the screen is at least two feet above the highest-observed water level.
Casing and Screen Materials
In general, well materials will be 1-inch to 2-inch-diameter, Schedule 40, flush-threaded,
PVC. The perforated zone will be constructed from machine slotted 0.010-inch or 0.020-inch
slot screen. A sump (silt trap) will be placed at the bottom of the screen. Depending on site
conditions, well materials can vary, including different diameter casings, different schedule
ratings for the PVC, etc.
Sand Pack
The sand pack material will be a commercially packaged, inert, non-carbonate, well
rounded, sieved, product of clean, silica sand. In general, a sand of 16-40 to 10-20 mesh
should be used with 0.020-inch slot well screen. The sand pack will be placed from the
bottom of the boring up to at least 1 foot above the top of the screened section.
Bentonite Seal
A bentonite seal will be installed in the annulus above the sand pack to prevent grout from
infiltrating into the screen and sand pack zone. Bentonite chips may be used for the seal if it
is placed above the water table. Pellets should be used below the water table, as they have
a higher density than the chips and will settle through the water better.
Annular Seal
Shallow wells (less than 20 feet of annulus above the bentonite seal) can be sealed with
bentonite chips, which are hydrated in place with potable water. Wells that have a longer
annular space should be sealed with a bentonite grout cement grout mix.
Drilling and Installation Methods
Drilling Equipment
Boreholes for monitoring wells will be installed using direct-push drilling equipment unless
field conditions dictate otherwise. The inside diameter of the rods should be at least 1 inch
larger than the outside diameter of the well casing to allow room for a filter pack and grout
seal to be installed through the rods.
Borehole Drilling
The borehole for the well casing will be drilled using direct-push rods. No lubricants,
circulating fluid, drilling muds, or other additives will be used during drilling.
During drilling, native soil samples will be retrieved in clear polybuterate sleeves within the
direct-push rods. The collected samples will be logged per the sampling work plan
requirements, which may include soil type (Unified Soil Classification), moisture, and color.
Selected samples may be submitted for chemical and physical analysis if called for in the
work plan.
Once the borehole has been drilled to the desired depth, the subcontractor will prepare to
install the well. The drill rods will remain in the ground to ensure stability of the borehole
during well construction.
Well Casing Installation
Clean chemical-resistant gloves will be worn by drilling personnel while handling the well
screen and casing. All lengths of well casing and screen will be measured and recorded in
the field log book prior to well installation.
Filter Pack Installation
The filter sand pack will be installed by slowly pouring silica sand through the direct-push
rods as they are slowly removed from the borehole. By this procedure, the rods act as a
tremie pipe and will prevent sand from bridging inside the rods. The level of sand pack
inside the annular space will be continuously monitored. As the rods are pulled upward, the
sand settles out through the bottom and additional sand pack will be added at the surface.
By adding sand pack this way, the borehole will remain open and free from cave-ins, and
the well casing will remain centered within the sand pack and the borehole.
Bentonite Seal Installation
After the appropriate amount of sand pack has been added and its depth verified, the
remaining annulus will be sealed with bentonite. Once the desired thickness of bentonite is
in place, the bentonite will be allowed to settle for approximately 30 minutes. The thickness
of the bentonite seal will be verified and subsequently hydrated using potable water.
Flush-Mount Completion
After the grout has cured, the PVC well casing will be cut so that it is approximately three
inches below the ground surface. The top of the PVC well casing will be sealed with a locking
expandable well cap, or PVC cap, and a flush-mount well vault will be installed at the
surface with concrete. The concrete surface surrounding the vault cover will be slightly
mounded to cause surface water to drain away from the well so that the well vault will not
fill with water.
SOP 12
Groundwater Monitoring Well Sampling
Introduction
This SOP describes the equipment, criteria, and procedures that will be used to sample
groundwater monitoring wells. Some deviations from this SOP may be necessary because of
site-specific conditions.
Equipment
Below is a checklist of equipment for conducting groundwater sampling:
Tools for opening well covers
Keys to wells
Water-level indicators
Dual-phase (if free product is suspected)
Single phase
Positive displacement pump
pH, conductivity, and temperature meters
Standards for pH calibration
In-line filters for metals samples
Chemical resistant gloves
Laboratory-supplied sample containers
Iced cooler
Field Notebook
Chain of custody form
Appropriate personal protection equipment according to HASP
Photoionization detector (optional)
Drum(s) for purge water containment
Drum labels
Permanent marker
Preliminaries
All equipment will be decontaminated as described in SOP 17 prior to initiating sampling.
Equipment requiring calibration will be calibrated following manufacturer’s recommendations
prior to initiating sampling. If a well pump will be used, the operating condition of well pump
will be checked prior to field mobilization.
Procedures
Upon arriving at each groundwater monitoring well, the well vault cover will be removed
and the wellhead will be examined. Any signs of tampering will be recorded in the field
logbook. The lock and well cap will then be removed from the well casing and depth to
water and total depth will be measured.
Well Evacuation
To obtain a groundwater sample representative of natural aquifer conditions, at least three
casing volumes will be evacuated from the well using a positive displacement pump,
disposable bailer, peristaltic pump with new tubing, or other equipment per the sampling
work plan. Non-disposable equipment will be decontaminated prior to use as described in
SOP 17. Evacuated groundwater will be poured into a graduated 5-gallon bucket to keep
track of the purge volume. If purge water cannot be discharged at the site, when the
graduated bucket is full, the contents will be transferred into a 55-gallon drum. If the well
does not recharge fast enough to permit the removal of three casing volumes, the well will
be pumped dry and sampled as soon as it has sufficiently recharged.
Casing Volume Calculation
The well casing volume will be calculated to determine the purge volume required to obtain
a groundwater sample representative of natural aquifer conditions. The following procedure
will be used to calculate the total purge volume. Using the top of the north side of the inner
well casing as a reference point, the depth to water (DTW) and total depth (TD) of the well
will be measured using a water-level probe. The height of the water column will then be
calculated by subtracting the depth to water from the total depth of the well (TD - DTW).
Equation (1) below is used to calculate volume constants for wells with various casing sizes.
Well Casing Volume= π (Casing Radius)2 (7.48 gal/ft3)
(1) where Casing Radius=the radius of the well casing in feet
7.48 gal/ft3=volume conversion constant
π = constant=3.14
For a 2-inch diameter well casing:Casing Volume=(TD-DTW feet) (0.16 gallons/foot)
Total Purge Volume=Casing Volume x 3
For a 4-inch diameter well casing:Casing Volume=(TD-DTW feet) (0.65 gallons/foot)
Total Purge Volume=Casing Volume x 3
Stabilization Parameters
If required by the sampling work plan, groundwater stabilization parameters pH,
temperature, and specific conductivity can be monitored during well purging to verify when
the aquifer has stabilized, and groundwater sampling can commence. Stabilization
parameters will be measured at least four times; once every casing volume and immediately
before sampling. All stabilization parameter measurements will be recorded in the field log
book. The following guidelines are acceptable ranges for stabilization parameters:
pH readings are consistently within 0.2 pH units
temperature is within 0.5˚C of the last reading
conductivity is within 10 percent of the last reading
Groundwater Sample Collection
A complete set of laboratory-supplied sample containers will be prepared and labeled prior
to collecting groundwater samples. A disposable bailer or low-flow peristaltic pump will be
used to obtain groundwater samples by the following analyte order in the appropriate pre-
preserved sample containers:
1) VOCs and BTEXN
2) Semi-VOCs
3) Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
4) Oil and Grease
5) Filtered metals
All 40-milliliter containers will be filled so that no headspace is present in the container after
the lid has been fastened. Groundwater samples collected for dissolved metals analysis may
be field filtered using inline filters attached to the outlet tubing of a peristaltic pump or with
a Nalgene™ hand-pump filter press. The labels for each groundwater sample will be double-
checked and immediately placed in an iced cooler.
Purge Water Containment and Disposal
If required by the sampling work plan, purge water can be contained in labeled 55-gallon
drums and stored onsite. At a minimum, drum labels will contain the following information:
Site Identification
Monitoring Well Identification
Volume (Gallons) of Purge Water
Terracon
Terracon Project Manager (Name)
6949 South High Tech Drive
Midvale, UT 84047
801-545-8500
The final disposition of the purge water will depend on groundwater analytical results and
contract specifications.
Decontamination
All sampling equipment will be decontaminated according to SOP 17 before initiating
sampling. If more than one well will be sampled, sampling equipment must also be
decontaminated between wells.
Demobilization
After well sampling has been completed and all equipment has been decontaminated, each
well will be capped and secured. Damaged equipment will be noted in the field logbook and
labeled on the instrument.
SOP 13
Field Instrument Calibration
Introduction
This SOP describes the procedures for the use and calibration of the most commonly used
field instruments. The use and calibration procedures are provided for the following field
instruments:
Photoionization detector/organic vapor monitor (PID/OVM)
X-Ray Fluorescence (XRF) Multi-element Analyzer
Photoionization Detector
Photoionization detector meter and filter screen
Isobutylene span gas (100 ppm) and gas sample bag
Calibration Procedures
Calibration procedures will be performed, as specified by the manufacturer, each day prior
to use.
X-Ray Fluorescence (XRF) Multi-element Analyzer
XRF
Calibration Procedures
Calibration procedures will be performed, as specified by the manufacturer, each day prior
to use. When the sampling work plan requires EPA Method 6200 sampling methods, the
calibration requirement listed in EPA Method 6200 will be followed.
SOP 17
Equipment Decontamination
In order to reduce the risk of cross-contamination or transferring contaminants from areas
of known contamination to known clean areas, decontamination of personnel and equipment
is required. The decontamination procedures shall be established for each site based on the
degree of hazard associated with the site and the amount of contact with hazardous
materials resulting from site work. Final decontamination procedures shall be reviewed and
approved by the Site Safety and Health Manager and included in the site-specific Health and
Safety Plan (HASP). This procedure contains general decontamination protocols, suitable for
most sites, although decontamination procedures will be reviewed on a site-by-site,
contaminant-by-contaminant basis. Spent decontamination fluids will generally be
considered non-hazardous waste and disposed accordingly, dependent on contaminant
types present at a given site.
Decontamination Guidelines
Terracon uses a four-step decontamination procedure described below:
Step 1 Gross Contaminant Removal
This step consists of a removing gross materials by gloved hand and then scrubbing
using a detergent solution and water and a stiff brush. Scrubbing will continue until
visible contaminants are removed. The water will be changed as necessary, daily at a
minimum.
Step 2 Alconox Wash
An Alconox wash will be prepared by mixing 1 to 1-½ tablespoons of Alconox per
gallon of warm water. The water will be changed as necessary, daily at a minimum.
Step 3 Clear Water Rinse
A rinse with clear potable water. This water will be changed as necessary to ensure its
purity, daily at a minimum.
Step 4 Distilled Water Rinse
Unused distilled water will be used as a final rinse for all decontamination procedures.
The water may be poured or sprayed.
Decontamination Blanks (Equipment Blanks) to document the decontamination procedures
will be collected if required in the sampling work plan.
SOP 20
Sample Handling and Documentation
Introduction
This SOP describes procedures to follow once soil, sediment, or water samples are collected
to ensure that the samples are handled properly and that appropriate documentation is
completed.
Sample Handling
Chemical resistant gloves will be worn during collection and initial handling of all samples.
All samples will be promptly placed in an iced cooler. Typically, samples selected for
chemical analysis are delivered at the end of each day to the analytical laboratory. If they
are not submitted to the laboratory on the same day collected, they will be stored in a
refrigerator in a locked sample storage room at Terracon’s office until transport and delivery
to the laboratory in an iced cooler. Upon receipt of the samples, the laboratory will record
the internal temperature of the sample transport coolers on the chain of custody record.
Documentation
Sample Identification and Labeling
Samples will be labeled following the specific labeling requirements set forth in the sampling
plan or using labeling methods that identify the area from which they were collected and the
depth.
Each sample sleeve or sample container will be immediately labeled with the following
information:
Project number
Sample identification
Sample depth
Date and time collected
Analyses requested
Filtered or unfiltered (for water samples)
This information will also be recorded in the field notebook. An example sample label is
provided as an attachment to this SOP
Chain of Custody
Chain of custody documentation will begin in the field for each sample submitted to the
laboratory and will be maintained by laboratory personnel. Samples will remain in the
possession of the sampler at all times, or in a locked facility until delivery to the analytical
laboratory. A chain of custody form will be completed and will accompany each sample
cooler to the analytical laboratory. An example chain of custody form is provided as an
attachment to this SOP.
Field Book
Terracon field personnel will maintain a field log book to record all field activities. All data
generated during the project and any comments or other notes will be entered directly into
the field logbook.
Example Sample Label:
Example Chain of Custody Form:
SOP 39
X-Ray Fluorescence (XRF) Field Screening
Introduction
This SOP describes one procedure used for screening soils or sediments for metals. Samples
may be collected with a decontaminated hand tools, drive barrel, or gloved hand.
Equipment
X-Ray Fluorescence (XRF) multi-element analyzer
Resealable plastic bags
Log Forms/Field Notebook
Preliminaries
Soil sample locations will be determined from the project-specific work plan. The XRF will be
calibrated following SOP 13 prior to initiating sampling activities.
Procedures
In-Situ Screening Procedure
Secure faceplate to the XRF. Set on the ground at a 30 to 60 degree angle. Pull trigger until
XRF beeps. XRF will be set to analyze for a pre-set amount of time. To change length of
analysis time, see manufacturer’s instructions. The amount of time the XRF requires to
analyze the sample will vary, depending on the current age of the source.
Ex-Situ Screening Procedure
Soils or sediments to be screened ex-situ will be collected in new, thin, resealable plastic
bags (do not use freezer bags or thick plastic bags) labeled with the sample name, date and
time of collection, Terracon’s project number, and the sampler’s initials. Sufficient soils or
sediments to fill approximately one-third to one-half of a gallon bag will be collected from
each location. New latex or nitrile sampling gloves will be worn for each sample during
collection and handling. The soils or sediments will be homogenized inside the bag by
gloved hand, so that the XRF analyses represent the average concentrations of metals in
the sample.
Once homogenized, the XRF will be used to screen the sample either through manufacturer-
supplied thin plastic sample bags or using manufacturer-supplied sample cups.
manufacturer-supplied plastic bag:Fill three new sample bags from the resealable
homogenized bag. Remove the foam cup holder from the XRF sample tray and slide one of
the sample bags into place. Set the XRF into the stand and depress the main trigger. After
the pre-set sampling time, the XRF will beep and display the reading. Repeat with each of
the three sample bags. The average of the three final readings will be used as the
representative concentration. An alternative to using the manufacturer-supplied sample
bags is to place the XRF directly on the homogenized resealable bag in three separate
locations and take the readings directly.
manufacturer-supplied sample cup: Prepare a sample cup by placing the bottom cap
(cap with two or three holes) under the cylinder, then fill the cylinder with soil from the
homogenized sample. Place the manufacturer-supplied plastic film tightly over the soil, and
then place the top cap. Ensure that cap is placed tightly over sample. Place the sample cup
in the manufacturer-provided tray and the XRF in the stand. Depress the main trigger. After
the pre-set sampling time, the XRF beep and will display the reading.
Ex-Situ Screening Procedure (EPA Method 6200)
When required by the sampling work plan, XRF screening procedures should follow EPA
Method 6200: Field Portable X-Ray Fluorescence Spectrometry for the Determination of
Elemental Concentrations in Soil and Sediment.